Ayat i ilahi jild 2

‫ﺁﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ‬ ‫ﺟﻠﺪ ﺩﻭﻡ‬

‫ﮔﻠﭽﻴﻨﻰ‬

‫ﺍﺯ ﺁﺛﺎﺭ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎءﺍ‪‬‬

‫ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺗﻼﻭﺕ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﺻﺒﺢ ﻭ ﺷﺐ‬ ‫ﺹ‪.‬‬

‫ﺁﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺟﻠﺪ ﺩﻭﻡ‬ ‫ﻣﺆﺳﺴﮥ ﻣﻄﺒﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻣﺮﻯ ﺁﻟﻤﺎﻥ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻣﻠﻰ ﺁﺛﺎﺭ ﺍﻣﺮﻯ ﺑﻪ ﻟﺴﺎﻥ ﻓﺎﺭﺳﻰ ﻭ ﻋﺮﺑﻰ‬ ‫ﻟﺠﻨﮥ ّ‬ ‫ﺗﺎﻳﭗ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮﻯ ‪ :‬ﮊﻧﺎ ﺯﻳﻨﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻭﻝ‬ ‫ﭼﺎﭖ ّ‬

‫ﻻﻧﮕﻨﻬﺎﻳﻦ ‪ -‬ﺁﻟﻤﺎﻥ‬ ‫‪ ١٥٣‬ﺑﺪﻳﻊ ‪١٩٩٦ -‬ﻣﻴﻼﺩﻯ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪..‬‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺪﻣﮥ ﻧﺎﺷﺮ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺁﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺁﺷﻨﺎﺋﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ١٤٨‬ﺑﺪﻳﻊ ) ‪ ١٩٩١‬ﻣﻴﻼﺩﻯ ( ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻻﻋﻠﻰ ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺗﻼﻭﺕ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺟﻞ ﺍﺳﻤﻪ‬ ‫ﮔﻠﭽﻴﻨﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺼﻮﺹ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﮐﮥ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎءﺍ‪ّ ، ‬‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﺻﺒﺢ ﻭ ﺷﺐ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺒﻊ ﺭﺳﻴﺪ ‪ .‬ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺩﺭﺝ ﻧﺼﻮﺹ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺗﻘﻮﻳﻤﻰ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ ،‬ﻳﻌﻨﻰ‬

‫ﻋﻠﺖ ﻧﺎﻳﺎﺏ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻧﺴﺦ ﺁﻥ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﻧﺼﻰ ﺟﺪﺍﮔﺎﻧﻪ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ّ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻫﺮ ﺭﻭﺯ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺪﺕ ﮐﻮﺗﺎﻫﻰ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺩﻭﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺣﻠﻴﮥ ﻃﺒﻊ ﺁﺭﺍﺳﺘﻪ ﺷﺪ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ّ‬

‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ " ﺁﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺟﻠﺪ ‪ " ٢‬ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻫﻴﺌﺖ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺧﻮﺷﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ ﻣﻌﻬﺪ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻪ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻰ ﺩﻫﺪ ‪ .‬ﻧﺤﻮﮤ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻧﺼﻮﺹ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺸﺘﺎﻗﺎﻥ ﮐﻠﻤﺎﺕ ّ‬

‫ﺍﻭﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺗﻘﻮﻳﻤﻰ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻏﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺡ‬ ‫ﺟﻠﺪ ﺩﻭﻡ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺟﻠﺪ ّ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪...‬‬

‫ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﮥ ﺣﺎﺿﺮ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺤﺎﻝ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻴﭻ ﮐﺘﺎﺑﻰ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺒﻊ ﻧﺮﺳﻴﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻌﻀﴼ ﺍﺯ‬

‫ﮐﻠﻴﮥ ﺍﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﺭﻭﻯ ﻧﺴﺦ ّ‬ ‫ﺧﻄﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺮﺍﺝ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻭﻝ ﺑﺎﺭ ﻣﻨﺘﺸﺮ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ ‪ّ ّ .‬‬

‫ﻧﺼﻮﺹ ‪ ،‬ﺑﺠﺰ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩﻯ ﮐﻪ ﺫﻳ‪ ‬ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﻣﻰ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﻣﺮﮐﺰ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻰ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﻭﺍﺻﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻧﺼﻮﺹ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻭﺯﻫﺎﻯ ‪ ٩‬ﮊﻭﺋﻴﻪ ﻭ ‪ ٢٠‬ﺍﮐﺘﺒﺮ ﺑﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺍﺯ ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ‪ ١٩٦‬ﻭ ‪ ٢٠٤‬ﺍﻳﻘﺎﻥ‬

‫ﺷﺮﻳﻒ ﭼﺎﭖ ﻣﺼﺮ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ ١٩٠٠‬ﻣﻴﻼﺩﻯ ﻭ‬

‫ﻧﺼﻮﺹ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻭﺯﻫﺎﻯ ‪ ، ١٩ ، ١٨ ، ١٦‬ﻭ ‪ ٢.‬ﻣﺎﺭﺱ ﻭ ‪ ٢٧‬ﺍﮐﺘﺒﺮ ﺑﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ‬ ‫‪ ، ١١٥ ، ١٠٧ ،١٠٤ ، ٨٣‬ﻭ ‪ ١١٦‬ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﻟﺌﺎﻟﺊ ﺍﻟﺤﮑﻤﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻭﻝ ﻭ ﻧﺼﻮﺹ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺠﻠﺪ ّ‬

‫ﻣﺠﻠﺪ ﺩﻭﻡ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﺭﻭﺯﻫﺎﻯ ‪ ٢٢‬ﻭ ‪ ٢٣‬ﻣﻰ ﺑﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺍﺯ ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ‪ ٦٠‬ﻭ ‪ ٥٧‬ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﻟﺌﺎﻟﺊ ﺍﻟﺤﮑﻤﺔ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻧﺼﻮﺹ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻭﺯﻫﺎﻯ ‪ ٢٩‬ﻣﻰ ﻭ ‪ ٢٨‬ﻧﻮﺍﻣﺒﺮ ﺑﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺍﺯ ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ‪ ٤١٠‬ﻭ ‪ ٤١٧‬ﮐﺘﺎﺏ‬

‫ﺍﺩﻋﻴﮥ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺏ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻠﻰ ﻧﺸﺮ ﺁﺛﺎﺭ ﺍﻣﺮﻯ ﺑﻪ ﻟﺴﺎﻥ ﻓﺎﺭﺳﻰ ﻭ ﻋﺮﺑﻰ ﻻﻧﮕﻨﻬﺎﻳﻦ ‪ -‬ﺁﻟﻤﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻟﺠﻨﮥ ّ‬

‫‪ ١٥٣‬ﺑﺪﻳﻊ ‪ ١٩٩٦ -‬ﻣﻴﻼﺩﻯ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪....‬‬

‫ﮐﻞ ﺻﺒﺎﺡ ﻭ ﻣﺴﺎء‬ ‫ﺍﺗﻠﻮﺍ ﺁﻳﺎﺕ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻓﻰ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ‬ ‫‪ ‬ﻧﻴﮑﻮﺳﺖ ﺣﺎﻝ ﮐﺴﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻟﻴﺎﻟﻰ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﺁﻳﺎﺗﺶ ﺍﻧﺲ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﻭ ﻗﺮﺍﺋﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ‪‬‬

‫ﺹ‪١‬‬

‫‪ ٢١‬ﻣﺎﺭﺱ‬

‫ﺍﻭﻝ ﺷﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء‬ ‫ّ‬

‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬

‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﻭ ﻓﻀﻠﻰ ﺍﮐﺒﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﻀﻞ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺑﺪﺍﻉ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﺎﻣﻰ ﺧﻮﺷﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ّ‬ ‫ﻗﺴﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺪﺍ ﮐﻪ ﻫﺮﮔﺰ ّ‬

‫ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺗﺎ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺑﺎﻗﻰ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺿﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺎﻗﻰ ﺫﻯ ﺍﻟﺠﻼﻝ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﮔﻠﺸﻦ‬ ‫ﺟﻤﺎﻝ ﺫﻯ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺤﺎﺏ ﺟﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻏﻤﺎﻡ ﻓﻀﻞ ﻣﺄﻳﻮﺱ ﻭ ﻣﻤﻨﻮﻉ ﻧﺸﻮﻳﺪ ‪ .‬ﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﺧﻴﺮ ﻭ ﺻﻼﺡ ﻭ َﺳﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﺣﺒﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﻭ ﻣﻠﺤﻮﻅ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻗﺴﻤﻰ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﮥ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻮﺩﺷﺎﻥ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﮐﻔﻰ‬

‫ﻋﻠﻦ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﺑﺎ‪ ‬ﺷﻬﻴﺪﴽ ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺑﺮ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻭﺍﺿﺢ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻼﻳﺎﻯ ﺳّﺮ ﻭ َ َ‬

‫ﺗﺤﻤﻞ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﮐﻪ ﺷﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﻴﺎﮐﻞ ﻣﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺒﻮﺏ ﺍﺭﻳﺎﺡ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺯﻧﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﻋﺒﺪ ﺭﻳﺨﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺴﻴﻢ ﺻﺒﺢ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﻡ ﺳﺮ ﺑﺮ ﺁﺭﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻋﻴﺪ ﻧﻮﺭﻭﺯ‬ ‫ﺹ‪٢‬‬

‫ﺩﻭﻡ ﺷﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء‬

‫‪ ٢٢‬ﻣﺎﺭﺱ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﺍﻧﺰﻟﻪ ﺍﻟّﺮﺣﻤﻦ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻗﺎﻥ ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺛﻢ ُ‬ ‫ﻣﻌﺸﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎء ‪ُ ،‬ﺍﻧﻈﺮﻭﺍ ّ‬ ‫ﻗﻞ ﻳﺎ َ َ‬ ‫ﺍﺫﮐﺮﻭﺍ ﻣﺎ َ‬

‫ﻟﻴﺲ ِ ِ‬ ‫ِﺍﺫﺍ َ َ َ ِ‬ ‫ﻟﻮﻗﻌﺘﻬﺎ ﮐﺎﺫﺑﺔ ‪ ".‬ﺑﮕﻮ ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﮥ ﻣﺬﮐﻮﺭﻩ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ‬ ‫ﻭﻗﻌﺖ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻌﺔ َ َ‬

‫ﺗﻤﺮ‬ ‫ﻳﻮﻡ ُ َ‬ ‫ﻳﻮﻡ َ ُ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺗﺒﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ‪‬ﺴﺮﺍﺋﺮ " ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ " َ‬ ‫ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﻭ ﺍﺷﺮﺍﻁ ﺁﻥ ﻣﺸﻬﻮﺩ ‪َ "،‬‬

‫ﻣﮑﻠﻢ ﻃﻮﺭ ُﻣﺸﺮﻕ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻣﻬﺘﺰ ﻭ ﻧﻮﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﻖ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﺤﺮﮎ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺠﺒﺎﻝ " ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ‪ ،‬ﺻﻴﺤﻪ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺽ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺣﻖ ﺑﺘﺮﺳﻴﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻭﺳﺖ ﻣﻨﺘﻘﻢ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻰ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻻﺋﺢ ﻭ ﺻﺮﻳﺮ ﻗﻠﻢ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ّ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻧﺒﺄ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﻭ ﺍﻣﺮ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻣﻘﺎﻣﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻔﻬﻤﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺼﺎﻑ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‬

‫ﻗﺪ َ َ ِ‬ ‫ﻧﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﺩ ﺑﻨﻮﺭ ﻣﻮﺟﺪﻫﺎ ‪ .‬ﺟﻬﺪ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻭﻗﺖ‬ ‫ﺍﺷﺮﻗﺖ‬ ‫ﺭﺑﻬﺎ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻻﺭﺽ ﺑﻨﻮﺭ ّ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻗﻰ ﻭ ﺍﻣﺮ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ﻣﻨﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‬ ‫ﺹ‪٣‬‬ ‫ﺳﻮﻡ ﺷﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء‬

‫‪ ٢٣‬ﻣﺎﺭﺱ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﺳﺮ ﻣﮑﻨﻮﻥ ﻣﺨﺰﻭﻥ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﭼﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﻓﺮﺍﺕ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻤﻴﻦ ﻋﺮﺵ ﺟﺎﺭﻯ ﻭ ّ‬

‫ﺍﺷﻴﺎء ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﮤ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻟﮑﻦ ﻻ ﻭﺍ‪ ، ‬ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺑﺶ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻭ ﺳﻤﺎﺋﺶ‬

‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻋﻴﻨﻰ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺿﺶ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺑﺪﻳﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺟﻬﺎﺕ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪،‬‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﺍﺫﻧﻰ ﮐﻪ ﻧﺪﺍ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺻﻐﺎء ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺣﮑﺎﻡ ﻣﻨﺰﻟﮥ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﺍﻓﻖ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﻧﺎﻇﺮ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ُ ُ‬

‫ﺗﻤﺴﮏ ﺟﺴﺖ ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺻﺤﺎﺏ ﺳﻔﻴﻨﻪ ﺍﻯ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺤﺮ ﺍﺳﻤﺎء ﺑﻪ ِﺍﺫﻥ ﻓﺎﻃﺮ ﺳﻤﺎء ﺳﻴﺮ ﻣﻰ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻮﻓﻖ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻠﻢ‬ ‫ﻣﺆﻳﺪ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﺍ‪ّ ‬‬ ‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺎﺭﻯ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻣﺰﻳﻦ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻗﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﺑﺮ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮﺍﺯ ﺑﻘﺎ ّ‬

‫ﺹ‪٤‬‬

‫ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ ﺷﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء‬

‫‪ ٢٤‬ﻣﺎﺭﺱ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎء‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺑﻪ َﻗﺪ َ َﺍﺗﻰ ﺍﻟﻮّﻫﺎﺏ ﻧﺎﻃﻖ ﻭ ﺍﺷﻴﺎء ﺑﻪ َﻗﺪ َ َﺍﺗﻰ‬ ‫ﻓﺎﻃﺮ ّ‬ ‫ُ‬

‫ﻣﻨﺘﻬﻰ ﺍﺷﺠﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺍﻭﺭﺍﻕ ﻭ ﺍﺛﻤﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﻣﮋﺩﻩ ﻣﻰ ﺩﻫﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺸﺎﺭﺕ ﻣﻰ ﺩﻫﺪ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﮑﻠﻢ ‪ ،‬ﺳﺪﺭﮤ ُ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﮐﻨﺰ ﻣﺨﺰﻭﻥ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺐ ﻣﮑﻨﻮﻥ ﻭ ﺟﺒﺎﻝ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻃﻮﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻬﻨﻴﺖ ﻣﻰ ﮔﻮﻳﺪ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ِ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ﻣﮑﻠﻤﺶ ﻣﺄﻧﻮﺱ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﮐﺄﺱ ﻭﺻﺎﻝ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻮﺷﺪ ﻭ ﮐﻮﺛﺮ ﻟﻘﺎ ﻣﻰ ﺁﺷﺎﻣﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻳﺄﺱ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﺮ ﻫﺮ ﻭﺭﻗﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭﺭﺍﻕ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﻠﻤﮥ ﻋﻠﻴﺎ ﻣﺮﻗﻮﻡ ‪ :‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺭﻳﺎﺡ ﺑﮕﺬﺭ ﻭ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﻗﻠﻢ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺍﺭﺍﺩﺓ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﻧﻤﺎ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺹ‪٥‬‬

‫ﭘﻨﺠﻢ ﺷﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء‬

‫‪ ٢٥‬ﻣﺎﺭﺱ‬

‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬

‫ﺑﻪ ﻟﺴﺎﻥ ﭘﺎﺭﺳﻰ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺸﻨﻮ ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺑﺤﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺟﻰ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻭ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺷﺮﺍﻗﻰ‬ ‫ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻭ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺮﺣﻰ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻈﻠﻮﻡ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺠﻦ ﺳﺎﮐﻦ ﻭ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻳﺎﺩﻯ ﺍﻋﺪﺍ ﻣﺒﺘﻠﻰ‬

‫ﻭ ﻟﮑﻦ ﺑﻪ ﮐﻤﺎﻝ ﺳﺮﻭﺭ ﺑﺮ ﻋﺮﺵ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ‪ .‬ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺪﺍ ﻣﻰ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺪﺍﺋﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺁﻥ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭﺍﻡ ﻣﻠﮏ ﻭ ﻣﻠﮑﻮﺕ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﭼﻪ ﻣﺸﺮﮐﻴﻦ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻋﻤﻞ‬

‫ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻫﻞ ﻓﺮﻗﺎﻥ ﻧﮑﺮﺩﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﮔﻔﺘﻨﺪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺣﺰﺏ ﻧﮕﻔﺘﻨﺪ ‪،‬‬

‫ﻟﻌﻤﺮ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺰﺏ ﺍﺧﺴﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺰﺏ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻣﻰ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﺁﻳﺎﺕ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻣﻄﺎﺭ‬ ‫َ​َ ُ‬

‫ﺑﻴﻨﺎﺕ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻫﺮ ‪ ،‬ﻣﻊ ﺫﻟﮏ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭﻫﺎﻣﺎﺕ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ‬ ‫ﻫﺎﻃﻞ ﻭ ﻧﺎﺯﻝ ‪ّ ،‬‬

‫ﺣﻖ ﻣﻴﻄﻠﺒﻴﻢ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﺣﺰﺑﻰ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺣﺰﺏ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺳﺎﻋﻰ ﻭ ﺟﺎﻫﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ّ‬

‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺎﻇﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎ‬ ‫ﺷﺄﻧﻰ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺎ ﺳﻮﻯ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺭﺍ ﻣﻌﺪﻭﻡ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻓﻖ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﺍﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺗﺰﻟﻬﻢ‬ ‫ِﺭﺟﻞ َﺣﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ ّ‬ ‫ﻟﺌﻼ ّ‬ ‫ﺷﺒﻬﺎﺕ ُ ّ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﺿﻴﻦ ‪.‬‬ ‫ُ‬

‫ﺹ‪٦‬‬ ‫ﺷﺸﻢ ﺷﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء‬

‫‪ ٢٦‬ﻣﺎﺭﺱ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬

‫ﻣﺘﻀﻮﻉ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻟﺴﺎﻥ ﻧﺎﻃﻘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻗﻠﺐ ﻣﻘﺒﻞ ﻭ ﺑﺮ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﺒﺖ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﺎء‬ ‫‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺪ ﻋﺮﻑ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺫﺭﻩ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ‬ ‫ﺧﺪﻣﺖ ﻗﺎﺋﻢ ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﻳﮏ ﻗﻄﺮﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﺑﮥ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﺳﺖ ﻭ ّ‬

‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ ،‬ﻋﻔﻮﺵ ﺳﺒﻘﺖ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ‪ ،‬ﺟﻮﺩﺵ ﺳﺒﻘﺖ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ‪ ،‬ﺭﺣﻤﺘﺶ ﺳﺒﻘﺖ‬ ‫ﮐﻪ ّ‬

‫ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ‪ ،‬ﮐﺮﻣﺶ ﺳﺒﻘﺖ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ‪ ،‬ﺳﺘﺮ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﻣﺸﻬﻮﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﻣﻰ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‬ ‫ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ .‬ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﮐﺘﺐ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺩﺭ ﺫﮐﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻳﻮﻡ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﮎ ﺟﺸﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﺮ ﭘﺎ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ‬ ‫ﻣﺰﻳﻦ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻪ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺣﻘﺎﻳﻖ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺮﺡ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﺭ ﺍﮐﺒﺮ ّ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻰ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺷﺪ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﮐﻪ ﻗﺪﺭ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺷﻨﺎﺧﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻤﺎ َ َ‬ ‫ﺹ‪٧‬‬ ‫ﻫﻔﺘﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء‬

‫‪ ٢٧‬ﻣﺎﺭﺱ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﺣﻘﻪ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﺍﺭﺽ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﮐﺜﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺎﺱ ﻏﺎﻓﻠﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻥ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎﻫﻮ ّ‬

‫ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺎء َﺣَﻴﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺗﺸﻨﮕﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻣﺼﺒﺎﺡ ﻣﻨﻴﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ‬

‫ﮐﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﻦ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻴﻦ ﻭﻫﻢ ﻧﻮﺷﻴﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﺻﻴﺖ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﻢ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻧﻔﻮﺳﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻇﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﻇ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﺷﻌﻞ‬ ‫ﺍﺫﮐﺮﻫﻢ ﺑﺬﮐﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻴﻞ ‪ .‬ﺑﮕﻮ ﺍﻯ‬ ‫ﺍﺧﻼﻕ ﭘﺴﻨﺪﻳﺪﻩ ‪َ .‬ﺍﻥ َ‬ ‫ﺛﻢ ُ‬ ‫ﺣﺒﻰ ُ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻮﺏ ِﺑﻨﺎﺭ ّ‬ ‫َ‬

‫ﺍﺗﺤﺎﺩ‬ ‫ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ‪ ،‬ﺑﺤﺮ ﺑﺨﺸﺶ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺩﺍﻧﺶ ﺍﺷﺮﺍﻕ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ‪ ،‬ﻣﺬﻫﺐ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﮐﻪ ّ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﺖ ّ‬

‫ﻣﻄﻠﻊ‬ ‫ﺍﻫﻞ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﻧﮑﻨﻴﺪ ‪ .‬ﻳﺎ ﻧﺒﻴﻞ ‪ ،‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﻧﺎﺱ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ّ‬

‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺎﺭﻍ ﻭ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻓﻖ‬ ‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ّ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﻣﺘﻤﺴﮏ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ﺍﻗﺘﺪﺍ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺒﻞ ﺻﺒﺮ ﻭ ﺍﺻﻄﺒﺎﺭ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺿﺮﺍء ﺑﻪ ّ‬ ‫ﮐﻨﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﺑﮕﻮ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺄﺳﺎء ﻭ ّ‬

‫ﺹ‪٨‬‬

‫ﻫﺸﺘﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء‬

‫‪ ٢٨‬ﻣﺎﺭﺱ‬

‫‪----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﻣﻘﺮﺑﻴﻦ ﻟﻘﺎﻳﺶ ﺭﺍ ﻃﺎﻟﺐ ﻭ ﺁﻣﻞ ‪ .‬ﮐﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻌﻤﺖ‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺭﻭﺯﻯ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ّ‬ ‫ﮐﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻓﺼﺢ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺸﺎﺭﺕ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ‪ .‬ﺑﮕﻮ ﺍﻯ‬ ‫ﻋﻈﻴﻤﮥ ﮐﺎﻣﻠﻪ ﺷﺎﻫﺪ ﻭ ﮔﻮﺍﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ّ‬

‫ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ‪ ،‬ﮐﺴﺐ ﻣﻘﺎﻣﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﻗﻴﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ‪ .‬ﺳﺮﺍﺝ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺭﻳﺎﺡ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﻪ ﺍﺣﺎﻃﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ‬

‫ﺣﻖ ﻣﻰ ﻃﻠﺒﻴﻢ‬ ‫ﻣﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﺑﮥ ﺩﻫﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﮔﺮ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﻦ ﺑﻴﻔﺴﺮﺩ ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ّ‬

‫ﺷﺌﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﻓﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﻗﻴﻪ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ﻧﺴﺎﺯﺩ ‪ .‬ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻧﺎﺱ ﺍﺯ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻭ ﺟﺎﻫﻞ‬ ‫ﮐﻞ ﻣﺤﺠﻮﺏ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ ِ ّﺍﻻ‬ ‫ﻣﻨﺘﻈﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺑﻮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﭼﻮﻥ ﻓﺠﺮ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺩﻣﻴﺪ ّ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻮﻡ ‪ .‬ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﺣﺘﺠﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﺕ ﻣﺎﻧﻌﻪ ﻋﻠﻤﺎﻯ‬ ‫ِ ّ‬ ‫ﻋﺪﺓ َ‬ ‫ﺍﺣﺮﻑ ﻭﺟﻪ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻴﻤﻦ ّ‬ ‫ﺗﻔﮑﺮ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﭼﻪ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﭼﻪ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻭﻟﻰ‬ ‫ﻋﺼﺮ ﺑﻮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﻭﻥ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﺍﻻﻋﻠﻰ ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﺍﮔﺮ ﭼﻪ‬ ‫ﻧﺒﺬﻫﻢ َﻋﻦ ﻭﺭﺍ‪ ‬ﻪ ﻣﻘﺒ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻻﻓﻖ‬ ‫ﻟﻤﻦ َ َ‬ ‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ِ َ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﻢ ﻋﻠﻢ ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻓﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻟﮑﻦ ﺍﺟﻬﻞ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﺍﺭﺽ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻰ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﺑﺼﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻫﻴﮑﻞ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﻧﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﻗﻤﻴﺺ‬ ‫ﺹ‪٩‬‬

‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬

‫ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻭ ﻧﺴﻤﺎﺕ ﻓﻀﻞ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻀﻮﻉ ﻭ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﮑﻠﻢ ﻃﻮﺭ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻡ ﻧﺎﻃﻖ ﻭ ﺑﺤﺮ َ َ‬ ‫ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ‪ .‬ﻣﺒﺎﺭﮎ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺁﮔﺎﻩ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﮔﺸﺖ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪١٠‬‬ ‫ﻧﻬﻢ ﺷﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء‬

‫‪ ٢٩‬ﻣﺎﺭﺱ‬

‫‪---------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﺣﻖ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﻧﻤﺎ ‪ .‬ﻗﻴﺎﻣﻰ ﮐﻪ ﮐﻴﻨﻮﻧﺖ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ﺑﺮ ﺧﺪﻣﺖ ّ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ﻭ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ّ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ﻭ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺖ ّ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﻢ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﺒﺖ ﺍﻓﺌﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻗﻠﻮﺏ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺸﺘﻌﻞ ﻧﻤﺎ ﻭ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﻭﺭﺍ‪‬ﻪ ‪.‬ﺍﺯ ﻧﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺖ َ َ ‪َ ‬‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺗﻬﻠﻞ َﻋﻦ ‪‬‬

‫ﻧﻮﺭ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺖ ﻭﺟﻮﻩ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻨّﻮﺭ ﺩﺍﺭ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻓﺌﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻗﻠﻮﺏ ﻣﺨﻠﺼﻴﻦ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺷﺒﻬﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺷﺌﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺪﺱ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻓﺎﺭﻍ ﻭ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻤﺎﻟﮏ ﻭ ﺩﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺫﮐﺮ ﻭ ﺛﻨﺎ ﻭ ﺗﺒﻠﻴﻎ‬ ‫ﺍﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ ّ‬

‫ﻣﻮﺍﺝ‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺮﺵ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﺑﮕﻮ ﺍﻯ ﺗﺸﻨﮕﺎﻥ ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﺍﺕ ﺭﺣﻤﺖ ﺟﺎﺭﻯ ﻭ ﺍﻯ ﻣﺸﺘﺎﻗﺎﻥ ﺑﺤﺮ ﻭﺻﺎﻝ ّ‬ ‫‪.‬ﺍﻯ ﻣﻨﺘﻈﺮﺍﻥ ‪ ،‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻭ ﺁﺷﮑﺎﺭ ‪ .‬ﭼﺸﻢ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﭼﻪ ﺭﻭﺯ ﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪﺍﻳﺪ‬

‫ﻭ ﻗﻠﺐ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﭼﻪ ﻭﻗﺖ ﻭ ﻟﺴﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺁﺫﺍﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﭼﻪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ؟ ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯﺑﺼﺮ ﺑﺎﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺗﺮﺍﻧﻰ " ﻧﺎﻃﻖ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟّﻨﺪﺍ ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﺪ ‪ :‬ﻳﻮﻡ ﻳﻮﻡ ﻣﻨﺴﺖ ﭼﻪ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺑﻪ ﮐﻠﻤﮥ " ُ ُ‬

‫ﺍﺣﻠﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻄﺮ ﮐﺒﺮﻳﺎ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻭﻗﺘﻰ " ﭼﻪ ﮐﻪ ﻧﺪﺍﻯ‬ ‫ﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﮔﻮﺵ ﻣﻰ ﮔﻮﻳﺪ ‪" :‬ﺗﺎ‪ ِ‬‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﮑﻠﻢ ‪ .‬ﺻﺪ ﻫﺰﺍﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﻳﻮﻣﻰ "‬ ‫ﺍﻥ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻟﺴﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻠﮑﻮﺕ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ " َ ‪‬‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺷﺌﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻭ ﺗﻠّﻮ ِ‬ ‫ﻧﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪١١‬‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫َﺍﻋﺮﺍﺽ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻮﻫﺮ ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺍﻫﺮ ﻣﻨﻊ ﻧﻨﻤﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﺷﻴﺎﻯ ﻓﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻠﮑﻮﺕ ﺑﺎﻗﻰ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺖ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺹ ‪١٢‬‬ ‫ﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء‬

‫‪ ٣٠‬ﻣﺎﺭﺱ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﮐﻞ ﺗﺎﺑﻴﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻣﺪﺍﺋﻦ ﻭ ﺩﻳﺎﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺟﺬﺏ ﻧﺪﺍﻯ ﻣﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ّ‬ ‫ﺗﺠﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﺑﺮ ّ‬

‫ﺻَﻔﻬﻢ ﺍ‪‬‬ ‫َ َ‬ ‫ﺷﻐﻒ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺠﺬﺍﺏ ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﺪﺍ ﮐﻮﺛﺮ َ َ‬ ‫ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺍﺑﺮﺍﺭ ‪َ .‬ﻗﺪ َﻭ َ‬

‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ‬ ‫ﻣﺰﺍﺟﻬﺎ ﮐﺎﻓﻮﺭﴽ "‬ ‫ﻳﺸﺮﺑﻮﻥ ِﻣﻦ ﮐﺄﺱ ﮐﺎﻥ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﮑﺘﺎﺏ ‪ِ :‬ﺍ‪‬ﻥ ﺍﻻﺑﺮﺍﺭ َ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﻟﮑﻞ ﻏﺎﻓﻞ ُﻣﺮﻳﺐ ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺣﻘﺎﻳﻖ ﺫﮐﺮ‬ ‫ﻭﺟﻮﺩﻯ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻫﺴﺘﻰ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﮔﺸﺖ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺷﺪ ﻭ َﻭﻳﻞ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻭ ﺛﻨﺎ ﺳﺰﺍﻭﺍﺭ ﻧﻔﻮﺳﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﮐﻪ ﺷﻤﺎﺗﺖ ﻗﻮﻡ ﻭ ﻧﻌﻴﻖ ﻧﺎﻋﻘﻴﻦ ﻭ ﺗﻬﺪﻳﺪ ﻇﺎﻟﻤﻴﻦ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻧﻮﺭ ُ ِ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ﺭﺍ ﺷﻨﻴﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻨﺪ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ِ‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺮﻕ ُﻣﺒﻴﻦ ﻣﻨﻊ ﻧﻨﻤﻮﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻧﺪﺍﻯ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺍﻋﻼﻡ ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ ﻭ ﺭﺍﻳﺎﺕ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺖ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪١٣‬‬

‫ﻳﺎﺯﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء‬

‫‪ ٣١‬ﻣﺎﺭﺱ‬

‫‪----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﺭﺑﺎﻧﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻯ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺏ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﻳﻮﻣﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻧﺴﻴﻢ ﺧﻮﺵ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻤﻴﺺ ﻣﻨﻴﺮ ّ‬

‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺡ ﻗﺪﺳﻰ ﺑﻪ ﮐﻤﺎﻝ ّ‬ ‫ﺭﻗﺖ ﻭ ﻟﻄﺎﻓﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻫﺘﺰﺍﺯ ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﻗﻠﻮﺏ ّ‬

‫ﻣﺘﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺧﻮﺵ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺸﻨﻮﻳﺪ ‪ .‬ﺁﻧﭽﻪ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﺎﺑﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺫﺍﻥ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﻓﻮﺕ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺗﻼﻓﻰ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﻧﻬﺎ ﻭ ﻋﺼﺮﻫﺎ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ ‪ .‬ﭼﻮﻥ ﺣﻠﻘﮥ ﺧﺎﺗﻢ‬

‫ﺟﻤﻊ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺫﮐﺮ ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ ﺗﺎ ﮐﻮﺛﺮ َ َ ِ‬ ‫ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻥ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻳﺪ ﻋﻄﺎ ﺍﺧﺬ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‬

‫ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻠﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺧﺎﻟﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻏﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻨﻮﺷﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻨﻮﺷﺎﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺣﺎﺳﺪﺍﻥ ﻭ ُ ِ‬ ‫ﻣﻐّﻼﻥ ﻭ‬ ‫ُ ِ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ﻧﺎﻇﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬ ‫ﻣﻨﮑﺮﺍﻥ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻄﻠﻊ ﻧﺸﻮﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺎ ﺳﻮﻯ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ّ‬

‫‪،‬ﭼﻪ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻧﺎﻣﻼﻳﻤﺎﺕ ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﻭ ﺣﺠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺿﻼﻟﺖ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺤﺰﻭﻥ‬

‫ﺣﻖ ﻣﺤﺠﻮﺏ ﻧﺴﺎﺯﺩ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻧﻨﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ّ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪١٤‬‬ ‫ﺩﻭﺍﺯﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء‬

‫‪ ١‬ﺁﻭﺭﻳﻞ‬

‫‪----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬

‫ﺫﮐﺮ ﻭ ﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﻭﻟﻴﺎء ﻣﺎﻟﮏ ﺍﺳﻤﺎء ﺭﺍ ﻻﻳﻖ ﻭ ﺳﺰﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺣﺠﺒﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻤﺎ ﻭ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﺕ ﻓﻘﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺍﻋﺮﺍﺽ‬

‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻨﻊ ﻧﻨﻤﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﺭﺣﻤﺖ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ﻧﺴﺎﺧﺖ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺣﮑﻤﺎ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﻖ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﻣﺘﻮﺟﻪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﻯ‬ ‫ﺍﺑﻬﻰ ﻧﺎﻇﺮ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻣﻨﻮﺭ ﻭ ﻭﺟﻮﻫﺸﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻓﻖ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻗﻠﻮﺑﺸﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻮﺭ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻥ ّ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺪﺳﻨﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﮐﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻩ ‪ " :‬ﻻ ﺗﻠﻬﻴﻬﻢ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﺓ ﻭ ﻻ ﺑﻴﻊ ﻋﻦ ﺫﮐﺮ ﺍ‪ " ‬ﺍﺯ ﺿﻐﻴﻨﻪ ﻭ ﺑﻐﻀﺎ ّ‬

‫ﻃﻴﺒﮥ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﮐﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﻨﺰﻩ ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﺣﺰﺍﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻭﺡ ﻭ ﺭﻳﺤﺎﻥ ‪ ،‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﺭﺽ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﻣﮑﺮ ﻭ ﺧﺪﻋﻪ ّ‬

‫ِ‬ ‫ﺳﻔﮏ ﺩﻣﺎء ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﺎء ﮐﻠﻤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ّﺍﻻ َﻓﻼ ‪ .‬ﺟﺪﺍﻝ ﻭ ﻧﺰﺍﻉ ﻭ ﻣﺤﺎﺭﺑﻪ ﻭ‬

‫ﮐﻞ ﻣﺎ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺗﻄﻬﻴﺮ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ َﻋﻦ ّ‬ ‫ﺳﺠﻴﮥ ﺍﻫﻞ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺗﻤﺴﮏ ﺟﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻧﻔﻮﺳﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻋﺪﻝ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺼﺎﻑ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻮﻝ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﺗﮑﺮﻫﻪ ُ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫َ َ ُ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﻣﺰﻳﻨﻨﺪ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻃﺮﺍﺯ ﺻﺪﻕ ﻭ ﻭﻓﺎ ّ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪١٥‬‬ ‫ﺳﻴﺰﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء‬

‫‪ ٢‬ﺁﻭﺭﻳﻞ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﮐﻞ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﺍ‪ ‬ﺍﺯ ﮐﻮﺛﺮ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺭﺣﻤﻦ ﻣﺮﺩﮔﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﺩﻯ ﻏﻔﻠﺖ ﻭ ﻧﺎﺩﺍﻧﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ّ‬

‫ﺍﺯ ﻓﺮﺍﺕ ﺭﺣﻤﺖ ﺭﺣﻤﺎﻧﻰ ﺑﻴﺎﺷﺎﻣﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻓﻖ‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺭﻭﺯﻯ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ّ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﻣﻮﻓﻖ‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺮﺑﻴﻦ ﻭ ﻣﺨﻠﺼﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻟﻰ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺍﻭ ﺷﺒﻪ ﻭ ﻣﺜﻠﻰ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻩ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﺍ‪ّ ‬‬

‫ﻣﻘﺪﺱ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﺣﻮﺍﻝ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﻗﻤﻴﺺ‬ ‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺁﻧﻬﻢ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺒﻪ ﻭ ﻣﺜﻞ ّ‬ ‫ﺧﺮﻡ ﺩﺍﺭ ‪ .‬ﻗﺴﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﻥ ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺏ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻗﻼﻡ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺴﻦ ﺍﻣﻢ ﺍﺯ ﻭﺻﻒ‬ ‫ﺭﺣﻤﻦ ﺗﺎﺯﻩ ﻭ ّ‬

‫ﻭ ﺛﻨﺎﻯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺑﺪﻳﻊ ﻋﺎﺟﺰ ﻭ ﻗﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ .‬ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺘﺐ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻭ ﻫﻮﻳﺪﺍ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻑ ﺍﻻﺭﺽ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺸﻰ‬ ‫ﺟﻌﻞ‬ ‫ﻇﻬﺮ َﻣﻦ َ َ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫‪ُ .‬ﻗﻞ ﺗﺎ‪َ ِ‬ﻗﺪ َ َ َ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺠﺮ ﻇﻼﻣﴼ ﻭ َ ٰ‬

‫ﺹ ‪١٦‬‬ ‫ﭼﻬﺎﺭﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء‬

‫‪ ٣‬ﺁﻭﺭﻳﻞ‬

‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬

‫ﻣﺘﻀﻮﻉ ﻭ ﺳﻤﺎء ﻓﻀﻞ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﻭ ﺷﻤﺲ ﺟﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﮐﻞ َﺍﺣﻴﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻯ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ‪ ،‬ﻋﺮﻑ ﻗﻤﻴﺺ ﺭﺣﻤﻦ ﺩﺭ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ُﻣﺸﺮﻕ ‪ ،‬ﺟﻬﺪ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻣﺮﻯ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎﻗﻰ ﻭ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ ﺑﻤﺎﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﻋﻨﻘﺮﻳﺐ ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﻭ‬

‫ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻭﺳﺖ ﻓﺎﻧﻰ ﻭ ﻣﻌﺪﻭﻡ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ‪ .‬ﺷﻤﺎ ﺍﺯﺍﻫﻞ‬

‫ﻣﺮﺿﻴﻪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﮑﻮﺕ ﺑﻘﺎ ﻣﺤﺴﻮﺑﻴﺪ ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻋﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﺎﻟﮏ ﺍﺳﻤﺎء ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺌﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﻏﻴﺮ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﮐﺮﺵ ﺟﺎﺭﻯ‬ ‫ﻣﻨﺰﻩ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ ‪ .‬ﻧﻴﮑﻮﺳﺖ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻠﻢ‬ ‫ﺣﺪﻭﺩﺍﺕ‬ ‫ﻧﻔﺴﻴﻪ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺪﺱ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ِ‬ ‫ﻧﺴ‪‬ﻞ ﺍ‪َ َ‬ﺑﺎﻥ ُ َ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺧﺪﻣﺘﻪ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﮑﻞ‬ ‫ﻳﻮﻓ َﻖ‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻤﺎ ﺍﺭﺍﺩ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﮔﺸﺖ َ ‪ُ ‬‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ﻃﺎﻋﺘﻪ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪١٧‬‬ ‫ﭘﺎﻧﺰﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء‬

‫‪ ٤‬ﺁﻭﺭﻳﻞ‬

‫‪---------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﻣﻘﺪﺱ ﺍﺯ ﺫﮐﺮ ﻣﻤﮑﻨﺎﺕ ﺳﺎﺣﺖ ﺍﻣﻨﻊ ﺍﻗﺪﺱ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩﻯ ﺭﺍ ﻻﻳﻖ ﻭ ﺳﺰﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﺣﻤﺪ ّ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟّﻨﺪﺍء ﻣﺎ‬ ‫ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﺑﺎﺏ ﻟﻘﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮ ﻭﺟﻪ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻭ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻣﻢ ﮔﺸﻮﺩ ﻭ ِ َ َ‬

‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻘّﺮ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﻭ ﺑﺮﻭﺯ ﻣﺎﻟﮏ‬ ‫ﮐﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻓﻖ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﺭﺽ ﻭ ﺳﻤﺎء ﺻﻼ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﺩ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﺍﺳﻤﺎﺳﺖ ﺩﻋﻮﺕ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺏ ﻭﺻﺎﻝ ﺑﮕﺸﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺻﺮﺍﻁ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻟﮑﻦ ﻗﻮﻡ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ‬

‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻧﻔﻮﺳﻰ ﮐﻪ ﻧﺴﺎﻳﻢ ﺻﺒﺢ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺩﺭﺍﮎ‬ ‫ﻳﻮﻡ ﻭ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻧﺶ ﻣﻤﻨﻮﻉ ﻭ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ‪.‬‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺒﻮﺭ ﻏﻔﻠﺖ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﻭﺣﻰ ﺑﺮﺧﺎﺳﺘﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﻯ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺘﺐ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺟﻞ ﺟﻼﻟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺑﺸﺎﺭﺕ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺳﻔﻴﻨﮥ ﺣﻤﺮﺍ ﻣﺤﺴﻮﺏ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ّ‬ ‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﺬﮐﻮﺭﻧﺪ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ﺳﻠﻄﺎﻧﻪ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻋﻈ َﻢ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ‪ّ ،‬‬ ‫ﺟﻠﺖ ﻋﻨﺎﻳُﺘﻪ ﻭ َ ُ‬ ‫ُ‬

‫ﺹ ‪١٨‬‬ ‫ﺷﺎﻧﺰﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء‬

‫‪ ٥‬ﺁﻭﺭﻳﻞ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬

‫ﺫﺭﺍﺕ ﮐﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ‬ ‫ِّ‬ ‫ﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺪ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺖ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺣﺎﻃﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ّ‬

‫ﮐﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺠﺐ ‪ ،‬ﺍﮐﺜﺮﻯ ﺍﺯ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭ ﻣﻨﻴﺮ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻩ ‪ .‬ﺍﻯ ﻋﺠﺐ ‪ّ ،‬‬

‫ﺑﻌﻀﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺳﮑﺮ ﻏﺮﻭﺭ ﻣﻨﻊ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺧﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺳﮑﺮ ﺛﺮﻭﺕ ﻭ ﺣﺰﺑﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺷﺌﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﻧﻔﺲ ﻭ ﻫﻮﻯ ﻭ‬

‫ﻗﻮﻣﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺷﺒﻬﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻋﻠﻤﺎ‪َ .‬ﻣﻊ ﺍﻋﺮﺍﺽ ﻭ ﺍﻋﺘﺮﺍﺽ ﻭ ﺍﻧﮑﺎﺭ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺍﺭﺽ ﻣﺎﻟﮏ ﺍﺳﻤﺎء‬ ‫ﻳﻘﺮﺑﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻴﻪ‬ ‫ﻋﻈَﻤﺖ‬ ‫ﺟﻠﺖ‬ ‫َ ّ‬ ‫ﻋﻈﻤﺘﻪ ﻭ َ ُ‬ ‫ﺍﻗﺘﺪﺍﺭﻩ ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﺣﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻤﺎ ُ َ ‪‬‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ُ‬

‫ﺩﻋﻮﺕ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻟﮑﻦ ﻗﺴﺎﻭﺕ ﻗﻠﻮﺏ ﻭ ﺷﻘﺎﻭﺕ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﺑﺸﺄﻧﻰ‬

‫ﻓﻴﺎﺽ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﮑﺎﺭ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺷﺮﺍﻗﺎﺕ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺳﻤﺎء ﻣﻌﺎﻧﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﮐﻪ ﻓﻴﻮﺿﺎﺕ ّ‬

‫ﻓﺘﻮﻯ ﺩﺍﺩﻧﺪ ﺑﺮ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻫﻞ‬ ‫ﺣﺠﺒﺎﺕ ﻧﻔﺲ ﻭ ﻫﻮﻯ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﺭ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻫﻢ ﺍﮐﺘﻔﺎ ﻧﻨﻤﻮﺩﻩ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﻓﺮﺩﻭﺱ‬ ‫ﺟﻨﺖ ﻋﻠﻴﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺰﻉ ﻭ ﺟﺰﻉ ﺁﻣﺪﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ﺳﮑﺎﻥ ّ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪١٩‬‬ ‫ﻫﻔﺪﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء‬

‫‪ ٦‬ﺁﻭﺭﻳﻞ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ُﻣﺸﺮﻕ ﻭ ﺑﺤﺮ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ‪ .‬ﻧﻴﮑﻮﺳﺖ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ﻧﺴﺎﺧﺖ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺑﻴﻊ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺪﻳﻊ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﮔﺸﺖ ‪ .‬ﺍﻯ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻴﻮﺿﺎﺕ ﻧﺎﻣﺘﻨﺎﻫﻴﮥ ّ‬

‫ﻟﺴﺎﻥ ﺭﺣﻤﻦ ﻣﻰ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ﻓﺮﺻﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻣﺪﻫﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺭﺍ ﻏﻨﻴﻤﺖ ﺷﻤﺮﻳﺪ ‪ .‬ﮐﺬﻟﮏ‬

‫ﻣﺎﻟﮏ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺏ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻳﺄﻣﺮﮐﻢ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ُ​ُ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٢٠‬‬

‫ﻫﺠﺪﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء‬

‫‪ ٧‬ﺁﻭﺭﻳﻞ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﺣﻖ ﺍﺯ ﮐﻮﺛﺮ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﻴﺎﺷﺎﻣﻨﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﻟﺴﺎﻥ ﭘﺎﺭﺳﻰ ﻧﺪﺍﻯ ﻣﻈﻠﻮﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺸﻨﻮ ﮐﻪ ﺷﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ّ‬

‫ﺑﺮ ﺍﻣﺮ ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺏ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻭ ﺭﺍﺳﺦ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﺑﮕﻮ ﺍﻯ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ‪ ،‬ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻭﻓﺎﺋﻰ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ‬

‫ِ‬ ‫ﺑﺼﺮ‬ ‫ﺻﺎﺣﺒﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﮐﻞ ﺣﻴﻦ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ ‪.‬‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻭ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺍﻭ ﺩﺭ ّ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ‬ ‫ﺍﻃﻬﺮ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻧﺎﻇﺮﺍﻥ ﻣﻨﻈﺮ ﺍﮐﺒﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﻪ ﺍﻋﺘﻨﺎء ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ّ‬

‫ﻣﺘﻤﺴﮏ ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﺍ‪ ‬ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺑﺮ ﮐﻠﻤﮥ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﻩ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺒﻠﻴﻎ‬ ‫ﻧﺎﻇﺮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺍﻣﺮ ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺏ ﻋﺎﻟﻤﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﺣﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﺯ ﺣﮑﻤﺖ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻧﺸﻮﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﻠﻤﻪ‬

‫ﮐﺮﺓ ﺑﻌﺪ ّ ٍ‬ ‫ﮐﺮﺓ ﻧﺎﺯﻝ ﺷﺪﻩ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺮﺓ َ‬ ‫ﻣﺮ ٍﺓﻭ ّ ً‬ ‫ﺍﻯ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ّ ً‬ ‫ﺑﻌﺪ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻃﻴﺒﻪ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﺍ‪ ‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺧﻼﻕ‬ ‫ﻣﺮﺿﻴﻪ ﻭ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٢١‬‬ ‫ﻧﻮﺯﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء‬

‫‪ ٨‬ﺁﻭﺭﻳﻞ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﺣﻖ ُﻣﺒﻴﻦ ﻣﻰ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ‪ :‬ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺭﺑﻴﻊ ﺭﺣﻤﻦ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻭ ﻧﻬﺎﻟﻬﺎﻯ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﻩ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻳﺪ‬ ‫ﻳﺎ ﺭﻭﺑﻴﻦ ّ‬ ‫ﺟﻨﻴﻪ ﻭ ﺍﻭﺭﺍﻕ ﻟﻄﻴﻔﻪ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺿﻮﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﺣﺪﻳﻪ ﻏﺮﺱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺛﻤﺎﺭ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺗﺮﺑﻴﺖ ّ‬

‫ﻣﺸﻬﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻟﮑﻦ ﻇﺎﻟﻤﺎﻥ ﻋﺼﺮ ‪ ،‬ﻳﻌﻨﻰ ﻋﻠﻤﺎﻯ ﺟﺎﻫﻞ ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺁﻥ ﺟﻬﺪﻫﺎ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‬ ‫‪.‬ﺑﮕﻮ ﺍﻯ ﻓﺮﺍﻋﻨﮥ ﺍﺭﺽ ‪ ،‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﻓﺮﻋﻮﻥ ﻗﺎﺩﺭ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻃﻔﺎء ﻧﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺷﺪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻫﻢ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ‬

‫ﻭ ﻟﮑﻦ ﻫﻴﻬﺎﺕ ﻫﻴﻬﺎﺕ ‪ ،‬ﺍﺭﺍﺩﮤ ﺍﻭ ﻣﻬﻴﻤﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺭﺍﺩﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﻫﻞ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻭ ﻗﺪﺭﺗﺶ ﻧﺎﻓﺬ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻤﺶ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٢٢‬‬

‫ﺍﻭﻝ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﺠﻼﻝ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫‪ ٩‬ﺁﻭﺭﻳﻞ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﻣﺰﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﺻﻔﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﻃﻴﺒﮥ ﻻﻳﻘﻪ ّ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺩﺍﺏ ﻭ ﺍﺧﻼﻕ ﻭ ﺍﻗﻮﺍﻝ ّ‬

‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ‬ ‫ﭘﺴﻨﺪﻳﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﺰﻟﮥ ﺟﻨﻮﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﻧﺎﺻﺮ ﻭ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ‪،‬‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﻣﻘﺪﺱ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺗﺼﺮﻑ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﻧﻔﻮﺳﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﻨﻮﺩ ﻣﺪﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﻠﻮﺏ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺧﻠﻖ ﻭ ﻣﺎ ِﻋﻨﺪﻫﻢ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻓﻮﻕ ﻫﻤﻢ ﺍﻫﻞ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻃﻴﺮﺍﻥ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺻﺪﺩ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ َﻣﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺭﺽ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺮﺑﻴﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺻﺮﺍﻁ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ‬

‫ﺟﻞ ﺟﻼﻟﻪ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ّ‬ ‫ﮐﻨﻨﺪ ﻳﻌﻨﻰ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺎﻣﻰ ﮐﻪ ﻻﻳﻖ ﺷﺄﻥ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ .‬ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ّ‬

‫ﻣﺸﻘﺎﺕ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﺣﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﻼﻣﺖ ﻭ ﺷﻤﺎﺗﺖ ﺷﻨﻴﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺣﻤﻞ ﺷﺪﺍﺋﺪ ﻭ ﺯﺣﻤﺎﺕ ﻭ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺣﻖ ﻣﺮﺍﺗﺐ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺎﻣﺎﺕ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺣﻤﻞ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﻣﺤﻮ ﻧﻨﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﻢ ّ‬

‫ﻟﻌﻤﺮ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻳﻮﻡ ‪،‬ﻳﻮﻡ ﺟﺰﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻳﻮﻡ ﻣﮑﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﺷﺌﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻏﺎﻓﻞ‬ ‫ﺣﻔﻆ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ‪ُ َ َ .‬‬

‫ﻧﺸﻮﻳﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪﺭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺪﺍﻧﻴﺪ ‪ .‬ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﺑﮥ ﺳﺮﺍﺏ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ ،‬ﻋﻨﻘﺮﻳﺐ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻨﺎ ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺷﻮﺩ ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﻫﺮ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٢٣‬‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬

‫ﻋﻤﻠﻰ ﮐﻪ ‪ ‬ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺫﮐﺮﺵ ﺑﺎﻗﻰ ﻭ ﭘﺎﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺣﺠﺎﺏ ﺍﮐﺒﺮ ﺑﺸﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ‬

‫ﮐﻞ ﺭﺍ ﻃﺎﺋﻒ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﮤ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﻣﻨﻊ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ‪ ،‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺠﺎﺏ ﺭﻓﻊ ﺷﻮﺩ ّ‬

‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻠﮑﻪ ﻃﺎﺋﻒ ﻳﮑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻘﺒﻠﻴﻦ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪٢٤‬‬ ‫ﺩﻭﻡ ﺷﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺠﻼﻝ‬

‫‪ ١٠‬ﺁﻭﺭﻳﻞ‬

‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬

‫ﺗﺠﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻰ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺮﺍ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ‪ .‬ﻓﻀﻞ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺄﻧﻰ‬ ‫ﻟﻠﻪ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺪ ِ ‪‬‬

‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﮐﻪ ﻫﺮ ﺫﻯ ﻓﻀﻞ ﻭ ﻋﻠﻤﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺩﺭﺍﮎ ﺁﻥ ﻋﺎﺟﺰ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ .‬ﻣﺒﺎﺭﮎ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ّ‬ ‫ﮐﻠﻤﻪﺍﺵ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺫﮐﺮﺵ ﻣﻔﺘﺨﺮ ﮔﺸﺖ ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﺣﺮﻓﻰ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﻣﻠﮑﻮﺕ ‪ِ ُ ،‬‬ ‫ﻣﻠﮏ ﺳﻤﻮﺍﺕ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﺭﺽ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﻪ ﻧﻨﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻧﻤﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ‪ .‬ﻋﻨﻘﺮﻳﺐ ﺩﺭﺍﻳﺞ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺎﻣﺎﺕ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻭ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺩﺭ‬

‫ﺍﻻﻣﺮ َ ِ‬ ‫ﻳﻔﻌﻞ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺡ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻠﻢ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﺪﻩ ‪ُ َ َ ،‬‬ ‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺎﺯﻝ ﻭ ﺟﺎﺭﻯ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ ‪ُ َ .‬‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺘﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﺮ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻳﺤﮑﻢ ﻭ ﻫﻮ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ُ ُ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٢٥‬‬

‫ﺳﻮﻡ ﺷﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺠﻼﻝ‬

‫‪ ١١‬ﺁﻭﺭﻳﻞ‬

‫‪---------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬

‫ﺣﻖ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺠﻦ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﻣﻈﻠﻮﻡ ﻭ ﻣﻤﻨﻮﻉ ‪ ،‬ﻧﺎﺻﺮ ﻣﻰ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﻟﺴﺎﻥ ﭘﺎﺭﺳﻰ ﻧﺪﺍﻯ ﻣﻈﻠﻮﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺸﻨﻮ ‪ّ .‬‬

‫ﻃﻠﺒﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺑﮕﻮ ﺍﻯ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﻭ ﺍﻯ ﺷﺎﺭﺑﺎﻥ ﺭﺣﻴﻖ ﻣﻌﺎﻧﻰ ‪ ،‬ﻧﺎﺻﺮ ‪ ،‬ﺟﻨﻮﺩ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﻩ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ‬

‫ﻃﻴﺒﻪ ﻭ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺣﺴﻨﻪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺍﺳﻠﺤﮥ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﻩ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻠﮑﻪ ﮐﻠﻤﮥ ّ‬

‫ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ‪ .‬ﺍﻯ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺑﻬﺎء ﺑﻪ ﺟﻨﻮﺩ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺍﺧﻼﻕ ﻣﻈﻠﻮﻡ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺼﺮﺕ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‬ ‫ﺍﺧﻼﻕ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ِﻣﻦ ٍ‬ ‫ﺗﮑَﺪُﺭ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻨﻮﺩ ﺻﺒﺮ ﻭ ﺍﺻﻄﺒﺎﺭ ‪ّ  ِ ،‬‬ ‫ﺍﺣﺪ ﻣﺎ َ ْ‬ ‫ﻟ‪‬ﻼ َ َ َ‬

‫ﺗﻀﻄﺮﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻮﺏ ‪ .‬ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺟﻨﻮﺩ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﻨﻮﺩ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮﻯ ﻧﺘﻮﺍﻧﺪ ‪،‬‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻮﺱ ﻭ َ َ ِ ُ‬

‫ﻗﺮﻯ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻳﮏ ﻋﻤﻞ ﭘﺎﮎ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﺪﺍﺋﻦ ﺍﻓﺌﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻗﻠﻮﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﻨﻮﺩ ﻣﻔﺘﻮﺡ ‪ .‬ﺑﺴﺎ ُ ُ‬ ‫ﻣﺪﻥ ﻭ ُ ٰ‬

‫ﺍﻓﻖ‬ ‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ‬ ‫ﺗﺸﺒﺚ ﺟﺴﺘﻨﺪ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ّ‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺫﻳﻞ ﻣﺎﻟﮏ ﺍﺳﻤﺎء ّ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ﮐﻪ ﺣﻼﻭﺕ ﺍﺧﻼﻕ ﺭﺍ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻭ ﺍﺩﺭﺍﮎ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪٢٦‬‬ ‫ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ ﺷﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺠﻼﻝ‬

‫‪ ١٢‬ﺁﻭﺭﻳﻞ‬

‫‪----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻃﺮﺍﺯﻯ ﻭ ﻫﻴﭻ ﺛﻮﺑﻰ ﻭ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻋﻼﻣﺘﻰ ﺑﻬﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻋﺪﻝ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻨﻮﺭ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﺣﺰﺍﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺼﺎﻑ‬ ‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺍﻣﻴﺮﻯ ﮐﻪ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﻋﺪﻝ ّ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺮﺑﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ُﻣﺒﻴﻦ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻠﻢ‬ ‫ﺣﮑﻢ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﻴﺮﻯ ﮐﻪ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻮﻓﻖ ﺷﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻋﺪﻝ ﺍﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﺑﻬﻰ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﻭ ﺷﺄﻧﺶ‬ ‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﻄﻮﺭ ﻭ ﻣﺬﮐﻮﺭ ‪ ،‬ﻣﻘﺎﻣﺶ ِ َ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﻓﻴﺎﺽ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻰ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺮﺍ ﻭ ﻭﺯﺭﺍ ﻭ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺣﮑﺎﻡ ﻭ ﺻﺎﺣﺒﺎﻥ ﺛﺮﻭﺕ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺸﮑﻞ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻴﻮﺿﺎﺕ ّ‬

‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻟﺴﺎﻥ َ َ ِ‬ ‫ﻳﺤﺘﻤﻞ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻟﮑﻦ ﺑﻪ َﺟﻨﺎﻥ ﻫﻴﻬﺎﺕ ﻫﻴﻬﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺍﮔﺮ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺍﻭ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺤﻖ ﻣﺬﮐﻮﺭ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻟﺪﻯ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻖ َ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٢٧‬‬

‫ﭘﻨﺠﻢ ﺷﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺠﻼﻝ‬

‫‪ ١٣‬ﺁﻭﺭﻳﻞ‬

‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬

‫ﻣﺘﻤﺴﮏ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﻫﻴﭻ ﺷﺄﻧﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺌﻮﻥ ﻭ ﻫﻴﭻ ﺍﻣﺮﻯ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﮐﻞ ﺑﻤﺎ ُ ِﺍﻣﺮﻭﺍ ِ ِﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻋﻔﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺍﺧﻼﻕ‬ ‫ﺍﻣﻮﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻠﻢ‬ ‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺎﺭﻯ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻣﺎﻧﺖ ﻭ ﺩﻳﺎﻧﺖ ﻭ ﻋﺼﻤﺖ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻫﻤﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﻭ ﺭﻓﻊ‬ ‫ﮐﻞ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻓﻖ‬ ‫ﻏﻔﻠﺖ ﻧﻨﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ‪ّ .‬‬ ‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺎﻇﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﻣﺰﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﻣﺎ َ َ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ﺑﻄﻠﺐ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮﺍﺯ ﻋﺪﻝ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺼﺎﻑ ّ‬ ‫ﺗﮑﺪَﺭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ّ‬

‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺼﺎﻳﺢ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺍﻋﻆ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻬﺬﻳﺐ‬ ‫ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻧﻔﻮﺳﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻟﻴﺎﻟﻰ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﺍﺣﺒﺎء ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺫﮐﺮ ﺷﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺒﺎﺩ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ‬ ‫ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻟﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﻘﺮﺍﺕ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ َﺍﻣﺎﻡ ﻭﺟﻮﻩ ّ‬ ‫ﺎﺻﺢ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﻪ ﻫﻮﺍﻟّﻨ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ ﺷﻮﺩ ‪ّ .‬‬ ‫ﻏﺎﻓﻞ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻣﺮﻯ ﮐﻪ ﻻﻳﻖ ّ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﮑﻴﻢ ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺍﻟﻪ ّﺍﻻ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻢ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﻭ ُ ّ ُ‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪٢٨‬‬

‫ﺷﺸﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﺠﻼﻝ‬

‫‪ ١٤‬ﺁﻭﺭﻳﻞ‬

‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬

‫ﻣﺘﺬﮐﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻭ‬ ‫ﮐﻞ ﺍﺣﻴﺎﻥ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺟﻞ ﺟﻼﻟﻪ ﺩﺭ ّ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﺣﺒﺎﻯ ّ‬ ‫ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻇﻬﺮﻩ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺗﺒﺎﺭﮎ ﺍﻟّﺮﺣﻤﻦ ّ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺬﻯ َ َ َ‬ ‫ﺍﺧﻼﻕ ﺳﺒﻘﺖ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺷﺄﻥ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ‪َ ،‬‬

‫ِ‬ ‫ﺍﺣﮑﺎﻣﻪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﻴﺪ ﻫﺴﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺪﻥ ﻗﻠﻮﺏ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻨﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﻻﻭﺍﻣﺮﻩ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺟﻌﻠﻪ ﻣﻈﻬﺮﴽ ِ َ ِ‬ ‫َ َ‬

‫ﻣﺤﺒﺖ ﻭ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﻓﺘﺢ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺷﺎﺋﺒﮥ ﺿﻐﻴﻨﻪ ﻭ ﺑﻐﻀﺎ ﻧﻤﺎﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺭﺍﻳﺤﮥ ﺁﻥ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺷﻮﺩ ‪.‬‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺑﻐﺎﺓ ﺍﺭﺽ ﻭ ُ ِ‬ ‫ُ ِ‬ ‫ﻓﻴﺎﺽ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻰ ﺑﻮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻃﻐﺎﺓ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﻋﺼﺮﻯ ﻣﺎﻧﻊ ﺧﻴﺮ ﻭ ﻇﻬﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﻓﻴﺾ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺎﻣﻰ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﻋﻴﻦ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺷﺒﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻧﺪﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭ ﺍﻋﺮﺍﺽ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺍﻳﻤﺎﻥ‬

‫ﻣﻨﺘﻬﻰ ﻣﻌﺮﺽ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻤﺴﮏ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺒﻠﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺪﺭﮤ‬ ‫ﻣﻰ ﺷﻤﺮﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻥ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺑﻪ ﻭﺭﻗﮥ ﻳﺎﺑﺴﻪ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﺣﻖ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﻣﻰ ﻃﻠﺒﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﻣﻰ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ‪ .‬ﺍﻭﺳﺖ ﻗﺎﺩﺭ‬ ‫‪.‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺷﺄﻥ ﻏﺎﻓﻠﻴﻦ ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ّ‬

‫ﻭ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺎ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪٢٩‬‬ ‫ﻫﻔﺘﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﺠﻼﻝ‬

‫‪ ١٥‬ﺁﻭﺭﻳﻞ‬

‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬

‫ﻫﺮ ﻋﻤﻠﻰ ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺍﺯ ﻋﺎﻣﻠﻰ ﺻﺎﺩﺭ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺍﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻠﻄﺎﻥ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﻣﺴﻄﻮﺭ ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ‬

‫ﺫﺭﻩ ﻗﺎﺩﺭ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﻟﻌﻤﺮ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ّ‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺯ ﺧﺪﻣﺖ ﻭ ﻧﺼﺮﺕ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺖ ﻭ ﺫﮐﺮ ﻭ ﺛﻨﺎﺳﺖ ‪ُ َ َ .‬‬

‫ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺳﺪ ﻭ ﻗﻄﺮﻩ ﻣﻘﺘﺪﺭ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻈﻤﺖ ﺑﺤﺮ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺷﺮﺍﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﺗﺤﺎﺩ‬ ‫ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺣﺎﻃﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ‪ .‬ﻳﺎ‬ ‫ﻫﻤﺖ ﻭ ﺣﮑﻤﺖ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ﺣﺰﺏ ﺍ‪ ، ‬ﺑﻪ ﮐﻤﺎﻝ ّ‬ ‫َ‬

‫ﺑﺮ ﻧﺼﺮﺕ ﺍﻣﺮ ﻣﺎﻟﮏ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺖ ﺭﺍ ﻏﻨﻴﻤﺖ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻳﺪ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ ﮐﻪ ﻗﺮﻭﻥ ﻭ‬

‫ﺷﻬﺪ ﺑﺬﻟﮏ‬ ‫ﮐﺘﺎﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻴﻦ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟّﺪﻳﻦ ﻓﻰ ِ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ﺍﻋﺼﺎﺭ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﻪ ﻧﻤﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ‪َ .‬ﻗﺪ َ ِ َ‬ ‫ﻣﺎﻟﮏ ِ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٣٠‬‬

‫ﻫﺸﺘﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﺠﻼﻝ‬

‫‪ ١٦‬ﺁﻭﺭﻳﻞ‬

‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻣﻮﺭ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﮥ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻀﻞ ﻭ ﺭﺣﻤﺖ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﻪ ﻻﺯﻡ ‪ ،‬ﻟﺬﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ‬

‫ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻣﺮﻯ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﺻﺎﺩﺭ ﻧﺸﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺣﺰﻥ ﺍﺣﺪﻯ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻮﺟﻪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﮐﻪ ﻋﻴﻦ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﻧﺎﻇﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺭﺷﺤﺎﺕ ﺑﺤﺮ ﮐﺮﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻋﺎﻣﮥ ﻧﺎﺱ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺗﮑﺎﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺑﺪﴽ‬ ‫ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺑﻪ ﮔﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﻭﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺳﺒﺐ ﻣﻨﻊ ﺧﻴﺮ ّ‬

‫ﺟﺎﻳﺰ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٣١‬‬

‫ﻧﻬﻢ ﺷﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺠﻼﻝ‬

‫‪ ١٧‬ﺁﻭﺭﻳﻞ‬

‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬

‫ﻣﺰﻳﻦ ﮔﺸﺘﻴﺪ‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻗﻤﻴﺺ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻧﺶ ّ‬ ‫ﺣﻤﺪ ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺏ ﻋﺎﻟﻤﻴﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻄﺮ ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ّ‬ ‫ﻳﺮﻳﺪﻩ ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺧﺪﺍ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻟﻢ َ َﻳﺰﻝ ﻭ ﻻ َﻳﺰﺍﻝ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﺭﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ُ ُ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﻪ َ َ‬ ‫‪ّ .‬‬ ‫ﻣﻊ َﻣﻦ َ‬

‫ﺍﺣﺒﺎﻯ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻧﺶ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺫﮐﺮﺵ ﺫﺍﮐﺮ ‪ .‬ﻗﻠﻢ ﺍﻣﺮ‬ ‫ﻭﺻﻴﺖ ﻣﻰ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﮐﺒﺮﻯ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﺍﻣﻮﺭ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﺣﺪﻯ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺖ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﻧﻪ ﻣﮕﺮ ﻧﻔﻮﺳﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﻭ ﺍﺻﻐﺎء ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻠﺐ ﻣﺤﻮ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ‬

‫ﻣﺘﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺍﮐﺜﺮﻯ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻧﺎﻃﻖ ﺍﺳﺖ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺍﺣﺪﻳﻪ ﻣﻤﻨﻮﻉ ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺁﻧﮑﻪ ﻭﺍﺿﺢ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ﻗﺼﺺ ﻭ ﺣﮑﺎﻳﺎﺕ ﻣﺬﮐﻮﺭﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺎﻃﻰ ﺑﺤﺮ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺷﻨﻴﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺻﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺩﺭﺍﮎ‬

‫ﺣﻖ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﺫﺍﮐﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭﻧﺶ ﻣﻨﻘﻄﻊ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻧﻨﻤﻮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ّ‬ ‫ﮐﻞ ﺍﺣﻮﺍﻝ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺫﮐﺮ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﻊ ﻣﺤﺰﻭﻥ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﻴﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﻧﺼﺮﺕ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺑﻘﺪﺭ ﻭﺳﻊ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪٣٢‬‬ ‫ﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺠﻼﻝ‬

‫‪ ١٨‬ﺁﻭﺭﻳﻞ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺎﻇﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﮐﻢ‬ ‫ﻣﺪﻋﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﺤﺒﺖ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻭ ﻟﮑﻦ ﺍﻫﻞ ﻭﻓﺎ ﮐﻪ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻓﻖ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﺗﺮﺍﺑﻴﻪ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻣﮕﺮ ﻧﻔﻮﺳﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻮﻓﻴﻘﺎﺕ ّ‬

‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﭼﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻨﺘﻈﺮ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﭼﻮﻥ‬ ‫ﺭﺏ ﺍﻻﺭﺑﺎﺏ ّ‬ ‫ﺷﻄﺮ ّ‬ ‫ﮐﻞ ﻣﺤﺘﺠﺐ ﻣﺎﻧﺪﻧﺪ ّﺍﻻ َﻣﻦ ﺷﺎ‪ ‬ﺍ‪ . ‬ﺍﻯ ﺍﻣﺔ‬ ‫ﻣﻨﻮﺭ ﺷﺪ ّ‬ ‫ﻧﻴﺮ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻓﻖ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺑﻪ ّ‬

‫ﻣﺘﻤﺴﮏ ﺑﺎﺵ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺄﻧﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺣﺪﻯ ﻗﺎﺩﺭ ﺑﺮ ﻓﺼﻞ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﺒﺖ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ‬ ‫ﺍ‪ ، ‬ﺑﻪ ﺣﺒﻞ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﮐﻤﺎﻝ ﻓﺮﺡ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﺭ ﺑﻪ ﺫﮐﺮ ﻣﺎﻟﮏ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ ﺑﺎﺵ ‪ .‬ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﻣﻘﻄﻮﻉ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺩﻭﺩ‬

‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ ،‬ﻫﺮ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﺪ ﺍﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻫﻞ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ ﮐﻪ ّ‬

‫ﺣﺒﺶ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﺪﻯ ﻭ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﻓﺮﺩﻭﺱ‬ ‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ‪.‬ﺷﮑﺮ ﮐﻦ ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺏ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ّ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺫﮐﺮﺵ ﻣﺬﮐﻮﺭ ﮔﺸﺘﻰ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪٣٣‬‬ ‫ﻳﺎﺯﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﺠﻼﻝ‬

‫‪ ١٩‬ﺁﻭﺭﻳﻞ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻗﺪﺱ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺷﺘﻐﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻐﻠﻰ ﺍﻣﺮ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﻫﺮ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﮐﻪ‬

‫ﻣﺤﺒﺖ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻣﺮﻯ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ ﺷﻮﺩ ‪ .‬ﻫﺮ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﺭﺍ ﮐﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺍﺩﻋﺎﻯ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﮐﻞ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺼﺎﻳﺢ ﻣﺸﻔﻘﺎﻧﻪ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺍﻋﻆ ﺣﺴﻨﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻐﻞ ﻭ ﮐﺴﺐ ﺑﺪﺍﺭﻳﺪ ‪ .‬ﺧﻴﺮ ّ‬

‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻠﻢ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺒﺘﻪ ﺛﻤﺮﺍﺕ ﺁﻥ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺗﺎ ﺣﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺎﺯﻝ ﺷﺪﻩ ّ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﺣﻖ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﻧﺎﺯﻝ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻫﺮﮔﺰ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻧﻤﻰ ﺷﺪ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ّ‬

‫ﻣﺤﺒﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻣﺎﻧﺖ ﻭ ﺩﻳﺎﻧﺖ ﻭ ﺷﻔﻘﺖ ﻭ ﺻﺪﻕ‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺮ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻀﻮﻉ ﻭ ﺧﺸﻮﻉ ﻭ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺭﺿﺎ ﻭ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﮐﺮﻡ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺻﻔﺎ ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺑﻪ ﮐﻤﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﺸﺒﺚ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻧﻔﻮﺳﻰ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺗﻀﺮﻉ ﻭ ﺯﺍﺭﻯ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺫﻳﺎﻝ ﺭﺩﺍﻯ َ َ‬

‫ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻊ ﺍﻧﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻕ ﺍﻣﺎﻧﺖ ﻭ ﺻﻔﺎ ﻭ ﺿﻌﻔﺎﻯ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﮐﻤﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﺷﻔﻘﺖ ﺧﺎﻟﺼﴼ ﻟﻮﺟﻪ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺩﻋﻮﺕ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺤﺮ ﻓﻀﻞ ﮐﺸﺎﻧﻨﺪ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٣٤‬‬ ‫ﺩﻭﺍﺯﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺠﻼﻝ‬

‫‪ ٢٠‬ﺁﻭﺭﻳﻞ‬

‫‪----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﺍﻟﻰ ﻭﺟﻬﻰ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺩﻯ ﺑﺎﺳﻤﻰ ‪َ ،‬ﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻰ ﺷﻄﺮﻯ ﻭ‬ ‫ّ ُ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻬﺎ ﺍﻟّﻨ ُ‬ ‫ﻳﺎ ّ َ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺟﻪ ٰ‬ ‫ﺎﻇﺮ ٰ‬ ‫َِ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻐﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻈﻠﻮﻡ ‪ .‬ﻣﻊ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﺪﺍء ِﻣﻦ ِ‬ ‫ﺍﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﺒﻼء ّ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺘﻤﻊ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﻪ ﻻ ﺍﻟﻪ ّﺍﻻ َ َ‬ ‫ُ‬

‫ﮐﻞ ﺍﺣﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﺲ ﻭ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻪ ﺍﻣﺮ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻳﻢ ﻣﻊ ﺫﻟﮏ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻣﻰ‬ ‫ﺁﻧﮑﻪ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ّ‬

‫ﻧﻔﺴﻴﻪ ﻭ ﺧﻄﻴﺌﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺪﺱ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻏﺒﺎﺭ ﻣﺸﺘﻬﻴﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﻫﻮﺍﺋﻴﻪ ﻣﻰ ﺁﻻﻳﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﻗﺴﻢ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺫﻳﻞ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺍﺣﺒﺎ ﺑﻤﺎ ُ ِﺍﻣﺮﻭﺍ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﺟﻤﺎﻝ ﻗﺪﻡ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻻﺳﻢ ﺍﻻﻋﻈﻢ ﮐﻪ ﺍﮔﺮ ّ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻞ ﻣﻘﺒﻞ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻳﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺭﻭﺯﻯ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺻﺨﺮﻩ‬ ‫ﻣﻌﻠﻞ ِ َ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻄﺮ ُ َ ّ ِ‬

‫ﺑﺮﻳﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﺲ ﻭ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻪ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﭼﻪ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﻴﺤﺔ ﻧﺪﺍ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ّ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻋﻠﻰ ّ‬

‫ﻣﻘﺪﺱ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻟﻘﺎﻯ ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺏ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻪ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﻧﺸﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺎ‬ ‫ﺗﺎ ﻗﻠﻮﺏ ﭘﺎﮎ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ﺭﺑﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻧﻨﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﺸﺮ ﺻﺎﺣﺐ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻪ ﻭ ﺷﺌﻮﻧﺎﺕ ّ ّ‬ ‫ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ِﻣﻨﻪ ﺁﺛﺎﺭ ّ‬ ‫َ َُ‬

‫ﺣﻖ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺑﺼﺮ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻋﺪﺍء ّ‬ ‫ﮐﻞ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻔﺎﻳﺖ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻋﻠﻢ ّ‬ ‫ﻇﺎﻫﺮﻳﮥ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﺖ ﺍﺣﺘﺠﺎﺏ‬ ‫ﮐﻞ ‪ّ .‬‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺮ ّ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٣٥‬‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﺗﺠﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﺣﺎﻃﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﮐﻪ ﺍﮐﺜﺮﻯ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺳﺘﺎﺭ ﺷﺪﻩ ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﺷﺄﻧﻰ ّ‬ ‫ﺧﻠﻖ ﺍﺯ ﺣ ّﻖ ﺍﺳﻢ ّ‬ ‫ﻳﺘﻮﻫﻤﻮﻥ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻳﻈﻨﻮﻥ ﻭ َ َ َ ّ‬ ‫ﻓﺒﺌﺲ ﻣﺎﻫﻢ َ ُ ّ‬ ‫ﺧﻠﻖ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ﺭﺍ ﺟﺎﻫﻞ ﺷﻤﺮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ ‪َ ِ ،‬‬

‫ﺣﻖ‬ ‫ﮐﻤﺮ ﺧﺪﻣﺖ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺤﮑﻢ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺍﻫﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﮑﻨﻴﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻧﺎﺱ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺗﮑﺪﻯ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﻢ ّ‬

‫ﮐﻞ ﺍﺣﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺒﻠﻴﻎ ﺍﻣﺮ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﺻﻞ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﻣﻨﻊ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ّ‬

‫ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﺍﻭ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻣﻮﺭ ﺑﻪ ﺭﺿﺎ ﺟﺎﺭﻯ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ ‪.‬‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٣٦‬‬ ‫ﺳﻴﺰﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﺠﻼﻝ‬

‫‪ ٢١‬ﺁﻭﺭﻳﻞ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﺍﻳﺎﻣﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻧﺠﻴﺐ ﭘﺎﺷﺎ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺭﺿﻮﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﻃﺮﴽ ﺍﺭﺍﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ ﺫﮐﺮ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺍﺭﺽ ّ‬

‫ﻣﻘﺮ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻪ ﭼﺸﻢ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺷﺒﻪ ﺁﻥ‬ ‫ﻧﺎﻣﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﻫﺮ ﺁﻳﻨﻪ ّ‬ ‫ﮐﻞ ﻗﺎﺻﺮ ﻭ ﺑﺮ ﻋﺠﺰ ُ ّ‬

‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﻋﺎﻟﻤﻴﺎﻥ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﻧﺪﻳﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺼﺮ ﺍﻣﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﮤ ﻧﻈﻴﺮ ﺁﻥ ﻳﻮﻡ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﻧﮕﺸﺘﻪ ‪ّ .‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻴﺔ ﻓﻰ ﺫﺍﮎ‬ ‫ﺧﺮﺝ ِﻣﻦ َﻓﻢ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭ ﺑﺮ ﻋﺮﺵ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻣﺎ َ َ َ‬

‫ﺍﻵﻥ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺫﮐﺎﺭ ﻋﺎﻟﻤﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ‪ ....‬ﺑﺎﺭﻯ ﺍﺷﺮﺍﻗﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺗﺠﻠّﻴﺎﺕ ﺁﻥ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﺯ‬

‫ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺍﺩﺭﺍﮎ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﻥ ﻣﺬﮐﻮﺭ ﺷﺪﻩ ﮐﻪ ﺭﺿﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬

‫‪‬‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ َﻣﻦ ﻓﻰ ﺍﺭﺿﻪ ﻭ ﺳﻤﺎﺋﻪ ‪ .‬ﺟﻤﻌﻰ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﻤﺎ‪‬ﻪ‬ ‫ﺑﮑﻞ‬ ‫ﺗﺠﻠﻰ ﺍﻟّﺮﺣﻤﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ّ‬ ‫ﻭ ﮐﺎﻧﺖ ّ ُ‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻇﻬﺮ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﮔﺸﺘﻪ ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﻭ ﺧﺮﻭﺝ‬ ‫ﺍﻭﻟﻴﺎء ﺑﻪ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻟﻘﺎء ﺁﻥ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﻭ ﻣﺎ َ َ َ‬

‫ﺗﺠﻠﻰ ﺳﺎﻃﻊ ﻭ ﻻﺋﺢ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﻴﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻫﺮ ﻭ ﻫﻮﻳﺪﺍ ﻭ ﻧﻮﺭ ّ‬ ‫ﺟﻤﺎﻝ ﻗﺪﻡ ﺁﻳﺎﺕ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻭﻝ ﻋﻴﺪ ﺭﺿﻮﺍﻥ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٣٧‬‬ ‫ﭼﻬﺎﺭﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﺠﻼﻝ‬

‫‪ ٢٢‬ﺁﻭﺭﻳﻞ‬

‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬

‫ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﺍ‪ ‬ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﻪ ﮐ ّﻞ ِﻟ ِ‬ ‫ﻮﺟﻪ ﺍ‪‬‬

‫ﮐﻞ ﺑﻪ ﮐﻤﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻣﺬﻫﺐ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺳﺒﺐ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﺖ ﺿﻐﻴﻨﻪ ﻭ ﺑﻐﻀﺎ ﻧﻨﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ّ‬

‫ﻣﺤﺒﺖ ﻣﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﮐﻠﻤﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺎ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺭﻓﻖ ﻭ ﻣﺪﺍﺭﺍ ﻭ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺣﻖ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﺭﺍ ﺷﺎﮐﺮ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ّﺍﻻ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ‬ ‫ﻭﺟﻬﻪ ﺍﺵ َﻧﻀﺮﮤ ﺭﺣﻤﻦ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﮔﺸﺖ ّ‬

‫ﻣﺮﺿﻴﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻨﮥ ﺭﺍﺿﻴﮥ‬ ‫ﺯﮐﻴﮥ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﮔﺬﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺁﻧﮑﻪ ﺍﺩﺭﺍﮎ ﻋﺪﻡ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﺒﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ‪ .‬ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻣﺤﺒﺖ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺩﻭﺳﺖ‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﻫﺮ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﺍﻇﻬﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﻻﺟﻞ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﭘﺴﻨﺪﻳﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺧﻼﻕ‬ ‫ﺭﺍ َ ِ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻣﺤﺒﺖ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺷﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺒﺪء ﺭﺣﻤﺖ ﻭ ﻓﻀﻞ‬ ‫ﻣﻰ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﻟﮑﻦ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﻏﺎﻓﻠﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ِﻟﻮﺟﻪ ﺍ‪‬‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻋﻠﺖ ﻋﻨﺎﺩ ﻧﺪﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺽ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻠﻪ ﻣﺴﺘﺮﻳﺢ ﺷﻮﺩ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﺳﺒﺐ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٣٨‬‬

‫ﭘﺎﻧﺰﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺠﻼﻝ‬

‫‪ ٢٣‬ﺁﻭﺭﻳﻞ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﻣﻮﺍﺝ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻪ ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺭﺑﻴﻊ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ .‬ﻓﺮﺍﺕ ﺭﺣﻤﺖ ﺟﺎﺭﻯ ‪ ،‬ﺑﺤﺮ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺖ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻓﻖ‬ ‫ﺍﻣﻄﺎﺭ ﻓﻀﻞ ﻫﺎﻃﻞ ﻭ ﻧﻮﺭ ﻭﺟﻪ ﻻﻣﻊ ﻭ ﺳّﺮ ﻏﻴﺐ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻭ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﻓﺎﺯ ﻭ ﺣﺴﺮﺕ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻧﻔﻮﺳﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺳﺒﺎﺏ‬ ‫ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻣﺸﺮﻕ ﻭ ﻻﺋﺢ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻟﻤﻦ َ َ َ‬ ‫ﻋﺮﻑ ﻭ َ‬ ‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ِ َ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﻣﺴﺒﺐ ﻭ ﻧﻌﻤﺖ ﺑﺎﻗﻴﻪ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻓﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ُ ّ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٣٩‬‬ ‫ﺷﺎﻧﺰﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﺠﻼﻝ‬

‫‪ ٢٤‬ﺁﻭﺭﻳﻞ‬

‫‪---------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﺣﻖ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺎﻣﻴﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﺍﺣﺒﺎﻯ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪﺍﻯ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻈﻠﻮﻡ ﻣﺴﺠﻮﻥ ﺑﺴﻮﻯ ﻳﮑﻰ ﺍﺯ ّ‬

‫ﺷﺪﻩ ﺗﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺤﺮ ﻣﻌﺎﻧﻰ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺳﺮﻣﺴﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺫﮐﺮ ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺍﺷﺘﻌﺎﻝ‬

‫ﺍﻧﻔﺲ ﻣﺨﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪ .‬ﺍﻯ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ ،‬ﻓﺠﺮ ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ ﻃﺎﻟﻊ ﻭ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺖ ﻣﺸﺮﻕ ﻭ ﻻﺋﺢ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ .‬ﺟﻬﺪ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﻨﻮﺭ ﮐﻨﻰ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﺍﺻﻠﻰ ﮐﺸﺎﻧﻰ ‪ ،‬ﮐﻠﻤﮥ ّ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﺎ ﺗﺎ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﻏﺎﻓﻠﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﺭﺵ ّ‬

‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﺑﮥ ﻧﺎﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺍﻧﻔﺲ ﻣﺨﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﺰﻟﮥ ﻣﺎء ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺍﺭﻭﺍﺡ ﭘﮋﻣﺮﺩﻩ‬ ‫ﺭﺑﺎﻧﻰ‬ ‫‪،‬ﭘﺲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ّ‬ ‫ﮐﻞ ﺍﺣﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺎء ﻣﻌﺎﺭﻑ ﺭﺣﻤﺎﻧﻰ ﻭ ﻧﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﻗﺪﮤ ّ‬

‫ﻣﺸﺘﻌﻞ ﻭ ﺗﺎﺯﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻰ ‪ .‬ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻧﺎﺱ ﻃﺎﻟﺐ ﻟﻘﺎ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻟﮑﻦ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺷﻤﺲ ﻟﻘﺎ ﻣﺸﺮﻕ ﻭ‬

‫ﺣﻖ‬ ‫ﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺷﺪ ﺍﮐﺜﺮﻯ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ﻣﺎﻧﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻣﮕﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺠﺒﺎﺗﻰ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ ّ‬ ‫ﺑﺤﺮ ﻭﺻﺎﻝ ّ‬

‫ﺣﻖ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺣﺠﺒﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺣﺎﻳﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﻢ ّ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺻﺒﻊ ﻳﻘﻴﻦ ﺧﺮﻕ ﮐﻨﺪ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٤٠‬‬

‫ﻫﻔﺪﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺠﻼﻝ‬

‫‪ ٢٥‬ﺁﻭﺭﻳﻞ‬

‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬

‫ﺟﻞ ﺟﻼﻟﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ‪ .‬ﻫﺮ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ‬ ‫ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺏ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺖ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺍ‪ّ ‬‬

‫ﻋﻠﻦ‬ ‫ﺑﻠﻨﺪ‬ ‫ﺳﺮ ﻭ َ َ‬ ‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﺪ ﺑﻪ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﻦ ﻭ ﺭﺯﺍﻳﺎﻯ ّ‬ ‫ﮐﻞ ﺧﻴﺮ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﮔﺸﺘﻪ ‪ .‬ﺑﻼﻳﺎ ﻭ ِ َ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﺷﺮﺏ ِﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺳﺎﮐﻨﴼ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺍﺣﺒﺎﻯ ّ‬ ‫ﻻﻳﺰﺍﻝ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ّ‬ ‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ َ‬ ‫َﻟﻢ َ َﻳﺰﻝ ﻭ َ‬ ‫ﻟﻤﻦ َ َ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﺣﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﺍ‪‬‬ ‫ﺻﺎﺑﺮﴽ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻣﻮﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﻦ ‪َ .‬ﻃﺮﻑ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺖ ّ‬

‫ﮐﻞ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ﻣﻊ ﺁﻧﮑﻪ ﺧﻴﺮ ّ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻣﺤﺰﻭﻥ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﻴﺪ ‪ .‬ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻧﻤﺎ ّ‬

‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﻋﻮﺕ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻭ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺣﺪﻯ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻧﺎﺱ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻓﻖ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ﻣﻨﻴﻊ ﻭ َﻣﻄﻠﻊ ﻳﻘﻴﻦ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪﺍﻧﺪ‬ ‫ﺍﻫﻞ ﺍﺑﺪﺍﻉ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺷﺄﻥ ﺧﻠﻖ ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ّ‬

‫ﻣﻄﻠﻊ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻧﻔﺲ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻧﻮﺣﻪ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭﻫﺎﻡ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻟﻨﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺯﻭﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺧﻮﺩ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﺑﻬﻰ ﻧﺎﻇﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﻰ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻻﻳﺰﺍﻝ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺤﺮ ﺳﺮﻭﺭ ﺑﻴﺎﺷﺎﻣﻰ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻓﻖ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﺍ‪َ ‬ﻟﻢ َ َﻳﺰﻝ ﻭ َ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٤١‬‬

‫ﻫﺠﺪﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺠﻼﻝ‬

‫‪ ٢٦‬ﺁﻭﺭﻳﻞ‬

‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬

‫ﺭﺑﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﻘﺎﻉ ﻧﺎﻃﻖ ﻭ ﻟﮑﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻪ ﻣﺸﺘﻌﻞ ﻭ ﺳﺪﺭﮤ ّ ّ‬ ‫ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ﻣﻴﻔﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ‪ :‬ﻧﺎﺭ ّ‬

‫ﺗﺠﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻥ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﮔﻮﺵ ﻧﻪ ﺗﺎ ﺁﻭﺍﺯ ﺧﻮﺵ ﺭﺣﻤﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺸﻨﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻗﻠﺐ ﻧﻪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻥ ّ‬

‫ﻣﺘﻤﺴﮑﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻠﻄﺎﻥ ﺁﻳﺎﺕ ﻏﺎﻓﻞ ‪ ،‬ﮔﻤﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﮐﺜﺮﻯ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺎﺱ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﻫﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺧﻮﺩ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻦ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻘﻴﻦ ﻗﺎﻧﻊ ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻟﮑﻦ ﻋﻨﻘﺮﻳﺐ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺧﺎﺳﺮ ﻭ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﺗﺮﺟﻴﺢ ﺩﺍﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻇ ّ‬

‫ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻃﻞ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻫﻞ ﻓﻀﻞ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻀﻞ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﺪ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ‪ ،‬ﻫﺮ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻣﺤﺠﻮﺏ ﻣﺎﻧﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺧﺴﺮﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﭼﻪ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻓﺮﻳﻨﺶ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻥ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺷﻨﻴﺪﻯ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻟﺪﻯ ﺍﻟّﺮﺣﻤﻦ ﻣﺤﺴﻮﺏ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ .‬ﻧﻴﮑﻮﺳﺖ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺗﻮ ﮐﻪ ﻧﺪﺍﻯ ﻗﻠﻢ‬ ‫َ​َ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻋﻈﻤﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺪﺍﻥ ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻟﺴﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺫﮐﺮ ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺏ‬ ‫ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﮔﺸﺘﻰ ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻌﻤﺖ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ ﺑﺎﺵ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٤٢‬‬ ‫ﻧﻮﺯﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﺠﻼﻝ‬

‫‪ ٢٧‬ﺁﻭﺭﻳﻞ‬

‫‪----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﮐﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺣﮑﻤﺖ ﺍﻣﺮ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻳﻢ ﻭ ﺣﮑﻤﺖ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺍﺧﻼﻗﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻧﺎﺱ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺤﺮ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻣﺆﻳﺪ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮ‬ ‫ﻧﺰﺩﻳﮏ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺗﺸﻮﻳﻖ ّ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ﻣﻰ ﻃﻠﺒﻴﻢ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﺭﺍ ّ‬ ‫ﮐﻞ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ّ‬

‫ﮐﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺎ ِﻋﻨﺪﻫﻢ ﺑﻤﺎ ِﻋﻨﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﺍﺩﺭﺍﮎ ﺣﻼﻭﺕ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺶ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺣﻼﻭﺕ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﺎﺑﻨﺪ ّ‬

‫ﻣﺮﺿﻴﻪ ﺍﻣﺮ‬ ‫ﻃﻴﺒﻪ ﻭ ﺍﺧﻼﻕ‬ ‫ﺗﻤﺴﮏ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﮑﺮﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺡ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﮐﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﺳﻤﻰ ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﻼﻕ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻳﻢ ‪َ َ .‬‬ ‫ﻟﻌﻤﺮﻯ ﺟﻨﻮﺩ ﻣﻨﺼﻮﺭﻩ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ّ‬ ‫ﻃﻴﺒﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻫﺴﺖ ‪ .‬ﻳﺎ َ‬ ‫ﺣﺐ ﺩﻭ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﺮﺿﻴﻪ َﺍﻋﻼﻡ ﻣﻨﺼﻮﺭﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ‪.‬‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﮐﻞ ﺭﺍ ﻭﺻﻴﺖ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﻢ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻨﻮﺩ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﺑﺪﻯ ﻭ ﻧﻌﻤﺖ ﺳﺮﻣﺪﻯ ﻣﻨﻊ ﻧﻨﻤﺎﻳﺪ ‪ّ .‬‬ ‫ﺍﺧﻼﻕ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺭﺍ ﻧﺼﺮﺕ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﻟﻮﺟﻪ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻋﻤﻠﻰ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺳﺒﺐ‬

‫ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ ﺧﻠﻖ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﺁﻥ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻻﻳﻖ ﺍﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺕ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻈﻠﻮﻡ ﻣﺤﻮ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺧﺬ‬

‫ﻧﻨﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻧﻴﺎﺑﺪ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٤٣‬‬

‫ﺍﻭﻝ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﺠﻤﺎﻝ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫‪ ٢٨‬ﺁﻭﺭﻳﻞ‬

‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬

‫ﺍﺑﻬﻰ‬ ‫ﮐﻞ ﺍﺣﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺮﺩﻭﺱ‬ ‫ﺍﻯ ﺍﻣﺔ ﺍ‪ ، ‬ﻣﺎﻟﮏ ﻗﺪﻡ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻄﺮ ﺳﺠﻦ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﺩﺭ ّ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﻋﻮﺕ ﻣﻰ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭ ﺍﻓﻖ‬ ‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺟﺎﺑﺖ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ َ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺩﻧﻮ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ .‬ﻫﺮ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﭼﻪ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻮ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻡ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺭﻭﺯﻯ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ُ ّ‬

‫ﺣﻖ ﻣﺤﺴﻮﺏ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ِﻣﻦ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﺍﻭ ﺍﺯ ّ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﻭ ﭼﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻣﺎء ﺑﻪ ّ‬

‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻖ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ‪ .‬ﺍﻯ ﺍﻣﺔ ﺍ‪ ، ‬ﺣﻤﺪ‬ ‫ﻟﺪﻯ ﺍﻟّﺮﺣﻤﻦ ﻣﺬﮐﻮﺭ ﺍﮔﺮ ﭼﻪ ﺍﺯ َ‬ ‫ﺍﻫﻞ ﺧﺴﺮﺍﻥ َ َ‬

‫ﮐﻦ ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺏ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻧﺶ ﻓﺎﺋﺰﻯ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻓﻘﺶ ﻧﺎﻇﺮ ‪ .‬ﻗﺪﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺪﺍﻥ ﻭ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺫﮐﺮﺵ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ ﺑﺎﺵ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭﻧﺶ ﻓﺎﺭﻍ ﻭ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺷﺪﺍﺋﺪ ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﻣﺤﺰﻭﻥ ﻣﺒﺎﺵ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻟﻴﺎﻟﻰ ﻭ ّ‬

‫ﻟﻌﻤﺮﻯ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ‬ ‫ﺗﻔﮑﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺏ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻧﻤﺎ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﮐﻤﺎﻝ ﻇﻠﻢ ﻭ ﺳﺘﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺠﻦ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﺳﺎﮐﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪َ َ .‬‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻻﺣﺒﺎء ﺍ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺨﺒﻴﺮ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻠﮏ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻣﺸﻬﻮﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻣﻔﻘﻮﺩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻠﮑﻮﺕ ِ َ ّ‬ ‫ُ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٤٤‬‬

‫‪ ٢٩‬ﺁﻭﺭﻳﻞ‬

‫ﺩﻭﻡ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﺠﻤﺎﻝ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﺳﺪﺭﮤ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﮐﻪ ﻳﮑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻭﺭﻗﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺫﮐﺮ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺫﮐﺮ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻴﻮﺿﺎﺕ‬

‫ﺭﺑﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺻﺒﺢ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺭﺿﻮﺍﻥ ﺟﻤﺎﻝ ﻗﺪﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺫﮐﺮ ﻭﺭﻗﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﻧﺎﻣﺘﻨﺎﻫﻴﮥ ّ ّ‬

‫ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﻣﺎء ﺍ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺑﻪ ﮐﻤﺎﻝ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﺲ ﻭ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺛﻨﺎﻯ ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺏ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻌﺪﻭﻡ ﺷﻤﺮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻔﻘﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﻧﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﻫﺮ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﻋﺎﻟﻤﻴﺎﻥ ﻧﺎﻃﻖ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺟﺰ ّ‬

‫ﮐﻞ ﺧﻴﺮ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺏ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ .‬ﺟﻬﺪ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﺒﺖ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﺪ ﺑﻪ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﻤﺶ ﺣﻔﻆ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻋﺎﻧﺖ ّ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻧﻬﻢ ﺭﺿﻮﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٤٥‬‬ ‫ﺳﻮﻡ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﺠﻤﺎﻝ‬

‫‪ ٣٠‬ﺁﻭﺭﻳﻞ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﺍﻯ ﻗﻮﻡ ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪﺭ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺪﺍﻧﻴﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﮐﺮﻡ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﻖ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻣﺸﺮﻕ ﻭ ﻻﺋﺢ ﻭ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ‬ ‫ﻟﻌﻤﺮ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻣﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﻸ‬ ‫ﺑﺤﺮ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻣﺎﻡ ﻭﺟﻮﻩ ﺍﺩﻳﺎﻥ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ‪ ،‬ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ﻣﻨﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ‪َ َ .‬‬

‫ﻣﮑﻠﻢ ﻃﻮﺭ ﺑﺮ ﻋﺮﺵ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺸﻨﻰ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻭ ﻣﺠﻠﺴﻰ ﺑﺮ ﭘﺎ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻃﻴﺒﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺳﻤﺎﻥ ﻧﺎﺯﻝ ‪ .‬ﺷﻤﺲ ﻻﺯﺍﻝ ﻓﻰ‬ ‫َﮐﺮﻡ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺑﻪ ﻟﻘﺎ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﻭ ﻣﺪﻳﻨﮥ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﮐﮥ ّ‬

‫ِ‬ ‫ﻭﺳﻂ ﺍﻟّﺴﻤﺎء ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻮﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺳﺤﺎﺏ ﻣﻨﻊ ﻧﻨﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﮐﺴﻮﻑ ﺍﺧﺬ ﻧﮑﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﻻﺯﺍﻝ ﻗﻤﺮﺵ ﺳﺎﻃﻊ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻻﺋﺢ ﻭ ﺍﻧﻬﺎﺭﺵ ﺟﺎﺭﻯ ﻭ ﺳﺎﺭﻯ ﻭ ﺍﺷﺠﺎﺭﺵ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺛﻤﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﻣﺰﻳﻦ ‪ .‬ﻳﻮﻡ ‪ ،‬ﻳﻮﻡ ﻓﺮﺡ‬ ‫ﻻﺗﺤﺼﻰ ّ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺬ َ ِ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ِﻟﻠﻤﺨﻠﺼﻴﻦ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ِﻟﻠﻔﺎﺋﺰﻳﻦ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﮐﺒﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻟﻤﻦ َ َ َ‬ ‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ِ َ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻄﺎء‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻨﻰ‬ ‫ﺷﺮﺏ ﺑﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺬﻯ ﺑﻪ ُ ِ َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ﻓﺘﺢ ُ‬ ‫ﮐﻮﺛﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻘﺎء ﻭ َ ِ َ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ُ ٰ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ﻧﺎﺳﻮﺕ ﺍﻻﻧﺸﺎء ‪.‬‬ ‫َﻣﻦ ﻓﻰ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٤٦‬‬

‫ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﺠﻤﺎﻝ‬

‫‪ ١‬ﻣﻰ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﻣﻮﺍﺝ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﻣﻠﮑﻮﺕ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻳﺎﺕ ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﻋﺎﻟﻤﻴﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﻬﺘﺰ ﻭ ﺑﺤﺮ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﺭﺣﻤﻦ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻗﺪﺭ ﻣﻨﻊ ﻧﻨﻤﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﻖ ﺍﻧﻮﺭ‬ ‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺑﺸﺮ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺎﻟﮏ َ َ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﺑﺎﺯ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺖ ‪ .‬ﺟﻤﻌﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺎﺷﺎﮎ ﺭﻭﺯﮔﺎﺭ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻋﺮﺍﺽ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻣﻊ ﺁﻧﮑﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺧﺪﻣﺖ‬ ‫ﻭﺭﺩ َﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟّﺮﺣﻤﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻫﻞ ﻓﺮﻗﺎﻥ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻧﻤﺎ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺮ ﻣﺎ َ َ َ‬

‫ﺍﺯﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺒﺎﺣﺜﻪ ﻭ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﻪ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ ‪،‬‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻄﻠﻊ ﺷﻮﻯ ﻭ ﺁﮔﺎﻩ ﮔﺮﺩﻯ ‪ .‬ﻫﺰﺍﺭ ﻭ ﺩﻭﻳﺴﺖ ﺳﻨﻪ َﺍﻭ َ َ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﺑﻪ ﻗﺮﺍﺋﺖ ﮐﺘﺐ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ّ‬ ‫ﺟﻞ ﺟﻼﻟﻪ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻤﺴﮏ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﻟﻴﺎﻟﻰ ﻭ ّ‬

‫ﻧﻴﺮ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﻖ ﺍﺭﺍﺩﻩ ﺍﺷﺮﺍﻕ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﺁﻥ ﺍﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﻭ ﮐﺘﺒﻬﺎ ﻭ ﻗﺮﺍﺋﺘﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ‬ ‫ﺁﻣﻞ ﻭ ﭼﻮﻥ ّ‬

‫ﺳﻴﻒ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻭ ﺑﺮ ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺏ ﻋﺎﻟﻤﻴﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺷﺪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺻﺨﺮﻩ ﺻﻴﺤﻪ ﺯﺩ ﻭ ﻏﻤﺎﻡ ﻧﻮﺣﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٤٧‬‬ ‫ﭘﻨﺠﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﺠﻤﺎﻝ‬

‫‪ ٢‬ﻣﻰ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﺭﻭﺯ ﻧﺪﺍ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﻣﮋﺩﻩ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ ﻭ ﻣﺎﻩ ﺑﺸﺎﺭﺕ ﻣﻰ ﮔﻮﻳﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻯ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ‪ ،‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ‬ ‫ﺁﮔﺎﻩ ﺁﻣﺪ ‪ ،‬ﮔﻮﺍﻫﻰ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ‪ .‬ﺭﻭﺷﻨﻰ ﭘﻨﻬﺎﻥ ﺁﺷﮑﺎﺭ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺩﻝ ﻭ ﺟﺎﻥ ﺑﺸﺘﺎﺑﻴﺪ ‪ .‬ﺁﺑﻬﺎ ﻣﮋﺩﻩ‬

‫ﻣﻰ ﺩﻫﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻫﺎ ﻣﻰ ﺭﻗﺼﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺸﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺍﺧﺒﺎﺭ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻯ ﺑﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﻧﺎﺋﻰ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻰ ﺑﻬﺮﻩ ﻣﻨﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺑﻴﻨﺎﺋﻰ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ﻣﺴﺎﺯﻳﺪ ‪ .‬ﻧﺴﻴﻢ‬

‫ﻓﺮﺡ ﺑﺨﺶ ﻭﺯﻳﺪ ‪ ،‬ﭘﮋﻣﺮﺩﮔﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻃﺮﺍﻭﺕ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺖ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺗﺎﺯﮔﻰ ﺑﺨﺸﻴﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﻭﺯ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﺯ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﮔﻔﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻬﺪﻩ ﺑﺮ ﻧﻴﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺁﻥ ﻋﺎﺟﺰ ﻭ ﻗﺎﺻﺮ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ ‪ .‬ﻧﻴﮑﻮﺳﺖ ﺑﻨﺪﻩﺍﻯ ﮐﻪ‬

‫ﺑﺮ ﻣﻨﺰﻟﺖ ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺁﮔﺎﻩ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺮ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﮐﻰ ﺁﻥ ﮔﻮﺍﻫﻰ ﺩﺍﺩ ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ﻳﮑﺘﺎ ﻣﻰ‬

‫ﮐﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﻋﻄﺎﻯ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ﻧﻨﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﮤ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﺳﺘﻰ ﻣﻨﻊ ﻧﮑﻨﺪ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ّ‬ ‫ﺩﻭﺍﺯﺩﻫﻢ ﻋﻴﺪ ﺭﺿﻮﺍﻥ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٤٨‬‬

‫ﺷﺸﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﺠﻤﺎﻝ‬

‫‪ ٣‬ﻣﻰ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻟﻰ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻨﺴﻮﺏ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﺿﺢ ﻭ ﻫﻮﻳﺪﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﺑﮥ ﻋﻄﺮ‬

‫ﺿﻌﻮﺍ ﺍﻻﻗﻮﺍﻝ ‪َ ،‬ﺯﻳ‪‬ﻨﻮﺍ ﺍﻧﻔَﺴﮑﻢ‬ ‫ﺧﺎﻟﺺ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺢ ﺍﺷﻴﺎء ‪ .‬ﻣﻰ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ‪َ :‬‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻻﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟّﻄ ّﻴﺒﺔ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺭﺍﻧﻴﺔ ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺧﺎﺩﻡ ﻓﺎﻧﻰ ﺍﻣﻴﺪﻭﺍﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﻻﺧﻼﻕ ﺍﻟّﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﻮ ّ‬ ‫ﻭﺣﺎﻧﻴﺔ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻣﻄﺮﺯ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ .‬ﻓﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺰﻳﻦ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻮﻓﻖ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺑﺮ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮﺍﺯ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍ‪ّ ‬‬ ‫ﻣﺤﺒﺖ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﻣﺸﺘﻌﻞ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺆﺍﻧﺴﺖ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﺎ ﻭ ﻧﺎﺻﺤﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻪ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺎﺭ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺍﻳﺎﻣﺶ ﺿﺎﻳﻊ ﻭ ﻋﻤﺮﺵ ﺗﻠﻒ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺴﺮﺕ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻭ ﺍﺳﻒ ﺑﻰ ﻣﻨﺘﻬﻰ ﺭﺍﺟﻊ‬ ‫ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻰ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ﻣﺎﻧﺪ ّ‬

‫ﮐﻞ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺭﺟﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺎء ﺟﻮﺩ ﻭﺍﺟﺐ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﻢ ﻭ ﮐﺮﻡ‬ ‫ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺆﻳﺪ‬ ‫ﻗﺪﻳﻢ ﻭ ﻓﻀﻞ ﺑﺪﻳﻊ ﻣﻨﻴﻌﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺁﻣﻞ ﺷﻮﻳﻢ ﺗﺎ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺭﺿﺎﻯ ﺧﻮﺩ ّ‬

‫ﺍﻣﺎﺭﻩ ﺣﻔﻆ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻭﺳﺖ ﻣﻘﺘﺪﺭ ﻭ ﺑﺮ ﻫﺮ ﺍﻣﺮﻯ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺎ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺷﺮ ﻧﻔﺲ ّ‬ ‫ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ّ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٤٩‬‬

‫ﻫﻔﺘﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﺠﻤﺎﻝ‬

‫‪ ٤‬ﻣﻰ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﻴﺎﺷﺎﻣﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺫﮐﺮ ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺏ ﻋﺎﻟﻤﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﺍ‪ ‬ﺩﺭ ّ‬ ‫ﮐﻞ ﺍﺣﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺣﻴﻖ َ َ‬

‫ﮐﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻋﺰ‬ ‫ﺍﺣﺪﻳﻪ ﻧﺎﺯﻝ ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻭﺍﻣﺮ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻤﺎء ّ‬

‫ﺗﺮﻗﻰ ﻭ ﻓﻮﺯ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻫﺮ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺘﻴﺎﺯ ﻭ ّ‬

‫ﺍﻭﻝ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺖ‬ ‫ﺭﺳﺘﮕﺎﺭ ﺷﺪ ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻥ ﻣﻄﻠﻊ ﺗﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻣﺸﺮﻕ ﺗﻔﺮﻳﺪ ﺩﻭ ﺍﻣﺮ ﻻﺯﻡ ‪ّ :‬‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ﻣﻨﻊ ﻧﻨﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﺩﻋﺎﻯ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺪﻋﻴﻦ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ّ‬ ‫ﺣﺒﺶ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺄﻧﻰ ﮐﻪ ﻧﻌﺎﻕ ﻧﺎﻋﻘﻴﻦ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ﺑﺮ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﺍﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﺍﻭﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ َﻟﻢ َ َﻳﺰﻝ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﺱ‬ ‫ﮐﺎﻥ َﻟﻢ َ ُ‬ ‫َ​َ‬ ‫ﻳﮑﻦ ﺷﻴﺌﴼ ﺍﻧﮕﺎﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺛﺎﻧﻰ ّ‬

‫ﺣﻖ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﻃﻞ ﻣﻤﺘﺎﺯ ﻭ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﺍ‪ ‬ﺟﻬﺪ‬ ‫ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ّ‬

‫ﺎﺻﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻴﻢ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻧﻪ َﻟﻬﻮ ﺍﻟّﻨ‬ ‫ﺍﺭﺍﺩ ﺍ‪ّ ‬‬ ‫ﻣﻮﻓﻖ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ ‪ّ .‬‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺮ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺑﻤﺎ َ َ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٥٠‬‬ ‫ﻫﺸﺘﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﺠﻤﺎﻝ‬

‫‪ ٥‬ﻣﻰ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺗﻘﻰ ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻴﮏ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ‪ .‬ﺟﻨﻮﺩ ﺍ‪ ‬ﮐﻪ ﻧﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻣﺮ ﻭ ُﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﺍﻣﺮﻧﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ‬ ‫ﻳﺎ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺣﻖ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺼﺮﺕ‬ ‫ﻃﻴﺒﻪ ﻭ ﺍﺧﻼﻕ ﭘﺴﻨﺪﻳﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻫﺴﺖ ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ّ‬ ‫ﮐﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﻨﻮﺩ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ّ‬

‫ﻣﮑﺮﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻠﻢ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺫﮐﺮ ﻭ ﺛﻨﺎ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪.‬‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﮐﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻧﺎﻇﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻤﺴﮏ ‪ .‬ﻓﺴﺎﺩ ﻭ ﺟﺪﺍﻝ ﻭ ﻧﺰﺍﻉ ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺏ‬ ‫ﺭﺣﻤﻦ ﺟﺎﺭﻯ ﺗﺎ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ‪ .‬ﻳﺎ ﺣﺰﺏ ﺍ‪ ، ‬ﻭﻗﺖ ﺭﺍ ﻏﻨﻴﻤﺖ ﺷﻤﺮﻳﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺷﺎﻳﺪ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻠﻰ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻋﺮﻓﺶ ﺍﺑﺪﻯ ﻭ ﺫﮐﺮﺵ ﺳﺮﻣﺪﻯ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﮐﻪ َ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٥١‬‬ ‫ﻧﻬﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﺠﻤﺎﻝ‬

‫‪ ٦‬ﻣﻰ‬

‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬

‫ﻣﺘﻀﻮﻉ ﮔﺸﺘﻪ ﻣﺸﺎﻡ ﻣﺸﺘﺎﻗﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺍﻯ ﺣﺒﻴﺐ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻰ ‪ ،‬ﻧﻔﺤﮥ ﺧﻮﺵ ﺟﺎﻥ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻳﺎﺽ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻰ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻣﺤﺒﺖ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺭﺍ ﭼﻪ ﻧﻔﻮﺫ ﻭ ﺛﺒﻮﺗﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺳﻄﻮﻋﺶ‬ ‫ﻣﻌﻄﺮ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ‪ .‬ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻥ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺭﺍﺋﺤﮥ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺁﻓﺎﻕ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺣﺎﻃﻪ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺛﺒﻮﺗﺶ ﺩﺭ ﻋﻮﺍﻟﻢ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺍﺑﺪ ﺍﻻﺑﺎﺩ ﺑﺎﻗﻰ ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﻳﻮﻡ‬ ‫ﮐﻞ ﻋﻮﺍﻟﻢ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺮﺍ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺣﮑﻢ‬ ‫ﻧﻴﺮ ﺍﮐﺒﺮ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻻﻋﻈﻢ ﻭ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﺭﺵ ﭼﻮﻥ ّ‬

‫ﻣﻘﺪﺳﻪ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻭ ﻓﺮﻭﻋﺶ‬ ‫ﻃﻴﺒﮥ ﻣﺬﮐﻮﺭﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻳﮥ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﮐﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺻﻠﺶ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﺍﺿﻰ ّ‬ ‫ﺷﺠﺮﮤ ّ‬ ‫ﻃﻴﺒﻪ ﺍﺵ ِﻣﻦ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻧﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ‪ ....‬ﭘﺲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﻸ‬ ‫ﺟﻴﺪﮤ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﻭ ﺍﺛﻤﺎﺭ َ ّ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﮐﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﻢ ﮐﻪ ﻧﻮﺭﺍﻧّﻴﺖ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﺗﻮﻓﻴﻘﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺭﺣﻤﺎﻧﻴﻪ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﮐﻞ ﻃﻮﺍﺋﻒ ﻭ ﻗﺒﺎﺋﻞ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺩﺭ ﻇﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺍﻓﮑﺎﺭ ﻣﺒﺘﻼ ﻭ ﻫﻼﮎ ‪ .‬ﻣﻘﺼﺪ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ّ‬

‫ﻣﺘﺬﮐﺮ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﮐﻞ ﺍﺣﻴﺎﻥ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﺣﺒﺎﻯ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺁﻧﮑﻪ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ّ‬

‫ﺣﻖ ﺭﻓﺘﺎﺭ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺁﻧﮑﻪ ﺍﻧﺘﺴﺎﺏ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻴﺸﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺩﺭ ﻧﺰﺩ ﻋﻤﻮﻡ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻭ ﻭﺍﺿﺢ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪.‬‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٥٢‬‬ ‫ﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﺠﻤﺎﻝ‬

‫‪ ٧‬ﻣﻰ‬

‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬

‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ‬ ‫ﻟﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻪ ﺣﺎﺿﺮ ﻭ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﺷﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺪ ِ ّ‬ ‫ﻦ ‪ ،‬ﮐﺘﺎﺑﺖ َ َ‬ ‫ﺍﻭﻝ ّ‬ ‫ﻟﻠﻪ ﺩﺭ ّ‬ ‫ﻳﺎ ﺻﻐﻴﺮ ﺍﻟّﺴ ّ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻔﻀﻞ ِ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﺪ ﺍ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﮐﻌﺒﮥ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻰ ﺍﻗﺒﺎﻝ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻯ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻧﺶ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﺪﻯ ‪ .‬‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ُﻳﻌﻄﻴﻪ َﻣﻦ َﻳﺸﺎء ِﻣﻦ ِ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺨﺒﻴﺮ ‪ .‬ﭼﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ َﻣﻊ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﻪ َﻟﻬﻮ‬ ‫ﺧﻠﻘﻪ ّ‬ ‫ُ‬

‫ﺍﻣﻞ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻯ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻥ ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﻧﺸﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺗﻮ ﺍﺯ ﻓﻀﻞ ﻭ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺖ‬ ‫ﻃﻠﺐ ﻭ َ َ‬ ‫ﻇﻞ ﺳﺪﺭﮤ‬ ‫ﺭﺣﻤﺎﻧﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍﻯ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﻮﺯ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﺪﻯ ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﺍ‪ ‬ﺩﺭ ّ‬ ‫ﺭﺑﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﻣﺤﻔﻮﻅ ﻭ ﺳﺎﮐﻦ ﻭ ﺫﺍﮐﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﻰ ‪.‬‬ ‫ّ ّ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٥٣‬‬ ‫ﻳﺎﺯﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﺠﻤﺎﻝ‬

‫‪ ٨‬ﻣﻰ‬

‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬

‫ﺍﻯ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﺰﻟﮥ ﺳﺮﺍﺝ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻇﻠﻤﺎﻧﻰ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﺑﮥ ﻧﻮﺭ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ‬

‫ﻣﺤﺒﺖ ﺭﻓﺘﺎﺭ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﺟﺘﻨﺎﺏ ﻭ ﺟﺪﺍﻝ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﮑﻰ ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻫﻞ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺑﻪ ﮐﻤﺎﻝ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻣﺮﺿﻴﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻃﻴﺒﻪ ﻭ ﺍﺧﻼﻕ‬ ‫ﻓﺴﺎﺩ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﮐﻞ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﻣﻨﻊ ﺷﺪﻩ ‪ .‬ﻧﺼﺮﺕ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ّ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ﺛﻢ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻻﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺔ‬ ‫ﺗﻤﺴﮑﻮﺍ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻯ ُ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﮑﺒﺮﻯ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻣﺮ ّ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ‪ َ َ .‬‬ ‫ﺭﺑﮑﻢ ﻣﺎﻟﮏ َ ٰ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺤﮑﻴﻢ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﺑ‪‬ﮑﻢ‬ ‫ﺍﻋﻤﻠﻮﺍ ﺑﻤﺎ ُ ِﺍﻣﺮﺗﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻰ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ِ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٥٤‬‬ ‫ﺩﻭﺍﺯﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﺠﻤﺎﻝ‬

‫‪ ٩‬ﻣﻰ‬

‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬

‫ﺿﺮ‬ ‫ﻳﺎ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﺑﻬﺮ ‪ ،‬ﻗﺴﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﻖ ﺳﺠﻦ ﻣﺸﺮﻕ ﻭ ﻻﺋﺢ ﺍﺳﺖ ُ ّ‬

‫ﺣﻖ ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺳﺒﺐ‬ ‫ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺷﻨﻴﻌﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﻣﻨﻊ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻠﻢ‬ ‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺎﺭﻯ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ّ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﺣﮑﻢ ِﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ﻣﻰ ﻃﻠﺒﻴﻢ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻌﺪ ّ‬ ‫ﺗﻮّﻗﻒ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ّ‬ ‫ﮐﻞ ﺑﻤﺎ َ َ َ‬

‫ﺣﻖ ﻭ ﻧﺎﺻﺮﺵ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺍ‪ ‬ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺷﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﮐﻠﻤﮥ ﺭﺿﺎ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺟﻨﻮﺩ ّ‬ ‫ﺗﺼﺮﻑ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ‪ُ .‬ﻗﻞ‬ ‫ﺍﺧﻼﻕ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﻨﻮﺩ ﺍﻓﺌﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻗﻠﻮﺏ ﻭ ﺻﺪﻭﺭ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻧﺎﺻﺮﮐﻢ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺭﺍﻓﻌﮑﻢ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﻪ ُ ِ ‪‬‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ﻣﻤﺪ ُﮐﻢ ﻭ ُ‬ ‫ﻘﻮﻯ ﺑﺎﻳﺎﺩﻯ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺍﻟّﺮﺿﺎء ّ‬ ‫ُﺧﺬﻭﺍ ﺍﻟّﺘ ٰ‬ ‫ﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﮑﺮﺳﻰ ﺍﻟّﺮﻓﻴﻊ ‪.‬‬ ‫ُﻣﻨﺠﻴﮑﻢ ِﻣﻦ َ َ‬ ‫ﻟﺪﻯ ﺍ‪ ِ‬ﺭﺑ‪‬ﮑﻢ ﻭ ‪‬‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٥٥‬‬ ‫ﺳﻴﺰﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﺠﻤﺎﻝ‬

‫‪ ١٠‬ﻣﻰ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﮐﻞ‬ ‫ﺭﺩ ﻭ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻯ ﺻﺎﺩﻕ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﺍ‪ ‬ﺑﻪ ﻣﻄﻠﻊ ﺻﺪﻕ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺑﺎﺷﻰ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺫﮐﺮﺵ ﻧﺎﻃﻖ ‪ّ .‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﮑﻞ ﻣﻘﺒﻮﻝ‬ ‫ﻟﺪﻯ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺷﻰء ﺩﺭ ﻗﺒﻀﮥ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ‪ ،‬ﻫﺮ ﭼﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﻭ َ َ‬

‫ﺭﺩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﻭ ﻣﺮﺩﻭﺩ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻫﺴﺖ ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺻﺎﺩﻕ ﮐﺴﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻫﺮﭼﻪ ﺭﺍ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺮﺿﻴﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻤﺴﮏ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺍﮔﺮ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺣﺴﻨﮥ‬ ‫ﻣﻄﻠﻊ ﺻﺪﻕ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺸﻨﺎﺳﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻟﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ ﻣﺬﮐﻮﺭ‬ ‫ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻄﻠﻊ ﻭﺣﻰ ﻭ ﻣﺸﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﻡ ﻏﺎﻓﻞ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﺍﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻏﺎﻓﻠﻴﻦ َ َ‬

‫ﺗﮑﻠﻢ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻧﺼﺎﻳﺢ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻪ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ .‬ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﮔﺮ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﮐﺘﺐ ّ‬

‫ﺣﻖ ﻧﻨﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﻭ ﺻﺎﺩﻕ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ‪.‬‬ ‫ُﻣﻨﺰﻟﻪ ﻧﺎﺱ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﺬﮐﺮ ﮐﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺗﺼﺪﻳﻖ ّ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٥٦‬‬

‫ﭼﻬﺎﺭﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﺠﻤﺎﻝ‬

‫‪ ١١‬ﻣﻰ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﺣﺰﺑﻪ ‪ ،‬ﺟﻬﺪ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺷﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﻫﻞ ﻗﺒﻮﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺣﻴﻖ ﻣﺨﺘﻮﻡ‬ ‫ﻳﺎ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﺎء ﺍ‪ ‬ﻭ َ‬

‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻧﮕﻴﺰﺍﻧﻴﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺭﻭﺯ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻧﻪ ﻗﻌﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻟﮑﻦ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺣﮑﻤﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪.‬‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺟﻞ ﺟﻼﻟﻪ ﺍﺯ ﮐﻮﺛﺮ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺶ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻃﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻏﺒﺎﺭ ﻇﻨﻮﻥ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﻢ ّ‬

‫ﻣﻘﺪﺱ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻗﻠﺐ ﭘﺎﮎ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻄﺮ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺍﻗﺒﺎﻝ ﮐﺮﺩ ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻮﻡ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺍﻭﻫﺎﻡ ّ‬

‫ﻣﺤﺒﺖ‬ ‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻗﺎﺋﻢ ﻭ ﺷﻨﻮﺍ ﻭ ﮔﻮﻳﺎﺳﺖ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﺭﮐﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺍﻋﻀﺎء ﻭ ﺷﻌﺮﺍﺗﺶ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻗﻮﺕ ﺍﺧﺬ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺮ ﺧﺪﻣﺖ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﺎﺩﻩ ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻓﻀﻞ ﻭ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺘﺶ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺿﻮﺿﺎء ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻣﻨﻊ ﻧﮑﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻟﺴﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ َﺯﻣﺎﺟﻴﺮ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٥٧‬‬

‫ﭘﺎﻧﺰﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﺠﻤﺎﻝ‬

‫‪ ١٢‬ﻣﻰ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﺟﻞ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ّ‬ ‫ُﻗﻞ ﻳﺎ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﺎء ﺍ‪ ‬ﻓﻰ ﺍﻻﺭﺽ ‪ ....‬ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺍﺧﻼﻕ ﻧﺎﺻﺮ ﻭ ُ ِ‬ ‫ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ّ‬

‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺭﺟﺎﻟﻰ ﮐﻪ ِﻟﻮﺟﻪ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻭ‬ ‫ﺟﻼﻟﻪﺍﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﻘﻮﻯ‬ ‫ﺗﻤﺴﮏ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﺍﻭﻝ ﺍﻣﺮ‬ ‫ﺳﺮﺍﺟﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﻨﻴﺮ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻭﺳﺖ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺭﻭﺷﻨﻰ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﺖ ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ ﺍﻣﻢ ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﺯ ّ‬

‫ﺗﻤﺴﮏ ﻣﻰ ﺟﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻮﺭ ﺍﻳﻤﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﺒﺖ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﻭ ﺍﺣﮑﺎﻣﺶ‬ ‫ﻣﺪﻋﻴﺎﻥ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻣﺤﺒﺖ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺷﺪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻋﺪﺍ‬ ‫ﻣﺪﻋﻴﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﺍﺯ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻨﻮﺭ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻣﻰ ﮔﺸﺖ ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﻈﻠﻮﻡ ﻓﻰ ٍ‬ ‫ﺣﺰﻥ ُﻣﺒﻴﻦ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﻌﻤﺮ ﺍ‪ ‬‬ ‫ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ‪َ ،‬ﻟ َ ُ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٥٨‬‬ ‫ﺷﺎﻧﺰﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﺠﻤﺎﻝ‬

‫‪ ١٣‬ﻣﻰ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﺍ‪ ‬ﺑﻪ ﺻﺪﻕ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺑﺮ ﻣﺎﻟﮏ ﺍﻧﺎﻡ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻭ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺑﺎﺷﻰ ‪ .‬ﺟﻬﺪ ﮐﻦ ﺗﺎ ﻣﺨﻤﻮﺩﻳﻦ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺭﺑﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﻣﺸﺘﻌﻞ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻰ ﻭ ﺗﺸﻨﮕﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺣﻴﻖ ﺍﻃﻬﺮ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻄﺮ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﻧﺎﺭ ﻣﺸﺘﻌﻠﮥ ّ ّ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﮐﺒﺮ ﺟﺎﺭﻯ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻨﻮﺷﺎﻧﻰ ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﺑﺼﺮ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻳﮏ ﻟﻮﺡ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺡ ّ‬

‫ﺭﺍ ﻗﺮﺍﺋﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﺎﺑﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺪﻣﺖ ﺭﺣﻤﻦ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﮐﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻭ‬

‫ﻋﺎﻟﻤﻴﺎﻥ ﭼﺸﻢ ﭘﻮﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺑﮕﺸﺎﻳﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻯ ﺻﺎﺩﻕ ‪ ،‬ﺑﺤﺮ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﺟﺎﺭﻯ ﻭ ﺳﻤﺎء ﮐﺮﻡ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﻭ‬

‫ﺷﻤﺲ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺖ ﻣﺸﺮﻕ ‪ .‬ﺑﮕﻮ ﺍﻯ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﺗﺎ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺑﺎﻗﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺣﻴﻖ ﺍﺑﻬﻰ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ﻧﺴﺎﺯﻳﺪ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺫﮐﺮ ﻣﻮﻫﻮﻡ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺸﺮﻕ ﻳﻘﻴﻦ ﻏﺎﻓﻞ ﻧﺸﻮﻳﺪ ‪ ....‬ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﺍ‪ ‬ﺍﺯ ﻧﺎﺭ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺭﺣﻤﻦ ﺑﻪ‬

‫ﮐﻞ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻴﺾ‬ ‫ﺷﺄﻧﻰ ﻣﺸﺘﻌﻞ ﺷﻮﻯ ﮐﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻔﻮﺳﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ّ‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺟﻪ ﻗﺪﻡ ّ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٥٩‬‬ ‫ﻫﻔﺪﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﺠﻤﺎﻝ‬

‫‪ ١٤‬ﻣﻰ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﺿﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺏ‬ ‫ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ﻟﺴﺎﻧﴼ ﺩﻋﻮﻯ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﻓﻌ‪ ‬ﻣﺮﺗﮑﺐ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺍﻣﺮﻯ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ّ‬

‫ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺷﻮﺩ ‪ .‬ﺁﻳﺎ ﺑﺮ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻧﻔﺲ ﭼﻪ ﻻﻳﻖ ﻭ ﺳﺰﺍﻭﺍﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ ؟ ﺁﻳﺎ ﮐﻠﻤﮥ ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻭ ﺍﻃﻼﻕ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻢ ‪ .‬ﺩﻭﺳﺖ‬ ‫ﺭﺏ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺣﺒﻴﺐ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺰﺩ ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺏ ﻣﺬﮐﻮﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ ؟ ﻻ ﻭ ّ‬

‫ﻣﺤﺒﺖ ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ﺳﺮﻣﺴﺖ ﺷﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺟﺰ ﺭﺿﺎﻯ ﺍﻭ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻳﻌﻨﻰ‬ ‫ﺻﺎﺩﻕ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﮐﻮﺛﺮ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﮐﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺿﺎﻯ ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ﻓﺎﻧﻰ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﺍﻣﻠﻰ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺸﻰ ﻭ ﺧﻴﺎﻟﻰ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺧﻮﺩ َ َ‬

‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ‪ .‬ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﻧﮑﻨﺪ ﻣﮕﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺫﻥ ﺍﻭ ﻭ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﻣﮕﺮ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺭﺿﺎﻯ ﺍﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻭﺳﺖ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٦٠‬‬

‫ﻫﺠﺪﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﺠﻤﺎﻝ‬

‫‪ ١٥‬ﻣﻰ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﺣﻖ ﻣﻰ ﻃﻠﺒﻴﻢ ﺁﻥ ﺟﻨﺎﺏ ﺭﺍ ﺁﮔﺎﻩ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺮ ﻧﺼﺮﺕ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﻧﺼﺮﺕ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ّ‬

‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺎﺯﻝ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺍﺧﻼﻕ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻫﺴﺖ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﻨﻮﺩ ﺍﻗﺪﺭ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻠﻢ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﻭ ﺍﺷﺠﻊ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻨﻮﺩ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻣﻴﮕﺮﺩﺩ ‪ .‬ﺍﻭﻟﻴﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺗﮑﺒﻴﺮ ﺑﺮﺳﺎﻥ ‪ ،‬ﺑﮕﻮ ﺟﻨﺪ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ‬ ‫ﻟﻌﻤﺮﻯ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﻨﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﻣﺮﺿﻴﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ‬ ‫ﻃﻴﺒﻪ ﻭ ﺍﺧﻼﻕ‬ ‫ﺗﻤﺴﮏ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ‪َ َ .‬‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ّ‬

‫ﻣﺴﺨﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﻓﻀﻞ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻭ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺖ‬ ‫ﻣﺪﺍﺋﻦ ﺍﻓﺌﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻗﻠﻮﺏ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺳﺐ ﻭ ﻟﻌﻦ ﻣﻨﻊ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻳﻢ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻟﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺣﺰﻥ ﻭ‬ ‫ﮐﺒﺮﻯ ﻣﺸﻬﻮﺩ ‪ّ .‬‬ ‫ﮐﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ َ ّ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻫﻢ ﻭ ﻏﻢ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪.‬‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﺖ َ ّ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٦١‬‬ ‫ﻧﻮﺯﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﺠﻤﺎﻝ‬

‫‪ ١٦‬ﻣﻰ‬

‫_________________________________________________________‬

‫ﻋﻠﻴﮏ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻟﻮﺡ ﺍﻣﻨﻊ‬ ‫ﺍﻯ ﻏﻼﻡ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻟﻮﺡ ﻣﺎﻟﮏ ﺍﻧﺎﻡ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﺪﻯ ﻭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻫﻢ ﻓﻀ‪َ َ ‬‬ ‫ﺍﻗﺪﺱ ﻧﺎﺯﻝ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻗﻠﺐ ﻭ ﺟﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺪﻣﺖ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻰ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺖ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ‬

‫ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﻮﻯ ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺑﺮ ﻫﺮ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻘﺪﺭ ﻭﺳﻊ ﺑﮑﻤﺎﻝ ﺣﮑﻤﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺼﺮﺕ ﺍﻣﺮ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ‬

‫ﺣﻖ ﻭ ﻧﺼﺮﺕ‬ ‫ﺷﻮﺩ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻟﻠﻤﺤﺘﺠﺒﻴﻦ ‪ .‬ﺛﻤﺮﮤ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻨﻰ ﺁﺩﻡ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻥ ّ‬ ‫ﻓﺎﺯ ﻭ َﻭﻳﻞ ِ ُ‬ ‫ﻟﻤﻦ َ‬ ‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ِ َ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﮐﻞ ﺧﻴﺮ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺧﺪﻣﺖ ‪ ،‬ﺗﺒﻠﻴﻎ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺮ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ‪ ،‬ﻫﺮ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺑﻪ ّ‬

‫ﮐﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺡ ﻧﺎﺯﻝ ﺷﺪﻩ ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﺍ‪ ‬ﻻﺯﺍﻝ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺣﻴﻖ ﺑﻰ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﺣﮑﻤﺖ ﻣﺤﻀﻪ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺩﺭ ّ‬

‫ﺯﻭﺍﻝ ﺑﻨﻮﺷﻰ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻄﺮ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻧﺎﻇﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﻰ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٦٢‬‬ ‫ﺍﻭﻝ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻌﻈﻤﺔ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫‪ ١٧‬ﻣﻰ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﺑﮥ ﺟﺪﻭﻟﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺤﺮ‬ ‫ﻃﻴﺒﻪ ﻭ ﺍﺧﻼﻕ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻯ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ‪ ،‬ﺁﺛﺎﺭ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ّ‬

‫ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﻣﻨﺸﻌﺐ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭﺍﻡ ﻣﻠﮏ ﻭ ﻣﻠﮑﻮﺕ ﺟﺎﺭﻯ ﻭ ﺳﺎﺭﻯ ﻭ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ .‬ﺟﻬﺪ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺍﺯ‬

‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﻴﺾ ﺍﮐﺒﺮ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ﻧﻤﺎﻧﻴﺪ ‪ .‬ﺷﻴﺎﻃﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﮐﻤﻴﻦ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻣﮑﺮ ﻭ ﺧﺪﻋﻪ‬

‫ﺗﺸﺒﺚ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺷﺎﻳﺪ ِ‬ ‫ﺗﺎﺭﮎ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻘﺒﻠﻰ ﺭﺍ ُﻣﻌﺮﺽ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻋﺎﻣﻠﻰ ﺭﺍ ِ‬ ‫ﺗﻤﺴﮏ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ُﺳﮑﺮ ﻏﺮﻭﺭ ﺍﮐﺜﺮﻯ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺧﺬ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺩﮤ ﻧﺎﻓﺮﻣﺎﻧﻰ ﻋﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻓﺌﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻗﻠﻮﺏ ﺭﺍ ﻭﻳﺮﺍﻥ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ﺑﺬﮐﺮﻩ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻣﺮﻩ ﻭ ﻧﺎﻃﻘﴼ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﺟﻌﻠﻪ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻗﺎﺋﻤﴼ‬ ‫ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ِﻟﻌﺒﺪ َ َ َ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﺑﻘﻀﺎ‪‬ﻪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺣﺒﻪ ﻭ ﺭﺍﺿﻴﴼ‬ ‫ﻰ ّ‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫ﻋﺎﻣ‪ ‬ﻣﺎ َﺍَﻧﺰﻟﻪ ﻓﻰ ﮐﺘﺎﺑﻪ ﻭ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﴼ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﴼ ﻋﻠ ٰ‬

‫ﻣﻔﻮﺿﴼ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﺸﺒﺜﴼ ﺑﺬﻳﻠﻪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻤﺴﮑﴼ ﺑﺤﺒﻠﻪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﻣﻮﺭﻩ ﺍﻟﻴﻪ ‪.‬‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻮﮐ‪ ‬ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭ ُ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٦٣‬‬ ‫ﺩﻭﻡ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻌﻈﻤﺔ‬

‫‪ ١٨‬ﻣﻰ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﺣﻖ ﺷﻨﻴﺪﻥ ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ‬ ‫ﺑﺸﻨﻮﻳﺪ ﻧﺪﺍﻯ ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺏ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺭﺍ ‪ .‬ﻗﺴﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﮐﻪ ﻫﺮ ﮐﻪ ﺷﻨﻴﺪ ّ‬

‫ﻭ ﻋﺎﻟﻤﻴﺎﻥ ﻓﺎﺭﻍ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﮐﻤﺎﻝ ﺭﻭﺡ ﻭ ﺭﻳﺤﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺪﻣﺖ ﺍﻣﺮﺵ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ‪ .‬ﻓﻀﻠﺶ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺎﻣﻰ‬ ‫ﺣﺪ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻭ ﺍﻗﻼﻡ ﻋﺎﻟﻤﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺫﮐﺮﺵ ﻋﺎﺟﺰ ﻭ ﻗﺎﺻﺮ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺫﮐﺮ ﻭ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺯ ّ‬

‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺪﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﮐﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺖ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻣﺮﺵ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ‪ .‬ﻣﻊ ﺁﻧﮑﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺠﻦ‬ ‫ﻗﺪﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ّ‬ ‫ﻟﻤﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﻋﻮﺕ ﻣﻰ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﮐﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻓﻖ‬ ‫ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻣﻢ ﻣﺒﺘﻼﺳﺖ ّ‬ ‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ِ َ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﺍﻧﻪ ِﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺋﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻠﺼﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﺗﺰﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﺩﺍ‪ ‬ﺍﻻﻋﻤﺎﻝ ‪ ،‬‬ ‫ﺗﻔﮑﺮ ﻓﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ َﺍﻻﻣﺮ ﻭ ‪َ ‬‬ ‫َ​َ ‪َ‬‬

‫ﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﻦ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺪ ِ ّ‬ ‫ﻟﻠﻪ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٦٤‬‬

‫ﺳﻮﻡ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻌﻈﻤﺔ‬

‫‪ ١٩‬ﻣﻰ‬

‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬

‫ﺍﻯ ﺣﺴﻴﻦ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﻠﻤﮥ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﮐﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻤﺜﺎﺑﮥ ﺳﻔﻴﻨﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻥ ﺳﻠﻄﺎﻥ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ‬

‫ﺗﮑﻠﻢ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻤﺴﮏ ﺑﺎﺵ ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮﭼﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﻠﻤﻪ ﻗﺪﻳﻢ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ ،‬ﻳﻌﻨﻰ ﻣﻈﺎﻫﺮ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻟﮑﻦ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮﺍﺯ ﺑﺪﻳﻊ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺳﺮﺍﻓﻴﻞ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻰ ﺭﻭﺡ ﺗﺎﺯﮤ‬ ‫ﻣﻌﻨﻮﻯ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻴﺎﮐﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻅ ﺩﻣﻴﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﮐﻠﻤﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪:‬‬

‫ﮐﺎﻥ ﺍ‪َ ُ‬ﻟﻪ " ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺤﺮ ﺳﻴﺮ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻰ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻭﺡ‬ ‫ﮐﺎﻥ ‪َ ‬‬ ‫" َﻣﻦ َ‬

‫ﻣﺤﺒﺖ ﻧّﻴﺮ ﺁﻓﺎﻕ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺮﻫﺎﻯ ﺷﻮﻕ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺗﺎﺯﻩ ﻭ ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﺑﻰ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻰ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻮﺍﻯ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺍﺷﺘﻴﺎﻕ ﭘﺮﻭﺍﺯ ﮐﻨﻰ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﮐﻤﺎﻝ ﻓﺮﺡ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺒﺴﺎﻁ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﺭ ﻭ ﻧﺸﺎﻁ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺻﺮﺍﻁ ﻋﺪﻝ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ‬

‫ﺣﻖ ﻣﻰ ﻃﻠﺒﻴﻢ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﻣﺸﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻰ ‪ .‬ﻧﺪﺍﻯ ﺣﺴﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ّ‬ ‫ﮐﻞ ﺣﻴﻦ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ّ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺘﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﺮ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻧﻪ َﻟﻬﻮ‬ ‫ﻓﻴﺾ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ‪ .‬‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٦٥‬‬

‫ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻌﻈﻤﺔ‬

‫‪ ٢٠‬ﻣﻰ‬

‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬

‫ﺍﻯ ﻭﺭﻗﻪ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﺍ‪ ‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺭﻳﺎﺡ ﺍﺭﺍﺩﮤ ﺳﺪﺭﻩ ﻣﺘﺤﺮﮎ ﺑﺎﺷﻰ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺫﮐﺮﺵ ﻧﺎﻃﻖ ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ‬ ‫ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺖ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺑﺮ ﺗﻮ ﺑﺘﺎﺑﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺎﻣﻰ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﻮﻯ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻃﻮﺍﺭ ﻭﺭﻗﺎﺕ ﻓﺮﺩﻭﺱ ﺭﺍ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺒﺘﻪ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺫﮐﺮ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﻧﺎﻃﻖ ﺷﻮﻯ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻰ ﻭ ﻧﻐﻤﺎﺗﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺸﻨﻮﻯ ّ‬

‫ﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺑﻘﺎﻯ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺛﻨﺎﻯ ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺏ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺻﺮﻑ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻰ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﺯ ﻭﺭﻗﺎﺕ ﺷﺐ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺯ‬ ‫ﮐﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻤﻮﻡ ﺍﻭﻫﺎﻡ ﺳﺎﻗﻂ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﺫﮐﺮ ﺳﺪﺭﻩ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻟﮑﻦ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺳﺪﺭﻩ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﺪ ّ‬

‫ﮐﻞ ﺍﺣﻮﺍﻝ ﺷﺎﮐﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺪﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ّ‬ ‫ﺭﺑﮏ ‪ .‬ﻗﺪﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ّ‬ ‫ﺷﺪﻧﺪ ِ ّﺍﻻ َﻣﻦ ﺷﺎ‪ّ ‬‬

‫ﭼﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺄﺱ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻧﺶ ﻧﺼﻴﺐ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺖ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ‪ .‬ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺩﺭ‬

‫ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﻪ ﻧﻤﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٦٦‬‬ ‫ﭘﻨﺠﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻌﻈﻤﺔ‬

‫‪ ٢١‬ﻣﻰ‬

‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬

‫ﺟﻞ ﺟﻼﻟﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻥ ﺑﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﺭﺣﻴﻖ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻠﻖ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻭ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺁﺩﻡ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻥ ّ‬

‫ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻫﺮ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﻗﻴﻪ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪.‬‬ ‫َ َ‬

‫ﻟﻠﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﻋﺎﻟﻰ ﻭ ﺭﺗﺒﮥ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﺪﻯ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺷﻤﺲ ﻣﻌﺎﻧﻰ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺪ ِ ّ‬

‫ﻣﻨﻮﺭ ﮔﺸﺘﻰ ‪ .‬ﻗﺪﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺪﺍﻥ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ‬ ‫ﻣﺸﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﻣﺸﺮﻕ ﺍﺳﺖ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﻖ ّ‬

‫ﻳﺴﻬﻞ‬ ‫ﺷﺪﻩ ﻣﺤﺰﻭﻥ ﻣﺒﺎﺵ ‪ َ َ .‬‬ ‫ﻭﺭﺩ َﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ِﻣﻦ ﺍﻋﺪﺍ‪ ‬ﺍ‪ ‬ﺍﺫﴽ َ ُ ُ‬ ‫ﺗﻔﮑﺮﻯ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ َ َ َ‬

‫ﻋﻠﻴﮏ ﻣﺎ َ ‪ِ ‬‬ ‫ﺣﺐ ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ‪ ،‬ﺗﻠﺦ ‪ ،‬ﺷﻴﺮﻳﻦ ﻭ ﺣﻨﻈﻞ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺭﺿﺎ‪‬ﻪ ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ‬ ‫ﺣﺒﻪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺭﺍﻳﺘﻪ ﻓﻰ ُ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫ﺍﻧﮕﺒﻴﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ .‬ﺯﻭﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺣﺠﺒﺎﺕ ﻧﺎﺱ ﺧﺮﻕ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ‬

‫ﺣﻖ ﻣﻈﻠﻮﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺧﺬ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺒﺘﻪ ﺣﮑﻴﻢ ﻋﺎﺩﻝ ﺍﺯ ﻇﺎﻟﻢ ّ‬ ‫ﺑﺮ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻧﻮﺣﻪ ﻭ ﻧﺪﺑﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ‪ّ .‬‬

‫ﻟﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ ﻣﺬﮐﻮﺭ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺣﺒﺶ ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻓﻰ ﻭ َ َ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﻪ ﻟﻬﻮ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺘﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﺮ ‪ .‬ﺣﻤﺪ ﮐﻦ ﻣﺎﻟﮏ ﻗﺪﻡ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٦٧‬‬ ‫ﺷﺸﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻌﻈﻤﺔ‬

‫‪ ٢٢‬ﻣﻰ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻓﺎﺭﺳﻰ ﺫﮐﺮﻯ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺷﻴﺦ ﺍﺣﻤﺪ ﺍﺣﺴﺎﺋﻰ ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺗﮑﻠﻢ ﻣﻰ‬ ‫ﺑﻬﺎءﺍ‪ ، ‬ﮐﻪ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺳﺆﺍﻝ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﺍﺯ ﮐﻠﻤﻪﺍﻯ ﮐﻪ ﻗﺎﺋﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ّ‬

‫ﻣﺘﺤﻤﻞ ﻧﻤﻰ‬ ‫ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺳﻴﺼﺪ ﻭ ﺳﻴﺰﺩﻩ ﻧﻔﺮ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺗﻘﻴﺎ ﻭ ﻧﻘﺒﺎﻯ ﺁﻥ ﻇﻬﻮﺭﻧﺪ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﺟﻨﺎﺏ ﺷﻴﺦ ﺍﺯ ﺫﮐﺮ ﮐﻠﻤﻪ ﺍﺑﺎ ﻭ ﺍﻣﺘﻨﺎﻉ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ ‪ ....‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺻﺮﺍﺭ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﺍﮔﺮ‬ ‫ﻗﺎﺋﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻮ ﺑﻔﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﻭﻻﻳﺖ ﺍﻣﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭ ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﻣﻴﺪﺍﺭﻯ ؟ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺭ ﺍﺑﺎ‬

‫ﮐﻼ ‪ .‬ﻭ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﻣﻴﻔﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ‪ " :‬ﻭ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺍﻣﺘﻨﺎﻉ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺣﺎﺷﺎ ﻭ ّ‬

‫ﻣﺘﺤﻤﻞ‬ ‫ﻧﺰﺩ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺷﻴﺦ ﮐﻠﻤﻪﺍﻯ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻟﺴﺎﻥ ﻗﺎﺋﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺷﻨﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻭ ﭼﻮﻥ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻧﺸﺪ ﮐﺎﻓﺮ ﺷﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻰ ﻣﻠﺘﻔﺖ ﻧﺸﺪ " ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ ‪ .‬ﻗﺴﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﻗﺪﻡ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﻖ ﺳﺠﻦ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ‬ ‫ﺗﻔﮑﺮ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮ‬ ‫ﻃﺎﻟﻊ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ ،‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﻨﻘﻄﻌﴼ َﻋﻦ ﺍﻟّﺘﻘﻠﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻻﻭﻫﺎﻡ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻄﻠﻊ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻋﻈﻤﺖ ﺍﻣﺮ ّ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٦٨‬‬

‫ﻫﻔﺘﻢ ﺷﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻤﺔ‬

‫‪ ٢٣‬ﻣﻰ‬

‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬

‫ﻋﻨﺪﺍﻟﻘﻮﻡ ﻧﺎﺯﻝ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻀﻞ ﺑﺤﺖ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﮐﻪ ﺷﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﻫﻞ‬ ‫ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮ ﺍﺣﺴﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﺺ ﺑﻤﺎ َ‬ ‫ﻏﻔﻠﺖ ﻭ ﺟﻬﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺒﺮﻭﺕ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺻﻌﻮﺩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺍﮐﺜﺮﻯ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﺐ ﻣﺬﮐﻮﺭﮤ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ‬

‫ﺍﺭﺍﺩ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻧﺎﺯﻝ‬ ‫ﻣﻄﺎﻟﺒﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻧﺰﺩ ﺍﻫﻞ ﻓﺮﻗﺎﻥ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﻘﻖ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﺯ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻭﻝ ﺑﻤﺎ َ َ‬

‫ﺍﻭﻝ ﺍﻣﺮ ‪ ،‬ﺁﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﻰ ﺷﺪ ﺍﺣﺪﻯ ﺣﻤﻞ ﻧﻤﻰ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻗﻰ ﻧﻤﻰ ﻣﺎﻧﺪ ‪ ....‬ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ّ‬

‫ﺑﺎﺑﻴﺖ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﮐﻪ ﻃﻴﻮﺭ ﺍﻓﺌﺪﮤ ﺍﻧﺎﻡ‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻪ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﻗﺎﺩﺭ ﺑﺮ ﻃﻴﺮﺍﻥ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ َ ِ‬ ‫ﻧﺴﺐ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ّ‬ ‫ﻧﺎﺣﺖ ﺍﻻﺷﻴﺎء ﺑﻤﺎ َ َ َ‬

‫ﻓﻮﻗﻪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﺻﻠﻴﴼ‬ ‫ﻳﮑﻮﻥ‬ ‫ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻴﴼ ﻭ ﻣﺎ َ‬ ‫ﻻ‪‬ﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻡ ﻟﻮ َ ُ‬ ‫ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﺑﻬﺬﺍﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻡ ‪َ ِ ،‬‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫َ‬

‫ﺍﺷﺎﺭﺓ ِﻣﻦ ِ َ ِ‬ ‫ٍ‬ ‫ﻳﺨﻠﻖ ﺑﮑﻠﻤﺔ ِﻣﻦ ِ ِ‬ ‫ﻓﻮﻕ ﻓﻮ ِ ِ‬ ‫ﻋﻨﺪﻩ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﺻﺒﻌﻪ ‪ ....‬ﻭ ﭼﻮﻥ ﻧﺎﺱ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ﻗﻪ ُ َ ُ‬

‫ﺫﺭﻩ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ ﻭ ﺑﺤﺮ‬ ‫ﻟﻬﻢ ﺷﻤﺲ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺫﮐﺮ ّ‬ ‫ﺿﻌﻴﻒ ﻭ ﻣﺤﺘﺠﺐ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻟﺬﺍ ﻓﻀ‪ُ َ ‬‬

‫ﺑﺎﺑﻴﺖ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﻢ ّ‬ ‫ﻗﺪﻡ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺻﻒ ﻗﻄﺮﻩ ﻧﺎﻃﻖ ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻨﺴﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻧﻘﻄﮥ ّ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻫﻢ ﻧﺎﺱ ﺭﺍﺿﻰ ﻧﺸﺪﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ ﭼﻪ ﺭﺳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺫﮐﺮ ﻭﻻﻳﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺁﻥ ‪ .‬ﻭ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٦٩‬‬ ‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬

‫ﮐﻠﻬﺎ ﻭ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ﮐﻠﻤﻪﺍﻯ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺤﺮ ﺟﻮﺩﺵ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﮔﺸﺘﻪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺣﺎﻝ ﺁﻥ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻣﺎﺕ ّ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﺍﻣﺮﻯ ﻣﻌﺪﻭﻡ ﻭ ﻣﻔﻘﻮﺩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺭﺏ ﺍﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ّ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٧٠‬‬ ‫ﻫﺸﺘﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻌﻈﻤﺔ‬

‫‪ ٢٤‬ﻣﻰ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﺍﺣﺒﺎﻯ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺫﮐﺮ ﻣﻰ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺑﺎ ﮐﻤﺎﻝ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﺲ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻗﻠﻢ‬ ‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺠﻦ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ّ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺍﺣﺒﺎء ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﺭﺣﻤﻦ ﺟﺎﺭﻯ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻴﺎﺷﺎﻣﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﮐﺜﺮﻯ ﺍﺯ ّ‬ ‫ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻪ ﺍﺯ ﮐﻮﺛﺮ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ّ‬

‫ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻰ ﺍﺩﺭﺍﮎ ﻧﻨﻤﻮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺳﺎﺣﺖ ﺍﻗﺪﺱ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﻧﺸﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻌﺎﻧﻰ ﮐﻠﻤﺎﺕ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻪ ﺭﺍ َﮐﻤﺎ َ َ‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺘﻬﻴﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻪ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ﻣﺎﻧﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﻌﻀﻰ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻟﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺮﻳﻌﮥ ﺍﻭﺍﻣﺮ ّ‬

‫ﺣﻖ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺩﺍﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﺑﻴﭽﺎﺭﻩ‬ ‫ﻧﻔﺴﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺷﻨﻴﻌﻪ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻣﻄﻠﻊ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺘﺎﺑﻌﺖ ﺁﻥ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﺍﺯ ﺻﺮﺍﻁ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺩﻭﺭ ﻣﺎﻧﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺻﻞ ﺍﻣﺮ ّ‬

‫ﺑﺮﺗﻮ ﻻﺯﻡ ﻭ ﻭﺍﺟﺐ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺪﻣﺖ ﺍﻣﺮ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻰ ﻭ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﺿﻌﻴﻔﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻻﻳﺶ‬

‫ﻣﻘﺪﺱ ﻧﺎﺯﻝ ﻭ ﺍﻭﺍﻣﺮ‬ ‫ﻫﻮﺍﻫﺎﻯ‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺪﺱ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻰ ‪ .‬ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻗﺪﺱ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻠﮑﻮﺕ ّ‬ ‫ﻧﻔﺴﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﻣﻄّﻬﺮ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﮐﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﻫﺮ ﻋﺎﻗﻠﻰ ﮐﻪ ﻓﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻰ ﺳﺘﺮ ﻭ ﺣﺠﺎﺏ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻣﻘﺪﺱ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻮﺍﻫﺎﻯ‬ ‫ﺗﻌﻘﻞ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺗﻔﮑﺮ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺩﺭﺍﮎ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻠﻪ ّ‬

‫ﻧﻔﺴﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻫﺴﺖ ‪ .‬ﺟﻬﺪ ﻧﻤﺎ ﺗﺎ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٧١‬‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﻰ ﻧﺎﻇﺮ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻤﺎ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﮐﻞ ﺍﺯ ﮐﻮﺛﺮ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﺲ ﺑﻴﺎﺷﺎﻣﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﮐﻤﺎﻝ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻓﻖ ﺍﻋﻠ ٰ‬

‫ﻧﺰ َﻝ ِﻣﻦ ﻋﻨﺪﺍ‪ ‬ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬ ‫ُ‪‬‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٧٢‬‬

‫ﻧﻬﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻌﻈﻤﺔ‬

‫‪ ٢٥‬ﻣﻰ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﻭﺻﻴﺖ ﻣﻰ‬ ‫ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﺍﻟّﺮﺣﻤﻦ ‪ ،‬ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﺠﻦ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺫﮐﺮ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻳﺎ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫َ‬

‫ﻋﻠﺖ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻰ ﻭ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻮﺍﺭﻯ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ .‬ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺳﻄﻮﺕ ﻓﻨﺎ ﺍﺧﺬ‬ ‫ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺳﺒﺐ ﻭ ّ‬

‫ﺣﻖ ﻣﻨﺴﻮﺑﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﻤﺶ ﻣﺬﮐﻮﺭ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺁﺛﺎﺭﺵ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻫﺮ ‪ .‬ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻧﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ّ‬ ‫ﺷﻤﻰ ﻋﺮﻑ‬ ‫ﻗﻮﮤ ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﻳﮑﺘﺎ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻟﻰ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻫﺮ ﺻﺎﺣﺐ ّ‬ ‫‪،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻭ ّ‬

‫ﮐﻞ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ﻣﻰ ﻃﻠﺒﻴﻢ ّ‬ ‫ﺗﻘﺪﻳﺲ ﻭ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻴﺎﺑﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺧﺪﻣﺖ ﻭ ﻋﻤﻞ ﭘﺎﮎ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ّ‬

‫ﻣﻘﺪﺱ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺳﺎﻳﺶ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻰ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ‪ .‬ﺣﻤﺪ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻻﻳﺶ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﺮﺩﻭﺩﻩ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻨﻮﺭ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ّ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٧٣‬‬ ‫ﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻌﻈﻤﺔ‬

‫‪ ٢٦‬ﻣﻰ‬

‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬

‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻥ َﻣﻄﻠﻊ ﻭﺣﻰ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﻭ َﻣﺸﺮﻕ ﺍﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﺻﻤﺪﺍﻧﻰ ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ‬ ‫‪.‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﻣﻘﺒﻠﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺄﻧﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺍﺭﺽ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ‬

‫ﺍﺯ ﺑﺤﺮ ﻗﺮﺏ ﺩﻭﺭ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻋﺎﺟﺰ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﻧﻴﮑﻮﺳﺖ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺄﺱ‬

‫ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺖ ﺁﺷﺎﻣﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﻴﺾ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻭﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻘﺮﺑﻴﻦ ‪ .‬ﺍﻯ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ‪ ،‬ﺟﻬﺪ‬

‫ﺎﺻﺢ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﻪ َﻟﻬﻮ ﺍﻟّﻨ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﮔﻤﮕﺸﺘﮕﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﺩﻯ ﺍﻭﻫﺎﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻓﻖ ﻳﻘﻴﻦ ﮐﺸﺎﻧﻴﺪ ‪ّ .‬‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻴﻢ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪٧٤‬‬

‫ﻳﺎﺯﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻌﻈﻤﺔ‬

‫‪ ٢٧‬ﻣﻰ‬

‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬

‫ﮐﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺮﺑﻴﺖ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻟﺴﺎﻥ ﻣﻈﺎﻫﺮ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ َﻣﻦ ِﻓﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﺎﺩﻯ ﻋﻄﺎﻯ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ّ‬

‫ﺍﺣﺪﻳﻪ ﻃﺎﻟﻊ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﻖ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﺑﺸﺎﺭﺕ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﭼﻮﻥ ﻧﻮﺭ ّ‬

‫ﮐﻞ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻮﺍﻫﺎﻯ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭ ﺩﻭﺭ ‪ ،‬ﻣﮕﺮ ﻧﻔﻮﺳﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺻﻬﺒﺎﻯ ﻣﻌﺎﻧﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻳﺪ ﻓﻀﻞ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺍﻧﻬﻢ ُﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺋﺰﻭﻥ ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﺍ‪ ‬ﺍﺯ ﺭﺣﻴﻖ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺖ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺁﺷﺎﻣﻴﺪﻧﺪ ‪ُ َ َ .‬‬ ‫ﻧﺸﻬﺪ ّ‬

‫ﺑﻴﺎﺷﺎﻣﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺫﮐﺮ َﻣﻄﻠﻊ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺖ ﺫﺍﮐﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٧٥‬‬

‫‪ ٢٨‬ﻣﻰ‬

‫ﺩﻭﺍﺯﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻌﻈﻤﺔ‬

‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬

‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺷﺪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺷﺒﻪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻳﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻟﺴﺎﻥ ﭘﺎﺭﺳﻰ ﻧﺪﺍﻯ ﻣﻈﻠﻮﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺸﻨﻮ ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻰ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺣﮑﻢ ﺍﻋﺪﺍء ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ َﺑﺄﺳﺎ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﻭﻝ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺜﻞ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪ ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ٰ‬

‫ﻣﺪﻋﻴﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺿﺮﺍ ﻓﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺻﺎﺑﺮ ﻭ ﺷﺎﮐﺮ ﻭ ﻟﮑﻦ ﺣﺰﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻈﻠﻮﻡ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺑﻌﻀﻰ ﺍﺯ ّ‬ ‫َ ّ‬

‫ﻣﺤﺒﺖ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻫﺴﺖ ‪َ .‬ﺍﻳﻢ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺍﺯ ﺑﻌﻀﻰ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﮐﻪ ﻗﻠﺐ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺤﺘﺮﻕ ﻭ ﮐﺒﺪ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺍﻳﺎﻣﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎ ُﮐﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺯﻧﺠﻴﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺒﺲ‬ ‫ﺿﺮ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺳﺪﺭﻩ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ‪ّ .‬‬ ‫ﮔﺪﺍﺧﺖ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ ﮐﻪ ّ‬

‫ﺍﺭﺽ ﻃﺎ ﺑﻮﺩﻳﻢ ﻫﺮ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﻧﺎﻇﺮﻯ ﺍﺯ ﻭﺟﻪ ‪َ ،‬ﻧﻀﺮﮤ ﻓﺮﺡ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﺭ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺣﺎﻝ‬

‫ﻟﻴﺒﮑﻰ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻳﻨﻈُﺮﻧﻰ ﺍﺣﺪ‬ ‫ﻟﻀﺮﻯ ﻭ ﺑﻼﺋﻰ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻟﻮ َ ُ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ﻳﻨﻮﺡ ِ ّ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ﺑﺒﺼﺮ ﺍﻻﻧﺼﺎﻑ ﻭ َﻳﺮﺍﻧﻰ َ َ‬

‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﮔﺮﻳﺴﺖ ﻭ ﻧﻮﺣﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻟﻌﻤﺮ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺑﺮ ﻧﺒﺄ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺷﺪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﮐﻪ ﻗﻠﻢ‬ ‫َ​َ ُ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٧٦‬‬

‫‪ ٢٩‬ﻣﻰ‬

‫ﺳﻴﺰﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻌﻈﻤﺔ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﻓﻖ‬ ‫ﻭﺭﺍﺙ‬ ‫ﺯﺧﺮﻑ ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﺧﺎﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﻟﮑﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺰﺍﺋﻦ ّ‬ ‫ﺗﻮﮐﻞ ﻭ ﺗﻔﻮﻳﺾ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺯ ُ ُ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﻻﻋﺪﻝ َﻟﻪ ﮔﺬﺍﺷﺘﻴﻢ ‪ .‬ﮔﻨﺞ ﻧﮕﺬﺍﺷﺘﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻧﺞ ﻧﻴﻔﺰﻭﺩﻳﻢ ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻢ ﺍ‪‬‬ ‫ﻣﻴﺮﺍﺙ ﻣﺮﻏﻮﺏ ِ َ‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺛﺮﻭﺕ ﺧﻮﻑ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﺭ ﻭ ﺧﻄﺮ ﻣﮑﻨﻮﻥ ‪ ....‬ﺛﺮﻭﺕ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺭﺍ ﻭﻓﺎﺋﻰ ﻧﻪ ‪ .‬ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻓﻨﺎ ﺍﺧﺬ‬

‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺪﺭ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻡ ‪ .‬ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﺍﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﺩ ﻻﻳﻖ ﺍﻋﺘﻨﺎ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻣﮕﺮ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﺧﻤﺎﺩ ﻧﺎﺭ ﺿﻐﻴﻨﻪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻣﻈﻠﻮﻡ ﺍﺯ ﺣﻤﻞ ﺷﺪﺍﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻼﻳﺎ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺰﺍﻝ ﺁﻳﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺍﻇﻬﺎﺭ ّ‬

‫ﻣﻨﻮﺭ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺳﺎﻳﺶ‬ ‫ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻕ ّ‬ ‫ﺑﻐﻀﺎء ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﮐﻪ ﺷﺎﻳﺪ ﺁﻓﺎﻕ ﺍﻓﺌﺪﮤ ﺍﻫﻞ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻮﺭ ّ‬

‫ﻭﺻﻴﺖ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ‬ ‫ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻰ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ‪ ....‬ﺍﻯ ﺍﻫﻞ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ‪ ،‬ﺷﻤﺎ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺗﺸﺒﺚ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﻤﺴﮏ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺫﻳﻞ ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻑ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺎﻣﺎﺕ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﺗﻘﻮﻯ ﺍ‪ّ ‬‬

‫ﺑﺮﺍﺳﺘﻰ ﻣﻰ ﮔﻮﻳﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻟﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺫﮐﺮ ﺧﻴﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﮔﻔﺘﺎﺭ ﺯﺷﺖ ﻣﻴﺎﻻﺋﻴﺪ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺻﻌﻮﺩ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎءﺍ‪‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪٧٧‬‬ ‫ﭼﻬﺎﺭﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻌﻈﻤﺔ‬

‫‪ ٣٠‬ﻣﻰ‬

‫‪----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻧﻔﻮﺳﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﮐﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻳﻘﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﻮﺍﺝ‬ ‫ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ُﻣﺸﺮﻕ ﻭ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﻓﻀﻞ ّ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﺗﺠﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻰ ﻭ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﻣﻌﻨﻮﻯ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺑﺮﺩﻧﺪ‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻓﻖ ﺭﺣﻤﻦ ّ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ﻣﺴﺌﻠﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﻀﻞ‬ ‫‪.‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻣﺎء ﺩﺭ ّ‬ ‫ﮐﻞ ﺍﺣﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﺯ ّ‬

‫ﺍﻧﻪ َﻟﻬﻮ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻐﻔﻮﺭﺍﻟﮑﺮﻳﻢ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ﻧﺴﺎﺯﺩ ‪ّ .‬‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٧٨‬‬

‫ﭘﺎﻧﺰﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻌﻈﻤﺔ‬

‫‪ ٣١‬ﻣﻰ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﺗﺮﺗﻔﻊ‬ ‫ﻣﺸﻴﺖ ّ‬ ‫ﮐﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻤﺎ َ َ ِ ُ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺡ ﻣﻨﺰﻟﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻤﺎء ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻈﻠﻮﻡ ﺩﺭ ﻟﻴﺎﻟﻰ ﻭ ّ‬

‫ﺟﻞ ﺟﻼﻟﻪ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﻣﺮﺍﺗﺒﻬﻢ ﺍﻣﺮ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺎﻣﺎﺗﻬﻢ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ّ‬ ‫ﻭﺻﻴﺖ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻟﮑﻦ ﺍﻋﺪﺍﻯ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ﻃﻴﺒﮥ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﮐﻪ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻭﻫﺎﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻫﺎ ﻧﻨﻤﻮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻠﮑﻪ ﺑﺮ ﻏﻔﻠﺖ‬ ‫ﻣﻮﻋﻈﮥ ﺣﺴﻨﻪ ﻭ ﮐﻠﻤﺎﺕ ّ‬

‫ﺍﺣﺒﺎ ﺑﻌﻀﻰ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﻓﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﻭ ِ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺎ ّ‬ ‫ﻏﻞ ﻭ ﺑﻐﻀﺎﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻩ ﻭ ّ‬

‫ﻣﺤﺒﺖ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻟﮑﻦ ﭼﻮﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﺩﻋﺎﻯ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻣﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺧﻰ ّ‬

‫ﻌﻮﺫﺑﺎ‪ " ‬ﺍﺯ ﻟﺴﺎﻥ ﻋﻈﻤﺖ ﺟﺎﺭﻯ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ ﮐﻠﻤﮥ " َﻧ ُ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ّ‬

‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﻋﻆ ﻭ ﻧﺼﺎﻳﺢ ﺟﺎﺭﻯ ﺷﺪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﺮ ﺣﺠﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎء‬ ‫ﻟﻌﻤﺮ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺍﺯ ﻗﻠﻢ‬ ‫َ​َ ُ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ِ‬ ‫ﮐﻠﻤﺔ‬ ‫ﻣﻬﺘﺰﴽ ِﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻳﺎﻗﻮﺕ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻭ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﺮ ﺟﺒﻞ ﺍﻓﺎﺿﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ َ ُ‬ ‫ﺗﺮﺍﻩ ُ ّ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﻄﺎﻋﺔ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻌﻀﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﻧﻨﻤﻮﺩﻩ ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺑﻌﻀﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺡ ﺍﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺍﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﺍ‪ُ ِ‬‬

‫ﮐﻠﻤﮥ ﻋﻠﻴﺎ ﻧﺎﺯﻝ ‪ ":‬ﺣﺰﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻈﻠﻮﻡ ﻭ ﺑﻼﻳﺎﻯ ﺍﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻋﺪﺍ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ‬

‫ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺏ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍﺿﻰ ﻭ ﺷﺎﮐﺮ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٧٩‬‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﻣﺪﻋﻴﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﺒﺖ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻫﺴﺖ ‪"....‬‬ ‫ﻭ ﻟﮑﻦ ﺑﻼﻳﺎﻯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻈﻠﻮﻡ ﺍﺯ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٨٠‬‬ ‫ﺷﺎﻧﺰﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻌﻈﻤﺔ‬

‫‪ ١‬ﮊﻭﺋﻦ‬

‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬

‫ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﺍ‪ ‬ﻻﺯﺍﻝ ﺍﺯ ﮐﻮﺛﺮ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻥ ﺑﻴﺎﺷﺎﻣﻰ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺫﮐﺮ ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺏ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ ﺑﺎﺷﻰ ‪ .‬ﻫﺮ‬

‫ﺣﻖ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﮐﻮﺛﺮ ﺁﺷﺎﻣﻴﺪ ﮐﺪﻭﺭﺕ ﺩﻧﻴﺎﻯ ﻓﺎﻧﻴﻪ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ﻭ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ّ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ﻭ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺖ ّ‬ ‫ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﻢ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻘﺎﻣﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﻗﻴﻪ ﻣﻨﻊ ﻧﻨﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺣﺰﺍﻥ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺫﮐﺮ ﻣﺎﻟﮏ ﻗﺪﻡ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪٨١‬‬ ‫ﻫﻔﺪﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻌﻈﻤﺔ‬

‫‪ ٢‬ﮊﻭﺋﻦ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﮐﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺣﺎﻃﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻣﺎﻟﮏ ﺍﺳﻤﺎء ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺭﻭﺯﻯ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺷﺮﺍﻕ ﺷﻤﺲ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ّ‬

‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻨﻴﻦ ُﺫﺑﺎﺏ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺎﻟﮏ ﻣﺒﺪء ﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﻋﻮﺕ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻓﻖ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﺍﺣﺪﻳﻪ ﻣﻤﻨﻮﻉ ﻧﮕﺸﺖ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻭﺳﺖ ﺷﺎﺭﺏ‬ ‫ﻣﺂﺏ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ﻧﻤﺎﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻇﻨﻮﻥ ﺍﻧﻔﺲ ﻣﻮﻫﻮﻣﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻄﺮ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺭﺣﻴﻖ ﺍﻃﻬﺮ ﻭ ﺍﻫﻞ ﻣﻨﻈﺮ ﺍﮐﺒﺮ ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﺑﺼﺮ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﮔﻮﺵ ﺧﻮﺩ‬

‫ﺁﻳﺎﺗﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺸﻨﻮﻳﺪ ‪ .‬ﻗﺴﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﻫﺮ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺣﻼﻭﺕ ﻳﮏ ﺁﻳﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻳﺎﺕ ُﻣﻨﺰﻟﻪ‬

‫ِ‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﺎﺑﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺩﺭﺍﮎ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ َﻣﻦ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟّﺴ‬ ‫ﻤﻮﺍﺕ ﻭ ﺍﻻﺭﺽ ﺑﮕﺬﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻄﺮ ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ّ‬ ‫ﺷﺮ ﺳﺎﺭﻗﻴﻦ ﻣﺤﻔﻮﻅ ﻣﺎﻧﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺍﮐﺜﺮ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﮐﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ّ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ﭘﻨﺎﻩ ﺑﺮﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺍﺯ ّ‬ ‫ﮐﻞ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ ّ‬

‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻨﻊ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭﻫﺎﻡ ﺧﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﺳﺎﺭﻗﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺍﻫﻞ ﻋﻤﺎﺋﻢﺍﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻧﺎﺱ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯﺍﻓﻖ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺗﻤﺴﮏ ِ ُ ِ‬ ‫ﮐﻔﺮﻭﺍ ﺑﺎ‪ ِ‬ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺒﻴﺮ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺛﻘﻰ ُﻣﻌﺮﺿﴼ َﻋﻦ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ َ َ‬ ‫ﻣﻰ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ‪ َ َ .‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻟﻌﺮﻭﺓ ُ ٰ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٨٢‬‬ ‫ﻫﺠﺪﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻌﻈﻤﺔ‬

‫‪ ٣‬ﮊﻭﺋﻦ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﻣﺘﻤﺴﮏ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻧﺎﺱ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﺭﺑﺎﻧﻴﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺑﺮ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﮐﻞ ﻻﺯﻡ ﻭ ﻭﺍﺟﺐ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺒﻞ ﺣﮑﻤﺖ ّ ّ‬

‫ﻭﺻﻴﺖ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻢ‬ ‫ﺍﺣﺪﻳﻪ ﮐﺸﺎﻧﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻯ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ‪ ،‬ﺷﻤﺎ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﻧﺼﺎﻳﺢ ﻣﺸﻔﻘﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻄﺮ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻣﺮﺿﻴﻪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻨﻘﺪﺭ ﺑﺪﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺩﻧﻴﺎﻯ ﻓﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺣﺰﻥ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﺭ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺧﺎﻟﺼﻪ ﻭ ﺍﺧﻼﻕ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺣﻖ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻠﻰ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﻮﻯ ﮐﻪ ﺫﮐﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﻫﻴﭽﮑﺪﺍﻡ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﺍ‪ ‬ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺖ ّ‬

‫ﺩﻭﺍﻡ ﻣﻠﮑﻮﺕ ﺑﺎﻗﻰ ﻭ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻣﺎﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﻓﺮﺍﻕ ﻣﺤﺰﻭﻥ ﻣﺒﺎﺵ ‪ .‬ﺍ ّﻧﻪ َﻟﻬﻮ ُ َ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﮑﺮﻳﻢ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺪُﺭ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٨٣‬‬

‫ﻧﻮﺯﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻌﻈﻤﺔ‬

‫‪ ٤‬ﮊﻭﺋﻦ‬

‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬

‫ﺧﺮﻡ‬ ‫ﻳﺎ ﺍﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﺍ‪ ‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﻫﺘﺰﺍﺯ ﺍﺭﻳﺎﺡ ﺭﺑﻴﻊ ﺭﺣﻤﺖ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﺤﺮﮎ ﻭ ﺗﺎﺯﻩ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺗﻔﮑﺮ ﻧﻤﺎ ‪ .‬ﭼﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺧﻠﻴﻞ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﮐﻪ ﺭﺍﻳﮕﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﺟﻞ ﺟﻼﻟﻪ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ّ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺷﻰ ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺟﺬﺏ ﺁﻳﺎﺕ ّ‬ ‫ﻧﺎﺭ ﺭﻓﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺫﺑﻴﺢ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺸﻬﺪ ﻓﺪﺍ ﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﺑﺮ ﻧﮕﺸﺘﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﺮ ﻋﻈﻤﺖ ﺍﻣﺮ‬

‫ﻟﮏ " ﻧﺎﻃﻖ‬ ‫ﺁﮔﺎﻩ ﺷﻮﻯ ﺳﺠﺪﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻰ ﻭ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻓﻊ ﺭﺃﺱ ﺑﻪ ﮐﻠﻤﮥ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﮐﮥ "َﺍﻟ‬ ‫ﻌﻈﻤﺔ َ َ‬ ‫ُ‬

‫ﺍﺧﺮﻯ ﺫﺍﮐﺮ ﮔﺮﺩﻯ ﻭ ﺟﺬﺏ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺖ‬ ‫ﻣﺠﺪﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺠﺪﻩ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻰ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﮐﻠﻤﮥ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﮐﮥ‬ ‫ﺷﻮﻯ ﻭ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﺷﺄﻧﻰ ﺍﺧﺬﺕ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺟﺴﺪ ﺑﺸﺮﻯ ﺍﻗﺘﻀﺎ ﮐﻨﺪ ِ َﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻻﺑﺪ ﻣﺘﺘﺎﺑﻌﴼ ﻣﺘﺮﺍﺩﻓﴼ‬

‫ﺍﻇﻬﺮ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺳﺠﺪﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻰ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﮐﻠﻤﻪ ﺍﻯ ﺍﺯ ﮐﻠﻤﺎﺕ ُﻣﻨﺰﻝ ﺁﻳﺎﺕ ﻧﺎﻃﻖ ﺷﻮﻯ ‪َ َ .‬‬ ‫ﻟﻌﻤﺮﻯ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ َ َ‬

‫ﺑﺤﺮ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺭﺑ‪‬ﮏ‬ ‫ﻇﻬﺮﺕ ﺍﻣﻮﺍ ُﺝ َ ِ‬ ‫ﺷﻤﺲ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪َ َ ،‬‬ ‫ﻣﻊ ﺫﻟﮏ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﺭ ﻭ ﻣﮑﻨﻮﻥ ‪ .‬ﮐﺬﻟﮏ َ َ َ‬ ‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ِﻟﻠّﻨﺎﻇﺮﻳﻦ ﻭ ﻧﻌﻴﻤﴼ ِﻟﻠﻌﺎﺭﻓﻴﻦ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻤﻦ ‪،‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٨٤‬‬

‫ﺍﻭﻝ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻨّﻮﺭ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫‪ ٥‬ﮊﻭﺋﻦ‬

‫‪----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﻭﺭﻯ ﺑﺮ ﺳﻔﻴﻨﮥ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺟﻮﻫﺮ ﺣﻤﺪ ﻭ ﺳﺎﺫﺝ ﺛﻨﺎ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﻧﻔﻮﺳﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﻢ ﻣﺎﻟﮏ َ ٰ‬

‫ﺣﻤﺮﺍ ﺟﺎﻟﺴﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺖ‬ ‫ﻟﻌﻤﺮ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺍﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﻭﺟﻮﻫﺸﺎﻥ ﻋﻮﺍﻟﻢ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻣﺰﻳﻦ ‪َ َ .‬‬ ‫ﮐﺒﺮﻯ ّ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻣﻌﻄﺮ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻨﻮﺭ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻧﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﺫﮐﺮﺷﺎﻥ ﺍﻗﺎﻟﻴﻢ ﺑﺮﻫﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺗﺒﻴﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ّ‬ ‫ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ّ‬

‫ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺁﻥ ﻧﻔﻮﺳﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻟﻮﻡ ﻻﺋﻤﻴﻦ ﻣﻤﻨﻮﻉ ﻧﺸﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻤﺎﺗﺖ ُ ِ‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﺸﻤﺘﻴﻦ ﺍﺯ ّ‬

‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺯ ﻧﻤﺎﻧﺪﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻣﺎﻳﮥ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻭ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻊ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺖ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻣﻢ ‪.‬‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﻣﺘﺸﺒﺚ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﻗﺴﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺎﻟﮏ ﻗﺪﻡ‬ ‫ﺣﺒﺸﺎﻥ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺫﻳﻞ ّ‬ ‫ﻋﺒﺎﺩﻯ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ّ‬

‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺧﻴﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﻣﺬﮐﻮﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺍﻫﻞ‬ ‫ﻫﺮ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ّ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻗﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻥ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻠﮑﻮﺕ ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ّ‬ ‫ﻬﻢ ﺍ‪ ُ‬ﻓﻰ ﮐﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﻞ ﻭ ِﻓﻰ ُ‬ ‫ﻭﺻَﻔ ُ ُ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ َ َ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٨٥‬‬ ‫ﺩﻭﻡ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟّﻨﻮﺭ‬

‫‪ ٦‬ﮊﻭﺋﻦ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﺍﺣﺒﺎﻯ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺧﻼﻕ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻰ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺏ ﺁﻧﮑﻪ ّ‬

‫ﻣﺪﻋﻴﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﺒﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﻫﺎﻥ ﻻﺯﻡ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺢ ﺭﻳﺤﺎﻥ ﺍﻫﻞ َﺍﮐﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﺸﻤﺎﻡ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ‪ّ ،‬‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻣﻘﺪﻡ ﺑﺮ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ .‬ﭘﺲ ﺟﻬﺪ‬ ‫ﻫﺮﭼﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻟﺴﺎﻥ ﺁﻳﺪ ﻣﻘﺒﻮﻝ ﺳﺎﺣﺖ ﺭﺣﻤﻦ ﻧﻴﻔﺘﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﻓﻌﻞ ّ‬

‫ﮐﻞ ﺟﻮﺍﺭﺡ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺣﺴﻨﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺁﻳﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﺩﻋﻮﻯ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺍﺯ ّ‬ ‫ﺷﺎﻣﻪ‬ ‫ﺭﺑﺎﻧﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺁﻥ ﻗﻮﻝ‬ ‫ﺍﺩﻋﺎ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻧﺸﻮﺩ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻠﮑﻪ ﺻﺎﺣﺒﺎﻥ ّ‬ ‫ﺑﻤﺠﺮﺩ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻫﻞ ﺭﺿﻮﺍﻥ ّ‬

‫ﺍﺳﺘﺸﻤﺎﻡ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﻨﺸﺎﻕ ﺭﻳﺎﺣﻴﻦ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻣﻘﺒﻮﻝ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ّﺍﻻ ﻣﺮﺩﻭﺩ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٨٦‬‬ ‫ﺳﻮﻡ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟّﻨﻮﺭ‬

‫‪ ٧‬ﮊﻭﺋﻦ‬

‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬

‫ﻟﻠﻪ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺣﮑﻤﺖ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺮﺑﻴﺖ ﺍﻫﻞ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ ﻭ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﻋﻠﻢ ﻟﺪّﻧﻰ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻴﺾ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺪ ِ ّ‬

‫ﺭﺑﺎﻧﻰ ﻭ ﺟﻴﺶ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺍﺧﻼﻕ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﻋﻘﻞ ّ‬ ‫ﮐﻠﻰ ّ‬ ‫ﮐﻠﻰ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻭ ﻣﺸﻬﻮﺩ ‪ .‬ﻗﺎﺋﺪ ﺟﻴﺶ ّ‬

‫ﺍﺣﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻴﻮﻑ ﻭ ِﺳﻨﺎﻥ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻰ ﻧﺰﺍﻉ ﻭ ﺟﺪﺍﻝ ﻓﺘﺢ‬ ‫ﻃﻴﺒﮥ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻰ ‪ .‬ﺳﻼﺡ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﻨﺪ ‪ّ َ ،‬‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺭﺍﺩﺗﻪ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺟﻌﻞ‬ ‫ﻣﺪﺍﺋﻦ ﻗﻠﻮﺏ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻔﻮﺫ‬ ‫ﺍﻻﻣﺮ ﻓﻰ ﻗﺒﻀﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺍﻟّﻨ َ‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ َﻣﻦ َ َ َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﻻﻳﺤﺼﻰ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻫﺴﺖ ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻔﻮﺫ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻠﻮﺹ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ‪ .‬ﮐﻠﻤﻪﺍﻯ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻌﺪﻥ‬ ‫ﻧﻔﻮﺫ ﮐﻠﻤﮥ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻪ ُ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺗﻘﻮﻯ ﻭ ﺧﻠﻮﺹ ِ ّﻟﻠﻪ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺍﻭ ﻣﻬﻴﻤﻦ ﻭ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ ،‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻪ ﺑﺮ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﺣﺰﺑﻰ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺮ ﺟﻨﺪﻯ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺄﻧﻰ ﻣﺠﺬﻭﺏ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺷﺌﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻭ ﻣﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻻﻣﻢ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺻﺮﺍﻁ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﻭ ﻧﺒﺄ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ ﻣﻨﻊ ﻧﻨﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻧﻔﻮﺳﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺭﺣﻤﻦ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺮﻗﺎﻥ ﻣﻰ‬

‫ﺫﮐﺮ ﺍ‪ " ‬ﻋﻴﺶ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ‬ ‫ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ‪ " :‬ﺭﺟﺎﻝ ﻻ ُﺗﻠﻬﻴﻬﻢ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﺓ ﻭ ﻻ َﺑﻴﻊ َﻋﻦ ِ‬ ‫ﺷﺄﻧﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ‪ .‬ﻓﺮﺡ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﺭ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻓﺮﺡ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ‬ ‫ﺫﮐﺮ ّ‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ُ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻰ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ ﻧﻨﻤﺎﻳﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﺎﺩ ﺩﻭﺳﺖ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٨٧‬‬

‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬

‫ﺗﻮﮐﻞ‬ ‫ﻇﻞ ﺳﺪﺭﮤ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺻﻬﺒﺎﻯ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻠﻢ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺖ ﺟﺎﺭﻯ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻴﺎﺷﺎﻣﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ّ‬

‫ﻫﻤﺸﺎﻥ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻣﺮ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺗﻘﺎﻯ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﻴﺎﺳﺎﻳﻨﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﺣﻴﺎﻥ ّ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٨٨‬‬ ‫ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟّﻨﻮﺭ‬

‫‪ ٨‬ﮊﻭﺋﻦ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻧﻔﻮﺳﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺭﺍﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻨﻮﺩ ﻣﺸﻮﺭﺕ ﺣﻔﻆ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺣﮑﺎﻣﺶ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺭﺟﺎﻟﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻋﺴﺎﮐﺮ ﻧﺼﺎﻳﺢ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺍﻋﻆ ﻭ ﻋﻠﻢ‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺣﮑﻤﺖ ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻨﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﻣﻨﻮﺭ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻕ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻭ ﺍﻣﻢ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﺗﺤﺎﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮ ﻋﺮﺵ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻮﺭ ّ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺳﻠﻄﺎﻥ ّ‬

‫ﺣﺒﺬﺍ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﺧﺪﻣﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﻣﺴﺘﺮﻳﺢ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ‪ َ .‬‬

‫ﺷﻴﺎﻃﻴﻦ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺣﻔﻆ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ‪ .‬ﺳﺒﺐ ﻭ ﻋﻠّﺖ ﺗﺄﺧﻴﺮ ﻭ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﻖ ﻭ ﺿﻌﻒ ﻭ ﻓﻘﺮ ﻭ ﺳﺴﺘﻰ ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻭ ﺁﻣﻞ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﺭ ﺣﮑﻤﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﻯ ﺧﻠﻖ‬ ‫ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻫﺴﺖ ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺧﺎﺩﻡ ﻓﺎﻧﻰ ﺍﺯ ّ‬

‫ﺍﻻﻣﺮ َ ِ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﺪﻩ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺳﺎﺯﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺣﺮﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﺳﻠﻄﺎﻥ ﺑﻰ ﺟﻨﺪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ‪ُ ٔ َ .‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺤﮑﻴﻢ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺘﺪﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺤﺎﮐﻢ‬ ‫ﻣﺮ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ﻫﻮﺍﻵ ِ ُ‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪٨٩‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺭ‬ ‫ﭘﻨﺠﻢ ﺷﻬﺮ ّ‬

‫‪ ٩‬ﮊﻭﺋﻦ‬

‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬

‫ﻣﻘﺪﺱ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ‬ ‫ﻳﺎ ﺣﺰﺏ ﺍ‪ ، ‬ﻣﺤﺰﻭﻥ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﻴﺪ ‪ّ ِ .‬‬ ‫ﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺪ ﺍﻓﺌﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻗﻠﻮﺏ ﻃﺎﻫﺮ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ﮐﺒﺮﻯ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻗﺪﺱ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺿﺮ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺁﻳﮥ‬ ‫ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻴﺎﻝ ّ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﻤﺴﮑﻴﺪ ‪ِ " :‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺤﺎﻥ"‪‬‬ ‫ﻣﻠﮑﻮﺕ ّ‬ ‫ﻋﺎﺷﺮﻭﺍ َ‬ ‫ﺎﻟﺮﻭﺡ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻻﺩﻳﺎﻥ ُﮐﻠ‪‬ﻬﺎ ﺑ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺪﺱ ﻧﺎﺯﻝ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻣﺘ ّ‬

‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻘﺎﺋﻰ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬ ‫ﮐﺎﻥ ِ ّ‬ ‫ﻟﻠﻪ َ‬ ‫ﻳﺎ ﺯﻳﻦ ‪َ "،‬ﻣﻦ َ‬ ‫ﮐﺎﻥ ﺍ‪َ ُ‬ﻟﻪ " ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ّ‬

‫ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻭ ﺗﻬﺬﻳﺐ ﺍﻣﻢ ﻭ ﺗﺒﻠﻴﻎ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻭﺡ ﻭ ﺭﻳﺤﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺣﮑﻤﺖ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﺯﻭﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺁﺛﺎﺭ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻬﺎﺕ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻭ ﻫﻮﻳﺪﺍ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٩٠‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺭ‬ ‫ﺷﺸﻢ ﺷﻬﺮ ّ‬

‫‪ ١٠‬ﮊﻭﺋﻦ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﻣﺘﻮﺟﻪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﺧﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩ‬ ‫ﻳﻬﺬﺏ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﺍ‪ ‬ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺖ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻤﺎ ُ َ ‪ُ ‬‬

‫ﻣﻌﻠﻢ ﻣﺤﺘﺎﺟﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﺮﺑﻰ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ّ‬ ‫ﻧﺎﻃﻖ ‪ .‬ﻳﺎ ﻃﺒﻴﺐ ‪ ،‬ﻧﺎﺱ ﻏﺎﻓﻠﻨﺪ ﻭ ّ‬

‫ﺍﻃﺒﺎﻯ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﻭ ﺣﮑﻤﺎﻯ ﻋﺼﺮ ﺍﻣﺮﺍﺽ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﺎﺑﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺻﺪﺩ ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺠﻪ ﺑﺮﺁﻳﻨﺪ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺎﺕ ّ‬

‫ﻣﺮﺿﻴﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺩﺭﺍﮎ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺟﻬﺪ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺷﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﺎﺱ ﻏﺎﻓﻞ ﺛﻤﺮﮤ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺣﺴﻨﻪ ﻭ ﺍﺧﻼﻕ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻫﺮ ﻳﮏ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ُﻣﺼﻠﺢ ﻭ ُ َ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻣﻮﺻﻞ ﻏﺎﻓﻠﻴﻦ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻣﻬﺬﺏ ﻭ‬ ‫ِ ِ‬

‫ﺍﺗﺤﺎﺩ ﺍﻣﺮ‬ ‫ﺗﺎﺭﮐﻴﻦ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﻗﻠﻢ ﻣﻈﻠﻮﻡ ﺩﺭ ﺍﮐﺜﺮ ﺍﺣﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﺒﺖ ﻭ ﺷﻔﻘﺖ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻧﺼﺮﺕ ﻣﺬﮐﻮﺭﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺡ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺼﺮﻳﺢ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺫﮐﺮ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ‪ ،‬ﻣﻌﺬﻟﮏ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﺧﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ‬ ‫ﺑﻌﻀﻰ ﻓﺴﺎﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﺩﺍﻧﺴﺘﻪﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺼﺮﺕ ﺷﻤﺮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻻ َﻓﻮ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺬﻯ َ َ َ‬

‫ﺑﮑﻠﻤﺔ ِﻣﻦ ِ ِ‬ ‫ﻋﻨﺪﻩ ‪ ،‬ﻧﺼﺮﺕ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺑﻪ ﺣﮑﻤﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﻫﻢ ﺑﻪ ﮐﻤﺎﻝ ﺭﻭﺡ ﻭ‬

‫ﻣﺆﻳﺪ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺳﺰﺍﻭﺍﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺭﻳﺤﺎﻥ ّ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ﻣﻰ ﻃﻠﺒﻴﻢ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺭﺍ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻌﻠﻖ ﮔﺸﺘﻪ ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ّ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٩١‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺭ‬ ‫ﻫﻔﺘﻢ ﺷﻬﺮ ّ‬

‫‪ ١١‬ﮊﻭﺋﻦ‬

‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬

‫ﺑﮕﻮ ﺍﻯ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ َﻋﻤﺎﺭ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﺯ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺑﻪ ﻋﺮﺻﮥ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻣﺪﻩﺍﻳﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﺎﺩ ﻭ ﺟﺪﺍﻝ‬

‫ﻣﻠﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻯ ّ‬ ‫ﺷﺄﻥ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺍﮔﺮ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺣﺰﻥ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ ‪ِ ،‬ﻣﻦ َ ‪‬‬

‫ﻟﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﻈﻠﻮﻡ ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺏ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻩ ‪ ....‬ﺍﺻﻞ ﻣﺬﻫﺐ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻤﺎء ﺍﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﻧﺎﺯﻝ ﺷﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﮐﺎﻥ ‪َ َ ،‬‬ ‫َ‬

‫ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻕ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ‪ .‬ﻳﺎ ﻃﺒﻴﺐ ‪ ،‬ﺣﺎﻝ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﮐﻦ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﻮﻫﺮ ﭘﺎﮎ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﺗﺤﺎﺩ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩ ّ‬

‫ﻋﻠﺖ ﺑﻐﻀﺎ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﻏﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻭﻫﺎﻡ ﺁﻟﻮﺩﻩ ﮔﺸﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻇﻠﻢ ﻧﺎﺩﺍﻧﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺎﻣﻰ ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻩ ﮐﻪ ﺳﺒﺐ ﻭ ّ‬

‫ﻣﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺷﺪﻩ ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺯﻻﻝ ﮐﻮﺛﺮ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻠﮑﻮﺕ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺟﺎﺭﻯ ﮔﺸﺘﻪ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺣﻖ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭ ﻧﻮﺷﻴﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﻴﺪ ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ﺗﻘﺮﺏ ﺟﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﻢ ّ‬ ‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﮐﻪ ّ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺍﺗﺤﺎﺩ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺷﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﺭﺍﺩ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﺖ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻫﻞ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺑﻤﺎ َ َ‬

‫ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺖ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﻭ ﻓﻴﻮﺿﺎﺕ ﺭﺣﻤﺎﻧﻰ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻭ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﺁﻥ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪٩٢‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺭ‬ ‫ﻫﺸﺘﻢ ﺷﻬﺮ ّ‬

‫‪ ١٢‬ﮊﻭﺋﻦ‬

‫‪----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﺣﻖ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﺷﺄﻧﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺫﮐﺎﺭ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﺍ‪ ‬ﺑﻪ ﮐﻤﺎﻝ ﺣﮑﻤﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺫﮐﺮ ّ‬

‫ﻭﺻﻴﺖ ﻣﻰ ﮐﻨﻴﻢ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺭﺃﻓﺖ ﻭ ﺭﺣﻤﺖ ﻭ ﺣﻠﻢ ﻭ ﺍﻣﺎﻧﺖ ﻭ ﺻﺪﻕ‬ ‫ﻗﻠﻮﺏ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺿﻴﻪ ﻭ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﮐﻪ ﺷﺎﻳﺪ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺗﻴﺮﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺖ ﺳﺮﺍﺟﻬﺎﻯ ﺍﺧﻼﻕ ﻣﺮ ّ‬

‫ﻃﻴﺒﻪ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻭ ﻣﻨﻴﺮ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﻧﺼﺮﺕ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﻧﺎﺯﻝ ﺷﺪﻩ ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺿﺮ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﻋﻤﻠﻰ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺍﺑﺘﻼ ﻭ ُ ّ‬

‫ﺍﺣﺒﺎﺋﻰ َﻋﻦ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺮﻫﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻮﻝ ‪ .‬ﮐﺬﻟﮏ‬ ‫ﻣﻈﻠﻮﻡ ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ ِ .‬‬ ‫ﺍﺗﻘﻮﺍ ﻳﺎ ّ‬ ‫ﮐﻞ ﻣﺎ َﻳﮑ َ ُ‬

‫ﺎﺩﻕ ﺍﻻﻣﻴﻦ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺼ ُ‬ ‫ﻨﺼﺤﮑﻢ ﻗﻠﻤﻰ ﻭ ﻳﻮﺻﻴﮑﻢ ﻟﺴﺎﻧﻰ ﺍﻟ ّ‬ ‫َﻳ َ ُ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٩٣‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺭ‬ ‫ﻧﻬﻢ ﺷﻬﺮ ّ‬

‫‪ ١٣‬ﮊﻭﺋﻦ‬

‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬

‫ﻣﺘﻤﺴﮑﻨﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺭﺍ ﺷﺒﻬﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻤﺎﻯ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﻋﺎﻟﻤﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﻤﻨﻮﻉ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭﻫﺎﻡ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺍﺯﻳﺪ ﺛﻤﺮﮤ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻟﺸﺎﻥ ﺁﻥ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻫﻞ ﻳﻘﻴﻦ ﻣﻰ ﺩﺍﻧﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺰﺍﺭ ﻭ ﺩﻭﻳﺴﺖ ﺳﻨﻪ ﻭ َ َ‬

‫ﻓﺘﻮﻯ ﺑﺮ ﺳﻔﮏ ﺩﻡ ﺍﻃﻬﺮ ﺩﺍﺩﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﺷﮑﺮ ﮐﻦ ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺏ ﻳﮑﺘﺎ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ﮐﻞ‬ ‫ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺷﻨﻴﺪﻳﺪ ‪ّ ،‬‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺻﺮﺍﻁ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ ﮐﺮﺩ ‪  .‬ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺪ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺄﺱ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻥ‬

‫ﺁﺷﺎﻣﻴﺪﻯ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺫﮐﺮ ﻭ ﺛﻨﺎﻯ ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﮔﺸﺘﻰ ‪ .‬ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺣﮑﻤﺖ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ ﮐﻪ‬

‫ﻧﺎﺱ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺤﺮ ﻏﻔﻠﺖ ﻣﺴﺘﻐﺮﻗﻨﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻠﻪ ﺁﮔﺎﻫﻰ ﻳﺎﺑﻨﺪ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻋﺮﺍﺽ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﮐﻞ ﻗﺼﺪ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﻣﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻰ ﺣﻴﻦ ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻈﻠﻮﻡ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﻧﻪ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ ﺍﮔﺮ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻃﻼﻉ ﻣﻰ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻨﺪ ّ‬

‫ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺒﻬﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻭ ﺧﻄﻴﺌﺎﺕ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺏ ﺭﺟﻮﻉ ِ َﺍﻟﻰ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻃﺎﻫﺮ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ‪،‬‬

‫ﺣﻖ ﺑﻄﻠﺒﻴﺪ ﺍﻫﻞ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﮐﻮﺛﺮ ﻗﺮﺏ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ﻧﻔﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻗﺼﺪ ﻃﻮﺍﻑ ﻣﻰ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺑﺤﺮ ﻋﻠﻢ ﻣﻨﻊ ﻧﻨﻤﺎﻳﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻭﺳﺖ ﻗﺎﺩﺭ ﻭ ﺍﻭﺳﺖ ﻣﻘﺘﺪﺭ ﻭ ﺍﻭﺳﺖ ﺩﺍﻧﺎ ﻭ ﺍﻭﺳﺖ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺎ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪٩٤‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺭ‬ ‫ﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮ ّ‬

‫‪ ١٤‬ﮊﻭﺋﻦ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﻭﺻﻴﺖ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻻﺯﺍﻝ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻈﻠﻮﻡ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺳﺰﺍﻭﺍﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﻣﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺣﻔﻆ ﻣﺮﺍﺗﺐ ﺑﻮﺩ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩﻯ ﺟﺰ ﺗﺴﮑﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﺭ ﺑﻐﻀﺎ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻓﺌﺪﮤ ﺍﺣﺰﺍﺏ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻣﺸﺘﻌﻞ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻩ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ‬

‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﺫﮐﺮ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻳﻢ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺳﺒﺐ‬ ‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻃﻔﺎء ﻧﺎﺭ ﻣﺸﺘﻌﻠﻪ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﻧﻪ ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻟﻴﺎﻟﻰ ﻭ ّ‬

‫ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻕ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻟﮑﻦ ﺍﻫﻞ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﮐﺜﺮﻯ ﻧﺼﻴﺤﺖ ﻣﻈﻠﻮﻡ ﺭﺍ ﻧﭙﺬﻳﺮﻓﺘﻨﺪ‬ ‫ﺍﺗﺤﺎﺩ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﻭ ّ‬

‫ﺣﻖ ﻣﻰ ﻃﻠﺒﻴﻢ ﺗﻮﻓﻴﻖ ﻋﻄﺎ‬ ‫ﻭ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺁﺫﺍﻥ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﺻﻐﺎ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ّ‬ ‫ﻳﺤﺐ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻃﻴﺒﻪ ﻭ ﺍﺧﻼﻕ‬ ‫ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺮﺿﻴﻪ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﮐﻞ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮﺍﺯ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺰﻳﻦ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻤﺎ ُ ‪‬‬

‫ﻳﺮﺿﻰ‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺪﺭ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺷﺪﺕ ﻣﺤﺰﻭﻥ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﻴﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﻫﺮ ُﻋﺴﺮﻯ ‪ُ ،‬ﻳﺴﺮ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻤﺴﮏ ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ُﻋﺴﺮ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﺷﺪﺕ ‪ ،‬ﺭﺧﺎ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻣﻮﺭ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺣﺎﻃﻪ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ‬ ‫ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ّ‬

‫ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻕ‬ ‫ﻣﻈﺎﻫﺮ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﻭ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻊ ﺍﻗﺘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ ،‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻠﺢ ﺍﮐﺒﺮ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻮﺭ ّ‬

‫ﻣﻨﻮﺭ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪.‬‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٩٥‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺭ‬ ‫ﻳﺎﺯﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮ ّ‬

‫‪ ١٥‬ﮊﻭﺋﻦ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﺣﻤﺪ ﺳﺎﺣﺖ ﺍﻣﻨﻊ ﺍﻗﺪﺱ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩﻯ ﺭﺍ ﻻﻳﻖ ﻭ ﺳﺰﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻮﺭ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺎ‬ ‫ﻣﻄﺮﺯ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ‪.‬‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺒﻮﺩ " ّ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ﻣﺰﻳﻦ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻟﻮﺡ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ُﻃﻐﺮﺍﻯ " َ َ‬

‫ﻣﺰﻳﻦ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ‪ .‬ﺑﺤﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﻭﺳﺖ ﻣﻘﺘﺪﺭﻯ ﮐﻪ ﺁﺳﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺠﻢ ﺣﮑﻤﺖ ّ‬

‫ﻣﻌﻄﺮ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻣﻌﺎﻧﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻯ ﻟﺌﺎﻟﻰ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻥ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺠﻤﻦ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺭﺣﻤﺎﻧﺶ ّ‬ ‫ﻟﻪ‬ ‫ﻟﻪ‬ ‫ﻟﻪ‬ ‫ﻟﻪ‬ ‫ﻟﻪ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺩ ﻭ َ ُ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﻄﺎء َ ُ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﻀﻞ ﻭ َ ُ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺸﮑﺮ ‪ُ َ ،‬‬ ‫ﻟﻪ ‪ُ ‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺪ ﻭ َ ُ‬ ‫َُ‬ ‫ُ‬

‫ﺍﻟّﺜﻨﺎء ‪ ‬ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻥ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﺭﺵ ﻏﻴﺐ ﻭ ﺷﻬﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺣﺎﻃﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ‬

‫ﻧﺪﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺁﺳﻤﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺮﺍ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﭼﺸﻤﻰ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻭ ﮔﻮﺷﻰ ﻻﻳﻖ ﺍﺻﻐﺎ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻧﺸﺪ‬ ‫ّﺍﻻ َﻣﻦ ﺷﺎ‪ ‬ﺍ‪ . ‬ﺍﻭﺳﺖ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺷﺌﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﻣﻨﻊ ﻧﻨﻤﻮﺩ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺗﻐﻤﺲ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺤﺮ ﻣﻌﺎﻧﻰ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺖ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻣﻢ ﺍﺯ ّ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٩٦‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺭ‬ ‫ﺩﻭﺍﺯﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮ ّ‬

‫‪ ١٦‬ﮊﻭﺋﻦ‬

‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬

‫ﻻﺟﻞ َﻣﺸﺮﻕ ﺁﻳﺎﺕ ﻭ َﻣﻄﻠﻊ‬ ‫ﺣﻤﺪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﻯ ﺭﺍ ﻻﻳﻖ ﻭ ﺳﺰﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺁﻓﺮﻳﻨﺶ ﺭﺍ ِ َ ِ‬

‫ﺑﻴﻨﺎﺗﺶ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ‪ .‬ﺷﺎﻫﺪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﮐﻠﻤﮥ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﮐﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻄﻠﻊ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﻋﺎﻟﻤﻴﺎﻥ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺖ‬ ‫ﻋﺰ "‬ ‫ﻟﻮﻻﮎ ﻟﻤﺎ َ َ ْ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ﺧﻠﻘ ُ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﮐﻮﺭ ﻓﺮﻗﺎﻥ ﺍﺷﺮﺍﻕ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﮔﺸﺘﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻗﻮﻟﻪ َﺟ ‪‬ﻞ ﻭ َ ّ‬

‫ﻣﺰﻳﻦ ‪ ،‬ﺑﺤﺮ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻥ ﻭ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ﺍﻻﻓﻼﮎ " ‪ .‬ﻫﺴﺘﻰ ﻣﻄﻠﻖ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮﺍﺯ ﺍﺳﻤﺎء ﻭ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ّ‬

‫ﻇﻬﺮﺕ ﻟﺌﺎﻟﺊ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻧﻰ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻥ ﻓﻰ‬ ‫ﻣﻮﺍﺝ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻧﻴﺮ ﺑﺮﻫﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭ ﻣﺸﺮﻕ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻟﻮﻻﻩ ﻣﺎ َ َ َ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﺩ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺮ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺯ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ﺣﮑﻢ ّ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ﺻﺮﺍﻁ ﺍ‪ِ ‬ﻟﻠﻌﺒﺎﺩ ﻭ ﻣﺎ َ َ َ‬ ‫ﺍﻻﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻣﺎ َ َ َ‬ ‫ﺍﻻﺧﻔﻰ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‬ ‫‪.‬‬ ‫ﺴﺘﺴﺮ َ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤ َ َ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﻻﻋﻠﻰ ﻭ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺳﺮُﻩ ُ‬ ‫ُ​ُ‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺎﻣﻪ َ ‪‬‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺍﻻﻋﺰ َ ٰ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٩٧‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺭ‬ ‫ﺳﻴﺰﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮ ّ‬

‫‪ ١٧‬ﮊﻭﺋﻦ‬

‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬

‫ﻣﺸﻴﺘﺶ ﻧﺎﻓﺬ‬ ‫ﺣﻤﺪ ﻭ ﺛﻨﺎ ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﺍﺭﺽ ﻭ ﺳﻤﺎء ﺭﺍ ﻻﻳﻖ ﻭ ﺳﺰﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺭﺍﺩﻩﺍﺵ ﻣﻬﻴﻤﻦ ﻭ ّ‬

‫ِ‬ ‫ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﺑﺤﺖ ﺭﺍ ﻃﺮﺍﺯ ﻫﺴﺘﻰ ﺑﺨﺸﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺯﻳﻨﺖ ﻋﻠﻢ ﻭ ﺩﺍﻧﺶ‬ ‫ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻫﺴﺖ ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﮐﻠﻤﮥ ﻋﻠﻴﺎ‬ ‫ﻣﺰﻳﻦ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ‪ .‬ﺍﻭﺳﺖ ﻣﻘﺘﺪﺭﻯ ﮐﻪ ﺣﻮﺍﺩﺙ ﺍﺭﺽ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺭﺍﺩﻩﺍﺵ ﻣﻨﻊ ﻧﻨﻤﻮﺩ ‪ ،‬ﺭﺣﻤﺘﺶ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺳﺒﻘﺖ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺘﺶ ﺍﺣﺎﻃﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ‪ ،‬ﺳﺒﻴﻠﺶ ﻧﺰﺩ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺑﺼﺮ ﻭﺍﺿﺢ ﻭ ﻣﺸﻬﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺩﻟﻴﻠﺶ ﻻﺋﺢ‬

‫ﻭ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ‪ ،‬ﺟﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺨﺸﺸﺶ ﺁﻓﺮﻳﻨﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺧﺬ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻻﻳﺶ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺳﺎﻳﺶ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻰ ﺩﻋﻮﺕ‬

‫ﮐﻞ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﻞ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺰﺍﻝ ﮐﺘﺐ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻘﺎﻣﺎﺕ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺵ ﺭﺍ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻪ ﺗﺎ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﺣﺪﻳﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﻟﺠﮥ ﺑﺤﺮ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻏﺒﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺩﺧﺎﻥ ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﻣﻄّﻬﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻭ ﻻﻳﻖ ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﺩﺭ ُ ّ‬

‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻧﺎﺳﻮﺕ ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﺑﻪ ﻣﻠﮑﻮﺕ ﺑﻘﺎ ّ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٩٨‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺭ‬ ‫ﭼﻬﺎﺭﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮ ّ‬

‫‪ ١٨‬ﮊﻭﺋﻦ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﺍﺗﺤﺎﺩ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺗﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺫﮐﺮ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ّ‬ ‫ﮐﻞ ّ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﻟﻴﺎﻟﻰ ﻭ ّ‬

‫ﻣﻨﻮﺭ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺗﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻄﻮﺕ ﻣﺸﺮﮐﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻕ ﻣﻰ ﻃﻠﺒﻴﻢ ﺗﺎ ﺁﻓﺎﻕ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻮﺭ ﻭﻓﺎﻕ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻋﻠﺖ ﺿﻌﻒ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﻔﻮﻅ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﻰ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺩﻳﺎﺭ ﺗﻮﺣﻴﺪ‬ ‫ﺗﻔﮑﺮ ﻧﻨﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺳﺒﺐ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻗﻮﺕ ﻣﺸﺮﮐﻴﻦ ﭼﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻈﻠﻮﻡ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﺣﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺳﻤﻮ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺗﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻟﮑﻦ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻮ ﻭ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺩﻋﻮﺕ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺫﮐﺮ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺳﺒﺐ ّ‬

‫ﺁﺫﺍﻥ ﻣﻤﻨﻮﻉ ﻭ ﺍﺑﺼﺎﺭ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ‪ .‬ﺟﺰﺍﻯ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﮐﺜﺮﻯ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻓﻀﻞ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﻭ ﺭﺣﻤﺖ ﺭﺣﻤﺎﻧﻰ ﺩﻭﺭ‬

‫ﺣﻖ ﻣﻰ ﻃﻠﺒﻴﻢ ﻧﺎﺋﻤﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﺁﮔﺎﻫﻰ ﺑﻴﺪﺍﺭ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﻏﺎﻓﻠﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ّ‬ ‫ﮐﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻣﺴﺌﻠﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ﮐﻮﺛﺮ ﺩﺍﻧﺎﺋﻰ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ﻧﻔﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ّ‬

‫ﻋﺰﺕ ﻭ ﻓﻘﺮ‬ ‫ﻗﻮﺕ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ .‬ﺍﻭﺳﺖ ﻣﻘﺘﺪﺭﻯ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻳﮏ ﮐﻠﻤﻪ ّ‬ ‫ﻋﺰﺕ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ﺫﻟﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ّ‬ ‫ﺳﺒﺐ ّ‬

‫ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺛﺮﻭﺕ ﻭ ﺟﻬﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺣﮑﻤﺖ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٩٩‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺭ‬ ‫ﭘﺎﻧﺰﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮ ّ‬

‫‪ ١٩‬ﮊﻭﺋﻦ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﮐﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻓﻖ‬ ‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺎﻇﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺎﻟﮏ ﺍﺳﻤﺎء ﻭ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺗﻮﺣﻴﺪ‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ّ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﺭﺍ ﻣﺴﺌﻠﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ ﮐﻪ ﻧﺎﺭ ﺷﺮﮎ ﻣﺸﺘﻌﻞ ﻭ ﺍﻓﻖ ﻧﻮﺭ ﺗﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺤﺎﺏ ﻇﻨﻮﻥ ﻭ ﺍﻭﻫﺎﻡ‬ ‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻓﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺍﻧﻔﺎﻕ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻳﻌﻨﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺫﮐﺮ‬ ‫ﻣﺴﺘﻮﺭ ‪.‬‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﺣﻖ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﮐﺮﺩ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻭﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺟﺎﻟﻰ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻰ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ‪ " :‬ﻻ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ﻭ ﺧﺪﻣﺖ ّ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ﻭ ﺛﻨﺎﻯ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺫﮐﺮ ﺍ‪ " ‬ﻭ ﺍﻭﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻔﻮﺳﻰ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻰ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ‪ " :‬ﻻ‬ ‫ُﺗﻠﻬﻴﻬﻢ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﺓ ﻭ ﻻ ﺑﻴﻊ َﻋﻦ ِ‬

‫ﺑﺎﻣﺮﻩ َﻳﻌَﻤﻠﻮﻥ ‪.‬‬ ‫َﻳﺴ ِﺒﻘﻮﻧﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﻭ ﻫﻢ َ‬

‫ﺹ ‪١٠٠‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺭ‬ ‫ﺷﺎﻧﺰﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮ ّ‬

‫‪ ٢٠‬ﮊﻭﺋﻦ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﺍﻟﻬﺎ ﻣﻌﺒﻮﺩﺍ ﻣﺴﺠﻮﺩﺍ ﻣﻠﮑﺎ ﺑﻰ ﻧﻴﺎﺯﺍ‬

‫ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻧﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﺁﮔﺎﻫﻰ ﺑﻰ ﻧﺼﻴﺐ ﻣﻔﺮﻣﺎ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﮤ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ‬ ‫ﺗﺠﻠﻰ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﻣﺴﺎﺯ ‪ .‬ﺍﻯ ﮐﺮﻳﻢ ﺍﺯ ﻳﮏ ﺷﻌﻠﮥ ﻧﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﺒﺘﺖ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺸﺘﻌﻞ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻯ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻳﮏ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻣﻘﺮﺑﻴﻦ ﻭ ﻣﺨﻠﺼﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ َﻣْﺸﻌﺮ ﻓﺪﺍ ﻓﺮﺳﺘﺎﺩﻯ ‪ .‬ﺗﻮﺋﻰ ﺳﻠﻄﺎﻧﻰ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺗﺠﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﻭﺟﻬﺖ ّ‬

‫ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﮐﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﺗﺮﺍ ﺿﻌﻴﻒ ﻧﻨﻤﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺷﻮﮐﺖ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺭﺍﺩﻩﺍﺕ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺖ ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﻤﺖ ﺭﺍﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﻳﻔﻌﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺸﺎء " ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻟﻴﻠﮥ َﺩﻟﻤﺎء ﺍﺯ ﺗﻮ ﻣﺴﺌﻠﺖ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻢ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻧﺖ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫" َ َ ُ‬

‫ﺍﺯ ﮐﻮﺛﺮ ﻣﻌﺎﻧﻰ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻋﻄﺎ ﻓﺮﻣﺎ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺣﻴﻮﺓ ﺍﺑﺪﻯ ﻧﺼﻴﺐ ﮐﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﺨﺶ ‪ .‬ﺳﺮﺍﺟﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺭﻳﺎﺡ‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺮ ﺑﺮ ﻧﻴﺎﺭﺩ ‪ .‬ﺫﮐﺮﺕ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﻋﺎﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﻧﻨﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺳﺪﺭﮤ ﺍﻣﺮﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺳﻴﻼﺑﻬﺎﻯ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﺯ َ َ ّ‬

‫ﻋﺸﺎﻕ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮ ﺷﻬﺪﻯ ﺷﻴﺮﻳﻦ ﺗﺮ ﻭ ﺍﺳﻤﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺬﺍﻕ ﺍﻫﻞ ﻭﻓﺎﻕ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺎ ِﻓﻰ ﺍﻵﻓﺎﻕ ﺧﻮﺷﺘﺮ‬ ‫ﮐﺎﻡ ُ ّ‬

‫ﻭ ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺑﺘﺮ ‪ .‬ﺍﻯ ﮐﺮﻳﻢ ‪ ،‬ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻧﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺣﻔﻆ ﻓﺮﻣﺎ ﻭ ﺑﺮ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪١٠١‬‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺘﺪﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﮏ ﺍﻧﺖ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻪ ّﺍﻻ ﺍﻧﺖ‬ ‫ﺳﺰﺍﻭﺍﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﻧﻤﺎ ‪ّ .‬‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ ﺗﺸﺎء ‪ ،‬ﻻ َ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺤﮑﻴﻢ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪١٠٢‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺭ‬ ‫ﻫﻔﺪﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮ ّ‬

‫‪ ٢١‬ﮊﻭﺋﻦ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬

‫ﻃﻴﺒﻪ ‪ .‬ﻫﺮ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﻣﻘﺎﻣﺶ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻤﻠﺶ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻫﺮ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ‬ ‫ﻭﺻﻴﺖ ﻣﻰ ﮐﻨﻴﻢ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﮐﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﺁﺕ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻭ ﻫﻮﻳﺪﺍ ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﻀﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﻫﺮ ﻋﻤﻞ‬

‫ﻧﻴﻪ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﺮﺩﻭﺩﻯ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ﻣﻰ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻗﻮﺍﻝ ﮐﺬﺑﻪ ﻭ ﻭﺳﺎﻭﺱ ﻧﻔﺴﺎ ّ‬ ‫ﻃﻴﺐ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭﻧﺶ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺁﻥ ﺗﺮﻏﻴﺐ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ‪ .‬‬ ‫ﺍﻥ ﺍ‪ِ َ ‬ﺑﺮﻯٌء ِﻣﻦ ﻫﺆﻻء ‪ .‬ﻋﻤﻞ ّ‬

‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻧﻔﻮﺳﻰ ﮐﻪ ﮔﻤﺮﺍﻫﺎﻥ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﺿﺢ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪َ .‬ﻋﺮﻑ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﻨﺘﺸﺮ ‪.‬‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺎﻟﮏ ﻗﺪﻡ ﻣﻨﻊ ﻧﻨﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻧﻨﻤﺎﻳﺪ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺹ ‪١٠٣‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺭ‬ ‫ﻫﺠﺪﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮ ّ‬

‫‪ ٢٢‬ﮊﻭﺋﻦ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻕ ﺁﻓﺎﻕ ﻗﻠﻮﺏ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺣﮑﻤﺖ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻔﻖ ‪ّ .‬‬ ‫ﻣﺘﺤﺪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ّ‬ ‫ﺑﮕﻮ ﺍﻯ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ‪ّ ،‬‬

‫ﻣﻨﮑﺮ ﺑﺴﻰ ﻭﺍﺿﺢ ﻭ ﻫﻮﻳﺪﺍ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﮐﻰ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺗﺼﺮﻑ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﺯ ُ َ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﮐﻞ ُﻣﻨﮑﺮ ﻭ َﻋﻦ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻣﻨﻘﻄﻌﻴﻦ َﻋﻦ ‪‬‬ ‫ﮐﺬﺍﺏ ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﮐﻞ ﻧﺎﻋﻖ ّ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﺗ ّ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ﻤﺴﮏ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ‪ُ ،‬‬

‫ﻟﻌﻤﺮ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺷﻤﺎ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺩﻭﻟﺖ ﺑﺎﻗﻴﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻫﺴﺘﻴﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻭ ﮐﺪﻭﺭﺕ ﺁﻥ ﻣﺤﺰﻭﻥ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﻴﺪ ‪ُ َ َ .‬‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺰﺏ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻣﺬﮐﻮﺭ ﻭ ﻣﺴﻄﻮﺭ ‪ ،‬ﮐﺪﺍﻡ ﻓﻀﻞ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﻀﻞ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﮐﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﻭﺻﻴﻨﺎﮐﻢ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺎ َ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ؟ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻔﻈﺶ ﺟﻬﺪ ﺑﻠﻴﻎ ﻣﺒﺬﻭﻝ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ ‪ّ ِ .‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻮﻡ ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﺣﺰﺍﺏ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﻪ ﺑﻪ ﮐﻤﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﺁﻣﻨﻮﺍ ﺑﻤﺎ َ َ ِ ُ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻴﻤﻦ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺮ ﺍ‪ُ ‬‬ ‫ﻳﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﺑﻪ ُ‬

‫ﻣﺤﺒﺖ ﺭﻓﺘﺎﺭ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻌﺎﺷﺮﺕ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ‪ .‬ﺿﻐﻴﻨﻪ ﻭ ﺑﻐﻀﺎ ﻣﺮﺩﻭﺩ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻫﺴﺖ ‪.‬‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪١٠٤‬‬ ‫‪ ٢٣‬ﮊﻭﺋﻦ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺭ‬ ‫ﻧﻮﺯﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮ ّ‬

‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬

‫ﺑﺘﻘﻮﻯ ﺍ‪ ، ‬ﺍﻭﺳﺖ ِﺩﺭﻋﻰ ﮐﻪ ﻫﻴﮑﻞ ﺍﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺣﻔﻆ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻧﻮﺻﻴﮑﻢ ﻓﻰ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ َ‬ ‫ۭ‬ ‫ﻗﻮﺗﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻰ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻨﻬﺎﺋﻰ ُﻣﻌﻴﻨﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﻇﻠﻤﺖ ﺳﺮﺍﺟﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻧﻮﺭﺍﻧﻰ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺿﻌﻒ ّ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺋﻤﻰ ﻭ ﺭﻓﻴﻘﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺎﻗﻰ ‪ .‬ﺍﻭﺳﺖ ﻋﻤﻞ ُﻣﺒﻴﻦ ﻭ ﺣﺼﻦ ﻣﺤﮑﻢ ﻣﺘﻴﻦ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ِﺳﻬﺎﻡ‬

‫ﻗﻮﻳﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻫﺴﺖ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺷﻴﻄﺎﻥ ﻭ ِﺭﻣﺎﺡ ﺍﻫﻞ ﻃﻐﻴﺎﻥ ﺣﻔﻆ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺍﻭ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ّ‬

‫ﺗﻤﺴﮏ ﺟﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺫﻳﻠﺶ‬ ‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻧﻔﻮﺳﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ‬ ‫ﺣﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻨﻘﺪﺭ ﺍﮐﺘﻔﺎ ﺭﻓﺖ ‪.‬‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺗﺸﺒﺚ ‪.‬‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺹ ‪١٠٥‬‬ ‫‪ ٢٤‬ﮊﻭﺋﻦ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻤﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻭﻝ ﺷﻬﺮ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﺍﻟﻬﺎ ﺳﻠﻄﺎﻧﺎ ﻣﻠﮑﺎ‬

‫ﺍﻳﻦ ِﺑﻀﺎﻋﺖ ُﻣﺰﺟﺎﺓ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﻤﺖ ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻑ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻗﺪﺭﺗﺖ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺯ ‪ .‬ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺴﻦ ﺑﻪ‬

‫ﻗﻮﺗﺖ ﻧﺎﻃﻖ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻗﺘﺪﺍﺭﺕ ﻣﻌﺘﺮﻑ ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﻄﺮﻩ ﻧﻬﺮ ﺛﺮﻭﺕ ﺟﺎﺭﻯ ﻓﺮﻣﺎ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺤﺮ ﻓﻀﻠﺖ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻣﻘﺪﻡ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻰ ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻏﻨﺎ ‪ .‬ﺗﻮﺋﻰ ﻣﻘﺘﺪﺭﻯ ﮐﻪ ﻳﮏ ﻗﺒﻀﻪ ﺧﺎﮎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻓﻼﮎ ّ‬

‫ﻣﺄﻭﻯ ﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻣﻄﺎﺭ ﻓﻀﻞ ﻭ ﻋﻄﺎﻳﺖ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺑﺒﺎﺭ ‪ .‬ﺗﻮﺋﻰ ﻗﺎﺩﺭ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻋﺰﺕ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻇﻞ ﺳﺪﺭﮤ ّ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺘﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺤﮑﻴﻢ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻪ ّﺍﻻ ﺍﻧﺖ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻻ َ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪١٠٦‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻤﺔ‬ ‫ﺩﻭﻡ ﺷﻬﺮ ّ‬

‫‪ ٢٥‬ﮊﻭﺋﻦ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﻖ ﺳﻤﺎء ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺖ ﺭﺣﻤﻦ ﻣﺸﺮﻕ ﻭ ﻻﺋﺢ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻀﻞ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ‪ ،‬ﺭﺣﻤﺖ ﻣﺸﻬﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺒﺎﺏ ﻓﺎﻧﻴﮥ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﻨﺎﺕ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ‪.‬‬ ‫‪،‬ﺁﻳﺎﺕ ﻧﺎﺯﻝ ‪ّ ،‬‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻯ ﻣﻨﻊ ﻧﻨﻤﻮﺩ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﻗﺎﻧﻊ‬ ‫ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﻭ ﺳﻴﺎﻁ ﻏﻀﺐ ُﺍﻣﺮﺍ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻮﻟﻰ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﻣﻮﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮ ‪ ،‬ﺳﺒﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﻧﺸﺪ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ ﮐﻪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﺮ ﺍﮐﺒﺮ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﻗﺼﺪ ﻣﻠﮑﻮﺕ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺖ َ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺒﻞ ‪ ،‬ﺟﻬﺪ ﻧﻤﺎ ﺷﺎﻳﺪ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﻮﻯ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻬﺎ ُ‬ ‫ﻣﻨﻊ ﻧﻨﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺣﺠﺒﺎﺕ ﺣﺎﻳﻞ ﻧﺸﻮﺩ ‪ .‬ﻳﺎ ‪َ ‬‬

‫ﮐﻞ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﻋﻤﻠﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺫﮐﺮﺵ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭﺍﻡ ﻣﻠﮏ ﻭ ﻣﻠﮑﻮﺕ ﺑﺎﻗﻰ ﻭ ﭘﺎﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﺎﻧﺪ ‪ّ .‬‬

‫ﺣﻖ ﺑﻄﻠﺐ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮ ﺣﻔﻆ‬ ‫ﺳﺎﺣﺖ ﺍﻗﺪﺱ ﻣﺬﮐﻮﺭﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺘﺶ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ّ‬ ‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ‬ ‫ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﻋﻄﺎ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻩ ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺘﺐ ﻭ ﺯﺑﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻣﺬﮐﻮﺭ ‪.‬‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻥ ﺍﻭ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺎ ﺳﻮﻯ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺎﺭﻍ ﻭ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‬

‫‪.‬ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻥ ﺍ‪ ‬ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ َﺍﻣﺎﻡ ﻋﻴﻮﻥ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻭ ﻣﺸﻬﻮﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻣﻊ ﺫﻟﮏ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ ﻭ ﺍﺯ‬

‫ﺁﻥ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ‪ .‬ﺑﮕﻮ ﺳﺰﺍﻭﺍﺭ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪١٠٧‬‬

‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬

‫ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻧﺰﺩ ﺫﮐﺮ ﻗﺪﻡ ﺫﮐﺮ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ‪ .‬ﺑﮕﺬﺍﺭﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ ‪ .‬ﺑﮕﺬﺍﺭﻳﺪ ﻳﻌﻨﻰ ﻣﺎﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻡ ﺭﺍ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﺑﺪﻯ ﻭ ﺫﮐﺮ ﺳﺮﻣﺪﻯ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻳﻌﻨﻰ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺰﺩ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺠﻦ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﻳﺎﺩﺕ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺣﻤﺪ ﮐﻦ ﻣﺎﻟﮏ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺗﺮﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺛﺎﺭ ﻗﻠﻢ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪١٠٨‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻤﺔ‬ ‫ﺳﻮﻡ ﺷﻬﺮ ّ‬

‫‪ ٢٦‬ﮊﻭﺋﻦ‬

‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬

‫ﺍﻣﺮﻳﮥ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﻭ ﻧﻮﺍﻫﻰ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ ‪ ،‬ﻳﮏ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﺣﮑﻢ ﻣﺤﻮ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ‬ ‫ﺍ‪ ‬ﺍﮐﺒﺮ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﺎﺩﻯ ّ‬

‫ﻭ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺣﮑﻢ ﻋﻄﺎ ﺑﺎﻫﺮ ‪ ،‬ﮔﺎﻫﻰ ﻓﺼﻞ ﻣﻰ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻰ ﻭﺻﻞ ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻓﺌﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻗﻠﻮﺏ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﺒﺘﺶ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺤﺐ ﻟﻰ " ﻣﺴﻄﻮﺭ ‪.‬‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻨﻴﺮﮤ ﻟﻄﻴﻔﮥ ﺻﺎﺩﻗﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻠﻢ ﺧﻔﻰ ﮐﻠﻤﮥ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﮐﮥ " َ ُ ‪‬‬

‫ﺣﺐ ﻣﺸﺘﻌﻞ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻫﻢ ﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﻣﻰ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﻫﻢ ﻣﻰ ﺳﻮﺯﺍﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﺩﻭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺭﺣﻤﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ .‬ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻣﺰﻳﻦ ‪ .‬ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻥ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺍﻓﺌﺪﮤ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﺎﺋﺶ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﺑﮥ ﻳﮏ ﻓﺆﺍﺩ ‪ ،‬ﺍﺭﮐﺎﻧﺸﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﺣﺐ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺣﻖ ﺑﻪ ﻳﮏ‬ ‫ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻳﮏ ﺭﮐﻦ ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺘﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻟﺴﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﻮﻟﻰ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﻠﻤﮥ ﻋﻠﻴﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﺷﺪ ‪ " :‬ﺍﻭﻟﻴﺎﻯ ّ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺪﺱ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺩﺳﺖ ﺁﺧﺬﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻳﮏ ِﺭﺟﻞ ﻗﺎﺋﻢ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻳﮏ ﭘﺮ ﻃﺎﺋﺮ " ‪ .‬ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ّ‬

‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ِﻟﻠﻔﺎﺋﺰﻳﻦ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﺻﻒ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪.‬‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪١٠٩‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻤﺔ‬ ‫ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ ﺷﻬﺮ ّ‬

‫‪ ٢٧‬ﮊﻭﺋﻦ‬

‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬

‫ﺁﺳﻤﺎﻥ ﮔﻮﺍﻩ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻰ ﺍﻭ ﻭ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻫﺎ ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻭ ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻩ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺳﺰﺍﻭﺍﺭ ﻭ‬

‫ﺿﺮ ﻭ ﻧﻔﻊ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ .‬ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﺑﻦ ﻣﺮﻳﻢ‬ ‫ﻣﺼﻠﺤﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ .‬ﭼﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺳﺒﺐ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻋﻠﻢ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﻣﻨﺎﺟﺎﺕ َ َ‬ ‫ﺗﻌﻠﻢ ﻣﺎ ﻓﻰ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﻭ ﻻ َ َ ُ‬ ‫ﻣﻊ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﻰ ﮐﻨﺪ ‪ " :‬ﺍﻧﺖ َ َ ُ‬

‫ﺳﻤﻮ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻮ ﻭ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ﻣﻰ ﻃﻠﺒﻴﻢ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺗﻘﺎء ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺎ ِﻋﻨﺪﮎ " ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ّ‬

‫ﻣﻘﺪﺭ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﻘﺮﺏ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻘﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ ّ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻋﻄﺎ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺳﺒﺐ ّ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﮐﻠ‪‬ﺸﻰ‪ ‬ﻗﺪﻳﺮ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻻﺟﺎﺑﺔ َﺟﺪﻳﺮ ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﻧﻪ َ ٰ‬

‫ﺹ ‪١١٠‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻤﺔ‬ ‫ﭘﻨﺠﻢ ﺷﻬﺮ ّ‬

‫‪ ٢٨‬ﮊﻭﺋﻦ‬

‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬

‫ﺗﻔﮑﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺎﺭﻯ ﺷﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﻠﻤﮥ ﺑﺪﻳﻌﮥ ﻣﻠﻴﺤﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻣﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻠﻢ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﻳﺤﺐ‬ ‫ﻳﺤﺐ َ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻮﻃﻦ ﺑﻞ ِ َ‬ ‫ﻟﻴﺲ ﺍﻟﻔﺨﺮ ِ َ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻣﻰ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ‪َ َ " :‬‬ ‫ﻟﻤﻦ ُ ِ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻟﻤﻦ ُ ِ ‪‬‬

‫ﻟﻌﻤﺮﻯ َﻗﺪ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ " ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻓﺘﻨﻪ ﻭ ﻓﺴﺎﺩ ﻭ ﻧﺰﺍﻉ ﻭ ﺟﺪﺍﻝ ﺧﻠﻖ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ‪َ َ ،‬‬

‫ُِ‬ ‫ﻻﻣﺮ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻔﺼﻴﻞ ﺫﮐﺮ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺡ ﮐﻔﺎﻳﺖ ﺁﻥ ﻧﻨﻤﺎﻳﺪ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺧﻠﻖ ِ َ ٍ‬ ‫ﺿﻞ ﻫﺎﺩﻳﴼ ﻭ ِ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻣﮑﺮﻭﺏ‬ ‫ﻟﮑﻞ‬ ‫ﻳﺎ‬ ‫ﻟﻤﻦ َ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ‪ُ ،‬ﮐﻦ ِ َ‬ ‫ٍ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻻﺭﺍﺿﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻮﺩ ُﻓﺮﺍﺗﴼ ﻭ ِ َ‬

‫ﺣﻖ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻓﺌﺪﮤ ﺍﻫﻞ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻓﺮﺟﴼ ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻋﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺍﺷﺘﻌﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﺒﺖ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫َ​َ‬

‫ﮐﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺁﻥ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﮐﻤﺎﻝ ﺳﻌﻰ ﻭ ﺍﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻓﺮﻭﺯ ﻧﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﻤﺶ ﺗﺎ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺍﺗﺤﺎﺩ ﺍﺣﺒﺎﺏ ﻣﺼﺮﻭﻑ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ ‪ .‬ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺣﻴﻒ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻧﻔﻮﺳﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺣﻤﻞ ﺷﺪﺍﺋﺪ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻣﺤﻞ ﺷﻤﺎﺗﺖ ﺍﻫﻞ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﮔﺸﺘﻪﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﻣﺤﺠﻮﺏ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪١١١‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻤﺔ‬ ‫ﺷﺸﻢ ﺷﻬﺮ ّ‬

‫‪ ٢٩‬ﮊﻭﺋﻦ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﺑﺤﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﻓﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺑﺴﻤﻰ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺎﺝ ُ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺬﻯ ﺑﻪ َ‬

‫ﺍﻭﻝ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﺑﻴﺪﺍﺭ ﺷﺪﻯ ﻭ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﻳﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺪ ِ ّ‬ ‫ﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺴﻤﺎﺕ ﺳﺤﺮﻯ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ّ‬

‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ‬ ‫ﻣﺴﻨﺪﻩ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﮔﻤﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﻨﺘﻈﺮ ّ‬ ‫ﺧﺸﺒﻬﺎﻯ ُ َ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﮔﺸﺘﻰ ‪ .‬ﭼﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﺯ َ َ‬

‫ﻣﺠﻠﻰ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ‪ ،‬ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﺷﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺟﺰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﺷﺮﺍﻕ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻭ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻻﻳﻖ ﻧﺎﺭ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻨﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻟﺬﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺎﺭ َﻫﻮﻯ ﻣﺤﺘﺮﻕ ﻭ ﻓﺎﻧﻰ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ ِﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﻰ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ﮐﻪ‬

‫ﺷﺠﺮﮤ ﻳﺎﺑﺴﻪ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻧﺎﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ .‬ﻳﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﺍ‪ ‬ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺎﻣﻰ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﻮﻯ ﮐﻪ ﺷﺌﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻤﺴﮑﴼ ﺑﺤﺒﻠﻰ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﻣﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﺗﺮﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺼﺮﺕ ﺍﻣﺮ ﻣﻨﻊ ﻧﻨﻤﺎﻳﺪ ‪ُ .‬ﮐﻦ ﺫﺍﮐﺮﴽ ﺑﺎﺳﻤﻰ ﻭ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ِ‬ ‫ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻣﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻴﻊ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﻗﺎﺋﻤﴼ َ ٰ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪١١٢‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻤﺔ‬ ‫ﻫﻔﺘﻢ ﺷﻬﺮ ّ‬

‫‪ ٣٠‬ﮊﻭﺋﻦ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﻟﺪﻯ ﺑﺎﺏ ﻋﻈﻤﺘﻰ ‪ ،‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺋﺰ ﺑﻠﻘﺎﺋﻰ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻬﺎ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ﻳﺎ ‪َ ‬‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻢ َ ٰ‬

‫ﻋﻠﻮ‬ ‫ﻗﻠﻢ‬ ‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺎﺭﻯ ﺷﺪ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻰ ﮔﺸﺘﻨﺪ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺩﺭ ﮐﻤﺎﻝ ّ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﻣﺤﺒﺘﺶ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﻭ ﻟﮑﻦ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ﻣﻨﺴﻮﺑﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻗﺮﻯ ﺑﻪ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻣﻰ ﺷﺪ ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﻀﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻣﺪﺍﻳﻦ ﻭ ٰ‬

‫ﺍﻧﻪ‬ ‫ﺗﺎﺭﮐﻨﺪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻣﺄﻣﻮﺭﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻋﺎﻣﻠﻨﺪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻧﻬﻰ ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ ‪ّ .‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻔﻖ ﺍﻟﮑﺮﻳﻢ ‪ .‬ﻫﺮ ﻋﻤﻠﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺛﺮﻯ‬ ‫َﻳ َ ُ‬ ‫ﻳﺮﻯ ﻭ َ ُ ُ‬ ‫ﺎﺭ ُ ُ‬ ‫ﻳﺴﺘﺮ ﻭ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟّﺴّﺘ ُ‬ ‫ﺴﻤﻊ ﻭ َ ٰ‬

‫ﺣﻖ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻣﺮ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ‬ ‫ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻫﺮ ﮐﻠﻤﻪﺍﻯ ﺭﺍ ﺛﻤﺮﻯ ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﺍ‪ ‬ﺍﻭﻟﻴﺎﻯ ّ‬

‫ﻟﺪﻯ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻣﺬﮐﻮﺭ ﮐﻤﺎﻝ ﺟﻬﺪ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺒﺬﻭﻝ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺷﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﻴﺎﮐﻞ ُﻣﻘﺒﻠﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺛﻮﺍﺏ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﮤ‬ ‫َ​َ‬

‫ﻣﺒﺎﺭﮐﮥ‬ ‫ﻣﺰﻳﻦ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﻘﻮﻯ ّ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪١١٣‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻤﺔ‬ ‫ﻫﺸﺘﻢ ﺷﻬﺮ ّ‬

‫‪ ١‬ﮊﻭﺋﻴﻪ‬

‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬

‫ﻳﮏ ﮐﻠﻤﻪ ﺑﻴﻔﺴﺮﺩ ﻭ ُﺍﺧﺮﻯ ﻣﺸﺘﻌﻞ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ‪ .‬ﻗﺴﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻓﻖ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﮐﻪ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺳﻄﺮﻯ ﺍﺯ‬

‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﻣﮑﻨﻮﻥ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻪ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﻮﺩ ّ‬ ‫ﮐﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺑﮕﺬﺭﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺤﺮ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ّ‬

‫ﻣﺘﻮﺟﻪ ﻭ ﺗﻔﺼﻴﻞ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺩﺭ ﻟﻮﺣﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺡ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻤﺎء‬ ‫ﺣﺎﻝ ﻭﺟﻪ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻻ ﻣﺬﻫﺒﻰ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﮐﻪ ﻗﺎﺋﺪ ﺍﻭﻫﺎﻡ ﺑﻪ ﮐﻤﺎﻝ ﺳﻄﻮﺕ‬ ‫ﻣﺸﻴﺖ ﻧﺎﺯﻝ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ِﻟﻠﻔﺎﺋﺰﻳﻦ ‪ .‬ﺣﺎﻝ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻭ ﺟﻨﻮﺩ ﻇﻨﻮﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺟﻬﺎﺕ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻭ ﺿﻌﻒ ﻭ ﺳﺴﺘﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﮐﺎﻥ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺳﺎﺭﻯ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺁﻥ‬ ‫ﻗﻮﺕ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺸﺘﻌﻞ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ‪َ .‬ﻣﻊ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺫﮐﺮ ﺷﺪ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺟﻨﺎﺏ ﺑﻪ ّ‬ ‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻫﺴﺖ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﻭ ﺍﺧﺬ ﻭ ﻋﻄﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺒﻀﮥ ﺍﻗﺘﺪﺍﺭ ّ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻟﻠﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺣﮑﻤﺖ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺎﺭ ﮐﻠﻤﻪ ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ ﮐﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﻫﺮ ﮐﻠﻤﻪ ﮐﻪ ِ ّ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺒﺘﻪ ﺍﻭﺭﺍﻕ ﻭ ﺍﺛﻤﺎﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺍﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﺑﮥ ﺷﺠﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ّ ،‬‬ ‫ﺹ ‪١١٤‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻤﺔ‬ ‫ﻧﻬﻢ ﺷﻬﺮ ّ‬

‫‪ ٢‬ﮊﻭﺋﻴﻪ‬

‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬

‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﻣﻨﻄﻮﻯ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﮐﺜﺮ ﻧﺎﺱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺴﺮﺍﻥ ُﻣﺒﻴﻦ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻋﻨﻘﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﻳﻦ ّ‬

‫ﺳﻠﺴﺒﻴﻞ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻰ ﭘﺎﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﻳﺎﺑﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﻫﺮ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ‬ ‫ﺟﻬﺪ ﻧﻤﺎ ﺗﺎ ُﻣﺸﺘﻰ ﺗﺮﺍﺏ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ِ‬

‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ‬ ‫ﻗﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﺎﻟﮏ ﺷﻮﺩ ﭼﻴﺰﻯ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭﺍﻡ ﻣﻠﮏ ﻭ ﻣﻠﮑﻮﺕ ﺑﺎﻗﻰ ﻭ ﭘﺎﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﺎﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺠﻨﻮﺩ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻧﻔﻮﺳﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻮﻡ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺷﻨﺎﺧﺘﻨﺪ ‪ُ .‬ﻗﻞ َ َ‬ ‫ﻔﻮﻑ ﻭ ﺍﻻﻋﻼﻡ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺼ ُ‬ ‫ﺍﻋﺮﺽ َﻋﻦ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻟ ّ‬ ‫ﺭﺏ ﺍﻻﺭﺑﺎﺏ ؟ َ َ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ َﻣﻦ َ َ َ‬ ‫ﺍﻻﺣﺰﺍﺏ ﻭ َ َ‬ ‫ﻓﺎﺳ‪‬ﻞ‬ ‫ﻓﺮﺡ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺜﮑﻠﻰ؟ َ ‪ِ ‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﮑﺴﺮﻯ ﻭ ُ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ُ‬ ‫ﺍﻻﮐﺎﻟﻴﻞ ﻭ ﺍﻻﻋﺮﺍﺵ ؟ ُﻗﻞ َ َ‬ ‫َ َ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻧﻮﺡ ‪ٰ ‬‬ ‫ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻰ ِ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻥ ُﻳ َ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﺎﻣﻪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻮﻓ َﻖ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫ﺍ‪َ ِ َ‬‬ ‫ﻟﻈﻬﻮﺭﻩ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ َ َ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﮑﻞ َ ٰ‬

‫ِ‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺮﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻳﺰ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻢ ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺖ‬ ‫ﺛﻨﺎ‪‬ﻪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ِ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ِ‬ ‫َُ‪‬‬ ‫ﺫﮐﺮﻩ ﻭ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻳﺆﻳ َﺪﻫﻢ َ ٰ‬

‫ﺣﻖ ﻧﺎﻃﻖ ﺷﻮﻯ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺸﺘﻌﻞ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﺣﻴﻦ ﮐﻮﺛﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺖ ﺑﺨﺸﺪ ﺗﺎ َﻣﻦ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺰﻳﻦ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬ ‫َﻋ َﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺭﺽ ﺍﺯ ِﺭﺟﺲ ﻇﻨﻮﻥ ﻭ ﺍﻭﻫﺎﻡ‬ ‫ﻣﻄﻬﺮ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮﺍﺯ ﻋﻠﻢ ﻭ ﻳﻘﻴﻦ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺹ ‪١١٥‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻤﺔ‬ ‫ﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮ ّ‬

‫‪ ٣‬ﮊﻭﺋﻴﻪ‬

‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬

‫ﺣﻖ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﻭ ﺷﺄﻧﻰ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺷﺌﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺟﺒﺎﺑﺮﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻓﺮﺍﻋﻨﻪ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﺎﻯ ّ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﻣﻰ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻠﻤﺎﻯ ُﻣﻨﮑﺮﻳﻦ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﻣﻰ ﺑﻪ ُﻣﻌﺮﺿﻴﻦ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻧﺎﻣﻴﺪﻩ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬

‫ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﮐﻮﺛﺮ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﻣﻨﻊ ﻧﻨﻤﺎﻳﺪ ‪ .‬ﻫﺮ ﭼﻪ ﺍﻣﺮ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺑﺰﺭﮒ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻼﻳﺎ ﻭ ﻣﺤﻦ ﺍﻭ‬

‫ﺑﺰﺭﮒ ﻭ ﻟﮑﻦ ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺑﻼﻳﺎ ﻭ ﻣﺤﻦ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻧﻤﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺳﻤﺎء ﻓﻀﻞ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺤﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺮﻯ ﻃﻠﻌﺔ‬ ‫ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺖ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻬﺘﻰ ﮐﺆﻭﺱ ﺑﻼﻳﺎ ﻭ ﺭﺯﺍﻳﺎ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻬﺔ ُ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﺍﺑﻬﻰ ﺑﺎ َ ِ‬ ‫ﻳﺪ ﺑﻴﻀﺎ ﮐﻮﺛﺮ ﺑﻘﺎ ﻋﻄﺎ ﻣﻰ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ َﻧﻌﻴﻖ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺭﺣﻴﻖ ﻫﻢ ﺟﺎﺭﻯ ﻭ ﺳﺎﺭﻯ ‪.‬‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪١١٦‬‬

‫ﻳﺎﺯﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﺮﺣﻤﺔ‬

‫‪ ٤‬ﮊﻭﺋﻴﻪ‬

‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬

‫ﺣﻖ ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﺷﻤﺎﺗﺖ ﻣﻌﺮﺿﻴﻦ ﻭ ﺍﻧﮑﺎﺭ ﻣﻨﮑﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﺤﺰﻭﻥ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﻴﺪ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﺑﮕﻮ ﺍﻯ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﺎﻯ ّ‬ ‫ﺟﻞ ﺟﻼﻟﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺨﺺ ﻧﺎﺩﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ّ‬ ‫ﻻﻳﺰﺍﻝ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺑﺮ ّ‬ ‫ﺣﻘ ّﻴﺖ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻣﻮﺭ َﻟﻢ َ َﻳﺰﻝ ﻭ َ‬

‫ﻏﺎﻓﻞ ﺟﺎﻫﻠﻰ ﮐﻠﻤﮥ ﻧﺎﻻﻳﻘﻰ ﺍﺻﻐﺎ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﺑﺄﺳﻰ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻭ ﻭ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺑﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﻭﺳﺖ ﻋﻨﻘﺮﻳﺐ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻨﺎ ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﻭ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺍﺯ ﮐﻮﺛﺮ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺭﺣﻤﻦ ﻣﻰ ﺁﺷﺎﻣﻴﺪ ﻭ ﮐﻠﻤﮥ "‬

‫ﻣﻘﺮﺑﻴﻦ ﮐﻪ ﻃﺎﺋﻒ ﺣﻮﻝ‬ ‫ﻣﻨﻰ " ﺍﺻﻐﺎ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﻴﻦ َ َ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﮑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻼﺋﮑﮥ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺘﻢ ِ ّ‬

‫ِ‬ ‫ﺳﻴﺪﻯ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩﻯ ﻭ ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺑﻰ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻤﻮﺍﺕ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺏ َﻣﻦ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟّﺴ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫َ‬

‫ﻣﺤﺒﺘﺖ‬ ‫ﺳﺐ ﻭ ﻃﻌﻦ ﻭ ﻟﻌﻦ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻻﺭﺽ ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﺑﺤﺮ ﺟﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺷﻤﺲ ﻓﻀﻞ ﺗﻮ ﺳﺎﺋﻠﻢ ﮐﻪ ﺻﺪ ﻫﺰﺍﺭ َ ّ‬

‫ﺍﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء " ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﻮﺩ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺸﻨﻮﻡ ﻭ ﻳﮑﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﻮﺵ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺻﻐﺎﻯ ﮐﻠﻤﮥ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﮏ ﺍﻧﺖ ِﻣﻦ ِ‬ ‫ﺍﺣﻠﻰ " ّ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪١١٧‬‬

‫‪ ٥‬ﮊﻭﺋﻴﻪ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻤﺔ‬ ‫ﺩﻭﺍﺯﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮ ّ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﺒﻴﺮ‬ ‫ﺑﺴﻤﻰ‬ ‫ِّ‬

‫ﻳﺎ ﻓﻴﺾ ﺍ‪ ، ‬ﻟﺴﺎﻥ ﻓﻀﻞ ﻣﻰ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ‪ :‬ﺍﺑﺮ ﺭﺣﻤﺖ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺤﺎﺏ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺖ ﺍﻣﻄﺎﺭ‬

‫ﻣﮑﺮﻣﺖ ﺟﺎﺭﻯ ‪ .‬ﻧﻴﮑﻮﺳﺖ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺍﺯ ﻓﻴﺾ ﻓّﻴﺎﺽ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻰ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ﻧﻤﺎﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺪﻭﺭﺍﺕ ﻭ ﺍﺣﺰﺍﻥ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻓﺎﺭﻍ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﺍ‪ ‬ﻗﻠﻮﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﻓﺮﺡ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺮﺓ ﺑﻌﺪ َ ّ ٍ‬ ‫ﻣﺮﺓ ﺁﺷﺎﻣﻴﺪﻯ ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﺍ‪ ‬ﺑﺮ ﺣﻔﻆ‬ ‫ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﮐﺄﺱ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺭﺣﻤﻦ َ ّ ً‬

‫ﺟﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ‬ ‫ﮐﻞ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﻻﺯﻡ ﻭ ﻭﺍﺟﺐ ﺁﻧﮑﻪ ﮐﻤﺎﻝ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺆﻳﺪ ﺑﺎﺷﻰ ‪ .‬ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺑﺮ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ّ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﻋﻈﻤﻰ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ‬ ‫ﻋﻄﻴﮥ‬ ‫ﺟﻬﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺤﺼﻴﻞ ﺭﺿﺎﻯ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﻣﺼﺮﻭﻑ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻌﻤﺖ ﮐﺒﺮﻯ ﻭ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﺣﻖ ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﺍ‪‬‬ ‫ﻣﺸﻴﺖ ّ‬ ‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﻧﺸﻮﺩ ﻣﮕﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻨﺎﻯ ﻣﺤﺾ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺮﻩ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺷﺎﮐﺮ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﮐﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺭﺿﺎ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻮﻓﻖ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻤﺎ َ َ َ ُ‬

‫ﺹ ‪١١٨‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻤﺔ‬ ‫ﺳﻴﺰﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮ ّ‬

‫‪ ٦‬ﮊﻭﺋﻴﻪ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﻣﺘﺤﻴﺮ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻰ ﺣﻴﻦ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺭﺍ ﺍﺩﺭﺍﮎ‬ ‫ﻟﻌﻤﺮ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻫﺮ ﺫﻯ ﺩﺭﺍﻳﺖ ﻭ ﺫﻯ ﺍﻧﺼﺎﻓﻰ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫َ​َ ُ‬

‫ﮐﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺖ‬ ‫ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻰ َﻟﻪ ﺁﮔﺎﻩ ﻧﺸﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ ﺍﮔﺮ ﻣﻰ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ ّ‬ ‫ﻧﻨﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻤﺎ َ َ‬

‫ﻟﻨﺎﺱ " ﻣﺤﺠﻮﺏ ﻭ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺍ ّ‬ ‫ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺑﺮ ﺧﺪﻣﺖ ﺍﻣﺮﺵ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ " ﻳﻮﻡ َ ُ‬

‫ﻟﻌﻤﺮﮎ ﭘﺴﺘﻰ ﺧﻠﻖ ﻭ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺎﻣﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻗﻠﻢ‬ ‫ﺍﻭﻫﺎﻣﺎﺕ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ ‪َ َ .‬‬

‫ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻰ ﻧﻄﻖ ﻧﻨﻤﻮﺩﻩ ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﺭﺍﺩﮤ ﻣﻬﻴﻤﻨﻪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ َ َ‬ ‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻟﺤﻦ ﺧﻮﺩ َ ٰ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ِ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺎﻣﻞ‬ ‫ﺷﻖ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺍﺑﺼﺎﺭ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﺸﻴﺖ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﻩ َ ِ‬ ‫ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻪ ﺣﺠﺒﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺧﺮﻕ ﻭ ّ‬

‫ﻗﻮﮤ ﺑﺎﺻﺮﻩ ﻭ ﺳﺎﻣﻌﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻳﻮﻡ‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﻭ ﺁﺫﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺻﻐﺎ ‪ .‬ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻪ ّ‬

‫ﺧﻠﻖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺗﺎﺯﻩ ﺑﻌﻀﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻰ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭﻫﺎﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻫﻞ ﻓﺮﻗﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺣﻘﻰ ﮐﻪ ﻻﺯﺍﻝ َﺍﻣﺎﻡ ﻭﺟﻮﻩ ﺍﻋﺪﺍ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻭ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﮑﻠﻤﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻇﻠﻢ ﻭ ﻏﻔﻠﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺎﻣﻰ ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻩ ّ‬

‫ﺑﺎﻫﺮ ﻭ ﻗﺎﺋﻢ ﻭ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻝ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﮐﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻭ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻤﺎء ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺶ ﻧﺎﺯﻝ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻔﻰ ﻣﻰ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﮔﻤﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﺆﻣﻦ ﻭ ﻣﻮّﺣﺪﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺹ ‪١١٩‬‬

‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬

‫ﺣﻖ ﻣﻰ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﺤﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﺁﻳﺎ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﻏﺎﻓﻠﻪ ﺑﻪ ﭼﻪ‬ ‫ﺫﺭﺍﺕ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻤﺴﮑﻨﺪ؟ َ َ‬ ‫ﻟﻬﻢ ﺍ‪ . ‬ﺍﺯ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ّ‬ ‫ﺧﺬ َ ُ‬

‫ﻃﻠﺒﻴﻢ ﻧﻔﻮﺳﻰ ﻣﺒﻌﻮﺙ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺣﻼﻭﺕ ﺍﻣﺮ ﻭ ﺣﻼﻭﺕ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻋﻈﻤﺖ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﺎﺑﻨﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻇﻞ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻭ ﻋﺎﻟﻤﻴﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺎﺭﻍ ﻭ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﻫﺮ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺩﺭ ّ‬

‫ﺣﻖ ﻣﻰ‬ ‫ﺳﺪﺭﻩ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻣﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﻧﻪ ‪ ،‬ﺗﺎ ﭼﻪ ﺭﺳﺪ ﺑﻪ ِﮐﺮﻡ ﺷﺐ ﺗﺎﺏ ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ّ‬

‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺣﮑﻤﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﻃﻠﺒﻴﻢ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺄﻧﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻟﻴﺎﻟﻰ ﻭ ّ‬

‫ﺑﻪ ﺍﻓﻖ ﺭﺣﻤﻦ ﺩﻋﻮﺕ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺄﺱ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺖ ﺑﻨﻮﺷﺎﻧﻴﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺖ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ‬ ‫ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻧﺰﺩ ﻏﻨﻰ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﻣﺬﮐﻮﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪.‬‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪١٢٠‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻤﺔ‬ ‫ﭼﻬﺎﺭﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮ ّ‬

‫‪ ٧‬ﮊﻭﺋﻴﻪ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﺭﺑﺎﻧﻰ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻧﻔﻮﺳﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺫﺍﻥ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻣﻨﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺻﻐﺎ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﻧﺸﻮﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﮐﻮﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ّ‬

‫ﺗﻐﺮﺩﺍﺕ ﻋﻨﺎﺩﻝ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻥ ﭼﻪ ﺍﺻﻐﺎ ﮐﻨﺪ ؟‬ ‫ﻇﻬﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﺻﻨﻌﺖ ﺻﻤﺪﺍﻧﻰ ﭼﻪ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﮐﺮ ﺍﺯ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺸﻬﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻓﺮﺍﺕ ﻣﻌﺎﻧﻰ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﻟﺴﺎﻥ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻇﺎﻫﺮﴽ ﺑﺎﻫﺮﴽ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻧﺎﻃﻖ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻓﻖ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﮐﻞ‬ ‫ﻧﻴﺮ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﻗﻠﻢ‬ ‫ﻣﻊ ﺫﻟﮏ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻓﻖ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ُﻣﺸﺮﻕ ﻭ ﻻﺋﺢ ‪َ َ ،‬‬ ‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺎﺭﻯ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﺍﺣﺮﻑ ِ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ﻭﺟﻪ ﺭﺑ‪‬ﮏ ‪ ،‬ﻳﻌﻨﻰ ﻧﻔﻮﺳﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺣﻴﻖ ﻣﺨﺘﻮﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﻢ ﻗﻴﻮﻡ‬ ‫ﻏﺎﻓﻞ ّﺍﻻ ِ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻋﺪﺓ َ‬ ‫ﺟﻨﻮﺩ ﺭﺑ‪‬ﮏ ﻭ ﻻ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﻬﻢ‬ ‫ﺁﺷﺎﻣﻴﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﮐﻮﺛﺮ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻥ ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺏ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﮔﺸﺘﻨﺪ ‪‬‬ ‫ُ‬

‫ﺟﻨﻮﺩ ﺭﺑ‪‬ﮏ ّﺍﻻ ﻫﻮ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻳﻌﻠﻢ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َ َ ُ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪١٢١‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻤﺔ‬ ‫ﭘﺎﻧﺰﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮ ّ‬

‫‪ ٨‬ﮊﻭﺋﻴﻪ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﺍﺯﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺴﺎﺟﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺮ‬ ‫ﺑﮕﻮ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺣﺰﺏ ﺷﻴﻌﻪ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺗﻔﮑﺮ ﻧﻤﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻫﺰﺍﺭ ﻭ ﺩﻭﻳﺴﺖ ﺳﻨﻪ ﻭ َ َ‬

‫ﺟﻞ ﺟﻼﻟﻪ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ ﻭ ﻫﺮ ﺣﺰﺑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺣﺰﺍﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺒﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻤﺴﮏ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﻤﻰ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻨﺎﺑﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺫﮐﺮ ّ‬

‫ﺳﺐ ﻭ ﻟﻌﻦ ﻳﮑﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻋﻠﻢ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﻤﺎء‬ ‫ﻣﺘﺸﺒﺚ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻟﻴﺎﻟﻰ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻣﮑﻠﻢ ﻃﻮﺭ‬ ‫ﻧﻴﺮ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻭ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻓﻀﻞ ﻭ ﺍﻓﻘﻪ ﺍﻫﻞ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻤﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺍﻓﻖ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺑﻪ ّ‬

‫ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻋﺮﺍﺽ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺮ ﻗﻄﻊ‬ ‫ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻭ ﻧﺎﻃﻖ ّ‬ ‫ﮐﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻭ ﺟﺎﻫﻞ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻨﻴﻦ ّ ّ‬

‫ﺗﻔﮑﺮ ﻧﻤﺎ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺼﺎﻑ‬ ‫ﻟﻠﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺛﻤﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺁﻥ ﺣﺰﺏ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻪ‬ ‫ﻓﺘﻮﻯ ﺩﺍﺩﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﺑﮕﻮ ِ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺳﺪﺭﮤ ّ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺩﻩ ‪َ .‬ﻣﻄﻠﻊ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﻭ َﻣﺸﺮﻕ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻊ ﺭﺣﻤﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﮐﻔﺮ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺩﺍﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺮ ﻣﻨﺎﺑﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻮﺣﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻨﺘﻬﻰ ﺻﻴﺤﻪ ﺯﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻫﻞ ﻓﺮﺩﻭﺱ‬ ‫ﮔﻔﺘﻨﺪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺳﺪﺭﮤ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﺹ ‪١٢٢‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻤﺔ‬ ‫ﺷﺎﻧﺰﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮ ّ‬

‫‪ ٩‬ﮊﻭﺋﻴﻪ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﺣﺠﺘﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺰﺭﮒ ﻭ ﺑﺮﻫﺎﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺧﺎﺗﻢ ﺍﻧﺒﻴﺎء ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺖ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻣﺮ ّ‬

‫ﺍﻵﻳﺘﻴﻦ " ‪ ،‬ﻳﻌﻨﻰ ﭘﻴﺮ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻣﺮﺍ ﺩﻭ ﺁﻳﻪ ﮐﻪ ﻫﺮ ﺩﻭ ﻣﺸﻌﺮ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺖ‬ ‫" َ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺷﻴﺒﺘﻨﻰ َ‬

‫ﺑﺮ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﻣﻰ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ‪ِ َ َ " :‬‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺮﺕ " ‪ .‬ﺣﺎﻝ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ‬ ‫ﻓﺎﺳﺘﻘﻢ َﮐﻤﺎ ُ ِ َ‬

‫ﺍﻭﻝ ﺟﻮﺍﻧﻰ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ‬ ‫ﺭﺏ‬ ‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ( ﺩﺭ ّ‬ ‫ﻓﺮﻣﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﺪﺭﮤ ﺭﺿﻮﺍﻥ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻰ ) ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ّ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺗﺒﻠﻴﻎ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ﻭ ﭼﻪ ﻗﺪﺭ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺟﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﺣﺪﻳّﺖ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ َﻣﻦ‬

‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺭﺽ ﺑﺮ ﻣﻨﻌﺶ ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻡ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺣﺎﺻﻠﻰ ﻧﺒﺨﺸﻴﺪ ‪ .‬ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺍﻳﺬﺍء ﺑﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺳﺪﺭﮤ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺣﺒﺶ ﻣﺸﺘﻌﻞ ﺗﺮ ﻣﻰ ﺷﺪ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﻘﺮﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﺿﺢ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﻰ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻧﺪ ﺷﻮﻗﺶ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﻭ ﻧﺎﺭ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺘﺎﻓﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺍﺣﺪﻯ ﺍﻧﮑﺎﺭ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ‪ .‬ﺗﺎ ﺁﻥ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎﻻﺧﺮﻩ ﺟﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺧﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻓﻴﻖ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺭﺏ ﺍﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺕ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ّ‬

‫ﺹ ‪١٢٣‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻤﺔ‬ ‫ﻫﻔﺪﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮ ّ‬

‫‪ ١٠‬ﮊﻭﺋﻴﻪ‬

‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬

‫ﺗﻔﮑﺮ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻘﻴﻦ ﻣﺒﻴﻦ ﺑﺪﺍﻧﺪ‬ ‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻣﻨﺼﻔﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﻠﻤﮥ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﮐﻪ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﺣﻖ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻧﻪ ﻣﺤﺎﻁ ‪ ،‬ﺯﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﺩﺭﺍﮎ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺒﻀﮥ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﺍﻭﺳﺖ ‪ .‬ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﻣﻰ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ‪:‬‬ ‫ﮐﻪ ّ‬ ‫ﺗﮑﻠﻢ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻩ ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺭﻭﺯ‬ ‫ﺍﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺑﺪﻳﻦ " ‪ .‬ﻣﺰﺍﺡ ﻧﻨﻤﻮﺩﻩ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺎ ّ ُ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﻰ َ َ‬ ‫" ّ‬

‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺼﺮ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻰ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﺑﺼﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪.‬‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻟﻌﻤﺮ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﻣﻨﺼﻔﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﻠﻤﮥ ﻧﻘﻄﮥ‬ ‫ﻭﻳﻞ ِﻟﻠﻐﺎﻓﻠﻴﻦ ‪ُ َ َ .‬‬ ‫ﻟﺒﺎﺱ ﺷﻨﺎﺧﺖ ﻭ َ‬

‫ﺫﮐﺮ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻥ "‬ ‫ﺍﻭﻟﻰ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻰ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ‪ّ " :‬‬ ‫ﻳﺴﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﺷﺎﺭﺗﻰ ﻭ ﻻ ﺑﻤﺎ ُ ِ َ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﻪ ﻻ َ ُ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﺗﻔﮑﺮ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻭ ﻋﺎﻟﻤﻴﺎﻥ ﻓﺎﺭﻍ ﻭ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﮐﻨﺪ ‪.‬‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪١٢٤‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻤﺔ‬ ‫ﻫﺠﺪﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮ ّ‬

‫‪ ١١‬ﮊﻭﺋﻴﻪ‬

‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬

‫ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺷﺪﻩ ‪ ،‬ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ﻣﻨﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﮐﻮﺛﺮ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ‬

‫ﺭﺣﻤﻦ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻨﻊ ﻣﮑﻨﻴﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻗﻠﺐ ﺑﺸﺘﺎﺑﻴﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺷﺎﻳﺪ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﺍﺯ‬

‫ﺧﻠﻘﺖ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻥ ﺍﻭ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ‪ .‬ﻧﻘﻄﮥ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﻰ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ‪ :‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﻳﮏ ﺁﻳﻪ ﺑﻴﺎﻭﺭﺩ ﺍﻋﺮﺍﺽ‬ ‫ﻣﮑﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺳﺎﮐﺖ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭ ﺑﻄﻠﺒﻴﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺷﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺘﺶ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ ‪ .‬ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺟﺰﺍ ﻣﻰ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ‪ " :‬ﺍﺫﺍ َ ِ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻣﺮ ِﻣﻦ ِﻋﻨﺪﻩ ﻓﻼ ﺗﻘﻮﻟﻮﺍ ﻻ ‪ّ ،‬ﺍﻻ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺳﻤﻌﺘﻢ َ ٍ‬

‫ﮐﻞ َﻟﻪ ﻋﺎﺑﺪﻭﻥ " ‪ .‬ﺣﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺘﻢ ﺗﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ِﻣﻦ ّ‬ ‫ﮐﻠﺸﻰ‪ ‬ﻭ ﮐ ّﻞ ﺧﻠﻖ َﻟﻪ ﻭ ّ‬

‫ﺗﻔﮑﺮﻯ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺘﺐ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻭ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﮐﺮﺵ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ‪ .‬ﻫﺮ ﻣﻨﺼﻔﻰ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺗﻔﮑﺮ ﻻﺯﻡ ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺁﻥ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺍﻭﻟﻰ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﺪﺭ ﺍﺩﺭﺍﮎ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﮔﺮ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻧﺒﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﻠﻤﻪ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻧﻘﻄﮥ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﺗﮑﻠﻢ ﻧﻤﻰ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ ﮐﻪ ﻫﺮ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﻗﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺮ ﺗﺮﮐﻴﺐ ﻳﮏ ﺁﻳﻪ ﻳﺎ ﺩﻭ ﺁﻳﻪ ﻭ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺗﮑﻠﻢ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﺯﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺖ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﮥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﺎء ّ‬ ‫َ َ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪١٢٥‬‬ ‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬

‫ﻣﻰ ﻧﻮﻳﺴﻨﺪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﮐﻪ ﻋﻠﻤﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺗﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺁﻥ ﻋﺎﺟﺰ ﻭ ﻗﺎﺻﺮﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﺭﻯ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ‬ ‫ﻣﮑﻠﻢ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻭ ُﻣﺸﺮﻕ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﺿﺤﮥ ﺻﺮﻳﺤﻪ ﻧﺎﺱ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺮﺑﻴﺖ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﻖ ُ ّ‬

‫ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺒﺎﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺍﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺍﻣﺮﻯ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺳﺒﺐ ﻭ‬

‫ﻋﻠﺖ ﺧﺴﺮﺍﻥ ﺍﺑﺪﻯ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺮ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻟﻌﺐ ﺍﻃﻔﺎﻝ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻫﺮ ﻳﻮﻡ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺳﺒﺐ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺗﺸﺘﺖ ﻭ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪.‬‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪١٢٦‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻤﺔ‬ ‫ﻧﻮﺯﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮ ّ‬

‫‪ ١٢‬ﮊﻭﺋﻴﻪ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﺍﻳﺎﻣﻰ ﮐﻪ ﻗﻠﻮﺏ ﻣﻀﻄﺮﺏ ﻭ ﻓﺮﺍﺋﺺ ﻣﺮﺗﻌﺪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻈﻠﻮﻡ ﺑﻰ ﺳﺘﺮ ﻭ ﺣﺠﺎﺏ َﺍﻣﺎﻡ ﻭﺟﻮﻩ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ّ‬

‫ﺣﻖ ﺩﻋﻮﺕ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺻﺮﺍﻁ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ‪ ‬ﻭ ﭼﻮﻥ ﻓﻰ‬ ‫ﻗﺎﺋﻢ ﻭ ﻧﺎﻃﻖ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ﮐﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﺣﺪﻳﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻠﻪ ﺍﻣﺮ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻭ ﻧﻮﺭ ﻣﺸﺮﻕ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻠﻒ ﺣﺠﺎﺏ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﻴﺎﻑ ﻣﺴﻠﻮﻟﻪ ﻗﺼﺪ ﻣﻄﻠﻊ ﻧﻮﺭ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﮔﻔﺘﻨﺪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻇﺎﻟﻤﻰ ﻧﮕﻔﺖ ﻭ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻣﺸﺮﮐﻰ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﻨﺘﻬﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ‬ ‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﻭ َﺣﻔﻴﻒ ﺳﺪﺭﮤ‬ ‫ﺁﻥ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﻧﺸﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻯ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﺑﺸﻨﻮﻳﺪ ﺻﺮﻳﺮ ﻗﻠﻢ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ‬ ‫ﻭﺻﻴﺖ ﻣﻈﻠﻮﻡ َﻣﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺭﺽ ﺭﺍ ‪.....‬ﺑﮕﺬﺍﺭﻳﺪ ﺍﺳﻤﺎء ﺭﺍ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺤﺮ ﻣﻌﺎﻧﻰ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺗﮑﻠﻢ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﻫﻢ ﺑﻌﺪ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ‪ .‬ﺣﺎﻝ ﺑﻌﻀﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺣﺰﺏ ﺷﻴﻌﻪ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﺯﻳﺪ ﺛﻤﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺛﻤﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺣﺰﺏ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﻫﺰﺍﺭ ﺳﻨﻪ ﻭ َ َ‬

‫ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ‪ ....‬ﻳﺎ ﻗﻮﻡ ‪ ،‬ﺑﺸﻨﻮﻳﺪ ﻧﺪﺍﻯ ﻣﻈﻠﻮﻡ ﺭﺍ ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺧﺎﺷﺎﮐﻬﺎﻯ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺭﺍ ﻭﺍﮔﺬﺍﺭﻳﺪ‬

‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ِﻟﻠﻌﺎﻣﻠﻴﻦ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﺻﻴﺖ ﻣﻈﻠﻮﻡ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻨﺰﻩ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺫﻳﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺪﺱ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪١٢٧‬‬

‫ﺍﻭﻝ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﮑﻠﻤﺎﺕ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫‪ ١٣‬ﮊﻭﺋﻴﻪ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﺣﻤﺪ ﺳﻠﻄﺎﻥ ﻣﻘﺘﺪﺭﻯ ﺭﺍ ﻻﻳﻖ ﻭ ﺳﺰﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺣﮑﻤﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﻣﻨﻮﺭ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ‪ .‬ﻫﺮ ﺍﺳﻤﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺳﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﺎﺑﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺑﺮﮐﺖ ﻭ ﺭﺣﻤﺖ ﻭ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺖ ﻭ ﻓﻀﻞ ﻭ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺣﻔﻆ ﻭ ﻋﻄﺎ ﻭ ﺁﺛﺎﺭ ﻫﺮ ﻳﮏ ﺳﺒﺐ ﻧﻈﻢ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻭ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺍﻣﻢ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻫﺴﺖ ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﻢ ﻣﺮّﺑﻴﺶ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ‬

‫ﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﻦ " ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻩ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﺗﺮﺑﻴﺖ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﻣﺒﻴﻦ " ّ‬

‫ﮐﺒﺮﻯ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺧﻮﺩ ﮔﻤﺎﻥ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﻭ ﻟﮑﻦ ﺣﺰﺏ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻌﻤﺖ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺕ‬ ‫ﻟﻴﺲ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﻢ ﻣﺤﻴﻰ ﻧﻔﺤﮥ ﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﺩﻣﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﻢ ﻗﺪﻳﺮﺵ ﺁﺛﺎﺭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ‪َ ....‬‬

‫ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ِﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﻻﻭﻝ ﻭ ﻣﺎ ﻫﻮ ّﺍﻻ‬ ‫ّﺍﻻ ﺻﻌﻮﺩ ِﻣﻦ ﻋﺎﻟٍﻢ ﺍﻟﻰ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ﺁﺧﺮ َﺍﻟﻄﻒ ِﻣﻦ ّ‬ ‫ﻋﺎﻟﻢ َ‬ ‫ٍ‬

‫ﺟﻞ ﺟﻼﻟﻪ ﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻰ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ّ‬ ‫ﺁﺧﺮ ‪ .‬ﻣﻨﻘﻄﻌﻴﻦ ﺍﺯ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺎﻡ َ‬ ‫ٍ‬ ‫ٍ‬

‫ﻣﻘﺪﺭﻩ‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ّ‬ ‫ﺁﻣﻠﻨﺪ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺭﻭﺡ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺻﻌﻮﺩ ﻋﻨﺪﺍ‪ ‬ﺣﺎﺿﺮ ﻭ ﻃﺎﺋﻒ ﻭ ﺑﻌﺪ ّ‬

‫ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺹ ‪١٢٨‬‬

‫ﺩﻭﻡ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﮑﻠﻤﺎﺕ‬

‫‪ ١٤‬ﮊﻭﺋﻴﻪ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﺣﻖ ﻣﻰ ﻃﻠﺒﻴﻢ ﺗﺮﺍ ﻣﺆﻳّﺪ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻣﺮﻯ ﮐﻪ ﺫﮐﺮﺵ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭﺍﻡ ﻣﻠﮏ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻳﺎ ﺷﻔﻴﻊ ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ّ‬

‫ﻣﻠﮑﻮﺕ ﺑﺎﻗﻰ ﻭ ﭘﺎﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﺎﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺭﺽ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻣﻈﻠﻮﻡ ﺗﮑﺒﻴﺮ ﺑﺮﺳﺎﻥ ﮐﻪ ﺷﺎﻳﺪ‬

‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ‬ ‫ﻗﻮﺕ ﺫﮐﺮ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﺑﺎ َﭘﺮ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻰ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻮﺍء ﻣﻌﺎﻧﻰ ﻃﻴﺮﺍﻥ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ّ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﻫﻤﺘﺶ ﺭﺍ ﻃﻴﻦ ﺍﻭﻫﺎﻡ ﺍﺯ ﻃﻴﺮﺍﻥ ﻣﻨﻊ ﻧﻨﻤﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻗﻮﺍﺩﻡ ﺍﻳﻘﺎﻥ ﻗﺼﺪ ﻣﻘﺼﺪ‬ ‫ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺟﻨﺎﺡ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ‪ .‬ﺍﻯ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ‪ ،‬ﻧﺪﺍﻯ ﻣﺴﺠﻮﻥ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺍﻗﺼﻰ ﻭ ﺫﺭﻭﮤ ﻋﻠﻴﺎ ﻭ ﻏﺎﻳﺔ ﻗﺼﻮﻯ ﻭ ﺍﻓﻖ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﺗﻤﺴﮏ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﺲ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻪ ﺍﻭﺳﺖ‬ ‫ﻻﻳﺎﻡ ﺍ‪‬‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻰ ّ‬ ‫ﺑﺸﻨﻮﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻤﺎ َ َ‬ ‫ﻻﻳﻨﺒﻐﻰ ﺗﺮﻏﻴﺐ ﻣﻰ ﮐﻨﺪ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺍﻣﻮﺭﻯ ﮐﻪ ﺷﺄﻥ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺳﺘﺮ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻤﺎ َ َ‬

‫ﺹ ‪١٢٩‬‬ ‫ﺳﻮﻡ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﮑﻠﻤﺎﺕ‬

‫‪ ١٥‬ﮊﻭﺋﻴﻪ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﻃﻴﺒﮥ ﺭﺍﺿﻴﮥ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ﻣﻰ ﻃﻠﺒﻴﻢ ّ‬ ‫ﮐﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺍﺧﻼﻕ ﻭ ﮐﻠﻤﮥ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ّ‬

‫ﻣﻘﺪﺭ‪ .‬ﻣﺠﺎﺩﻟﻪ ﻭ ﻣﺤﺎﺭﺑﻪ ﻭ ﻧﺰﺍﻉ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻣﺮﺿﻴﻪ ‪ .‬ﻓﺘﺢ ﻣﺪﺍﺋﻦ ﻗﻠﻮﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻨﻮﺩ ﺍﺧﻼﻕ ﻭ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻣﺪﻥ ﻭ ﺩﻳﺎﺭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺷﺮﺍﻗﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﻓﺴﺎﺩ ّ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ﺑﻄﻠﺒﻴﺪ ُ ُ‬ ‫ﮐﻞ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﻧﻬﻰ ﺷﺪﻩ ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ّ‬

‫ﻧﻴﺮ ﺻﺪﻕ ﻭ ﻧﻮﺭ ﻋﺪﻝ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺼﺎﻑ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ﻧﻔﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺎﻧﺖ ﻭ ﺩﻳﺎﻧﺖ ﺩﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻣﺎﻧﺖ ﻭ ّ‬

‫ﻭﻳﻞ‬ ‫ﻧﻴﺮﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﻖ ﺳﻤﺎء ﻟﻮﺡ ﺍﺣﮑﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﻣﺸﺮﻕ ﻭ ﻻﺋﺢ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻋﺮﻑ ﻭ َ ٌ‬ ‫ﻟﻤﻦ َ َ َ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ِ َ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ِﻟﻠﻐﺎﻓﻠﻴﻦ ‪ .‬ﻭ‬ ‫ﻋﻤﻞ‬ ‫ﺍﺗﺤﺎﺩ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﺻﻴﺖ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﻢ ّ‬ ‫ﻟﻤﻦ َ ِ َ‬ ‫ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻕ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ﮐﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ِ َ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﻦ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺮ ﺑﻪ َﻭ َﻭﻳﻞ ِﻟﻠّﺘﺎﺭﮐﻴﻦ ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺪ ِﻟّﻠﻪ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺑﻤﺎ ُ ِ َ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪١٣٠‬‬

‫ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﮑﻠﻤﺎﺕ‬

‫‪ ١٦‬ﮊﻭﺋﻴﻪ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﻣﻘﺪﺱ ﺍﺯ ﺫﮐﺮ ﮐﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﻣﻄﻠﻊ ﺁﻳﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ ﻻﻳﻖ ﻭ ﺳﺰﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻠﻢ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺴﺨﻴﺮ‬ ‫ﺣﻤﺪ ّ‬

‫ﻇﻞ ﺍﺳﻤﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺳﻤﺎء ﺧﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺧﺖ ﻭ َﻃﻮﻋﴼ ﻭ ُﮐﺮﻫﴼ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻣﻠﻮﮎ ﻭ ﻣﻤﻠﻮﮎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ّ‬

‫ﻣﻨﺘﻬﻰ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ﮐﻞ ﺍﺣﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻌﻤﺖ ﺑﻰ‬ ‫ﻣﺄﻭﻯ ﺑﺨﺸﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﻋﻄﺎ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ‪ ،‬ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ّ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻣﻌﺬﺏ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ َﻟﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﻭﺻﻞ ﻭ ﻟﻘﺎﺳﺖ ﻭﻋﺪﻩ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻣﻨﮑﺮﺍﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻘﻤﺖ‬ ‫ﮐﺒﺮﻯ ّ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ﮐﻞ ﺍﻻﺣﻮﺍﻝ ﻭ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻐﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺎﻝ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺔ ﻓﻰ ّ‬ ‫ِ ‪‬‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺹ ‪١٣١‬‬ ‫ﭘﻨﺠﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﮑﻠﻤﺎﺕ‬

‫‪ ١٧‬ﮊﻭﺋﻴﻪ‬

‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬

‫ﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺠﺮ ﻧﻮﺭﺍﻧﻰ ﺍﻣﻄﺎﺭ ﺭﺣﻤﺖ ﻧﻴﺴﺎﻧﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺫﻥ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﺎﺭﻯ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ِّ‬

‫ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﺸﻬﻮﺩ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻣﺰﻳﻦ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﻀﻞ ﻭ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺖ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺭﺽ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ﺗﺠﺪﻳﺪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻭ ّ‬

‫ﻣﺮﺿﻴﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻨﻪ ﻭ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ‬ ‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺎﺯﻝ ﺍﺭﺍﺿﻰ ﻗﻠﻮﺏ‬ ‫ﺍﻣﻄﺎﺭ ﺭﺣﻤﺖ ﺭﺣﻤﺎﻧﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺤﺎﺏ ﻗﻠﻢ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﻣﺰﻳﻦ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﻀﻞ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺑﻰ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭﺭﺍﺩ ﻣﻌﺎﻧﻰ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺣﮑﻤﺖ ﻭ ﺗﺒﻴﺎﻥ ّ‬

‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ِﻟﻠﻌﺎﺭﻓﻴﻦ ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻌﻤﺖ ﻧﻌﻤﺘﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻫﻞ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺩﺍﻯ ﺷﮑﺮﺵ‬ ‫ﺑﺰﺭﮒ ‪،‬‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻋﺎﺟﺰ ﻭ ﻗﺎﺻﺮ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪١٣٢‬‬ ‫ﺷﺸﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﮑﻠﻤﺎﺕ‬

‫‪ ١٨‬ﮊﻭﺋﻴﻪ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﻣﻘﺪﺱ ﺍﺯ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺍﺩﺭﺍﮎ ﮐﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﺑﺴﺎﻁ ﺍﻣﻨﻊ ﺍﻗﺪﺱ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩﻯ ﺭﺍ ﻻﻳﻖ ﻭ ﺳﺰﺍﺳﺖ‬ ‫ﺣﻤﺪ ّ‬ ‫ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻳﮏ ﮐﻠﻤﮥ ﻋﻠﻴﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻭﻋﺪﻫﺎﻯ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻭﻓﺎ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ‪ .‬ﺻﺮﺍﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﻭﺍﺿﺢ ﻭ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ‬

‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ﺍﺿﻄﺮﺑﺖ‬ ‫ﻴﺤﺔ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺼﻮﺭ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺼ ُ‬ ‫ﺍﺭﺗﻔﻌﺖ ﺍﻟ ّ‬ ‫ﻧﻔﺦ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻨﺴﻮﺏ ﻭ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﮐﺎﻣﻞ ﻭ ِ ِﺑﻪ ُ ِ َ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻮﺏ ﻭ ‪ِ ‬‬ ‫ﻣﺮﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﺒﺎﻝ ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﮐﻠﻤﮥ ﻋﻠﻴﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﺭﺽ ﻭ ﺳﻤﺎ ﻫﺮ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ‬ ‫ُ ُ‬

‫ﺍﻗﺒﺎﻝ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻋﻤﻠﺶ ﻣﻘﺒﻮﻝ ﻭ ﺣﺴﺎﺑﺶ ﮐﺎﻣﻞ ﻭ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻗﻴﺎﻣﺖ ﻭ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ِﻣﻦ‬

‫ﻟﺪﻯ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻭ ﻫﻮﻳﺪﺍ ﻭ ﻫﺮ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﺍﻋﺮﺍﺽ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺫﮐﺮ ﺷﺪ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ﻭ‬ ‫َ​َ‬

‫ﺍﻟﮑﻞ ﺑﮑﻠﻤﺔ‬ ‫ﻭﺯﻥ‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‬ ‫ﺳﻴﺌﺎﺗﺶ ﺯﺍﻳﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺣﺴﻨﺎﺗﺶ ﻧﺎﻗﺺ ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ َﻣﻦ َ َ َ‬ ‫ﻣﻤﻨﻮﻉ ‪ّ ،‬‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ِ‬ ‫ِﻣﻦ ِ‬ ‫ﺍﻻﻓﺌﺪﺓ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻮﺏ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺼﺪﻭﺭ ﻭ ﻣﺎ ﮐﺎﻥ ﻣﮑﻨﻮﻧﴼ ﻓﻰ‬ ‫ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟّﻨﺸﻮﺭ ﻣﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻇﻬﺮ َ‬ ‫ﻋﻨﺪﻩ ﻭ َ َ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪١٣٣‬‬

‫ﻫﻔﺘﻢ ﺷﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﮑﻠﻤﺎﺕ‬

‫‪ ١٩‬ﮊﻭﺋﻴﻪ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬

‫ﮐﺒﺮﻯ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺄﻧﻰ ﮐﻪ ﻓﺮﺍﺋﺺ ﺍﻫﻞ‬ ‫ﻭﺻﻴﺖ ﻣﻰ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺖ‬ ‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﻗﻠﻢ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻇﻨﻮﻥ ﻭ ﺍﻭﻫﺎﻡ ِﻣﻦ َ َ ِ‬ ‫ﻧﻴﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺖ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺧﺸﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﻭﻟﻴﺎ ﻣﺮﺗﻌﺪ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺟﺒﻴﻦ ﻫﺮ ﻳﮏ ّ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻰ ﺣﻴﻦ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳَﻬﺎ ُ ُ‬ ‫ﻻﺋﺢ ﻭ ﻣﺸﺮﻕ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﻳﺎ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻓﻘﻰ ‪ٰ ،‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺒﻞ ٰ‬

‫ﺭﺍ ﺍﺩﺭﺍﮎ ﻧﻨﻤﻮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﻟﻌﺐ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﻬﺎﻯ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻟﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﮔﺎﻫﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺫﮐﺮ ﻭﺻﻰ ‪،‬‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﮔﺎﻫﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺫﮐﺮ ﻭﻟﻰ ‪ ،‬ﮔﺎﻫﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺫﮐﺮ ﻣﺮﺁﺕ ‪ ،‬ﮔﺎﻫﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺫﮐﺮ ﻧﻘﻴﺐ ﻭ ﻧﺠﻴﺐ ﻭ ﺍﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺁﻥ ‪ .‬ﺑﮕﻮ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻳﺬﮐُﺮ ّﺍﻻ ﻫﻮ ‪ .‬ﺑﮕﻮ ﺍﻯ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺴﺎﻁ ﺑﺮ ﭼﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ‪ ،‬ﻳﻮﻡ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ ،‬ﻻ ُ َ‬ ‫ﻏﺎﻓﻠﻬﺎ ‪ ،‬ﺣﺰﺏ ﺷﻴﻌﻪ ﭼﻪ ﺛﻤﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻗﻮﺍﻝ ﻭ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪﺍﻧﺪ ؟ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ‬

‫ﻫﻮﻯ ﺳﻮﺧﺖ ‪ .‬ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺍﺛﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺁﻧﮑﻪ‬ ‫ﺳﻤﻮﻣﻴﮥ ﻧﻔﺲ ﻭ‬ ‫ِﮐﺸﺘﻨﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺭﻳﺎﺡ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟّﻈﺎﻟﻤﻴﻦ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﻬﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﻋﺎَﻟﻢ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺪﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻋﺬﺍﺏ ﺷﻬﻴﺪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ‪َ .‬ﺍﻻ ﻟﻌﻨﺔ ﺍ‪َ َ ‬‬ ‫ِ‬

‫ﺣﺎﻝ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻳﮑﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺣﻔﻆ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ِﺍﺧﺒﺎﺭ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻌﺒﺪﻩ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻣﮑﺮ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺣﻴﻠﻪ ﻫﺎ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺹ ‪١٣٤‬‬

‫ﻫﺸﺘﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﮑﻠﻤﺎﺕ‬

‫‪ ٢٠‬ﮊﻭﺋﻴﻪ‬

‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬

‫ﻣﻨﺰﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻭﺻﻒ ﻭ ﺗﺒﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﻋﺎﻟﻤﻴﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻻﻳﻖ ﻭ ﺳﺰﺍﺳﺖ‬ ‫ﺣﻤﺪ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺪﺱ ﺍﺯ ﺫﮐﺮ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻭ ّ‬

‫ﮐﻪ ﻟﺌﺎﻟﻰ ﺑﺤﺮ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺭﺍ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﻋﺮﺿﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ‪ .‬ﻧﻔﻮﺳﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﺍﺑﺼﺎﺭ‬

‫ﺣﺪﻳﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﮐﻮﺛﺮ ﺁﮔﺎﻫﻰ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ‪ ،‬ﺷﻨﺎﺧﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﻥ ﻃﺎﻟﺐ ﮔﺸﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻟﮑﻦ ﺍﺑﺼﺎﺭ‬

‫ﻣﺮﻣﻮﺩﮤ ﻣﺮﻳﻀﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻣﺤﺠﻮﺏ ﻭ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ‪ ،‬ﻧﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻧﺶ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﻭ ﻧﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺧﺬﺵ ﻃﺎﻟﺐ ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ‬

‫ﻣﺘﻠﻮﻧﮥ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﺎﻉ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﻯ ﮐﻤﻴﺎﺏ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻃﻌﻤﻪ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻪ ﻭ ﺍﺷﻴﺎﻯ ﻧﻔﻴﺴﻪ ﻭ ﺯﺧﺎﺭﻑ ّ‬

‫ﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﮐﻠﻤﻪﺍﺵ ﻧﻔﻮﺳﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺑﻪ ﻋﺮﺻﮥ‬ ‫ﻣﺒﺮﺍﺳﺖ ‪ّ ِ .‬‬ ‫ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻨﺰﻩ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺪﺱ ﻭ ّ‬

‫ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻣﺪﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻫﻢ ﺷﻨﺎﺧﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻫﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﻥ ﻃﺎﻟﺐ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺻﺎﺣﺒﺎﻥ ﺑﺼﺎﺋﺮ ﻭ ﺍﺑﺼﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﺳﻤﻮ ﻣﺮﺍﺗﺐ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻮ ﻣﻘﺎﻣﺎﺕ ﻭ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﻯ ﮐﻪ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﮐﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻭ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺑﺮ ّ‬

‫ﻣﻨﻮﺭ ﻭ ﺷﻤﺲ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺕ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ‪ .‬ﺍﺭﺽ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ُﻣﻨﺒﺖ ﻭ ﺳﻤﺎء ﺑﻪ ﻧﻮﺭ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ّ‬

‫ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ُﻣﺸﺮﻕ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺍﻳﺎﺩﻯ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺧﻠﻖ ﻭ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻧﻔﻮﺳﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺭﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪١٣٥‬‬ ‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬

‫ﻣﺘﻤﺴﮑﻨﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺧﻴﺎﻟﻰ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻣﺸﻴﺖ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺍﺩﮤ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺸﻴﺖ ﺧﻮﺩ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﺰﺓ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺠﻼﻝ ﻭ ﻟﻬﻢ‬ ‫ﻫﻤﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺫﮐﺮ ﻭ ﺛﻨﺎﻯ‬ ‫ﻏﻨﻰ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﻗﺎﺋﻢ ﻭ ﻧﺎﻃﻘﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﻟﻬﻢ ّ ُ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﻀﺎﻝ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺭﺑﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻳﺰ‬ ‫ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ِﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﮐﻞ‬ ‫ﻓﻌﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﺎﻝ ﻓﻰ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮ ُ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻋﻮﺍﻟﻢ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ٍ‬

‫ﺹ ‪١٣٦‬‬

‫ﻧﻬﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﮑﻠﻤﺎﺕ‬

‫‪ ٢١‬ﮊﻭﺋﻴﻪ‬

‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬

‫ﺍﻳﺎﻣﺶ ﻭ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺧﺪﻣﺘﺶ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ﺑﻄﻠﺐ ﺑﻘﺪﺭﺕ ﮐﺎﻣﻠﮥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻧﻔﻮﺳﻰ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻻﻳﻖ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ّ‬

‫ﻭﺣﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺷﺌﻮﻥ ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺄﻥ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ﻧﻨﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﻋﻤﻞ ِ ّ‬ ‫ﻟﻠﻪ َ َ‬ ‫ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ُ َ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻣﺮﺑﻰ ﻣﻰ ﻃﻠﺒﺪ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﮐﺜﺮﻯ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻠﻖ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻎ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﻣﺬﮐﺮ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ّ‬

‫ﻟﺒﻦ َﻟﻢ‬ ‫ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﺭﺍﺿﻴﮥ‬ ‫ﻣﺮﺿﻴﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺑﻴﺖ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻭﻝ ﺍﺯ َ َ‬

‫ﻃﻴﺒﻪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ُﮐﻠﻮﺍ‬ ‫ﻳﺘﻐﻴﺮ ْ‬ ‫ﻃﻌُﻤ ُﻪ ﺑﻨﻮﺷﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻏﺬﻳﮥ ﻟﻄﻴﻔﮥ ّ‬ ‫َ​َ​َ ‪‬‬

‫ﺍﻭﻝ ﺍﻣﺮ ﮐﻠﻤﺎﺗﻰ ﺫﮐﺮ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺳﺒﺐ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺗﺸﺘﻬﻮﻥ ﺑﺮﺳﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ّ‬ ‫َ ّ‬ ‫ﻋﻤﺎ َ َ‬

‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻭ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺷﻮﻕ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﻧﺎﺭ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﺖ ﺍﻗﺒﺎﻝ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪ .‬ﻳﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺮﺍﺗﺐ ﺳﻠﻮﮎ ﻭ ّ‬

‫ﻣﻨﺘﻬﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺻﻐﺎ ﮐﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﺒﺖ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺗﺎ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺎﻣﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺣﻔﻴﻒ ﺳﺪﺭﮤ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﻗﻠﻢ‬ ‫ﻄﺮﺍﺏ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺎﺭﻯ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺗﺼﺪﻳﻖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ِﻣﻦ َ ِ‬ ‫ﻏﻴﺮ َ ٍ‬ ‫ﺭﻳﺐ ﻭ ﺍﺿ ٍ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﺹ ‪١٣٧‬‬ ‫ﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﮑﻠﻤﺎﺕ‬

‫‪ ٢٢‬ﮊﻭﺋﻴﻪ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﺟﻞ ﺟﻼﻟﻪ ﻧﻔﻮﺳﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻧﮕﻴﺰﺍﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻻﻳﻖ ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﺁﺛﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻣﻴﺪ ﻫﺴﺖ ّ‬

‫ﺣﻖ‬ ‫ﻣﺒﻠﻐﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻟﺶ ِ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ّ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ّ‬ ‫ﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺷﻮﺩ ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ّ‬

‫ﻣﺰﻳﻦ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺣﮑﺎﻣﺶ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﻧﺎﻇﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺫﻧﺶ ﻧﺎﻃﻖ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺧﻼﻗﺶ ّ‬

‫ﺣﻖ‬ ‫ﻣﮑﺮﺭ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻠﻢ‬ ‫ﻣﺒﻠﻐﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺎﺭﻯ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺳﺒﺐ ﻧﻔﻮﺫ ﻭ ﺍﻋﻼء ﮐﻠﻤﮥ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﻣﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻳﮏ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﻠﻤﮥ ﻋﻠﻴﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻟﺴﺎﻥ ﻣﺎﻟﮏ ﺍﺳﻤﺎء ُﻣﺸﺮﻕ ﻭ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ‪،‬‬

‫ﻟﻠﻪ ِ ِﻻﻟﻘﺎ‪‬‬ ‫ﻳﺴﺎﻓﺮ ِ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﺭﺍﺩ َﺍﻥ ُ ِ َ‬ ‫ﻟﻤﻦ َ‬ ‫ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻰ ِ َ‬ ‫ﺍﻋﺰﺍﺯﻩ ‪َ َ " :‬‬ ‫ﻋﺰ ِ ُ‬ ‫ﻗﻮﻟﻪ َ ‪‬‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ﻫﻴﮑﻠﻪ‬ ‫ﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﮑﻠﻤﺔ ﻭ ِﺍﺣﻴﺎء ﺍﻻﻣﻮﺍﺕ َﺍﻥ َ َ ‪‬‬ ‫َُ‬ ‫ﻳﺘﻮﺿﺎ ‪ ‬ﺑﻤﺎ‪ ‬ﺍﻻﻧﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﻭ ُﻳَﺰﻳ‪َ ‬‬

‫ﻮﮐَﻞ ﻭ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ﺯﺍﺩﻩ ﺍﻟ‪‬ﺘ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮﺿﺎء ﻭ َﺍﻥ َ َ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﻢ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ﺑﻄﺮﺍﺯ ّ‬ ‫ﺩﺭﻋﻪ ﺍﻟﺘ‪ ‬‬ ‫ﻮﺳَﻞ ﻭ َ‬ ‫ﻳﺠﻌ َﻞ ِ َ ُ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺼﺒﺮ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺟﻨﻮﺩ ﺍﻻﻋﻤﺎﻝ ِﺍﺫﴽ‬ ‫ﻧﺎﺻﺮﻩ ﺍﻻﺧﻼﻕ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻣﻌﻴﻨﻪ ّ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ﺘﻘﻮﻯ ﻭ ُ َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ﻟﺒﺎﺳﻪ ﺍﻟ ّ ٰ‬

‫ِ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﮑﻮﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﻤﺎء ‪....‬‬ ‫ﺍﻫﻞ‬ ‫ﻳﺘﺤﺮﮎ َﻣﻌﻪ‬ ‫ﻳﺆ‪‬ﻳ ُﺪﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻼ‪‬‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ﺍﻻﻋﻠﻰ ﻭ َ َ َ ‪‬‬ ‫َُ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪١٣٨‬‬

‫ﻳﺎﺯﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﮑﻠﻤﺎﺕ‬

‫‪ ٢٣‬ﮊﻭﺋﻴﻪ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﻳﻠﻴﻖ ِﻟﻼﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻰ ِﻟﻼﻣﺮ ﻭ ﻣﺎ َ ُ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﺮﺍﺗﺐ ﺗﻬﺬﻳﺐ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﻭ ﺍﻧﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﻭ ﻣﺎ َ َ‬

‫ﮐﻞ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﮑﻮﺕ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺭﺣﻤﻦ ﻧﺎﺯﻝ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻰ ﮔﺸﺘﻨﺪ ّ‬

‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﻋﻤﺮ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺯﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﺑﮥ ﻃﻴﺮﻯ‬ ‫ﺷﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﺍ‪ّ ‬‬

‫ﻇﺎﻫﺮ‬ ‫ﺿﺢ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭ ﻗﺼﺮﻯ ﻧﺸﻴﻨﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻧﻐﻤﻪ ﺳﺮﺍﻳﺪ ﻭ ﭘﺮﻭﺍﺯ ﮐﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻰ ﺷﺄﻧﻰ ﻭﺍ ِ‬

‫ﺣﻖ ﻣﻨﻊ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺷﺌﻮﻧﺎﺗﺶ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺄﻧﻰ ﻧﺎﺱ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﻫﻮﻳﺪﺍ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﻨﺎﻯ ﺳﺮﻳﻊ ﻋﺎﺟﻞ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ّ‬

‫ﺗﻤﺴﮏ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻠﮑﻮﺕ ﺭﺣﻤﺖ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﻓﻮ ﺍ‪، ‬‬ ‫ﺳﻘﺮ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﺠﻮﺏ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ َ َ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻓﻮ ﺍ‪ ، ‬ﺍﮔﺮ َﻋﺮﻑ ﻳﮏ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﺸﻤﺎﻡ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺎﺑﻨﺪ ﺻﺪ ﻫﺰﺍﺭ‬

‫ﺣﻖ ﻣﺤﺠﻮﺏ ﻧﺴﺎﺯﺩ ‪ .‬ﺳﺮﻭﺭﺵ ﻣﺜﻞ‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﻭ َﻣﮑﺎﺭﻫﺶ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺤﺰﻭﻥ ﻧﻨﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ّ‬

‫ﺳﺮﻭﺭﻯ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻋﺮﻭﺳﮏ ﺑﺎﺯﻯ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺍﻃﻔﺎﻝ ﺍﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺹ ‪١٣٩‬‬ ‫ﺩﻭﺍﺯﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﮑﻠﻤﺎﺕ‬

‫‪ ٢٤‬ﮊﻭﺋﻴﻪ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺷﺄﻧﻪ ﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻭ ﺁﻣﻞ ﺍﺯ ﮐﻠﻤﮥ ﻋﻠﻴﺎ ﻣﺒﻌﻮﺙ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﻔﻮﺳﻰ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺷﺌﻮﻧﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ّ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﻇﺎﻫﺮﻩ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ ﻧﺴﺎﺯﺩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ‪ .‬ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺗﮑﺎﻟﻴﻒ ﻭ ﺍﻣﻮﺭﺍﺗﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﮐﻪ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻣﺮ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺗﻘﺎﻯ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺗﻬﺬﻳﺐ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﻭ ﺗﺮﺑﻴﺖ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻠﻢ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻣﻨﻌﺘﻪ‬ ‫ﺟﺎﺭﻯ ﻭ َﺍﻣﺎﻡ ﻭﺟﻮﻩ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻧﺪﺍ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺍﺭﺗﻘﺎﺳﺖ ﺍﻋﻼ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎ َ َ َ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺠﺒﺎﺑﺮﺓ ﻭ ﻻ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺍﻋﻨﺔ ‪ .‬ﻭ ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺟﺒﺎﺑﺮﻩ ﻭ ﻓﺮﺍﻋﻨﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻣﻘﺎﻣﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻤﺎﺋﻰ‬ ‫ُ‬

‫ﺟﻞ ﺟﻼﻟﻪ ﻓﺘﻮﺍ ﺩﺍﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻟﮑﻦ ﻏﺎﻓﻞ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ّ‬ ‫ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺍﺣﺘﺠﺎﺏ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺮ ّ‬

‫ﻋﺰﻯ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺁﺧﺮ ﺍﻣﺮﺷﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺠﺎ ﻣﻨﺠﺮ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ ‪ .‬ﻋﻨﻘﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﮐﻠﺐ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﻭ ّ‬

‫ﺣﻖ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺡ ﻣﻨﺰﻟﻪ ﻧﻈﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺁﻥ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﺍﺑﺪﴽ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺼﺮ ّ‬

‫ﺗﻔﮑﺮ ﮐﻨﺪ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻣﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﺭﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺩﺭﺍﮎ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪١٤٠‬‬ ‫ﺳﻴﺰﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﮑﻠﻤﺎﺕ‬

‫‪ ٢٥‬ﮊﻭﺋﻴﻪ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﻣﻘﺪﺱ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻠﻢ ﻭ ﻣﺪﺍﺩ ﺳﺎﺣﺖ ﺍﻣﻨﻊ ﺍﻗﺪﺱ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺑﻰ ﺭﺍ ﻻﻳﻖ ﻭ ﺳﺰﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻫﻞ‬ ‫ﺣﻤﺪ ّ‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻣﻘﺘﺪﺭﻯ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‬ ‫ﺑﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻼ ﺗﺮﺑﻴﺖ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻠﮑﻮﺕ ﺑﻘﺎ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ‪.‬‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻮﻥ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻼﻳﺎ ﻭ ﻗﻀﺎﻳﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻊ‬ ‫ﺍﺷﺠﺎﺭ ﻓﺮﺩﻭﺱ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﻣﻘﺪﺭ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ‪ .‬ﺍﻭﺳﺖ ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺑﻰ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﺣﺒﺎﺋﺶ‬ ‫ﺳﮑﺮ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﺣﻠﻰ ﺍﺯ ُ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺣﺪﺕ ﻭ ﺗﻠﺨﻰ ﻻﻧﻬﺎﻳﻪ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺎﻡ ّ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻟﻌﻤﺮ ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺑﻨﺎ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻋﺸﺎﻗﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺒﻴﻠﺶ ﻣﻨﻊ ﻧﻨﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ‪َ َ .‬‬ ‫ﺿﺮﺍ ّ‬ ‫ﺑﺄﺳﺎ ﻭ ّ‬

‫ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺑﮑﻢ ﺟﺎﻥ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻫﺶ ﻓﺪﺍ ﻧﺸﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺮﺩﻟﻰ ﻧﻴﺮﺯﺩ ﻭ ﺟﻮﻫﺮ ﺭﻭﺡ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺪﻭﻣﺶ ﻧﺜﺎﺭ‬

‫ﺍﺣﺪﻳﻪ ﮐﺴﻰ‬ ‫ﺻﺮﺍﻓﺎﻥ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻧﮕﺮﺩﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺻﺨﺮﻩ ﭘﺴﺖ ﺗﺮ ﻭ ﺑﻰ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺗﺮ ﻭ ﻟﮑﻦ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﻮﻫﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺟﺰ ّ‬

‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺷﻮﺩ ﭼﻪ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺑﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻰ ﺳﻤﻊ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺪﺭﮤ‬ ‫ﻧﺸﻨﺎﺳﺪ ‪ .‬ﺑﻰ ﺑﺼﺮ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺮﺩﻭﺱ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﺻﺮﺍﻓﺎﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﻮﻫﺮ ﮔﺮﺍﻥ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻧﻔﻮﺳﻰ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻰ‬ ‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﮏ ﺷﻮﺩ ﭼﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ؟ ّ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻳﻌﻤﻠﻮﻥ " ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻰ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ‪" :‬‬ ‫ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ‪ " :‬ﻻ َ ِ‬ ‫ﻳﺴﺒﻘﻮﻧﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﻭ ﻫﻢ َ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻣﺮﻩ َ َ‬ ‫"ﻻ ُﺗﻠﻬﻴﻬﻢ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﺓ ﻭ ﻻ ﺑﻴﻊ‬

‫ﺹ ‪١٤١‬‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﺫﮐﺮ ﺍ‪ . " ‬ﺁﻳﺎ ﮔﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﻰ ﺭﻭﺩ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻮﺕ ﺍﺩﺭﺍﮎ ﻧﻨﻤﺎﻳﺪ ؟ ﻻ ﻭﺍ‪، ‬‬ ‫َﻋﻦ ِ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺒﺘﻪ ﻧﺜﺎﺭ ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺏ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻓﺪﺍﻯ ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻧﻔﺲ‬ ‫ﮐﻞ‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ٍ‬ ‫ﺫﺍﺋﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺕ " ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﮔﺮ ّ‬

‫ﺍﻭﻟﻰ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺟﺢ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺍﻭﻟﻰ ﻭ ﺍﺣﺴﻦ ‪ .‬ﺍﺳﺘﻐﻔﺮ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺫﮐﺮ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺻﺪ ﻫﺰﺍﺭ ﺭﺗﺒﻪ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﮐﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ُﮐﺤﻞ‬ ‫ﺟﻞ ﺟﻼﻟﻪ ﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻭ ﺁﻣﻞ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺑﺼﺎﺭ ّ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺫﮐﺮ ﻫﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﻐﻔﺮ ﺍ‪ . ‬ﺍﺯ ّ‬

‫ﻣﻨﻮﺭ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺑﻪ ﭼﺸﻢ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻃﻦ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻫﻞ‬ ‫ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻥ ّ‬

‫ﻫﻮﻯ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﮤ ﺁﻥ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻣﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻥ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻤﻨﻮﻉ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻧﻔﺲ ﻭ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪١٤٢‬‬ ‫ﭼﻬﺎﺭﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﮑﻠﻤﺎﺕ‬

‫‪ ٢٦‬ﮊﻭﺋﻴﻪ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﻣﺤﺒﺖ ﻭ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ .‬ﺷﺄﻥ‬ ‫ﻭﺻﻴﺖ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺳﺒﺐ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ‬ ‫ﻫﺮ ﻳﮏ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺍﻗﻮﻯ ﺟﻨﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﻃﻴﺒﻪ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﻣﺮﻭﺕ ﻭ ﺷﻔﻘﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻣﺎﻧﺖ ﻭ ﺩﻳﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ .‬ﺍﺧﻼﻕ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺣﮑﻤﺖ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ﻣﻰ ﻃﻠﺒﻴﻢ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﺧﻼﻕ ﺍﺑﻮﺍﺏ‬ ‫ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻣﺤﺴﻮﺏ ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ّ‬

‫ﻧﺴ‪‬ﻞ ﺍ‪َ َ‬ﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﻨﻮﺭ ﺳﺎﺯﻧﺪ ‪ُ  َ .‬‬ ‫ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻕ ﺁﻓﺎﻕ ﺭﺍ ّ‬ ‫ﻗﻠﻮﺏ ﺭﺍ ﺑﮕﺸﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻮﺭ ّ‬ ‫ﻳﺆﻳ َﺪﻫﻢ ﻭ ُ َ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻳﻨﺰﻝ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ِﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﮐﻞ ﺍﻻﺣﻮﺍﻝ ﻭ ُ ِ َ‬ ‫ُ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻳﻮﻓَﻘﻬﻢ ﻭ ُ َ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻳﻘﺮَﺑﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻴﻪ ﻓﻰ ّ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺘﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﺮ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﻪ ﻫﻮ‬ ‫ﺭﺣﻤﺔ ِﻣﻦ ﻋﻨﺪﻩ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺳﻤﺎ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻌﻄﺎء‬ ‫ً‬ ‫ً‬ ‫ﺑﺮﮐﺔ ِﻣﻦ ﻟﺪﻧﻪ ‪ّ .‬‬ ‫ُ‬

‫ِ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻻﺟﺎﺑﺔ َﺟﺪﻳﺮ ‪ .‬ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﺍﺭﺽ ﻭ ﺩﻳﺎﺭ ﮐﻪ ﺳﺎﮐﻨﻨﺪ ﺳﻼﻡ ﻣﻰ ﺭﺳﺎﻧﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﻭﺻﻴﺖ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﻢ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻰ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﻭ ﺑﻤﺎ َ َ‬

‫ﺹ ‪١٤٣‬‬

‫ﭘﺎﻧﺰﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﮑﻠﻤﺎﺕ‬

‫‪ ٢٧‬ﮊﻭﺋﻴﻪ‬

‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬

‫ﺍﻯ ﻣﻈﻬﺮ ﺻﺪﻗﻢ ‪ .‬ﺟﻬﺪ ﻧﻤﺎ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﺽ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﻮﻯ ﻭ ﺻﺪﻗﻰ ﮐﻪ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍ‪‬‬

‫ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺏ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺛﻨﺎء ﻧﻔﺴﺶ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻰ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺫﮐﺮ ﺍﻣﺮﺵ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ ﺷﻮﻯ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ﺗﮑﻠﻢ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮﻯ ﻧﻨﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻟﻠﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ّ‬ ‫ﻫﻴﭻ ﺻﺪﻗﻰ ﺑﺎ ﮐﻠﻤﻪﺍﻯ ﮐﻪ ِ ّ‬

‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺻﺪﻕ‬ ‫ﭘﺲ ﺧﻮﺷﺎ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺁﻥ ﻧﻔﻮﺳﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺗﺒﮥ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﻣﻘﺪﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺫﮐﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺭﻗﻪ ﻧﮕﻨﺠﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻠﮥ ﺁﻥ‬ ‫ﻻﻳﺤﺼﻰ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍ‪ّ ‬‬ ‫ﻣﺮﺍﺗﺐ ُ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﻣﺮﺍﺗﺐ ﺻﺪﻗﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﮥ ﻧﺎﺱ ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺗﺒﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﺍ‪ ‬ﻓﺎﺋﺰ‬ ‫ﺷﺪﻩ ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﺳﺰﺍﻭﺍﺭ ﺁﻧﮑﻪ ﺟﻬﺪ ﻣﻨﻴﻊ ﻣﺒﺬﻭﻝ ﺩﺍﺭﻯ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﺪﻕ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﮐﻪ ﻃﺎﺋﻒ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻣﻨﻈﺮ ﺍﮐﺒﺮ‬

‫ﻓﻬﻨﻴﺌﴼ ِﻟﻠﻮﺍﺻﻠﻴﻦ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺯﻭﻕ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪ ‪َ َ .‬‬ ‫ﺹ ‪١٤٤‬‬ ‫ﺷﺎﻧﺰﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﮑﻠﻤﺎﺕ‬

‫‪ ٢٨‬ﮊﻭﺋﻴﻪ‬

‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬

‫ﻋﻠﺖ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺳﺒﺐ ﻫﺴﺘﻰ‬ ‫ﺣﻤﺪ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻳﮑﺘﺎ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﺑﻰ ﻫﻤﺘﺎ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﺎء ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ّ‬ ‫ﺳﻴﺪ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ﻧﻨﻤﻮﺩ ‪ّ .‬‬ ‫ﮐﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺸﺎﺭﺕ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺘﺐ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻭ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻳﻮﻡ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﮎ ﮐﻪ ّ‬

‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭﻋﺪﻩ ﺩﺍﺩ ‪ .‬ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻪ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﻗﻼﻡ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺴﻦ ﺍﻣﻢ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺻﻒ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻇﻬﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺒﺘﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻋﺎﺟﺰ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻥ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﺭﺍﺩﮤ ﺫﮐﺮ ﻭ ﺍﺣﺼﺎ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺬﻯ َ َ َ‬

‫ِ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺰﻝ ِ‬ ‫ﺛﻨﺎ‪‬ﻪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﺪﻫﻢ‬ ‫ﺍﺻﻄﻔﻰ‬ ‫ﺁﻳﺎﺗﻪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﻭ َ َ َ‬ ‫ﺍﻭﻟﻴﺎ‪‬ﻪ ﻭ َ ‪َ ‬‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ﺫﮐﺮﻩ ﻭ ‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫َ ٰ‬

‫ِ‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺮﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ‪ِ ‬‬ ‫ﻭﺻﻔﻬﻢ ﺑﻠﺴﺎﻥ ﻋﻈﻤﺘﻪ ﻓﻰ ﮐﺘﺒﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻭﺍﻣﺮﻩ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺗﺒﻠﻴﻎ ِ‬ ‫ﺍﺣﮑﺎﻣﻪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻭﻟﺌﮏ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ َ َ َ‬

‫ﺻﻔﺎﺗﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﻩ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺳﻤﺎ‪‬ﻪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺗﻈﻬﺮ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺻﺤﻔﻪ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﻪ ﺑﻬﻢ َ َ ُ‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫ﺹ ‪١٤٥‬‬ ‫ﻫﻔﺪﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﮑﻠﻤﺎﺕ‬

‫‪ ٢٩‬ﮊﻭﺋﻴﻪ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﺍﺫﻥ ﻭﺍﻋﻴﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﺑﮥ ﮐﺒﺮﻳﺖ ﺍﺣﻤﺮ ﮐﻤﻴﺎﺏ ﻭ ﭼﻪ ﺑﻨﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻈﻠﻮﻡ ﭼﻪ ﺫﮐﺮ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﮐﻪ ُ ُ‬

‫ﺫﺭﺍﺕ ﮐﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﮔﻮﺍﻫﻰ ﺩﻫﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ‬ ‫ﮐﻪ ﺍﺑﺼﺎﺭ ﺣﺪﻳﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻣﺪ ﺍﻭﻫﺎﻡ ﻣﺒﺘﻼ ﻭ ﻣﻤﻨﻮﻉ ‪ّ .‬‬

‫ﻋﮑﺎ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﻭ ﺗﺠﻠّﻴﺎﺕ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻓﻖ ُﻣﺸﺮﻕ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻧﺪﺍﻯ ﻣﺎﻟﮏ ﺍﺳﻤﺎء ﺍﺯ ﺳﺠﻦ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﺤﻴﺮ ﻭ‬ ‫ﮐﻞ‬ ‫ﻻﺋﺢ ﻭ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺄﻧﻰ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻨﺼﻔﻴﻦ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺣﺰﺍﺏ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﻪ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻣﺘﺤﺮﮎ ‪َ .‬ﻣﻊ ﺍﻧﮑﺎﺭ ﺍﺷﺮﺍﺭ ﻭ ﺍﻏﻤﺎﺽ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺍﻋﺮﺍﺽ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﻣﺎﻟﮏ َﺍﻧﺎﻡ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺒﻬﻮﺕ ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻟﻴﺎﻟﻰ ﻭ ّ‬

‫ﻭ ﻣﻨﻊ ﺣﺎﺳﺪﻳﻦ ﻭ ﻇﻠﻢ ﻣﻔﺴﺪﻳﻦ ﺁﺛﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺍﻃﻮﺍﺭ ﺳﺪﺭﮤ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻭ ﺷﻄﺮﻯ ﻓﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻇﻬﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻮﻡ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻠﮏ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻠﻪ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ‪ .‬ﻗﻞ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺍ‪ُ ِ َ ‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻴﻤﻦ ّ‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ َﻣﻦ َ َ َ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻡ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻇﻬﺮ ِﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻢ‬ ‫ﺟﺎﻫﻞ ﻣﺮﺩﻭﺩ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻟﮑﻞ‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺮﻩ ﺭﻏﻤﴼ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ٍ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ َﻣﻦ َ َ َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﻳﻌﺮﻓﻮﻥ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ﻟﻘﻮٍﻡ َ ِ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪١٤٦‬‬

‫ﻫﺠﺪﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﮑﻠﻤﺎﺕ‬

‫‪ ٣٠‬ﮊﻭﺋﻴﻪ‬

‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬

‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﮐﻪ ﻧﺎﺭ ﻏﻀﺐ ﻣﺸﺘﻌﻞ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻄﻮﺕ ﻇﺎﻟﻤﻴﻦ ﻓﺮﺍﺋﺺ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻣﺮﺗﻌﺪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻈﻠﻮﻡ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﻭﻝ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﻪ ﻻ ﺍﻟﻪ ّﺍﻻ ﻫﻮ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻓﺮﺍﺧﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺻﺒﻊ ﺍﻗﺘﺪﺍﺭ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻢ ّ‬ ‫ﻏﻴﺮ ﻧﺎﺻﺮ ﻭ ُﻣﻌﻴﻦ َ َ ِ‬

‫ﮐﻞ ﺍﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﺍﻣﺮ‬ ‫ﺷﻖ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﻭ َﺍﻣﺎﻡ ﻭﺟﻮﻩ ّ‬ ‫ﺣﺠﺒﺎﺕ ﺣﺎﻳﻠﮥ ﻣﺎﻧﻌﻪ ﺭﺍ ّ‬

‫ﻣﻘﺪﺳﮥ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﮐﻪ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺣﻀﺮﺍﺕ ﻣﻠﻮﮎ ﻭ ﺳﻼﻃﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﺯﻝ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺡ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ‪ .‬ﻧﻪ ﺿﻮﺿﺎﻯ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﻣﻨﻊ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻧﻪ ﻟﻬﻴﺐ ﺑﻐﺾ ﻭ ﻋﻨﺎﺩ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺑﻌﻀﻰ ﺭﺳﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺧﻰ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﭼﻪ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺷﺪ ‪ .‬ﺣﻤﻞ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻳﻢ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ﺁﮔﺎﻩ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻟﻴﺎﻟﻰ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﻧﺪﺍ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ‪ّ .‬‬

‫ﺳﻤﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺷﻬﺪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻫﺮ ﻏﻀﺒﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺭﺣﻤﺖ ‪ .‬ﻭ‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺣﺪﻯ ﺣﻤﻞ ﻧﻨﻤﻮﺩ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺤﺒﺔ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻫﺮ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﺭﻳﻦ ﻭ ﻣﺤﺠﻮﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻠﻒ ِﺳﺘﺮ ﺑﺎ‬ ‫ﭼﻮﻥ ﺁﺛﺎﺭ ﮐﻠﻤﮥ ﻋﻠﻴﺎ ﻭ ﺍﻗﺘﺪﺍﺭ ﻗﻠﻢ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺳﺮ ﻣﺄﻣﻮﺭﻳﻦ ﺩﻭﻟﺖ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺴﻦ ﮐﺎﺫﺑﻪ ﻭ ﺍﺳﻴﺎﻑ ﺷﺎﺣﺬﻩ ﻗﺼﺪ ﻣﻈﻠﻮﻡ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ّ‬

‫ﺣﻖ ﮔﺬﺍﺷﺘﻴﻢ ‪ .‬ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻥ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻣﻊ ﺁﻥ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ‬ ‫ﺗﺤﺮﻳﮏ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ ﻭ ﻟﮑﻦ َﺳﺘﺮ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻳﻢ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ّ‬ ‫ﻧﻴﺮ‬ ‫ﺑﺤﺮ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ﺗﺠﻠﻴﺎﺕ ّ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪١٤٧‬‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﻣﻨﺘﻬﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺛﻤﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﮐﻞ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻭ ﻣﺸﻬﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺳﺪﺭﮤ‬ ‫ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺻﻤﺪﺍﻧﻰ ﺍﻣﺎﻡ ﻭﺟﻮﻩ ّ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﮐﻞ ﺣﻴﻦ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﻭ ﻣﻰ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ‪ :‬ﺍﻯ ﻗﻮﻡ ‪ ،‬ﻳﻮﻡ ﻣﻮﻋﻮﺩ ﺁﻣﺪ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻻﺗﺤﺼﻰ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻭ ﺣﻔﻴﻔﺶ ﺩﺭ ّ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﮐﻞ ﻏﺎﻓﻞ ﻭ ُﻣﻌﺮﺽ ﻣﮕﺮ ﻧﻔﻮﺳﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻓﻴﻮﺿﺎﺕ ﺁﻥ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ﻣﻨﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ‪ .‬ﻣﻊ ﺫﻟﮏ ّ‬ ‫ﻭﺛﻘﻰ‬ ‫ﺗﻤﺴﮏ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻗﻠﻮﺑﺸﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺎ ﺳﻮﻯ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻓﺎﺭﻍ ﻭ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ‪.‬‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ُﻋﺮﻭﮤ ُ ٰ‬

‫ﺹ ‪١٤٨‬‬

‫ﻧﻮﺯﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﮑﻠﻤﺎﺕ‬

‫‪ ٣١‬ﮊﻭﺋﻴﻪ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻥ ﻋﻮﺍﻟﻢ‬ ‫ﺣﻤﺪ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺪﺱ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺳﻠﻄﺎﻥ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻣﻠﻴﮏ ﺍﮐﻮﺍﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺳﺰﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﮐﻮﺛﺮ َ َ‬ ‫ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻥ ﮔﺎﻫﻰ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﺑﮥ‬ ‫ﻣﻌﺎﻧﻰ ﻭ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ِ َ‬ ‫ﺧﻠﻊ ﺗﺎﺯﻩ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺰﻳﻦ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﻮﺛﺮ َ َ‬

‫ﺣﺮﻭﻑ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻰ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﺑﮥ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ُﻣﺸﺮﻕ ﻭ ﻻﺋﺢ ‪ .‬ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺎﺕ ﺯﺍﺋﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺟﺬﺏ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬ ‫ﺟﻞ‬ ‫ﺟﻠﺖ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﺒﺖ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺍﻓﺌﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻗﻠﻮﺏ‬ ‫ﺗﺎ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ‬ ‫ﻣﺴﺘﻌﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺸﺘﻌﻞ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ‪ّ ،‬‬ ‫ﻋﻈﻤﺘﻪ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ﮐﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﻌﺪ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﻨﻰ َ َﺍﻧﺎ ﺍ‪ " ‬ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ﺗﺎ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻗﺘﺪﺍﺭﻩ ‪ .‬ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻥ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺍﺯ ﺳﺪﺭﻩ " ّ‬ ‫ُ‬

‫ﺭﺑﺎﻧﻰ ﻭ ﻟﮑﻦ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺪﺭﮤ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺍﺻﻐﺎء ﻧﺪﺍﻯ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ّ‬

‫ﮐﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺤﻴﻢ ﮐﻪ ﺟﺰﺍﻯ‬ ‫ﻣﻨﺘﻬﻰ ﺩﺭ ﻗﻄﺐ ﻓﺮﺩﻭﺱ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﻨﻰ َ َﺍﻧﺎ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺪﺍﻯ " ّ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﺭﺩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺭﺑﻨﺎ ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﺭﻯ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺠﺮ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﻓﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺮ ﺧﺎﻟﻖ ﺁﻥ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﮑﺎﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ّﺍﻻ َﻣﻦ ﺷﺎ‪ّ ‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪١٤٩‬‬

‫ﺍﻭﻝ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﮑﻤﺎﻝ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫‪ ١‬ﺍﻭﺕ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﺑﻪ ﻟﺴﺎﻥ ﭘﺎﺭﺳﻰ ﻧﺪﺍﻯ ﻣﻈﻠﻮﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺸﻨﻮ ‪ ،‬ﺷﺎﻳﺪ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﺍﺭﺽ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ‬

‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﺑﮥ ﻏﻴﺚ ﻫﺎﻃﻞ ﺁﻳﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻣﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻥ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻣﻘﺎﻣﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻟﻴﺎﻟﻰ ﻭ ّ‬

‫ﺍ‪ ‬ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻧﺎﺯﻝ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﮑﺎﺭ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺧﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻤﺮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺍﻗﺮﺍﺭ‬

‫ﺳﺪ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﻭ ﺣﺠﺎﺏ ﺍﮐﺒﺮ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻊ ﺍﻭﻫﺎﻡ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﮐﺜﺮ ﺍﻫﻞ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﻰ ﺩﺍﻧﻨﺪ ‪ّ .‬‬

‫ﻗﻮﻯ ﻗﺎﺩﺭﻯ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﻇﻨﻮﻥ ﺗﺮﺑﻴﺖ ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭﻫﺎﻡ ﺍﻧﺲ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪﺍﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ّ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻧﻴﺮ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﮔﺸﺖ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺻﺒﻊ ﺍﻳﻘﺎﻥ ﺧﺮﻕ ﺣﺠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻭﻫﺎﻡ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﺭ ّ‬

‫ﺹ ‪١٥٠‬‬

‫‪ ٢‬ﺍﻭﺕ‬

‫ﺩﻭﻡ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﮑﻤﺎﻝ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﺑﮕﻮ ﺍﻯ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻧﺼﺢ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺸﻨﻮﻳﺪ ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻣﺪﻫﻴﺪ ‪ .‬ﺳﺪﺭﮤ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ‬

‫ﺤّﺪ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ‪ ،‬ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﺭ‬ ‫ﻻﺗﺤﺼﻰ ﻣﺸﻬﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺤﺮ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻻ ُﺗ َ‬ ‫ﺍﺛﻤﺎﺭ ُ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﺗﺠﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺑﻪ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻭ ُﻣﺸﺮﻕ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﭼﺸﻢ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻧﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺑﺼﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﺑﺪﻳﻌﻪ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻐﻠﻴﻦ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﮔﻮﺵ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﺸﻨﻮﻳﺪ ﻧﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺫﺍﻥ ﻣﻌﺮﺿﻴﻦ ‪ ،‬ﺷﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺟﻨﺤﮥ ﺍﻧﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻮﺍء‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ﻣﺮﻗﺎﺓ‬ ‫ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺖ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﻃﻴﺮﺍﻥ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻤﻨﻮﻋﻴﺪ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪ ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﻪ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺳﻠﻢ ﺗﻔﻮﻳﺾ ّ‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ‪ّ .‬‬ ‫ﺗﻮﮐﻞ ﻗﺼﺪ ﺳﻤﺎء ﻋﻄﺎء ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ُ ّ ِ‬

‫ﻓﻠﻴﻌﺮﺽ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻓﻠﻴﻘﺒﻞ ﻭ َﻣﻦ ﺷﺎ‪ِ ُ ‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻰ ﺻﺮﺍﻃﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ‪َ .‬ﻣﻦ ﺷﺎ‪ِ ُ ‬‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺤﻖ ﻭ َﻳﻬﺪﻳﮑﻢ ٰ‬ ‫ﻯ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻟﺐ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﺮ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻧﻪ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ ُ‬ ‫ﻫﻮﺍﻟﻤﻘﺪﺱ ﺍﻟﻘﻮ ‪‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪١٥١‬‬ ‫‪ ٣‬ﺍﻭﺕ‬

‫ﺳﻮﻡ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﮑﻤﺎﻝ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﻖ ﺳﻤﺎء ﺳﺠﻦ ُﻣﺸﺮﻕ ﻭ ﻻﺋﺢ ﻭ ﺑﺤﺮ ﻓﻀﻞ َﺍﻣﺎﻡ ﻭﺟﻮﻩ ّ‬

‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟّﻨﺪﺍء ﻧﺎﻃﻖ ﻭ ﻟﮑﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻏﺎﻓﻞ ﻭ ﻣﺤﺠﻮﺏ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻇﻨﻮﻥ‬ ‫ﻧﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺪﺭﮤ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ َ‬

‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺣﺠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻭﻫﺎﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺧﺮﻕ‬ ‫ﺗﺮﺑﻴﺖ ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭﻫﺎﻡ ﻣﺄﻧﻮﺳﻨﺪ ‪.‬‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﺟﻞ ﺟﻼﻟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﮐﻤﺎﻝ ﻋﺠﺰ ﻭ ﺍﺑﺘﻬﺎﻝ ﺑﻄﻠﺒﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ّ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﻳﻘﻴﻦ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﮔﺸﺖ ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ّ‬

‫ﺷﺎﻳﺪ ِﺍﻣﺎء ﺍﺭﺽ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ﻧﻨﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺤﺮ ﻣﻌﺎﻧﻰ ﻣﻨﻊ ﻧﻔﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻭﺳﺖ ﮐﺮﻳﻢ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻳﺰ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻢ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪ‬ ‫ﺍﻭﺳﺖ ﺭﺣﻴﻢ ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺍﻟﻪ ّﺍﻻ ﻫﻮ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪١٥٢‬‬

‫‪ ٤‬ﺍﻭﺕ‬

‫ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﮑﻤﺎﻝ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﺑﻪ ﻧﺎﻡ ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﻳﮑﺘﺎ‬

‫ﻳﺎ ﺍﻣﺔ ﺍ‪ ، ‬ﻋﻠﻴﮏ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ‪ِ ،‬ﻟّﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺪ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﺪﻯ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﻣﺬﮐﻮﺭ‬

‫ﮐﻠﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ‬ ‫ﺟﻞ ﺟﻼﻟﻪ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﺣﺰﺍﺏ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻭ ﺍﺷﻴﺎء ّ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ّ‬ ‫ﻭ ﻣﺴﻄﻮﺭ ‪ّ .‬‬

‫ﮐﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻳﻮﻡ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﮎ ﺧﻠﻖ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻟﮑﻦ ﺷﺒﻬﺎﺕ ﺟﻬﻼ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺑﺸﺎﺭﺕ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ّ‬

‫ﮐﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﮐﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺤﺮ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﻮﻟﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻯ ﻣﻨﻊ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ‪ّ .‬‬ ‫ﺍﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻋﻠﻤﺎ ﻭ ﺳﻄﻮﺕ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ ّ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﺭﺑﮏ ‪ .‬ﺯﺧﺎﺭﻑ ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﺍﻫﻞ ﻧﺎﺳﻮﺕ ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﺭﺍ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ‬ ‫ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭ ﻏﺎﻓﻞ ّﺍﻻ َﻣﻦ ﺷﺎ‪ ‬‬

‫ﺟﻞ ﺟﻼﻟﻪ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ّ‬ ‫ﺗﻘﺮﺏ ﺑﻪ ّ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ‪ .‬ﭼﻪ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺟﺎﻝ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻓﺮﺍﺕ ﺭﺣﻤﺖ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻣﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ّ‬

‫ﺍﻳﺪﮎ ﻭ َ َ ِ‬ ‫ﻘﮏ ﻭ َ ‪ِ ‬‬ ‫ﻭﻓ َ ِ‬ ‫ﻣﻤﻨﻮﻉ ‪ُ .‬ﺍﺷﮑﺮﻯ ‪ِ ‬‬ ‫ﺫﮐﺮﮎ ﻓﻰ ﺳﺠﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻢ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻧﻪ َ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺭﺑﮏ ّ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪١٥٣‬‬ ‫ﭘﻨﺠﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﮑﻤﺎﻝ‬

‫‪ ٥‬ﺍﻭﺕ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﺫﮐﺮ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻰ ﻭ ﺛﻨﺎء ﻣﻌﻨﻮﻯ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻻﻳﻖ ﻭ ﺳﺰﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ ﮐﻠﻤﮥ ﻋﻠﻴﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻓﻖ‬

‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺭﺣﻴﻖ ﻣﺨﺘﻮﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﻢ ﻗّﻴﻮﻣﺶ ﺁﺷﺎﻣﻴﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻧﻔﻮﺳﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ّ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﮐﻪ ﮐﻴﻨﻮﻧﺖ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺘﺸﺎﻥ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻭ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻫﺮ ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻧﻨﺪ‬

‫ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻕ ﺣﻤﺪ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﻭ ﻣﺨﺎﺯﻥ ﺣﮑﻤﺖ ﺻﻤﺪﺍﻧﻰ ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﺭﺷﺎﻥ ُﻣﺸﺮﻕ ﻭ ﺍﻗﺒﺎﻝ ﺍﻣﻢ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺍﻗﺒﺎﻟﺸﺎﻥ ﭘﺪﻳﺪﺍﺭ ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻧﻔﻮﺳﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺳﻄﻮﺕ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻭ ﺷﻮﮐﺖ ﺍﻣﻢ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻨﻊ ﻧﻨﻤﻮﺩ‬

‫ﻭ ﺷﺒﻬﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻭ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻭ ﺛﺮﻭﺕ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﻭ ﻣﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﺩ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ﻧﺴﺎﺧﺖ ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﺻﺒﻊ‬

‫ﻗﻮﺕ ﻣﻠﮑﻮﺗﻰ ﺑﺮ ﺧﺪﻣﺖ ﺍﻣﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﺣﺠﺒﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺧﺮﻕ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭﻳﺪﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ّ‬

‫ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻗﻴﺎﻣﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺳﺒﺐ ﻗﻌﻮﺩ ﻣﺸﺮﮐﻴﻦ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻧﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺍﺿﻄﺮﺍﺏ ﻣﻌﺘﺪﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﺳﺪ ﻧﺸﺪ ﻭ ﺣﺎﻳﻞ ﻧﮕﺸﺖ ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﻗﻠﻮﺏ ﻧﻮﺭﺍ ﻭ ﻭﺟﻮﻩ ﺑﻴﻀﺎ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﮔﺸﺖ ‪ .‬ﺯﺧﺎﺭﻑ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻥ ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ّ‬

‫ﻣﻘﺮ ﻓﺪﺍ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺗﺎﺝ ﺭﻭﺡ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺜﺎﺭ ﺭﻩ ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ﻳﮑﺘﺎ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻳﻮﻡ ﺟﺰﺍ ﻗﺼﺪ ّ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪١٥٤‬‬

‫ﺷﺸﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﮑﻤﺎﻝ‬

‫‪ ٦‬ﺍﻭﺕ‬

‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬

‫ﺍﺯ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻳﮏ ﺫﺑﻴﺢ ﻣﺬﮐﻮﺭ ﻭ ﮐﺘﺐ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺻﻔﺶ ﺷﺎﻫﺪ ﻭ ﮔﻮﺍﻩ ﻭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻫﺰﺍﺭﺍﻥ ﺫﺑﻴﺢ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺎﺭ‬

‫ﺍﻗﺼﻰ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺮ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﺒﺖ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﻭ ﻧﻮﺭ ﺭﺣﻤﺖ ﺭﺣﻤﺎﻧﻰ ﻭ ﻋﺸﻖ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻰ ﻗﺼﺪ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﻣﺘﻨﺒﻪ‬ ‫ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺕ‬ ‫ﮐﺒﺮﻯ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ‪ .‬ﻳﮏ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺪﺳﻪ ﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﺑﺮ ﻧﮕﺸﺖ ‪ ،‬ﻣﻊ ﺫﻟﮏ ﻧﺎﺱ ّ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻧﻪ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻏﻔﻠﺖ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻃﻔﺎء ﻧﻮﺭ ﻣﺎﻟﮏ َﺍﻧﺎﻡ ﺳﺎﻋﻰ ﻭ ﺟﺎﻫﺪﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﺁﻳﺎﺕ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺮﺍ‬

‫ﺟﻞ ﺟﻼﻟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﺑﮥ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺩﺭ ﻗﻄﺐ ﺳﻤﺎء ﻣﻌﺎﻧﻰ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ُﻣﺸﺮﻕ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ّ‬ ‫ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺍﻗﺘﺪﺍﺭ ّ‬

‫ﻻﺋﺢ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪١٥٥‬‬ ‫ﻫﻔﺘﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﮑﻤﺎﻝ‬

‫‪ ٧‬ﺍﻭﺕ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﺍﻭﻝ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺣﻴﻦ َﻣﻦ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻻﺭﺽ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﻟﺴﺎﻥ ﭘﺎﺭﺳﻰ ﺁﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺸﻨﻮ ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ّ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺮﻗﺎﺏ ﺩﻋﻮﺕ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻳﻢ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻠﻮﮎ ﻭ ﻣﻤﻠﻮﮎ ﻭ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻭ ﺟﺎﻫﻞ ِﻣﻦ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺳﺘﺮ ﻭ ﺣﺠﺎﺏ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺎﻟﮏ ّ‬

‫ﻣﺘﺸﺒﺚ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﻨﺎﺕ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ‪ ،‬ﻣﻊ ﺫﻟﮏ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭﻫﺎﻡ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﺿﺢ ﻭ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻻﺋﺢ ‪ ،‬ﺁﻳﺎﺕ ﻧﺎﺯﻝ ﻭ ّ‬

‫ﺭﺑﮏ ‪ .‬ﻣﻌﺮﺿﻴﻦ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﻊ ﺁﻧﮑﻪ ﺣﺰﺏ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ﻏﺎﻓﻞ ّﺍﻻ َﻣﻦ ﺷﺎ‪ ‬‬ ‫ﻭ ﺍﺯ ّ‬

‫ﺍﻓﻀﻞ ﺍﻫﻞ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻤﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﺩﻳﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺟﺰﺍ ﺑﺮ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺍﺭﺗﮑﺎﺏ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﺍﺗﻘﻮﺍ ﺍ‪‬‬ ‫ﮐﺮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺠﺪﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺣﺰﺑﻰ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺣﺰﺏ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻟﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﻗﻞ ّ‬

‫ِ‬ ‫ﺑﻤﻠﮑﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺳﻠﻄﺎﻥ ُﻣﺒﻴﻦ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺗﻴﮑﻢ‬ ‫ﺍﺗﺒﻌﻮﺍ َﻣﻦ َ ٰ‬ ‫ﺳﻨﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻓﻠﻴﻦ ‪ِ  ِ .‬‬ ‫ﻭﻻ َ‪‬‬ ‫ﺗﺘ ِﺒﻌﻮﺍ ُ َ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪١٥٦‬‬

‫ﻫﺸﺘﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﮑﻤﺎﻝ‬

‫‪ ٨‬ﺍﻭﺕ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﻭﻥ ﻭ ﺍﻋﺼﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﻣﻨﺎﺑﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺘﻢ ﻳﮑﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ ‪ .‬ﻓﺮﻗﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﻪ ﻫﺮ ﻳﮏ ﺑﻪ ﻭﻫﻢ‬

‫ﺟﻞ ﺟﻼﻟﻪ ﺍﺷﺮﺍﻕ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ّ‬ ‫ﻧﻴﺮ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﻖ ﺍﺭﺍﺩﮤ ّ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺩ ﺳﺒﻴﻠﻰ ﺍﺧﺬ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻭ ﭼﻮﻥ ّ‬

‫ﮐﺒﺮﻯ ﺍﻋﺮﺍﺽ ﻋﻠﻤﺎ ﻭ ﻓﻘﻬﺎﻯ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﺖ‬ ‫ﮐﻞ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻋﺮﺍﺽ ﻭ ﺍﻋﺘﺮﺍﺽ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻓﺘﻮﻯ ﺩﺍﺩﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻔﺎﻕ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺮ ﺳﻔﮏ ﺩﻡ ﺍﻃﻬﺮ‬ ‫ﻋﺼﺮ ﺑﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻨﻴﻦ ّ ّ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﺍﺧﺮﻯ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﻋﻴﻦ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﮔﺮﻳﺴﺖ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻤﺎﻯ ﺍﺭﺽ ﺷﻴﻦ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺽ ﺻﺎﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻼﺩ ُ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺣﺴﻦ ﻧﺠﻔﻰ ﮐﻪ ﻗﻄﺐ ﻋﻠﻤﺎﻯ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﻟﻮﺡ ﻭ ﻗﻠﻢ ﻧﻮﺣﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ‪ .‬ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻥ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﺷﻴﺦ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺍﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﮔﺸﺖ ‪ ،‬ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻋﻠﻤﺎ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﻭ ﻭﺍﺿﺢ ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﻗﺪﺭ‬ ‫ﺑﻮﺩ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻭﻝ َﻣﻦ َ َ‬

‫ﺳﻢ ِﺍَﺑﺮﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺁﮔﺎﻩ ﻧﻪ ‪ .‬ﺣﺎﻝ ﺗﺎﺯﻩ ﺣﺮﻓﻬﺎﻯ ﺁﻥ ﺣﺰﺏ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ‪ .‬ﺑﮕﻮ ﺍﻯ‬ ‫َ ّ‬ ‫ﻳﺬﮐﺮ ﻓﻴﻪ ّﺍﻻ ﻫﻮ ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﻣﻐﺮﺏ ﺍﻭﻫﺎﻡ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺸﺮﻕ‬ ‫ﻏﺎﻓﻠﻴﻦ ﻳﻮﻡ ‪ ،‬ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ ،‬ﻻ ُ َ ُ‬

‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺭﺟﻮﻉ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ‪ .‬ﻓﺮﺻﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻖ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺎ ِ َ‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﻣﺎ ِ َ‬ ‫ﻳﻘﻴﻦ ّ‬ ‫ﺩﺳﺖ ﻣﺪﻫﻴﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺖ ﺭﺍ ﻏﻨﻴﻤﺖ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻳﺪ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪١٥٧‬‬ ‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬

‫ﺑﻪ ﻳﮏ ِ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﻗﺮﻭﻥ ﻭ ﺍﻋﺼﺎﺭ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﻪ ﻧﻨﻤﺎﻳﺪ ‪ .‬ﺑﺸﻨﻮﻳﺪ ﻧﺪﺍﻯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻈﻠﻮﻡ ﺭﺍ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺁﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ّ‬

‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺑﺮﻕ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ‪ .‬ﺟﻬﺪ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﻇﻠﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻋﺪﻝ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻋﺘﺴﺎﻑ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺼﺎﻑ ﺍﻗﺒﺎﻝ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ‪ّ .‬‬

‫ﻣﻮﺣﺪ ﻣﻰ‬ ‫ﻋﺒﺪﮤ ﺍﻭﻫﺎﻡ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﺷﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺗﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻰ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ ‪َ َ .‬‬

‫ﻧﻴﺮ ﺍﻣﺘﺤﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﻖ ﺍﺭﺍﺩﮤ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﻧﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻋﺎﮐﻔﺎﻥ ﻇﻨﻮﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻨﻘﻄﻊ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻤﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﭼﻮﻥ ّ‬

‫ﻭﺭﺍﺙ ﮐﻠﻴﻢ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ﺭﺣﻤﻦ ﺍﺷﺮﺍﻕ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ّ‬ ‫ﮐﻞ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺴﺮﺍﻥ ﻣﺒﻴﻦ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﮔﺸﺘﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﺑﻨﺎء ﺧﻠﻴﻞ ﻭ ّ‬

‫ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﭘﺴﺖ ﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﺣﺰﺍﺏ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻤﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﺣﺠﺒﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺧﺮﻕ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭﻳﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ‬

‫ﻗﻴﻮﻡ ﺍﺧﺬ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺁﺷﺎﻣﻴﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻋﻠﻤﺎﻯ ﺷﻨﻴﻌﻪ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ﺭﺣﻴﻖ ﻣﺨﺘﻮﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻳﺪ ﻋﻄﺎء ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ّ‬ ‫ﻟﻌﻤﺮ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻇﻠﻤﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﺪ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﺷﻴﻌﻪ ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻓﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺣﻴﻦ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻭ ُﻣﻌﺮﺽ ‪ُ َ َ .‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻰ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺷﺒﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻣﺸﻬﻮﺩ ﻧﻪ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻭﻝ ﺍﺑﺪﺍﻉ ٰ‬

‫ﺹ ‪١٥٨‬‬

‫ﻧﻬﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﮑﻤﺎﻝ‬

‫‪ ٩‬ﺍﻭﺕ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﻣﮑﻠﻢ ﻃﻮﺭ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺪﺭ ﻣﻘﺪﻭﺭ ﺑﻪ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺁﻥ ﺟﻨﺎﺏ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺣﮑﻤﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ َ ٰ‬

‫ﺑﺸﺎﺭﺕ ﺩﻫﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺁﮔﺎﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺷﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻓﺮﺍﺕ ﺭﺣﻤﺖ ﻣﺎﻟﮏ ﻗﺪﻡ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻤﻴﻦ ﻋﺮﺵ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ‬ ‫ﺟﺎﺭﻯ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻴﺎﺷﺎﻣﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺣﻴﻮﺓ ﺳﺮﻣﺪﻯ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﺣﺰﺏ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺗﮑﺒﻴﺮ‬

‫ﺣﺰﺏ ﺍ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ﺑﺸﺎﺭﺕ ﻣﻰ ﺩﻫﻴﻢ ‪ .‬ﺑﮕﻮ ﻳﺎ‬ ‫ﻣﻰ ﺭﺳﺎﻧﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺖ ﻭ ﺷﻔﻘﺖ ﻭ ﺭﺣﻤﺖ ّ‬ ‫َ‬

‫ﺣﻖ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺼﺮﺕ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺷﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﺎﺭ ﺿﻐﻴﻨﻪ‬ ‫ﻃﻴﺒﻪ ﻭ ﺍﺧﻼﻕ‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻴﻪ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺳﻴﻮﻑ ﺗﻘﻮﻯ ﻭ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ّ‬

‫ﻭ ﺑﻐﻀﺎ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺻﺪﻭﺭ ﺍﻫﻞ ﻣﺬﺍﻫﺐ ﻣﺸﺘﻌﻞ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻣﻄﺎﺭ ﺭﺣﻤﺖ ﺭﺣﻤﺎﻧﻰ ﻭ ﮐﻮﺛﺮ ﻧﺼﺎﻳﺢ‬ ‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﺣﺰﺏ ﺍ‪ ، ‬ﻧﺪﺍﻯ ﻣﻈﻠﻮﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺸﻨﻮﻳﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺷﺎﻳﺪ ﺻﺮﻳﺮ ﻗﻠﻢ‬ ‫ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻰ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﺷﻮﺩ ‪ .‬ﻳﺎ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺷﻤﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺫﺭﻭﮤ ﻋﻠﻴﺎ ﮐﺸﺎﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺹ ‪١٥٩‬‬ ‫ﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﮑﻤﺎﻝ‬

‫‪ ١٠‬ﺍﻭﺕ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﺍﻯ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﻭ ﺍﻯ ﺷﺎﺭﺑﺎﻥ ﺭﺣﻴﻖ ﻣﻌﺎﻧﻰ ‪ ،‬ﻧﺎﺻﺮ ‪ ،‬ﺟﻨﻮﺩ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﻩ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻃﻴﺒﻪ ﻭ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺣﺴﻨﻪ ﻭ ﺍﺧﻼﻕ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﻠﺤﮥ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﻩ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ‪ .‬ﺑﻠﮑﻪ ﮐﻠﻤﮥ ّ‬

‫ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ‪ .‬ﺍﻯ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻨﻮﺩ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺍﺧﻼﻕ ﻣﻈﻠﻮﻡ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺼﺮﺕ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ِﻣﻦ ٍ‬ ‫ﺗﮑَﺪُﺭ ِﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﺣﺪ ﻣﺎ َ ْ‬ ‫ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻨﻮﺩ ﺻﺒﺮ ﻭ ﺍﺻﻄﺒﺎﺭ ‪ِ ،‬ﻟ‪ّ  ‬ﻼ َ َ َ‬

‫ﺗﻀﻄﺮﺏ ِﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻮﺏ ‪ .‬ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺟﻨﻮﺩ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﻨﻮﺩ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮﻯ ﻧﺘﻮﺍﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨ ُ‬ ‫ﻔﻮﺱ ﻭ َ َ ِ ُ‬

‫ﻗﺮﻯ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻳﮏ ﻋﻤﻞ ﭘﺎﮎ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻓﻖ‬ ‫ﻣﺪﺍﺋﻦ ﺍﻓﺌﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻗﻠﻮﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﻨﻮﺩ ﻣﻔﺘﻮﺡ ‪ .‬ﺑﺴﺎ ﻣﺪﻥ ﻭ ٰ‬ ‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ﺗﺸﺒﺚ ﺟﺴﺘﻨﺪ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺫﻳﻞ ﻣﺎﻟﮏ ﺍﺳﻤﺎء ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ّ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﺣﻼﻭﺕ ﺍﺧﻼﻕ ﺭﺍ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻭ ﺍﺩﺭﺍﮎ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺹ ‪١٦٠‬‬ ‫ﻳﺎﺯﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﮑﻤﺎﻝ‬

‫‪ ١١‬ﺍﻭﺕ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻰ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺮﺍﻓﻘﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺩﺑﺎﺭﻯ ﺳﺎﮐﻦ ﻭ ﻣﺴﺘﺮﻳﺢ ﻭ ّﺍﻻ ﻫﺮ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺟﺪﺍﻟﻰ ﻭ ﻧﺰﺍﻋﻰ‬

‫ﺣﻖ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺎﻧﻰ ﺁﻣﻞ ﻭ ﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﮐﻪ ﺿﻐﻴﻨﻪ ﻭ ﺑﻐﻀﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺑﺮ ﭘﺎ ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ّ‬

‫ﻣﺒﺪﻝ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻭﺳﺖ ﺑﺮ ﻫﺮ ﺷﻴﺌﻰ ﻗﺎﺩﺭ ﻭ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺎ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺗﺤﺎﺩ ﻭ ﻧﻔﺎﻕ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻭﻓﺎﻕ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ّ‬

‫ﺹ ‪١٦١‬‬ ‫ﺩﻭﺍﺯﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﮑﻤﺎﻝ‬

‫‪ ١٢‬ﺍﻭﺕ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﻫﺮ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﻣﺎﻟﮏ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﭼﻪ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ‬ ‫ﮐﻪ ﻣﺴﺎﺟﺪ ﺑﻨﺎ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﮐﻨﺎﺋﺲ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﭘﻞ ﻫﺎ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻨﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺁﻧﮑﻪ ﺫﮐﺮ ﺧﻴﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﺽ ﺑﻤﺎﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻗﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺑﻪ ﻣﮑﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﺁﻥ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ‬

‫ﻧﻔﻮﺳﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﺪﻫﺰﺍﺭ ﺁﻣﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺭﺟﺎ ﻭ ﻃﻠﺐ ﻭ ﺍﺑﺘﻬﺎﻝ ﺍﺯ ﻏﻨﻰ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﻭﻻﺩ ﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻨﺪ ﺗﺎ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﺛﺮﻯ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﺽ ﺑﺎﻗﻰ ﺑﻤﺎﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺁﻧﮑﻪ ﻧﻤﻰ ﺩﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺻﺎﻟﺢ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻳﺎ ﺩﻭﻥ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺛﻨﺎﻳﺶ ﻧﺎﻃﻖ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﺍﮔﺮ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﺑﻪ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻥ ّ‬ ‫ﺁﻥ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻟﮑﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ّ‬

‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﻣﻮﻓﻖ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺫﮐﺮﺵ ﻭ ﺛﻨﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭﺍﻡ ﻣﻠﮏ ﻭ ﻣﻠﮑﻮﺕ ﺑﺎﻗﻰ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﻣﺎﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﺧﺪﻣﺘﺶ ّ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺎﺭﻯ ﺷﺪ ‪ .‬ﺁﻥ ﺫﮐﺮ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺤﻮ ﺍﺧﺬ ﻧﻨﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺫﮐﺮﺵ ﻭ ﺛﻨﺎﻳﺶ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻠﻢ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ‬ ‫ُ ِ‬ ‫ﺧﺮﻡ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻳﺎﺽ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ّ‬ ‫ﮐﺮﻭﺭ ﺍﻋﺼﺎﺭ ﻭ ﻗﺮﻭﻥ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻬﻨﻪ ﻧﮑﻨﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻻ َﻳﺰﺍﻝ ﺗﺎﺯﻩ ﻭ ّ‬

‫ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺹ ‪١٦٢‬‬

‫ﺳﻴﺰﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﮑﻤﺎﻝ‬

‫‪ ١٣‬ﺍﻭﺕ‬

‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬

‫ﺑﻪ ﺍﺧﻼﻕ ﻭ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺭﻓﻖ ﻭ ﻣﺪﺍﺭﺍ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺪﻳﻨﮥ ﺭﺣﻤﻦ ﮐﺸﺎﻧﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬

‫ﻣﺪﻋﻰ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﺒﺖ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺷﺌﻮﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭﻧﺶ ﻣﻤﺘﺎﺯ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪ .‬ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﺍﻣﺮ ﻭ ﺍﻋﺘﺮﺍﻑ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻣﺪﻋﻰ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻣﻨﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻟﮑﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﺩﻋﺎ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻧﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ّ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ﻣﺤﺾ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ﺧﻴﺎﻧﺘﻬﻢ ‪ .‬ﺍﻯ‬ ‫ﻏﻔﻠﺘﻬﻢ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻏﺮﻭﺭﻫﻢ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺍ‪‬ﻬﻢ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺑﮑﺬﺑﻬﻢ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻳﺸﻬﺪ‬ ‫ﻟﺴﺎﻥ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻤﺔ َ َ ُ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫ﻟﻠﻪ‬ ‫ﺗﮑﻠﻢ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ‪ .‬ﮐﻠﻤﻪ ﺍﻯ ﮐﻪ ِ ّ‬ ‫ﻟﻠﻪ ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﻭ ِﻟﻮﺟﻪ ﺍ‪ّ ‬‬ ‫ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ‪ ،‬ﺧﺎﻟﺼﴼ ِ ّ‬

‫ﻣﺆﺛﺮ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺒﺘﻪ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺳﻤﺎء ﻗﻠﺐ ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﻖ ﻟﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﺷﺮﺍﻕ ﮐﻨﺪ ّ‬

‫ﻟﻌﻤﺮ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺍﻗﻮﺍﻝ‬ ‫ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻏﺎﻓﻞ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﻴﺪ ‪ُ َ َ .‬‬

‫ﻣﻄﻠﻊ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺍﺑﺪﴽ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻣﮑﺮﻭﻫﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺕ ﻧﻨﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺟﺰ ﺧﻴﺮ ﻣﺤﺾ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻃﻴﺒﻪ ﻭ ﺧﺒﻴﺜﻪ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﺻﺮﻑ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻧﺸﻮﺩ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪١٦٣‬‬ ‫ﭼﻬﺎﺭﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﮑﻤﺎﻝ‬

‫‪ ١٤‬ﺍﻭﺕ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﻳﺎ َ َﺍﺑﺎﺍﻟﺤﺴﻦ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺟﻪ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻣﺬﻫﺐ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻭ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻣﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺟﻞ ﺟﻼﻟﻪ ﻏﺎﻓﻞ ‪ .‬ﻫﺮ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ّ‬ ‫ﻧﺎﺱ ﻗﺪﺭﻯ ﻧﻤﺎﻧﺪﻩ ‪ .‬ﺑﺮ ﺍﺻﻨﺎﻡ ﺍﻭﻫﺎﻡ ﻋﺎﮐﻔﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ّ‬

‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺬﮐﻮﺭ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ﻣﺤﺴﻮﺏ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻸ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺑﻪ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺖ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﺪ ﺍﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻫﻞ ّ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﻣﺎﺩﻭﻧﺶ ﻣﻌﺪﻭﻡ ﻭ ﻣﻔﻘﻮﺩ ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺑﻼﻳﺎﻯ ﻋﺠﻴﺒﻪ ﻭ ﻏﺮﻳﺒﻪ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ‪ ،‬ﻣﻊ ﺫﻟﮏ ﺍﺣﺪﻯ‬

‫ﻣﺆﻳﺪ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ﻣﻰ ﻃﻠﺒﻴﻢ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺭﺍ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﺘﻔﺖ ﻧﻪ ‪ .‬ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻪ ﻗﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺍﺣﺎﻃﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ّ‬

‫ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺁﮔﺎﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺹ ‪١٦٤‬‬ ‫ﭘﺎﻧﺰﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﮑﻤﺎﻝ‬

‫‪ ١٥‬ﺍﻭﺕ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﻣﺘﻤﺴﮏ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﺧﻼﻕ‬ ‫ﺑﮕﻮ ﺍﻯ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺑﻬﺎء ﺟﻬﺪ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺳﺰﺍﻭﺍﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﻗﻠﻢ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺭﺍ ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﮐﻮﺛﺮ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻥ ﺑﻨﻮﺷﺎﻧﻴﺪ ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻟﻴﺎﻟﻰ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﺍﺣﺒﺎﻯ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ َﻋﺮﻑ‬ ‫ﺫﮐﺮ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﻣﻘﺒﻠﻪ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ ‪ .‬ﺍﺩﺭﺍﮎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﮔﺮ ّ‬ ‫ﻳﺤﺒﻪ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻗﻴﺎﻡ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻮ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺳﻤﻮ ﺁﻥ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺒﺘﻪ ّ‬ ‫ﮐﻞ ﺑﻤﺎ ُ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻣﻄﻠﻊ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﺎﺑﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺮ ّ‬

‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪١٦٥‬‬

‫ﺷﺎﻧﺰﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﮑﻤﺎﻝ‬

‫‪ ١٦‬ﺍﻭﺕ‬

‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬

‫ﺗﻔﮑﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻪ ﻳﮏ ﻟﻮﺡ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺡ ﺭﺍ ﻗﺮﺍﺋﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻌﺎﻧﻰ ﺁﻥ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺑﻴﻨﺎﺕ ﻭ ﻇﻬﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﻭ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﮐﻨﻨﺪ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺭﺍ ﮐﺎﻓﻰ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻫﺴﺖ ‪ .‬ﻳﺎ ﺣﺒﻴﺒﻰ ‪ ،‬ﺁﻳﺎﺕ ﻭ ّ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺬﻯ ﻻ ﺍﻟﻪ ّﺍﻻ ﻫﻮ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺄﻧﻰ ﻧﺎﺯﻝ ﻭ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﮐﻪ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺴﻦ ﻭ ﺍﻗﻼﻡ ﺍﺯ ﺫﮐﺮ‬ ‫ﻭﺍ‪ّ ‬‬

‫ﺗﻀﺮﻉ ﻭ ﺍﺑﺘﻬﺎﻝ ﺍﺯ ﻏﻨﻰ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﻃﻠﺐ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺁﻥ ﻋﺎﺟﺰ ﻭ ﻗﺎﺻﺮ ‪ .‬ﺣﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﮐﻤﺎﻝ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﻢ ﮐﻪ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ﻧﻨﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﻧﻌﻴﻖ ﻧﺎﻋﻘﻴﻦ ﻭ ﺿﻮﺿﺎﻯ ﻣﻨﮑﺮﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻳﻞ ﻧﺸﻮﺩ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺹ ‪١٦٦‬‬

‫ﻫﻔﺪﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﮑﻤﺎﻝ‬

‫‪ ١٧‬ﺍﻭﺕ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﺍﻳﺎﻣﻰ ﮐﻪ ﻗﻠﻮﺏ ﻣﺘﺰﻟﺰﻝ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻯ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺪ ‪ ‬ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺖ ّ‬

‫ﺍﻋﺰ‬ ‫ﺍﺭﮐﺎﻥ ﻣﻀﻄﺮﺏ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺖ ﻣﺎﻟﮏ ﺍﺳﻤﺎء ﺑﻪ ﺍﻓﻖ‬ ‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ّ‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮﺍﺯ ّ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﺍﻧﻮﺭ‬ ‫ﻣﺰﻳﻦ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ‪ ....‬ﻗﺪﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ّ‬ ‫ﺟﻞ ﺟﻼﻟﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﺑﻬﻰ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺖ ّ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﻣﺘﻤﺴﮏ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺷﻴﺎﻃﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﮐﻤﻴﻦ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺪﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺒﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺖ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﻬﻰ ﻧﺪﺍ ﻣﻰ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺮﺩﻭﺱ‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺭﻭﺯﻯ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺳﺪﺭﺓ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﺟﻞ ﺟﻼﻟﻪ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﻭ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺖ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ‪ .‬ﮔﻮﺵ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ ﮐﻪ ﻧﺪﺍﻯ ّ‬

‫ﻭ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺑﺼﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﻖ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻫﺮ ‪ .‬ﺍﻯ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ﺑﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﺎﻯ ﺍﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻧﺠﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺟﻬﺪ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻼﻳﺎ ﻭ ﺭﺯﺍﻳﺎﺋﻰ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ّ‬

‫ﺷﻤﺎ ﺣﻤﻞ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﺫﮐﺮ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ‪ .‬ﺑﺴﺎ ﺷﺒﻬﺎ ﮐﻪ ﺟﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺴﺪ ﺭﺍﺣﺖ ﻧﺒﻮﺩ ﻭ ﭼﺸﻢ ﻧﻮﻡ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺍﺩﺭﺍﮎ ﻧﻨﻤﻮﺩ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺹ ‪١٦٧‬‬ ‫ﻫﺠﺪﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﮑﻤﺎﻝ‬

‫‪ ١٨‬ﺍﻭﺕ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﻣﺸﻘﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻯ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ‪ ،‬ﺷﻤﺎﺗﺖ ﺍﻋﺪﺍ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺷﻨﻴﺪﻳﺪ ﻭ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺻﻌﻮﺑﺎﺕ ﻭ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺛﺒﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﮐﻪ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ‬ ‫ﮐﻪ ﻓﻰ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺣﻤﻞ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻳﺪ ﻭ ﻟﮑﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻣﺎﺗﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻠﻢ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ﻣﻘﺎﻣﺎﺕ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺣﻔﻆ‬ ‫ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻧﺰﺩ ﺫﮐﺮﺵ ﻣﻌﺪﻭﻡ ﻭ ﻣﻔﻘﻮﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﻢ ّ‬

‫ﺣﻖ ﺑﻪ ﻏﺎﻳﺖ ﻏﺎﻓﻞ ﻭ ﻣﺤﺠﻮﺏ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺳﺎﺭﻗﻴﻦ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻻﻣﺮ َ ِ‬ ‫ﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﻦ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﻴﺪ ﺍ‪ ‬‬ ‫َ ُ‬

‫ﺹ ‪١٦٨‬‬

‫ﻧﻮﺯﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﮑﻤﺎﻝ‬

‫‪ ١٩‬ﺍﻭﺕ‬

‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬

‫ﺁﺫﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﮐﻞ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻴﻦ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﻊ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺍﺻﻐﺎ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻻ ُﻳﻐﻨﻴﻬﻢ‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ّ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻴﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﻭ ﻻ‬ ‫ﻗﻮﺕ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﺑﺼﺎﺭ ﺍﻻﻣﻢ ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ّ‬ ‫ُ‬

‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ‪ .‬ﺫﮐﺮﺗﺎﻥ ﻧﺰﺩ ﻣﻈﻠﻮﻡ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻫﺴﺖ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻧﺎﺱ ﻏﺎﻓﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺁﮔﺎﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻓﻖ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻣﻮﻓﻖ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺳﺰﺍﻭﺍﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ .‬ﺯﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺭﺽ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺧﺬ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﺍ‪ّ ‬‬

‫ﮐﻞ ﺭﺍ ِﺍﺧﺒﺎﺭ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﺒﺎﺩ ﻏﺎﻓﻞ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺻﺮﺍﻁ ﺑﻠﻐﺰﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻗﻠﻢ‬ ‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ّ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﻓﺎﻧﻈﺮﻭﺍ‬ ‫ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺧﺎﺩﻋﻴﻦ ﻭ ﻧﺎﻋﻘﻴﻦ ﻭ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻠﻢ‬ ‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺎﺭﻯ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ ‪.‬ﻗﻞ َ ُ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻢ‬ ‫ﻓﻴﻤﺎ َ َ َ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻤﻦ ِﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ‪ّ .‬‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺰﻟﻪ ّ‬ ‫ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ‪ ،‬ﻋﻨﺪﻩ ُ‬ ‫ﻇﻬﺮ ﻭ َ َ ُ‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺒﺮﮐﻢ ﺑﻤﺎ َ َ َ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﻪ َ َ‬ ‫ﻟﺴﻤﻮ ِ‬ ‫ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺕ ﻭ ﺍﻻﺭﺽ ﻓﻰ‬ ‫ٍ‬ ‫ﺍ ّ‬

‫ﺹ ‪١٦٩‬‬

‫ﺍﻭﻝ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻻﺳﻤﺎء‬ ‫ّ‬

‫‪ ٢٠‬ﺍﻭﺕ‬

‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬

‫ﺫﺭﻩ‬ ‫ﺣﻤﺪ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺪﺱ ﺍﺯ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻥ ﮐﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩﻯ ﺭﺍ ﻻﻳﻖ ﻭ ﺳﺰﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻳﮏ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺖ ّ‬

‫ﻧﻌﻮﺫ ﺑﺎ‪ ‬ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺖ‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮﺍﺯ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﻗﻄﺮﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺍﮔﺮ َ ُ‬

‫ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺻﮥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻨﻊ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ " ُﮐ‪‬ﻠﺸﻰ‪ ‬ﻫﺎﻟﮏ ّﺍﻻ ﻭﺟﻬﻪ " ﻫﻮﻳﺪﺍ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪ .‬ﭘﺎﮎ ﻭ‬

‫ﻣﻘﺪﺱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺳﺎﺣﺖ ﺍﻗﺪﺳﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺫﮐﺮ ﻓﺼﺤﺎ ﻭ ﺑﻠﻐﺎﻯ ﺍﺭﺽ ‪ .‬ﻫﺮ ﻋﺎﺭﻑ ﻣﻨﺼﻔﻰ ﺍﻋﺘﺮﺍﻑ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﺑﺮ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺗﺠﻠﻰ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﻋﺠﺰ ﻭ ﻫﺮ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺻﺎﺩﻗﻰ ﺍﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﺑﺮ ﻗﺼﻮﺭ ‪ ....‬ﺍﻭﺳﺖ ﻣﻘﺘﺪﺭﻯ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻳﮏ ّ‬

‫ﻣﻨﻮﺭ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺻﺮﺍﻁ ﺭﺍ َﺍﻣﺎﻡ ﻭﺟﻮﻩ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺗﺠﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺭﺍ ّ‬

‫ﻣﺸﻴﺖ‬ ‫ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﻧﺼﺐ ﮐﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ّ‬ ‫ﺗﺠﻠﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﻣﻰ ﺑﻪ ﮐﻠﻤﻪ ﺫﮐﺮ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﻣﻰ ﺑﻪ ّ‬

‫ﻣﺘﺤﺮﮎ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﻣﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺭﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺫﻟﮏ ﺻﻮﺭ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻭ ﺻﻴﺤﻪ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﻭ ﺍﻫﻞ ﻗﺒﻮﺭ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪١٧٠‬‬

‫ﺩﻭﻡ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻻﺳﻤﺎء‬

‫‪ ٢١‬ﺍﻭﺕ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﺍ‪ ‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺷﺮﺍﻗﺎﺕ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﻭ ﺭﺷﺤﺎﺕ ﺑﺤﺮ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺖ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﻴﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻻﺯﺍﻝ ﮐﺄﺱ‬

‫ﻣﺤﺒﺖ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺭﺍ ﭘﻰ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻰ ﺑﻨﻮﺷﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺎﺷﺎﻣﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻨﻮﺷﺎﻧﻴﺪ ‪ .‬ﻋﺠﺐ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺎﺱ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺜﻞ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻳﻮﻡ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﮐﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺩﺍﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻧﺶ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ﻣﺎﻧﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﺑﺼﺎﺭ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ‬

‫ﺳﻠﻄﺎﻧﻪ ﺳﺎﺋﻠﻢ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ﺟﻞ‬ ‫ﺟﻠﺖ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ّ‬ ‫ﻋﻈﻤﺘﻪ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ﺿﻌﻴﻒ ﻭ ﺷﻤﺲ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﺩﺭ ﮐﻤﺎﻝ ﻧﻮﺭ ﻭ ﺿﻴﺎء ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ّ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ُ‬

‫ﺍﻧﻪ‬ ‫ﻗﻮﺕ ﻋﻄﺎ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﮤ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﻣﻌﻨﻮﻯ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ﻧﻤﺎﻧﺪ ‪ّ .‬‬ ‫ﭼﺸﻤﻬﺎﻯ ﺿﻌﻴﻔﻪ ﺭﺍ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺘﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﺮ ‪.‬‬ ‫َﻟﻬﻮ‬ ‫ُ‬

‫ﺹ ‪١٧١‬‬

‫ﺳﻮﻡ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻻﺳﻤﺎء‬

‫‪ ٢٢‬ﺍﻭﺕ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﻳﺎ َ َﺍﺑﺎﺍﻟﺤﺴﻦ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﺍ‪ ‬ﺑﻪ ﮐﻮﺛﺮ ﻣﻌﺎﻧﻰ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﮐﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﻣﮑﻨﻮﻥ ﻭ‬

‫ﮐﻞ ﺑﻪ ﮐﻠﻤﺔ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻧﺎﻃﻘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻟﮑﻦ ﻳﮏ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﺴﺘﻮﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺮﺳﻰ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻴﺎﺷﺎﻣﻰ ‪ّ .‬‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ﻳﻠﻌﺒﻮﻥ " ﺟﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩ ﻭ ﻧﻔﺲ‬ ‫ﺫﺭﻫﻢ ﻓﻰ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺿﻬﻢ َ َ‬ ‫ﺍﺻﻐﺎء ﮐﻠﻤﮥ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﮐﮥ " ﻗﻞ ﺍ‪ُ ‬ﺛّﻢ َ ُ‬

‫ﻣﺤﻞ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﺮ ﻧﺨﺎﺳﺖ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺣﺪ ﺍﺣﺼﺎء ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ّ‬ ‫ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺻﻐﺎء ﺁﻳﺎﺕ ّ‬

‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ﻣﺎﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﻭﺟﻪ ﺑﻰ ﻧﺼﻴﺐ ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﻟﻔﻆ ‪ ،‬ﺫﮐﺮ ﮐﻮﺛﺮ ﻭ ﺳﻠﺴﺒﻴﻞ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﻧﻔﺤﺎﺕ ّ‬

‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻫﺮ ﺩﻭ َﺍﻣﺎﻡ ﻭﺟﻮﻩ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻏﺎﻳﺖ ﺑﻌﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺩﻭﺭ ‪ .‬ﻗﻠﻢ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﮐﻞ ﺍﺣﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺼﻴﺤﺖ ﻣﻰ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﴽ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻃﻨﴼ ﻣﻨﻔﻌﺖ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺧﻮﺩ ﺁﻥ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ ،‬ﻣﻊ ﺫﻟﮏ ﮔﻮﺵ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺻﻐﺎ ﻣﻨﻊ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﭼﺸﻢ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺠﺒﺎﺕ‬

‫ﻫﻮﺍﺋﻴﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﮤ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪﺍﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪١٧٢‬‬ ‫ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻻﺳﻤﺎء‬

‫‪ ٢٣‬ﺍﻭﺕ‬

‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬

‫ﺣﻖ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﻧﺸﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺍﻓﺖ‬ ‫ﭼﻪ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﺯ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻥ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻮﻓﻖ ﻧﮕﺸﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺎ ﺑﺮ ﺧﺪﻣﺖ ﺍﻣﺮ ّ‬ ‫ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻥ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﮔﺸﺘﻨﺪ ‪ّ ،‬‬

‫ﻟﻠﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﺧﺪﻣﺖ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻟﮑﻦ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻠﻢ‬ ‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﮐﺮ ﺁﻥ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻧﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺗﻮ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺪ ِ ّ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﻣﺘﻀﻮﻉ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺎﺋﻔﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﺣﻘﺮ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺍﺭﺽ ﺍﮔﺮ ﻧﻔﺤﮥ ﺧﻠﻮﺹ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭ‬ ‫ﻧﻌﻤﺖ ﺑﺰﺭﮒ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﺪﻯ ‪َ َ .‬‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻧﻔﻮﺳﻰ ﮐﻪ ﻇﻨﻮﻥ‬ ‫ﻟﺪﻯ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻣﺤﺴﻮﺏ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺒﻮﻝ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻋﺮﺵ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺑﻬﺎء َ َ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﻭ ﺍﻭﻫﺎﻡ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺤﺮ ﻳﻘﻴﻦ ﻣﻨﻊ ﻧﻨﻤﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻇﻠﻢ ﺍﻫﻞ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ﻧﺴﺎﺧﺖ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺹ ‪١٧٣‬‬ ‫ﭘﻨﺠﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻻﺳﻤﺎء‬

‫‪ ٢٤‬ﺍﻭﺕ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﺑﺬﻳﻞ ﺍﻻﺻﻄﺒﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﺗﺸﺒﺜﻮﺍ‬ ‫ﺑﺤﺒﻞ‬ ‫ﻤﺴﮑﻮﺍ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣِﺔ ﺑﻘﺪﺭﺗﻰ ﻭ َ َ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﺣﺒﺎﺋﻰ ‪َ ،‬ﺗ َ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻳﺎ ّ‬ ‫َ‬

‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺪﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻓﻴﻮﺿﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﺒ ِ‬ ‫ﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻳﺰﺍﻟﺤﮑﻴﻢ ‪ .‬ﻗﺪﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ّ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺳﻤﻰ ّ ّ‬

‫ﺍﺗﺤﺎﺩ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻳﻌﻨﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺫﮐﺮ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻧﺎﻣﺘﻨﺎﻫﻴﻪ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ﻧﺴﺎﺯﻳﺪ ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﮐﻤﺎﻝ ّ‬

‫ﻋﻠﺖ ﺍﻋﺮﺍﺽ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ‬ ‫ﺛﻨﺎ ﻭ ﺗﺒﻠﻴﻎ ﺍﻣﺮﺵ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺮﻯ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺳﺒﺐ ﻭ ّ‬

‫ﺣﻖ ﻣﻘﺒﻮﻝ ﻧﻪ ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﮐﻤﺎﻝ ﺭﻭﺡ ﻭ ﺭﻳﺤﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﺭﺣﻤﻦ ﺳﻠﻮﮎ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ‪.‬‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﺖ ﺣﺰﻥ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻧﺰﺩ ّ‬

‫ﺹ ‪١٧٤‬‬

‫ﺷﺸﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻻﺳﻤﺎء‬

‫‪ ٢٥‬ﺍﻭﺕ‬

‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬

‫ﺍﻯ ﺑﺮﺍﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ‬ ‫ﻣﮑﺮﻡ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺪ ِ ّ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ﻓﺎﺋﺰﻯ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮﺍﺯ ﺍﻣﺎﻧﺖ ّ‬ ‫ﻟﻠﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺖ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺰﻳﻦ ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ّ‬

‫ﻣﺆﻳﺪ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺟﻞ ﺟﻼﻟﻪ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﺣﺒﺎء ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﻻﻳﻖ ﻭ ﺳﺰﺍﻭﺍﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ ّ‬

‫ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺷﺌﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﻓﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﻭ ﻇﻬﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﺁﻥ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻠﮑﻮﺕ ﺑﺎﻗﻰ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ﻧﺴﺎﺯﺩ ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ‬

‫ﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ‬ ‫ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺏ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﺕ ﻭ ﺭﺑﺢ ﺁﻥ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻳﺪ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺁﻥ ﺟﻨﺎﺏ ِ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺒﺘﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩﻯ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﺮﮐﺖ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺖ ﺷﺪ ‪ .‬ﻫﺮ ﺍﻣﺮﻯ ِ ّ‬ ‫ﻟﻠﻪ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺷﻮﺩ ّ‬

‫ﺍﺛﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ُﻣﻠﮏ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺹ ‪١٧٥‬‬

‫ﻫﻔﺘﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻻﺳﻤﺎء‬

‫‪ ٢٦‬ﺍﻭﺕ‬

‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬

‫ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﺍ‪ ‬ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺖ ﺭﺣﻤﻦ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭﻧﺶ ﻓﺎﺭﻍ ﻭ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ‪ .‬ﭼﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ‬

‫ﻧﻴﺮ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﻖ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻃﺎﻟﻊ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻣﻢ ﺍﻋﺮﺍﺽ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﭼﻮﻥ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻨﺘﻈﺮ ّ‬

‫ﺟﻞ ﺟﻼﻟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﮐﺎﻣﻠﮥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺣﻔﻆ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻇﻠﻤﺖ ﻧﻔﺲ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﮕﺮ ﻧﻔﻮﺳﻰ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ّ‬ ‫ﻫﻮﻯ ﻧﺠﺎﺕ ﺑﺨﺸﻴﺪ ‪ .‬ﻗﺪﺭ ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺪﺍﻧﻴﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺍﺻﻨﺎﻡ ﺍﻭﻫﺎﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﻢ ﻣﺎﻟﮏ ﺍﻧﺎﻡ ﺑﺸﮑﻨﻴﺪ‬

‫ﺣﻖ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺮﺍﻣﻮﺵ ﻧﮑﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻟﺌﺎﻟﻰ ﮐﻠﻤﺎﺗﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺻﺪﻑ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻓﻖ ﻳﻘﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻇﺮ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺻﺎﻳﺎﻯ ّ‬

‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﻗﻠﺐ ﻣﺤﻔﻮﻅ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺪ ِ ّ‬ ‫ﻟﻠﻪ ﻓﻀﻠﺶ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻧﮕﺬﺍﺷﺘﻪ ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻟﻴﺎﻟﻰ ﻭ ّ‬

‫ﺫﮐﺮ ﻭ ﺛﻨﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ‪ .‬ﺯﻭﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺗﺮﺍﺑﻰ ﻭ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻭﺳﺖ ﻓﺎﻧﻰ ﻭ ﻣﻌﺪﻭﻡ‬

‫ﺍﺣﺒﺎﻯ ﺍﻭ ﺛﺒﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﻗﻰ ﻭ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ ﻣﺎﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺭﮤ ّ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪١٧٦‬‬

‫ﻫﺸﺘﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻻﺳﻤﺎء‬

‫‪ ٢٧‬ﺍﻭﺕ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻥ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻯ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﺍ‪ ‬ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺖ ﺭﺣﻤﻦ ﺍﺯ ﮐﻮﺛﺮ َ َ‬

‫ﮐﺮﻡ ُﻣﺸﺮﻕ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺤﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﺭﺍﺩﮤ ّ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ﺟﺎﺭﻯ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻴﺎﺷﺎﻣﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺑﺮﻳﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ َ َ‬

‫ﻣﺘﻤﺴﮏ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﻮﺍﺝ ‪ ،‬ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ﻣﮑﻨﻴﺪ ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﺣﻮﺍﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺒﻞ ﺫﮐﺮ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺟﻮﺩ ّ‬

‫ﺟﻞ ﺟﻼﻟﻪ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ ‪ .‬ﺷﻴﺎﻃﻴﻦ ﺍﺭﺽ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺿﻼﻝ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﮐﻮﺗﺎﻫﻰ ﻧﻨﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ّ‬ ‫ﺛﻨﺎﻯ ّ‬

‫ﻣﺤﺒﺖ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻭ ﻣﺤﻔﻮﻅ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺧﺎﺋﻨﻴﻦ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻟﺌﺎﻟﻰ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺁﻟﻮﺩﻩ ﻧﻨﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﺍﻭﺕ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ‪ .‬ﻗﺪﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﺪﺍ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺪﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻳﻮﻡ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ‬

‫ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﺪﺍ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﻧﻪ ‪ .‬ﭼﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﺎ ﻭ ﺍﺻﻔﻴﺎ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺴﺮﺕ ﻧﺪﺍﻯ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺟﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﻧﺸﺪﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺹ ‪١٧٧‬‬ ‫ﻧﻬﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻻﺳﻤﺎء‬

‫‪ ٢٨‬ﺍﻭﺕ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﻋﺰ ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩﻯ ﺭﺍ ﻻﻳﻖ ﻭ ﺳﺰﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻋﻮﺍﻟﻢ‬ ‫ﺣﻤﺪ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺪﺱ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺩﺭﺍﮐﺎﺕ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﺍﺕ ﺳﺎﺣﺖ ّ‬ ‫ﻧﺎﻣﺘﻨﺎﻫﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺍﺯ ﻏﻴﺐ ﺑﻪ ﻋﺮﺻﻪ ﺷﻬﻮﺩ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ ‪ .‬ﺍﻭﺳﺖ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺎﺋﻰ ﮐﻪ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ‬

‫ﻧﺰﺩ ﻗﺪﺭﺗﺶ ﺿﻌﻴﻒ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﻣﻌﺪﻭﻡ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻭﺳﺖ ﺳﻠﻄﺎﻧﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺳﻠﻄﻨﺘﻬﺎﻯ ﺍﺭﺽ ﻧﺰﺩ‬

‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ﻗﺪﺭﺗﻪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺑﻌﻈﻤﺘﻪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﮐﻞ َﺷﻰ‪‬‬ ‫ﻇﻬﻮﺭ‬ ‫ﺷﻬﺪ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﺩﻧﻰ ﺁﻳﻪﺍﺵ ﻣﻘﻬﻮﺭ ﻭ ﻣﻐﻠﻮﺏ ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ َ ِ َ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ِ‬ ‫ﺷﻮﮐﺔ ّ ِ‬ ‫ٍ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ﻇﻬﻮﺭﻩ ﻭ ﺍﻗﺘﺪﺍﺭﻩ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻟﻌﺰﻩ ﻭ‬ ‫ﮐﻞ ﺫﻯ‬ ‫ﺧﻀﻊ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺳﻠﻄﺎﻧﻪ ﻭ َ َ َ‬

‫ﺹ ‪١٧٨‬‬ ‫ﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻻﺳﻤﺎء‬

‫‪ ٢٩‬ﺍﻭﺕ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﺑﺸﻨﻮﻳﺪ ﻧﺪﺍﻯ ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ﻳﮑﺘﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺍﻣﺮ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺭﻭﺯ‬

‫ﻣﻨﻮﺭ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ‬ ‫ﮐﻞ ﺍﺯ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﺍ‪ّ ‬‬ ‫ﺗﺠﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﻳﻘﻴﻦ ّ‬

‫ﻗﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻣﺮﺵ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺷﻴﺎﻃﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﮐﻤﻴﻦ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﻢ‬ ‫ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺄﻧﻰ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ﻧﺎﺱ ﺭﺍ ﮔﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ‪.‬‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﮐﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺎ ﺳﻮﻯ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻗﺎﺩﺭ ﺑﺮ ﻣﻨﻊ ﺁﻥ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﺍ‪ّ ‬‬

‫ﺣﺐ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻠﺬﺫ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺄﻧﻰ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺭﺣﻤﻦ ﻣﺸﺘﻌﻞ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺣﻼﻭﺕ ﺫﮐﺮﺵ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﺖ ﺟﺬﺏ ﻗﻠﻮﺏ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﺷﻮﺩ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺳﺒﺐ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪١٧٩‬‬

‫ﻳﺎﺯﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻻﺳﻤﺎء‬

‫‪ ٣٠‬ﺍﻭﺕ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺮﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻇﻨﻮﻥ ﻭ ﺍﻭﻫﺎﻡ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻓﺎﺭﻍ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺭﻭﺯﻯ‬ ‫ﺍﻯ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ‪ ،‬ﺟﻬﺪ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻣﻰ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻣﻨﺘﺴﺒﻴﻦ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﻘﺎﻣﺎﺕ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﻪ ﻭ ﺍﺫﮐﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻗﻴﻪ‬

‫ﺗﺤﺼﻴﻞ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ‪ .‬ﻗﺴﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﺭ ِ‬ ‫ﻭﺟﻪ ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺑﻰ ﻭ ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺑﮑﻢ ﮐﻪ ﺫﮐﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻣﻨﻊ ﺍﻗﺪﺱ ﺩﺭ‬

‫ﻳﻨ َﺒﻐﻰ َﻟﻪ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ‪.‬ﭼﻪ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﮐﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪﺭﺵ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺪﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻤﺎ َ ْ‬

‫ﻧﻴﺮ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﻖ ﻋﺮﺍﻕ ﻣﺸﺮﻕ ﺑﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﻧﺎﻋﻘﻴﻦ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺒﻞ ﮐﻪ ّ‬

‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺒﺘﻪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻠﻢ‬ ‫ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻌﺎﻕ ﻧﺎﻋﻘﻴﻦ ﻭ ﻃﻴﻮﺭ ﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﺧﺒﺎﺭ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ﮐﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺖ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﺤﻔﻮﻅ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ّ‬ ‫ﻧﺎﺯﻝ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻋﺰ ﺍﻗﺪﺱ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺣﻴﻖ‬ ‫ﻫﺮ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻳﻮﻡ َ َ ّ‬

‫ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺶ ﺁﺷﺎﻣﻴﺪ ﺍﻭ ﻣﺤﻔﻮﻅ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻫﺴﺖ ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﻞ ﺟﻨﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺻﻔﻮﻑ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺑﺮ ﻣﻨﻌﺶ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ‬

‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﻫﺮ ﺁﻳﻨﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻋﺎﺟﺰ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﺍ‪ ‬ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺑﻬﺎء ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﻣﺰﻳﻨﻨﺪ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺛﻮﺍﺏ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺪﺳﮥ ﻧﻮﺭﺍ ّ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪١٨٠‬‬ ‫ﺩﻭﺍﺯﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻻﺳﻤﺎء‬

‫‪ ٣١‬ﺍﻭﺕ‬

‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬

‫ﮐﻞ ﮐﺘﺐ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺻﻐﺎ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﺁﺫﺍﻥ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻰ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﻧﺪﺍﻯ ّ‬

‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﻋﻮﺕ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﺁﻳﺎﺕ ‪ ،‬ﺁﻓﺎﻕ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺣﺎﻃﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻟﻨﺪﺍء ﻣﻘﺒﻠﻴﻦ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻓﻖ‬ ‫ﺍ ّ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ِ‬ ‫ﮐﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺧﺬ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ‪َ ،‬ﻣﻊ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﻮﺍﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﺷﺮﺍﻗﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﻨﺎﺕ ‪ ،‬ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺭﺍ ﭘﺮ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﻣﻌﺎﻧﻰ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ّ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺫﻟﮏ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺣﻴﺎ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺫﮐﺮﺵ ﻭ ﺷﻨﻴﺪﻩ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ﻳﺮﻳﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻳﻔﻌﻞ ﻣﺎ‬ ‫ﻣﺮ‬ ‫ﻟﺴﺎﻥ ﻋﺎﺟﺰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺶ ‪َ َ .‬‬ ‫ﻳﺤﮑﻢ ﻣﺎ ُ ُ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﺪﻩ َ َ ُ‬ ‫ﻳﺸﺎء ﻭ َ ُ ُ‬ ‫ﺍﻻ ُ‬ ‫ُ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻳﺰ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﻴﺪ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻫﻮ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪١٨١‬‬

‫ﺳﻴﺰﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻻﺳﻤﺎء‬

‫‪ ١‬ﺳﭙﺘﺎﻣﺒﺮ‬

‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬

‫ﻣﻘﺪﺱ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﻔﺎﺱ ﻋﺎﻟﻤﻴﺎﻥ ﺳﺎﺣﺖ ﺍﻗﺪﺱ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺑﻰ ﺭﺍ ﻻﻳﻖ ﻭ ﺳﺰﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ‬ ‫ﺣﻤﺪ ّ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ﺣﺮﻑ " ﻫﺎ " ﻭ " ﻭﺍﻭ " ﮐﻪ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺍﻭﺳﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻅ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻳﮏ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ‬

‫ﮐﻞ‬ ‫ﻋﺎﺟﺰ ﻭ ﻗﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ .‬ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻥ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻅ ﺭﺍ ﭼﻪ ﺭﺗﺒﻪ ﺗﺎ ﺍﺩﺭﺍﮎ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﻋﺮﺿﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ‪ّ .‬‬

‫ﻋﻈﻤﺘﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﺷﻴﺎء ﻭ ﻣﻈﺎﻫﺮ ﺍﺳﻤﺎء ﻧﺰﺩ ﻳﮏ ﺁﻳﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻳﺎﺕ ﻋﻈﻤﺖ ﺍﻭ ﻣﻨﺼﻌﻖ ﻭ ﻣﺪﻫﻮﺷﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﺗﻌﺎﻟﺖ‬ ‫ُ‬

‫ﻗﻮﮤ ﺍﺭﺍﺩﻩﺍﺵ ﻳﻮﻡ ﻗﺪﻳﻢ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﺳﻠﻄﺎﻧﻪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‬ ‫ﻭ‬ ‫ﺘﺪﺍﺭﻩ ‪ّ .‬‬ ‫ﻋﺰﻩ ﻭ ﺍﻗ ُ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ‪‬‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﺍﺑﺪﻉ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ‬ ‫ﻣﺰﻳﻦ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺩﺍﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺄﻧﻰ ﮐﻪ ﮔﻮﻳﺎ َ َ‬ ‫ﻃﺮﺍﺯ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ّ‬

‫ﮐﻮﻥ ﻧﻴﺎﻣﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺁﻣﺪ ‪ .‬ﻫﺮ ﻗﺪﻳﻤﻰ ﺳﺎﺟﺪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻫﺮ ﻣﮑﻨﻮﻧﻰ ﺧﺎﺿﻊ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺸﻬﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪١٨٢‬‬ ‫ﭼﻬﺎﺭﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻻﺳﻤﺎء‬

‫‪ ٢‬ﺳﭙﺘﺎﻣﺒﺮ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﮐﻞ ﺍﺣﻮﺍﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻓﻖ‬ ‫ﺍﺭﺍﺩﻩ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺑﺎﺷﻰ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ّ‬ ‫ﻳﺎ َ َﺍﺑﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﻦ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﺍ‪ ‬ﺑﻤﺎ َ َ ُ‬

‫ﺭﺿﺎ ﻧﺎﻇﺮ ‪ .‬ﻗﺴﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻟﺆﻟﺆ ﺑﺤﺮ ﺗﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺷﺮﺍﻕ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺗﻔﺮﻳﺪ ﻳﮏ ﻗﻄﺮﮤ ﺑﺤﺮ ﺭﺿﺎ ﺭﺍ‬

‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﮐﻪ ‪ ‬ﻧﺎﻃﻖ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺳﺎﺋﺮ ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ‬ ‫ﺑﺤﻮﺭ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﻪ ﻧﻨﻤﺎﻳﺪ ‪.‬‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺷﻤﺲ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺖ ﻣﺸﺮﻕ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺷﻔﻘﺖ ﻃﺎﻟﻊ ﻭ ﺳﻤﺎء ﺭﺣﻤﺖ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ ‪.‬‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻧﻔﻮﺳﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻭ ﺭﻭﺯ ﻓﺎﻧﻰ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻠﮑﻮﺕ ﺑﺎﻗﻰ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ﻧﻨﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺹ ‪١٨٣‬‬

‫ﭘﺎﻧﺰﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻻﺳﻤﺎء‬

‫‪ ٣‬ﺳﭙﺘﺎﻣﺒﺮ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﺑﮕﻮ ﺍﻯ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﺍ‪ ‬ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮﺍﺯ ﺍﻣﺎﻧﺖ ﻭ ﺻﺪﺍﻗﺖ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺖ َﺍﻣﺎﻡ ﻭﺟﻮﻩ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ‬

‫ﻣﺰﻳﻦ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﻫﺮ ﻋﻤﻠﻰ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﻨﻮﺭ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺷﺮﺍﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺷﻤﻮﺱ ّ‬ ‫ﺧﺎﻟﺼﴼ ِﻟﻮﺟﻪ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺍﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﺑﮥ ﺷﻤﺲ ُﻣﺸﺮﻕ ﻭ ﻣﻨﻴﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ‬

‫ﻧﺰَﻝ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﮑﺘﺎﺏ ﻧﺎﻇﺮ ‪ ....‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﻪ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻊ‬ ‫ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻑ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻤﺴﮏ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻤﺎ ُ ‪‬‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﮐﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻤﺎ‬ ‫ﺷﻤﻮﺱ ﺍﺧﻼﻕ‬ ‫ﻃﻴﺒﻪ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ‪ّ .‬‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻕ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺍﺑﺎﺍﻟﺤﺴﻦ ‪ ،‬ﻧﺪﺍﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻟﮑﻦ ﺛﻘﻞ ﺣﺮﺹ ﻭ ﺁﺯ ﺁﺫﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻰ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﺬﮐﺮ ﺩﺍﺭ ‪ .‬ﻳﺎ َ َ‬ ‫َ َ‬

‫ﺣﻖ ﺑﻄﻠﺐ ﺣﺠﺒﺎﺕ ﻣﺎﻧﻌﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺫﺭﺍﻉ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﺧﺮﻕ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺻﻐﺎ ﻣﻨﻊ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺮﺩﻭﺱ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪١٨٤‬‬

‫‪ ٤‬ﺳﭙﺘﺎﻣﺒﺮ‬

‫ﺷﺎﻧﺰﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻻﺳﻤﺎء‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺑﻰ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ‬

‫ﻃﻴﺒﮥ ﻃﺎﻫﺮﻩ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺠﻢ ﺍﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﺑﮥ ﺳﻤﺎء ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﻧﻤﺎ ‪ ،‬ﺷﻤﺲ ﻭ ﻗﻤﺮ ﺍﻭ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ّ‬

‫ﻣﺰﻳﻦ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬ ‫ﺍﺧﻼﻕ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻃﺮﺍﺯ ﺍﻣﻨﻊ ﺍﻗﺪﺱ ّ‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻴﻪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﺍ‪ ‬ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﺎﻯ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻭ ﺷﻤﺲ ﺩﺍﻧﺎﺋﻰ ﻣﺸﺮﻕ ‪ ،‬ﺑﺸﻨﻮﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺎﺑﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﭘﺎﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﻤﺎﻧﻴﺪ‬ ‫‪.‬ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺑﺤﺮ ﺁﮔﺎﻫﻰ ّ‬

‫ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻥ‬ ‫‪.‬ﮐﻠﻤﮥ ﻣﻄﺎﻋﻪ ُﻣﺤﻴﻰ ﺟﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺍﻥ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﺣﺮﻓﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺤﺮ َ َ‬

‫ﺍﻧﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﺴﺘﻮﺭ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻣﺰﻳﻦ ﮔﺸﺖ ‪ّ .‬‬ ‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭ ﺁﺷﺎﻣﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮﺍﺯ ﺑﻘﺎ ّ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻳﺰ ﺍﻟﺤﮑﻴﻢ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺘﺪﺭ‬ ‫ﻳﻤﻨﻊ ﻭ ﻫﻮ‬ ‫ُﻳﻌﻄﻰ ﻭ َ َ ُ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪١٨٥‬‬ ‫ﻫﻔﺪﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻻﺳﻤﺎء‬

‫‪ ٥‬ﺳﭙﺘﺎﻣﺒﺮ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﻳﺎ ﺣﺴﻴﻦ ‪ ،‬ﻣﻈﻠﻮﻡ ﺁﻓﺎﻕ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻫﻞ ﻧﻔﺎﻕ ﺍﺣﺎﻃﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻃﻔﺎء ﻧﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﻭ ﺍﺧﻤﺎﺩ ﻧﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﺭﺑﺎﻧﻰ ﺑﻪ ﮐﻤﺎﻝ ﺟﻬﺪ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﺁﻳﺎ ﺁﺑﺎ ﻭ ﺍﺟﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻣﻮﺭ‬ ‫ﺳﺪﺭﮤ ّ‬

‫ﻟﻌﻤﺮ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺧﺴﺮﺍﻥ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﺍﻣﺮﻯ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺗﺪﺍﺭﮎ ﺁﻥ‬ ‫ﮐﻤﺮ ﺑﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﭼﻪ ﻧﻔﻌﻰ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ ؟ َ َ ُ‬

‫ﺣﻖ ﺑﻴﺪﺍﺭ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺍﻗﺐ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺤﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ ،‬ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﻏﺎﻓﻠﻪ ﻫﻢ ﻣﺘﺎﺑﻌﺖ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻟﮑﻦ ﻏﺎﻓﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﮑﻪ ّ‬

‫ﻟﮏ ﻳﺎ ﺣﺴﻴﻦ ﺑﻤﺎ َ ِ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ َ َ‬ ‫ﺖ ﻧﺪﺍء ﺍﻟﺤﺴﻴﻦ ‪ ،‬ﺁﻥ ﺣﺴﻴﻨﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺭﺍ ّ‬ ‫ﺳﻤﻌ َ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﻭ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺎﺋﻢ ﺑﺸﺎﺭﺕ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ‪ .‬ﺍﻭﺳﺖ ﻇﻬﻮﺭﻯ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻰ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻧﺒﻴﺎ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺳﻠﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻤﺶ ﺟﻤﻊ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻳﻌﻨﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺼﺪﻳﻖ ﺍﻣﺮﺵ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﻣﻰ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﺣﻤﺪ ﮐﻦ ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﻇﻞ َ َ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ّ‬ ‫ﻠﻰ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻭ ﻣﺎﻟﮏ ﻗﺪﻡ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺗﺮﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺗﺒﮥ ﻋﻠﻴﺎ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﺍﻋ ٰ‬

‫ﺹ ‪١٨٦‬‬

‫ﻫﺠﺪﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻻﺳﻤﺎء‬

‫‪ ٦‬ﺳﭙﺘﺎﻣﺒﺮ‬

‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬

‫ﮐﻞ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﻳﻮﻣﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﺷﻴﺎء ﺍﺯ ﻧﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﺎﻟﮏ ﺍﺳﻤﺎء ﻣﺤﻈﻮﻅ ﻭ ﻣﺴﺮﻭﺭﻧﺪ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺬﺏ ﻭ ﺷﻮﻗﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﻧﻴﮑﻮﺳﺖ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﺁﻓﺮﻳﻨﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻔﺤﮥ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻣﻨﻮﺭ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻴﻮﺿﺎﺕ ﻣﻨﺰﻟﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻤﺎء ﮐﺮﻡ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﮔﺸﺖ ‪ .‬ﺟﻬﺪ ﻧﻤﺎ ﺟﻬﺪ‬ ‫ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻣﻨﻊ ﺍﻗﺪﺱ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﺑﺪﻳﻪ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﺑﻴﺎﺑﻰ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺪﻳﻨﮥ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺑﻠﻴﻎ ﮐﻪ ﺷﺎﻳﺪ ﻋﺮﻑ ﻗﻤﻴﺺ ﺭﺣﻤﺎﻧﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ّ‬

‫ﻳﺎﺑﻰ ﻭ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻔﻮﺳﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺫﮐﺮ ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻟﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭ ﻣﺤﺠﻮﺏ ‪ .‬ﺑﺴﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺫﮐﺮ ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ﺫﺍﮐﺮ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻟﻘﺎﻳﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺁﻣﻞ ﻭ ﭼﻮﻥ ﮐﺸﻒ ﺣﺠﺎﺏ‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺎء ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻟﻴﺎﻟﻰ ﻭ ّ‬

‫ﺣﻖ ﻣﻰ ﻃﻠﺒﻴﻢ ﮐﻪ ﺁﻥ َﺍﻣﻪ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺷﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭ ﻣﺤﺘﺠﺐ ﻣﺎﻧﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻏﻴﺮﺵ ّ‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ّ‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺑﺤﺮ ﺟﻮﺩﺵ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ﻧﻔﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻣﺎﺋﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺟﻪ ﺭﺣﻤﺎﻧﻰ ﺩﺭ ّ‬

‫ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﻣﺤﺴﻮﺏ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺹ ‪١٨٧‬‬ ‫ﻧﻮﺯﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻻﺳﻤﺎء‬

‫‪ ٧‬ﺳﭙﺘﺎﻣﺒﺮ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﻣﺆﻳﺪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻗﺒﺎﻝ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻳﺎ َ َ‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺔ ﺍ‪ ، ‬ﺣﻤﺪ ﮐﻦ ﺳﻠﻄﺎﻥ ﻏﻴﺐ ﻭ ﺷﻬﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺗﺮﺍ ّ‬

‫ﮐﻞ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ﻭ ﻣﻤﻨﻮﻉ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﮔﺸﺘﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﺑﮕﻮ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺗﻮﺳﺖ ﺣﻤﺪ ﺍﻯ‬ ‫ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻮﻣﻰ ﮐﻪ ّ‬

‫ﻣﺆﻳﺪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻯ ﺑﺮ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻥ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﮐﻪ ﻋﻠﻤﺎ ﻭ ﻋﺮﻓﺎ ﻭ ﺍﺩﺑﺎ ﻭ ﻓﻘﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺏ ﻣﻦ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺮﺍ ّ‬

‫ﻣﻮﻓﻖ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﺋﻰ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺖ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻧﺶ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻣﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻮ ﻣﻰ ﻃﻠﺒﻢ ﺍﻯ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺍ ّ‬

‫ﻭ ﺑﺮ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺭﺿﺎﻯ ﺗﻮ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻭﺳﺖ ‪ .‬ﻻﺯﺍﻝ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﮑﻤﺖ َﺍﻣﺎﻡ ﻋﻴﻦ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﻓﺮﺍﻣﻮﺷﻰ‬ ‫ﺗﻮﮐﻞ‬ ‫ﺟﻞ ﺟﻼﻟﻪ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻣﺎء ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻴﺎﺑﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺣﻖ ّ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻭﺻﻴﺖ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﻪ ﻟﻬﻮ‬ ‫ﻳﻔﻌﻞ ﻣﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺘﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺎﺭ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﮐﻦ ‪ .‬‬ ‫ﺍﻻﻣﺮ ﺑﻴﺪﻩ َ َ ُ‬ ‫ﻳﺸﺎء ﻟﻤﻦ ﻳﺸﺎء ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻥ َ َ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ُ‬

‫ﺹ ‪١٨٨‬‬

‫ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻌﺰﺓ‬ ‫ﺍﻭﻝ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫‪ ٨‬ﺳﭙﺘﺎﻣﺒﺮ‬

‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬

‫ﮐﻞ ﺣﻴﻦ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺑﺮﻯ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺑﺨﺸﺶ‬ ‫ﻳﺎ ﻃﺎﻟﺐ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﺍ‪ ‬ﺍﺯ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺖ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺩﺭ ّ‬ ‫ﻭﺣﺪﻩ ﻧﺎﻇﺮ ﺑﺎﺵ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﺎﻯ ﺍﻭ ﺑﻪ ﮐﻤﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ َ َ‬ ‫ﻳﺰﺩﺍﻧﻰ ﻧﺼﻴﺐ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻯ ‪ .‬ﺍﻯ ﻃﺎﻟﺐ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ّ‬

‫ﻣﺤﺒﺖ ﺭﻓﺘﺎﺭ ﻧﻤﺎ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﻧﻔﻮﺳﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻓﺎﻧﻰ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻃﺎﻳﻒ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﺭﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺣﻖ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﺑﺸﻨﻮ ﻧﺪﺍﻯ ﻧﺎﺻﺢ ﺧﺒﻴﺮ ﺭﺍ ‪ِ .‬ﻟﻮﺟﻪ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺷﺐ ﻣﺎﻩ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﮎ‬ ‫ﻣﺸﻴﺖ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻣﻌﻄﺮ‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻧﺼﻴﺤﺖ ﻣﻰ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﮐﻠﻤﺎﺗﻰ ﮐﻪ ﻋﺮﻑ ﺁﻥ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺭﺍ ّ‬ ‫ﺭﻣﻀﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻮ ّ‬

‫ﻣﺤﺒﺘﻢ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﮕﺬﺭ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺭﺍﺩﻩﺍﻡ ﻧﺎﻇﺮ ﺑﺎﺵ ‪ .‬ﻗﺴﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ‬ ‫ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺗﻤﺴﮏ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻰ ﺍﺛﺮ ﻭ ﺛﻤﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﻖ ﺳﻤﺎء ﻣﻌﺎﻧﻰ ﻣﺸﺮﻕ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺫﮐﺮ ﺷﺪ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺣﻖ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺒﺘﻪ ّ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ﻓﺎﻧﻰ ﺷﺪ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺸﻴﺖ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺍﺩﮤ ّ‬ ‫ﺑﺰﻭﺩﻯ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﮐﻨﻰ ‪ .‬ﻫﺮ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺩﺭ ّ‬

‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺷﺄﻧﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺎﻣﺎﺕ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﻪ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ‪.‬‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﺹ ‪١٨٩‬‬ ‫ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻌﺰﺓ‬ ‫ﺩﻭﻡ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫‪ ٩‬ﺳﭙﺘﺎﻣﺒﺮ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﺍﺗﺤﺎﺩ ﺍﺣﺒﺎﺏ ﺳﻌﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﺍ‪ ‬ﺍﻣﻴﺪ ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﮐﻤﺮ ﺧﺪﻣﺖ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺤﮑﻢ ﺑﺒﻨﺪﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ّ‬

‫ﺗﻔﮑﺮ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﻭ ِﻣﻦ ﻏﻴﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺎﺭﻯ ﺷﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﺑﻠﻴﻎ ﻣﺒﺬﻭﻝ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻠﻢ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﻟﺬﺕ ﺍﻃﺎﻋﺖ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻰ‬ ‫ﻟﺬﺕ‬ ‫ﻋﺒﻮﺩﻳﺖ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﮥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ ‪ .‬ﺁﻥ ﻭﻗﺖ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻳﺎﺑﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻟﺬﺍﺋﺬ ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺭﺗﻘﺎﻯ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ‬

‫ﺣﻖ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻣﻰ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﻓﺎﺋﺰﻳﺪ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ﺑﻠﻨﺪ‬ ‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺖ ّ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﺛﻢ َﺗﻌﺎﻝ "‪ ‬ﻭ ﻫﺮ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﺪ ﺍﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺤﺮ‬ ‫ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻩ ‪ِ َ " :‬‬ ‫ﻧﻔﺴﮏ ُ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻖ َ‬

‫ﺍﻭﻝ ﻭ ﺍﻓﻀﻞ ﻭ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺑﺮﺩﻩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﺻﺎﻝ ﺁﺷﺎﻣﻴﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻟﻘﺎﻯ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﮐﻪ ّ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪١٩٠‬‬

‫ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻌﺰﺓ‬ ‫ﺳﻮﻡ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫‪ ١٠‬ﺳﭙﺘﺎﻣﺒﺮ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﺣﻤﺪ ﻭ ﺛﻨﺎ ﻣﺎﻟﮏ ﺍﺳﻤﺎء ﻭ ﻓﺎﻃﺮ ﺳﻤﺎء ﺭﺍ ﻻﻳﻖ ﻭ ﺳﺰﺍ ﮐﻪ ﮐﻠﻤﻪﺍﺵ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻣﺸﺮﮐﻴﻦ ﺳﻴﻒ‬

‫ﻗﻴﻮﻣﻰ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ﻗﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻣﻮّﺣﺪﻳﻦ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺒﻠﻴﻦ ﺑﺮﻫﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﻎ ﻭ ﻧﻮﺭ ﺳﺎﻃﻊ ‪ .‬ﺍﻭﺳﺖ ّ‬

‫ﺧﺘﻢ ﺭﺣﻴﻖ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺻﺒﻊ ﺍﻗﺘﺪﺍﺭ ﮔﺸﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻫﻞ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻭﺿﻴﻊ ﻭ ﺷﺮﻳﻒ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺩﻋﻮﺕ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ‬

‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻣﻘﺘﺪﺭﻯ ﮐﻪ ﺳﻄﻮﺕ ﻇﺎﻟﻤﻴﻦ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺿﻌﻴﻒ ﻧﻨﻤﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻗﺒﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ‪.‬‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ِ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﻰ‬ ‫ﻣﺎﻟﮏ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺐ ﻭ ﺍﻟّﺸﻬﻮﺩ ﺍﺳ‪ ‬ﻠﮏ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻟﮑﻠﻤﺔ ّ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺯ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺖ ‪ .‬ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﮏ ﻳﺎ َ‬

‫ِ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺎﺭ ﻟ ِ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﻮﺍﺭﻫﺎ ﻭ ِﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﻵﻓﺎﻕ‬ ‫ﮐﻨﻮﺯﻫﺎ ﻭ ِﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﻇﻬﺮﺕ ِﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺭﺽ‬ ‫ﺌﺎﻟﺌﻬﺎ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ﺑﻬﺎ َ َ َ‬

‫ﺛﻨﺎ‪‬ﮏ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﻭﻟﻴﺎ‪‬ﮏ‬ ‫ﺗﺆﻳ‪َ ‬ﺪ‬ ‫ﻭ ِﻣﻦ ﺍﻟّﺴﺪﺭﺓ ﻣﺎﮐﺎﻥ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﺭﴽ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ َ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻥ ُ َ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﮐﺮﮎ ﻭ ‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ﻧ ِ‬ ‫ﺼﺮﺓ ﺍﻣﺮﮎ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺰﻟَْﺘﻬﺎ ﻓﻰ ﮐﺘﺎﺑﮏ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻟﺤﮑﻤﺔ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﻰ َ َ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪١٩١‬‬ ‫ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻌﺰﺓ‬ ‫ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫‪ ١١‬ﺳﭙﺘﺎﻣﺒﺮ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﻭ ﮐﻴﻨﻮﻧﺖ ﺣﻤﺪ ﻭ ﺛﻨﺎء ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺑﺴﺎﻁ ﺍﻣﺠﺪ ﺍﻗﺪﺱ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺑﻰ ﺭﺍ ﻻﻳﻖ ﻭ ﺳﺰﺍﺳﺖ‬ ‫ﺳﺮﻣﺪﻳﻪ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ﻧﺴﺎﺧﺖ ‪ ،‬ﻗﻠﺐ ﻋﻄﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﺑﺪﻳﻪ ﻭ ﻣﺎﺋﺪﻩﻫﺎﻯ‬ ‫ﮐﻪ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﺎﻯ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻌﻤﺖ ﻫﺎﻯ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﮐﻨﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻟﺴﺎﻥ ﮐﺮﻡ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻓﻘﺶ ﺍﻗﺒﺎﻝ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﻭﺟﻪ ﺑﺨﺸﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻄﺮﺵ ّ‬

‫ﺗﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺫﮐﺮﺵ ﻧﺎﻃﻖ ﻭ ﺳﻤﻊ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺖ ﺷﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺻﻐﺎء ﻧﺪﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻳﻮﻡ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﺭﺽ ﻭ ﺳﻤﺎء‬ ‫ﻣﺰﻳﻦ ﺷﻮﺩ ‪ .‬ﻗﺪﺭﺗﺶ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪ ،‬ﺑﺼﺮ ﻣﺮﺣﻤﺖ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﮤ ﺁﺛﺎﺭ ّ‬

‫ﻫﺮ ﺷﻴﺌﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺷﻴﺎء ﻣﺸﻬﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺘﺶ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﻳﮏ ﮐﻠﻤﻪ ﺍﺯ ﮐﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺎﺕ‬

‫ﻣﺰﻳﻦ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻳﮏ ﺍﺭﺍﺩﻩ ﻋﻮﺍﻟﻢ ﻻﻧﻬﺎﻳﻪ ﭘﺪﻳﺪﺍﺭ ‪ ....‬ﺍﻭﻟﻴﺎﻯ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻫﺮ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﮑﻮﺕ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻭ ّ‬

‫ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻥ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﻟﺴﺎﻥ ﺟﺎﺭﻯ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺮ ﻋﺎﻟﻤﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﺒﺬﻭﻝ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ‬ ‫ﻳﮏ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺤﺮ َ َ‬ ‫ﮐﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻰ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﻰ ﻭ ﺣﻴﻮﺓ ﺍﺑﺪﻯ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﺎ ّ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪١٩٢‬‬

‫ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻌﺰﺓ‬ ‫ﭘﻨﺠﻢ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫‪ ١٢‬ﺳﭙﺘﺎﻣﺒﺮ‬

‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬

‫ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﺍﺯ ﻓﺮﺍﻋﻨﻪ ﻭ ﺟﺒﺎﺑﺮﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺻﻨﺎﻡ ﻭ ﻇﺎﻟﻢ ﻭ ﻃﺎﻏﻰ ﻭ ﻳﺎﻏﻰ ﻭ ﺍﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺁﻥ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺯﺑﺮ ﻭ‬

‫ﺍﺱ‬ ‫ﮐﺘﺐ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺡ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻫﺴﺖ ﺟﻬﻼﻯ ﻋﺼﺮﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻠﻤﺎ ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻓﻨﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻧﻨﺪ ُ ّ‬

‫ﻋﻠﺖ ﻭ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺍﺣﺘﺠﺎﺏ ﺧﻠﻖ ﻭ ﻧﺎﺭ ﻇﻠﻢ ﺍﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﻄﻘﺲ ﺿﻐﻴﻨﻪ ﻭ ﻋﻨﺎﺩ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ ﮐﻪ ّ‬ ‫ﻓﺴﺎﺩ ﻭ ُ ُ ُ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﻔﺲ ﻏﺎﻓﻠﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﺯﻣﻌﺸﺮ ُﺍﻣﺮﺍ ﻫﺮ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻇﻠﻤﻰ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻭﺳﻮﺳﮥ ﺍﻳﻦ‬

‫ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﺘﻤﺎﻣﻪ ﺗﻤﮑﻴﻦ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﺟﺎﻫﻠﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻳﮏ ﻧﻔﺮ ﺍﻫﻞ ﻋﺪﻝ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺼﺎﻑ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﺽ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻧﻤﻰ ﺷﺪ ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻭﺍﻳﻞ ﻫﺮ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺭﻳﺎﺳﺖ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻋﺮﺍﺽ ﻭ ﺍﻋﺘﺮﺍﺽ‬

‫ﺍﻭﻝ‬ ‫ﻧﻴﺮ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ّ‬ ‫ﺗﺠﻠﻰ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ّ‬ ‫ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺭﺍﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻣﺮ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﻭ ّ‬

‫ﻣﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻤﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺧﺬ ﺯﻣﺎﻡ ﻧﺎﺱ ﺳﻌﻰ ﺑﻠﻴﻎ ﻣﺒﺬﻭﻝ ﻣﻰ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﻣﺒﺎﺭﮎ ِ‬ ‫ﻋﺎﻟﻤﻰ‬ ‫ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺤﺮ ﮐﺮﻡ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ﻧﺴﺎﺧﺖ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﮐﻪ ﺷﺌﻮﻧﺎﺕ َ‬

‫ﺹ ‪١٩٣‬‬ ‫ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻌﺰﺓ‬ ‫ﺷﺸﻢ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫‪ ١٣‬ﺳﭙﺘﺎﻣﺒﺮ‬

‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬

‫ﻣﺸﻴﺖ ﺁﻳﺎﺗﻰ ﻧﺎﺯﻝ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺑﻼﻳﺎﻯ ﻣﻠﻮﮎ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻭﻝ ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﺳﺠﻦ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻤﺎء ّ‬ ‫ﺗﻔﮑﺮ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ّ‬

‫ﻋﺰﺕ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷﺖ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻀﺎﻣﻴﻦ ‪ ،‬ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﺒﺎﺭﮎ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ّ‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ‪ّ " :‬‬ ‫ﺟﻞ ﺟﻼﻟﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭ ﻃﺎﺋﻔﻪ ّ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﺍﻣﺮﺍ ﻭ ﻋﻠﻤﺎء "‪ ،‬ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺍﮐﺜﺮﻯ ﻗﺮﺍﺋﺖ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻰ ﮐﻪ ﻧﻮﺭ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﻖ‬

‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺎﺭﻯ ﻭ ﻧﺎﺯﻝ ‪ ‬ﺣﺎﻝ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‬ ‫ﺳﺮ ﻣﺸﺮﻕ ﻭ ﻻﺋﺢ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺧﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻠﻢ‬ ‫ﺍﺭﺽ ِ ّ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﺫﻟﺖ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺍﻭﻝ ﻣﻰ ﺩﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﺽ ‪ ،‬ﻳﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻣﭙﺮﺍﻃﻮﺭ ﺭﻭﺱ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ّ‬ ‫ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺷﺨﺺ ّ‬ ‫ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﺭﻓﺖ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺷﻨﻴﺪﻩﺍﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻭ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺷﺪ ﻣﺜﻤﺮ ﺛﻤﺮﻯ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ‬

‫ﺍﻣﭙﺮﺍﻃﻮﺭ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻫﻢ ﺧﻮﻑ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺄﻧﻰ ﺍﺧﺬﺵ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺴﮑﻴﻦ ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﺩﺭ ﺑﺮ ﺧﺮﻭﺝ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻧﻪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻣﻨﮑﺮﻯ ﻫﻢ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﺿﺮﺵ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺣﺪﻯ ﻧﺮﺳﻴﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻋﻤﻞ ُ َ‬ ‫ﺣﺎﻝ ﺁﻧﮑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻓﻘﻴﺮ ﻫﻨﻮﺯ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﺩﻫﻢ ﻣﺒﺘﻼ ‪ ....‬ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺗﺶ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﻪ ﻣﺤﺘﺮﻕ ﻭ‬ ‫َﻣﻊ ﺫﻟﮏ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻼﻯ َ َ‬

‫ﻋﻠﺖ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺪﺍﻧﺴﺘﻪ ‪ ....‬ﺑﺎﺭﻯ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻟﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﺣﺪﻯ ﺳﺒﺐ ﻭ ّ‬

‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺭﺗﮑﺎﺏ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪١٩٤‬‬ ‫ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻌﺰﺓ‬ ‫ﻫﻔﺘﻢ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫‪ ١٤‬ﺳﭙﺘﺎﻣﺒﺮ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﻣﺰﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪ .‬ﻫﺮ‬ ‫ﺷﺨﺺ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺧﻼﻕ‬ ‫ﻃﻴﺒﮥ ﻃﺎﻫﺮﻩ ّ‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﻭ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺣﻖ ﺍﻧﺼﺎﻑ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺖ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ‬ ‫ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﻧﺸﻮﺩ ﺍﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻣﺤﺴﻮﺏ ﻧﻪ ‪ّ .‬‬

‫ﺗﻔﮑﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﺑﺼﺮ ﺍﻃﻬﺮ ﻭ ﻗﻠﺐ ﺍﻧﻮﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺛﺎﺭ ﻗﻠﻢ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﻫﻤﺖ ﻭ‬ ‫ﮐﻨﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺷﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﻣﻌﺎﻧﻰ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ﻧﺸﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻰ ﻧﺼﻴﺐ ﻧﻤﺎﻧﻨﺪ ‪ ....‬ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺭﻭﺯ ّ‬

‫ﺭﻭﺯ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺧﺪﻣﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺻﺪﺩ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻗﻠﻮﺏ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﮐﻮﺛﺮ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺪﺱ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺷﺒﻬﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻋﻠﻤﺎﻯ ﺍﺩﻳﺎﻥ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺟﻨﺤﮥ ﻧﻔﺲ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻫﻮﻯ ﻃﺎﺋﺮﻧﺪ ّ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﻭ ﺫﺭﻭﮤ ﻋﻠﻴﺎ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺒﺎﺭﮎ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﻮﺯ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﻗﺼﺪ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﺍﺗﺤﺎﺩ ﻭ ﺗﺄﻟﻴﻒ ﻗﻠﻮﺏ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﺣﻴﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺩﺍﺩ ﻭ ّ‬

‫ﺟﻞ‬ ‫ﻭﻗﺘﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﻠﻤﮥ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻟﺴﺎﻥ ﻣﻄﻠﻊ ﻧﻮﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﺣﺪﻳﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﺷﺪ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﺗﺤﺎﺩ ﺭﻭﺷﻨﻰ ﺍﻗﺘﺒﺎﺱ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ " ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺟﻼﻟﻪ ‪ " :‬ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﻋﺪﻝ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﺭ ّ‬

‫ﺹ ‪١٩٥‬‬

‫ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻌﺰﺓ‬ ‫ﻫﺸﺘﻢ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫‪ ١٥‬ﺳﭙﺘﺎﻣﺒﺮ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺑﻴﻨﻨﺪﮤ ﺩﺍﻧﺎ‬

‫ﮐﻞ ﺍﺣﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺣﻴﻖ ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﻴﺎﺷﺎﻣﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺫﮐﺮ ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺏ ﻋﺎﻟﻤﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﺍ‪ ‬ﺩﺭ ّ‬

‫ﮐﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺘﻴﺎﺯ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻋﺰ‬ ‫ﺍﺣﺪﻳﻪ ﻧﺎﺯﻝ ‪ّ ،‬‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻭﺍﻣﺮ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻤﺎء ّ‬

‫ﺗﺮّﻗﻰ ﻭ ﻓﻮﺯ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ‪ .‬ﻫﺮ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﺭﺳﺘﮕﺎﺭ ﺷﺪ‬ ‫ﺣﺒﺶ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻭﻝ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺖ ﺑﺮ ّ‬ ‫‪.‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻥ ﻣﻄﻠﻊ ﺗﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻣﺸﺮﻕ ﺗﻔﺮﻳﺪ ﺩﻭ ﺍﻣﺮ ﻻﺯﻡ ‪ّ :‬‬

‫ﮐﺎﻥ َﻟﻢ‬ ‫ﺍﺩﻋﺎﻯ ّ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ﻣﻨﻊ ﻧﻨﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ َ َ‬ ‫ﻣﺪﻋﻴﻦ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ّ‬ ‫ﺷﺄﻧﻰ ﮐﻪ ﻧﻌﺎﻕ ﻧﺎﻋﻘﻴﻦ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﺍﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﺍﻭﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ َﻟﻢ َ َﻳﺰﻝ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﺱ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ‬ ‫َ ُ‬ ‫ﻳﮑﻦ ﺷﻴﺌﴼ ﺍﻧﮕﺎﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺛﺎﻧﻰ ّ‬

‫ﺣﻖ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﻃﻞ ﻣﻤﺘﺎﺯ ﻭ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﺍ‪ ‬ﺟﻬﺪ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺮ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ّ‬ ‫ﻟﻬﻮﺍﻟﻨﺎﺻﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻴﻢ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺭﺍﺩ ﺍ‪ّ ‬‬ ‫ﺍﻧﻪ َ ُ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻮﻓﻖ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ ‪ّ .‬‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ﻋﻤﻞ ﺑﻤﺎ َ َ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪١٩٦‬‬

‫ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻌﺰﺓ‬ ‫ﻧﻬﻢ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫‪ ١٦‬ﺳﭙﺘﺎﻣﺒﺮ‬

‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬

‫ﮐﻞ ﺍﺣﻴﺎﻥ ﮐﻮﺛﺮ ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻠﻢ ﺭﺣﻤﻦ ﺟﺎﺭﻯ ﻭ ﺳﺎﺭﻯ ﻭ ﻟﮑﻦ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﻏﺎﻓﻠﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻣﺤﺠﻮﺏ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ّ‬

‫ﻋﺰ ﺑﺼﺮ ﻋﻄﺎ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺷﻌﻮﺭ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺖ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻤﻨﻮﻉ ‪ .‬ﻋﺠﺐ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻊ ﺁﻧﮑﻪ ّ‬ ‫ﺟﻞ ﻭ ّ‬

‫ﻓﺮﺍﺕ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻠﺢ ُﺍﺟﺎﺝ ﻧﺰﺩﺷﺎﻥ ﻳﮑﺴﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ‪ .‬ﺑﻞ ﺛﺎﻧﻰ ﺍﺭﺟﺢ ﻭ ﺍﻓﻀﻞ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺫﺍﺋﻘﻪ ﺑﺨﺸﻴﺪﻩ َ ِ‬ ‫ﻋﺬﺏ ُ‬ ‫‪،‬ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺭﺃﻯ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻦ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﺤﺮ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﺭﺍ ﮔﺬﺍﺷﺘﻪﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺎ‪ِ ُ ‬‬ ‫ﻣﻨﺘﻦ‬

‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ‪ ....‬ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﻔﻘﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺼﺎﻑ‬ ‫ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ َ‬ ‫ﻏﺪﻳﺮ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺳﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﻣﺎﻧﺪﻩ ّ‬

‫ﺟﻌﻠﻪ‬ ‫ﺣﺰﺏ ِﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﮐﻞ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﻤﺎ‪ ‬ﻭ َ َ َ‬ ‫ﻣﻌﺪﻭﻡ ‪َ .‬ﻗﺪ ‪َ َ ‬‬ ‫ﺍﺗﺨﺬ ‪‬‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ٍ‬ ‫ﺍﻻﺣﺰﺍﺏ ﺍﺳﻤﴼ ِ َ‬

‫ﺭﺑﴼ ِ ِ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻴﻢ‬ ‫ﺭﺑﮏ ﻟﻬﻮ‬ ‫ﺳﻮ َﻟﺖ ﻟﻬﻢ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﻔﺴﻬﻢ ّ‬ ‫ﻟﻨﻔﺴﻪ ِﻣﻦ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍ‪ ‬ﮐﺬﻟﮏ َ ‪‬‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻥ ‪‬‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ُ‬

‫ﺣﻖ ﺑﻄﻠﺒﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﮐﻤﺎﻝ ﻋﺠﺰ ﻭ ﺍﺑﺘﻬﺎﻝ ﻣﻌﺮﻭﺽ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺷﺎﻳﺪ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺨﺒﻴﺮ ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ّ‬

‫ﺍﺯ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ﻧﻔﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺹ ‪١٩٧‬‬ ‫‪ ١٧‬ﺳﭙﺘﺎﻣﺒﺮ‬

‫ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻌﺰﺓ‬ ‫ﺩﻫﻢ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻥ ﺁﺷﺎﻣﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻓﻖ‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ّ‬ ‫ﻫﺮ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺍﺯ ﮐﻮﺛﺮ َ َ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺄﻧﻰ ﻣﺸﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﺲ ﻭ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺕ ﺩﻫﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﻃﺮﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻰ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ﻣﻨﺴﻮﺑﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺍﮔﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺎﻧﺖ ﻭ ﺩﻳﺎﻧﺖ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ‪ ،‬ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﻧﻔﻮﺳﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ّ‬

‫ﺣﻖ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﻣﻰ‬ ‫ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﻣﻘﺒﻠﻪ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻠﻪ ﺍﻣﺮ ﻣﻐﺎﻳﺮﻯ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ّ‬

‫ﺩﻫﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﻧﺎﺱ ﻏﺎﻓﻠﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺷﺮﺍﻗﺎﺕ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ﻭ ﻣﻤﻨﻮﻉ ‪ .‬ﺑﺼﺮ ﮐﻮ ﺗﺎ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ‬

‫ﺳﮑﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﮔﻮﺵ ﮐﻮ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺸﻨﻮﺩ ؟ ﺯﻫﻰ ﺍﻓﺴﻮﺱ ﻭ ﺣﺴﺮﺕ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻸ‬ ‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺮﻓﻨﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻳﻌﻨﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺩﺭﺍﮎ ﻭ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﺰﻳﻦ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﮑﻮﺕ ﻭ ﺟﺒﺮﻭﺕ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮﺍﺯ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ّ‬

‫ﺍﻭ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻟﮑﻦ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺍﺭﺽ ﺍﮐﺜﺮﻯ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻭﻫﺎﻡ ﻣﺤﺠﻮﺏ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻇﻨﻮﻥ‬

‫ﻣﺆﻳﺪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺭﺿﺎﻯ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ﻣﻰ ﻃﻠﺒﻴﻢ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻭ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻤﻨﻮﻉ ﻣﺎﻧﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻭﺳﺖ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪١٩٨‬‬

‫‪ ١٨‬ﺳﭙﺘﺎﻣﺒﺮ‬

‫ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻌﺰﺓ‬ ‫ﻳﺎﺯﺩﻫﻢ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻳﮑﺘﺎ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻣﺴﻄﻮﺭ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻭ ﻣﺸﻬﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺻﺒﺢ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﻖ ﺍﺭﺍﺩﻩ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﺎﻣﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺘﺐ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺭﺑﺎﻧﻰ ﮐﻪ ﻃﺮﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺡ ﺁﺳﻤﺎﻧﻰ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﮐﻤﺎﻝ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻭ ﻣﻨﻴﺮ ﻭ ﺑﺤﺮ ﻋﻠﻢ ّ‬

‫ﻣﺸﻴﺖ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻰ ﻣﺸﺮﻕ ﻭ ﻻﺋﺢ ﻭ ﻟﮑﻦ ﻗﻠﻮﺏ‬ ‫ﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻫﺮ ﻭ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺣﮑﻤﺖ ﻭ ﻣﻌﺎﻧﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻄﻠﻊ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻧﻔﺴﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺭﻣﺪ ﻫﻮﺍﻫﺎﻯ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﺣﺠﺒﺎﺕ ﻣﻨﻊ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺑﺼﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ َ َ‬

‫ﮐﻞ ﺣﻴﻦ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻧﺎﺱ ﻣﻤﻨﻮﻉ ﻭ‬ ‫ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﻪ ﻧﺪﺍﻯ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺩﺭ ّ‬

‫ﭘﮋﻣﺮﺩﻩ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻠﮑﻪ ﻣﺮﺩﻩ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻣﮕﺮ ﻣﻌﺪﻭﺩﻯ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﮐﻮﺛﺮ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻥ ﺭﺣﻤﻦ ﺁﺷﺎﻣﻴﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ‬

‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ‬ ‫ﺛﻢ‬ ‫ﺳﺮﻣﺴﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻧﺠﻤﻦ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺫﮐﺮ ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ﻳﮑﺘﺎ ﻧﺎﻃﻖ ﻭ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻟﻨﺪ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ﻟﻬﻢ ّ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻟﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﻟﻌﻤﺮﻯ ّ‬ ‫ﻃﺮﴽ َ َ‬ ‫ﻟﻬﻢ َ َ‬ ‫ﺍﻥ ﻟﻬﻢ ُ ْ‬ ‫ﻦ َﻣﺂﺏ ‪ .‬ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺭﺽ ّ‬ ‫ﺣﺴ ُ‬

‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺖ ﮐﺒﺮﻯ ﺍﻣﺮ ﻣﻰ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ‬ ‫ﻇﻞ ﺳﺪﺭﮤ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺖ ﺳﺎﮐﻦ ﻭ ﻗﻠﻢ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ﮐﻪ ﺷﻴﺎﻃﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﮐﻤﻴﻦ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ‬

‫ﺹ ‪١٩٩‬‬ ‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬

‫ﺣﻖ ﻧﺎﺱ ﺭﺍ ﮔﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻟﺬﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﻣﻘﺒﻠﻪ ﺑﺮ‬ ‫ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻫﺮ ﺑﺎﻃﻠﻰ ﺑﻪ ﻟﺒﺎﺱ ّ‬

‫ﺣﻖ ﻭ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺖ ﺍﻭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻏﻨﻰ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺮ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺄﻧﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻥ ّ‬

‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﻣﺴﺘﻐﻨﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺑﻬﺎء ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻠﻢ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ِﻟﻠﻌﺎﺭﻓﻴﻦ ﻭ ﻧﻌﻴﻤﴼ ِﻟﻠﻔﺎﺋﺰﻳﻦ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺻﺤﻴﻔﮥ ﺣﻤﺮﺍ ﺛﺒﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٢٠٠‬‬ ‫ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻌﺰﺓ‬ ‫ﺩﻭﺍﺯﺩﻫﻢ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫‪ ١٩‬ﺳﭙﺘﺎﻣﺒﺮ‬

‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬

‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ‬ ‫ﻧﻴﮑﻮﺳﺖ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺻﻐﺎﻯ ﻧﺪﺍﻳﺶ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻓﻖ ﺍﻣﺮﺵ ّ‬

‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻮﺣﻪ ﻭ ﻧﺪﺑﻪ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ‪ .‬ﺟﻤﻴﻊ َﻣﻦ َ َ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺭﺽ ﺩﺭ ﻟﻴﺎﻟﻰ ﻭ ّ‬

‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻮﺭ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺳﻠﻄﺎﻥ َﺍﻧﺎﻡ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻭ ﻣﻨﻴﺮ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺻﺎﺣﺒﺎﻥ ﻧﻈﺮ‬ ‫ﺷﺎﻳﺪ ﻇﻠﻤﺖ ﺣﺎﻟﮑﮥ ّ‬

‫ﻣﻨﻮﺭ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﭼﻮﻥ ﺻﺒﺢ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺩﻣﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻧﺴﻴﻢ‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﻭﺟﻪ ّ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﺮ ﺍﮐﺒﺮ ّ‬

‫ﻗﻤﻴﺺ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺧﻮﺍﺏ ﻏﻔﻠﺖ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﺑﻰ ﺭﻭﺡ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺩﻩ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻣﮕﺮ‬ ‫ﺗﺸﺒﺚ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﺍ‪ ‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬ ‫ﻧﻔﻮﺳﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺒﻞ ﻣﺤﮑﻢ‬ ‫ﺗﻤﺴﮏ ﺟﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺫﻳﻞ ﮐﺮﻡ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ُﻣﺒﻴﻦ ﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻭ ﺁﻣﻞ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻣﺮ‬ ‫ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺏ ﻋﺎﻟﻤﻴﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ّ‬ ‫ﮐﻞ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺍﺯ ّ‬

‫ﻟﻬﻮﺍﻟﻤﻐﻨﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻳﺰ ﺍﻟﮑﺮﻳﻢ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ّ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ﻇﻞ ﺭﺣﻤﺖ ﺩﻭﺭ ﻧﻔﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ‪ُ ّ .‬‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٢٠١‬‬

‫ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻌﺰﺓ‬ ‫ﺳﻴﺰﺩﻫﻢ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫‪ ٢٠‬ﺳﭙﺘﺎﻣﺒﺮ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﺍﺑﻬﻰ ﺩﻋﻮﺕ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﻭ ﺍﻓﻖ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺳﺤﺮﮔﺎﻫﺎﻥ ﻃﻠﻌﺖ ﺭﺣﻤﻦ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺸﺮﻕ ﻭﺣﻰ ﻭ ﻣﻄﻠﻊ ﻓﻀﻞ ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻟﮑﻦ ﻃﺎﻟﺐ ﻣﺸﻬﻮﺩ ﻧﻪ ﻣﮕﺮ ﻗﻠﻴﻠﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺳﻼﺳﻞ‬ ‫ﺳﻮﻯ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻓﺎﺭﻍ ﻭ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﮔﺸﺘﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﺑﮕﻮ ﺍﻯ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ‪،‬‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ﺑﺤﺮ ﻋﻄﺎ ﺁﺷﺎﻣﻴﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺎ ِ َ‬

‫ﻗﻮﺕ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﺑﺸﮑﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺮﺩﺍﺭ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ‪ .‬ﻣﺎﻟﮏ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻰ ﻭ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ﮔﻔﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﺷﺮﺍﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ّ‬

‫ﺳﻠﻄﺎﻥ ﻣﻌﻨﻮﻯ ﺑﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺮﺍﻣﻮﺵ ﻧﻨﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻧﻤﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﺣﻮﺍﻝ ﻭ ﺍﺣﻴﺎﻥ‬

‫ﺗﺄﺳﻒ ﻭ ﺣﺴﺮﺕ ﮐﻪ ﻧﺎﺱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﮐﻞ ﺍﺳﺖ ّ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺧﻴﺮ ّ‬ ‫ﺗﮑﻠﻢ ﻣﻰ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ‪ .‬ﺯﻫﻰ ّ‬

‫ﻻﺗﮑﻮﻧﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻓﻠﻴﻦ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻧﺰ َﻝ ﻟﮑﻢ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻓﻴﻮﺿﺎﺕ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﻗﻞ َ َ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺗﻔﮑﺮﻭﺍ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ُ ‪‬‬ ‫ُ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٢٠٢‬‬

‫‪ ٢١‬ﺳﭙﺘﺎﻣﺒﺮ‬

‫ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻌﺰﺓ‬ ‫ﭼﻬﺎﺭﺩﻫﻢ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺑﻰ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ‬

‫ﻣﺰﻳﻦ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ‬ ‫ﺍﻯ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺭﻭﺯﻯ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﮐﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺫﮐﺮ ﺍﻭ ّ‬

‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺷﺄﻧﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ‬ ‫ﺗﻤﻨﺎ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺭﻭﺯﻯ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ّ‬ ‫ﺭﺳﻞ ﻟﻘﺎﻯ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ّ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻫﻤﺖ ﻭ ﻣﻨﺘﻬﺎﻯ ﺟﻬﺪ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺍﺯ ﻗﻠﻢ‬ ‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻣﺘﻴﺎﺯ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻟﺬﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﮐﻤﺎﻝ ّ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﻧﺎﺱ ﻏﺎﻓﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭ ﺁﮔﺎﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺩﻋﻮﺕ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺻﺮﺍﻁ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﮐﻪ َﻟﻢ‬ ‫ﻓﺎﺯ ﺑﻪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻑ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻻﻳﺰﺍﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺖ ﻣﻮﺳﻮﻡ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ّ‬ ‫َ َﻳﺰﻝ ﻭ َ‬ ‫ﻟﻤﻦ َ‬ ‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ِ َ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻟﺪﻯ ﺍ‪ِ ِ ُ ‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺰﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﻢ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻧﺰ َﻝ ﻓﻴﻪ ِﻣﻦ َ َ‬ ‫َ​َ َ‬ ‫ﻋﺮﻑ ﻣﺎ ُ ‪‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪٢٠٣‬‬

‫ﺮﺍﻟﻌﺰﺓ‬ ‫ﭘﺎﻧﺰﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬ ّ‬

‫‪ ٢٢‬ﺳﭙﺘﺎﻣﺒﺮ‬

‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬

‫ﺍﻯ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺎﻧﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﺑﮥ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺁﺳﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻭ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺍﻓﻘﺶ ﻗﻠﺐ ‪.‬‬

‫ﻧﻴﺮ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺑﺮﻫﺎﻯ ﺧﻴﺎﻧﺖ ﻭ ﺩﻧﺎﺋﺖ ﺳﺘﺮ ﻧﻨﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺭﻭﺷﻨﺎﺋﻰ‬ ‫ﻧﻴﮑﻮ ﮐﺴﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ّ‬

‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﺪ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺁﻥ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻴﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺨﺸﺸﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻠﻢ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ﻟﻠﻤﺘﻔﮑﺮﻳﻦ ‪ .‬ﺑﮕﻮ ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻧﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻣﺮ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻧﻴﮏ ﻭ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ِ‬ ‫ﻧﺼﺮﺕ ﻳﮏ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺧﺎﻟﺺ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺍﺯ ﻧﺼﺮﺕ‬ ‫ُﺧﻠﻖ ﻧﻴﮑﻮ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ ،‬ﻧﻪ ﺟﻨﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺳﻴﻮﻑ ‪.‬‬

‫ﻓﻮﺟﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺭﺍﻗﮥ ِﺩﻣﺎء ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺏ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺪﺭ ﺷﺪﻩ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﻧﺼﺮﺕ ﺑﻪ ﮐﻠﻤﻪ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ّ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٢٠٤‬‬ ‫ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻌﺰﺓ‬ ‫ﺷﺎﻧﺰﺩﻫﻢ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫‪ ٢٣‬ﺳﭙﺘﺎﻣﺒﺮ‬

‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬

‫ﺣﻖ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﺎﻣﻰ ﮐﻪ ّ‬ ‫ﺑﮕﻮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺁﻥ ﻧﺒﺄ ﻋﻈﻴﻤﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺮﻗﺎﻥ ﺫﮐﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺁﻥ ّ‬ ‫ﮐﻠﻴﻤﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ِﺍﺧﺒﺎﺭ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻩ ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻫﺴﺖ ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ‬

‫ﻣﺸﻴﺘﺶ‬ ‫ﺍﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻣﺮﺵ ﻣﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺣﺪﻯ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ‪ .‬ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻝ ﮐﺘﺐ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻭ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻤﺎء ّ‬

‫ﺳﻮﺭ‬ ‫ﻧﺎﺯﻝ ﻭ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻠﻢ‬ ‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻪ ﮐﻤﺎﻝ ﺗﺼﺮﻳﺢ ﺟﺎﺭﻯ ﻭ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ‪َ ُ .‬‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﻣﻠﻮﮎ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺷﺎﻳﺪ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭﻧﺶ ﺍﻣﺘﻴﺎﺯ ﺩﻫﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﺑﮕﻮ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﺬﮐﺮ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻃﻼﻉ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﻯ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﺩﺍﻧﺎﺋﻰ ﺑﻰ ﻧﺼﻴﺒﻰ ‪ ،‬ﺍﺣﺪﻯ ﺑﺮ‬ ‫ﻟﻌﻤﺮ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺻﻞ ﺍﻣﺮ ّ‬ ‫َ​َ ُ‬

‫ﮐﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺁﮔﺎﻩ ﻧﻪ ‪ .‬ﻧﻘﻄﮥ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﮔﻮﺍﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻫﺴﺖ ‪ ،‬ﺟﻮﻫﺮ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺧﺬ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﺒﺎﺭﮎ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺟﻮﻫﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﺑﮥ ﺭﻭﺡ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺗﺎﺝ ﺁﻥ ‪ُ ،‬‬ ‫ﺸﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﺷﺎﺭﺗﻰ ﻭ ﻻ ﺑﻤﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﻪ‬ ‫ﮐﺘﺒﺖ‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ‪ " :‬ﻭ ﻗﺪ‬ ‫ﺟﻮﻫﺮﺓ ﻓﻰ ِ‬ ‫ﺫﮐﺮﻩ ﻭ ﻫﻮ ّ‬ ‫ً‬ ‫ﻻﻳﺴﺘ ُ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺫﮐﺮ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻥ " ‪.‬‬ ‫َُِ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٢٠٥‬‬ ‫ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻌﺰﺓ‬ ‫ﻫﻔﺪﻫﻢ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫‪ ٢٤‬ﺳﭙﺘﺎﻣﺒﺮ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬

‫ﮐﻞ ﺣﻴﻦ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﻏﺎﻓﻞ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ‬ ‫ﺑﻌﻀﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ َﻣﻊ ﺁﻧﮑﻪ ﻓﻨﺎﻯ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﻗﺴﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻮﺭﺷﻴﺪ ﺁﺳﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﻌﺎﻧﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﻭ ﺧﺰﺍﺋﻦ ﻭ ﮐﻨﺎﺋﺰ ﺍﻭ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍ‪‬‬

‫ﺣﻖ ﺭﺍ ﻣﮑﺮﻭﻫﻰ ﺍﺧﺬ ﻧﻤﻰ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﭼﻪ ﺭﺳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻼﻳﺎﻯ‬ ‫ﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﻗﺪﺭ ﻭ ﻣﻨﺰﻟﺖ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻫﺮﮔﺰ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ّ‬ ‫ﻋﻈﻴﻤﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺷﺒﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺑﺪﺍﻉ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ‪ .‬ﻧﻴﮑﻮﺳﺖ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺑﺼﻴﺮﻯ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺣﺎﻝ‬

‫ﺗﻔﮑﺮ ﮐﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﺑﻪ ﻗﻄﺮﻩﺍﻯ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺤﺮ ﺩﺍﻧﺎﺋﻰ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻴﻤﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﻭﻥ ﻣﺎﺿﻴﻪ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺒﺘﻪ ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﻭ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻭﺳﺖ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺻﺮﺍﻁ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺣﺒﻞ ﻣﺘﻴﻦ ﻣﻨﻊ ﻧﻨﻤﺎﻳﺪ ‪.‬‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻫﻤﺖ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺫﮐﺮ ﻣﺎﻟﮏ ﺍﻧﺎﻡ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻗﺪﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﺍ‪ ‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺁﻥ ﺟﻨﺎﺏ ﺑﻪ ّ‬

‫ﻣﻘﺪﻭﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺁﮔﺎﻫﻰ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﻏﺎﻓﻞ ﺟﻬﺪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺷﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﺭﻭﺡ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺼﺮ ﺗﺎﺯﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺘﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﺮ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺭﺑﮏ ﻟﻬﻮ‬ ‫‪ .‬‬ ‫ﺍﻥ ‪‬‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٢٠٦‬‬ ‫ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻌﺰﺓ‬ ‫ﻫﺠﺪﻫﻢ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫‪ ٢٥‬ﺳﭙﺘﺎﻣﺒﺮ‬

‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬

‫ﻭﺍﺿﺢ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺮ ﻫﺮ ﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﺑﺼﺮﻯ ﮐﻪ ﻧﻪ ﻃﺎﻋﺖ ﻣﻤﮑﻨﺎﺕ ﺑﺮ ﻗﺪﺭ ﺍﻭ ﺑﻴﻔﺰﺍﻳﺪ ﻭ ﻧﻪ ﻋﺼﻴﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻗﺪﺱ ﻗﺪﻡ‬ ‫ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺄﻥ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻭ ﺑﮑﺎﻫﺪ ‪ .‬ﻫﺮﮔﺰ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﻌﺪﻭﺩﻯ ﻣﻌﺪﻭﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺎﺣﺖ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﻧﻴﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ِ‬ ‫ﻋﺰ ﺑﺎﻗﻰ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻴﺎﻻﻳﺪ ‪ .‬ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻭ ﻧﺰﺩ ﺍﻭ ﻣﺬﮐﻮﺭ ﻧﻪ ﻭ ﺩﻭﻥ‬ ‫ﻟﻮﺙ ﻓﺎﻧﻰ ِ‬ ‫ﺫﻳﻞ ّ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﻤﮑﻦ ﻓﻰ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻮ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺱ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺣﺪ ﺍﻻﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﻌﺪ ﺍﻭ ﺍﺳﻤﻰ ﻧﻪ ‪َ .‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﺐ ﻓﻰ ّ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ُ‬

‫ﺍﻟّﺸﺄﻥ ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺛﺒﻮﺕ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻣﺎﺕ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺷﺒﻬﻪ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻤﺎء ﻻﻳﺰﺍﻟﻰ‬

‫ﻧﺎﺯﻝ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﺍﺭﺗﻘﺎﻯ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ ،‬ﻣﻊ ﺫﻟﮏ ﺑﺴﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺼﺎﻑ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ‬

‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ‪ ‬ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﺪﺭ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻗﺪﺭ ﺧﺮﺩﻟﻰ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﻗﺪﺱ ﺍﻳﻦ ّ‬

‫ﮐﺒﺮﻯ ﻭ ﺍﺣﺎﻃﮥ ﺭﺣﻤﺖ ﺑﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﻤﮑﻨﺎﺕ ﻣﮑﺘﻮﻡ ﻭ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﺭ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﻟﮑﻦ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻄﻮﻓﺖ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﺣﺪ ﺍﻋﺘﺪﺍﻝ ﻣﻴﮕﺬﺭﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﺑﻌﻀﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﺷﻴﺎء ﺍﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺍﺑﺮﺍﺯ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺟﺴﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺯ ّ‬

‫ﻣﻄﻠﻊ ﻣﻰ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺷﺎﻳﺪ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺧﺠﻠﺖ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻣﻤﻨﻮﻉ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ّﺍﻻ ﺍﺯ ﻏﺎﻳﺖ ﺭﺣﻤﺖ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﺭﺍ ّ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٢٠٧‬‬ ‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬

‫ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺖ ﻫﺮﮔﺰ ﺭﺍﺿﻰ ﺑﺮ ﮐﺸﻒ ﻋﻴﻮﺏ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ‪ .‬ﺁﺧﺮ ﺑﮕﻮ ﺑﻪ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﺍ‪‬‬

‫ﮐﻪ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺑﻐﻰ ﻭ ﻓﺤﺸﺎء ﻭ ﺍﺻﺤﺎﺏ ﻏﻔﻠﺖ ﻭ َﻋﻤﺎ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺑﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﻩ ﻣﻴﺮﻭﻧﺪ ﺣﻴﻦ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﺖ ﺑﻪ‬

‫ﻗﺪﺭ ﻣﻘﺪﻭﺭ ﺳﻌﻰ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﮔﻠﻬﺎﻯ ﺑﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺭﻣﻐﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺷﻤﺎ ﮐﻪ ﺩﻋﻮﻯ‬

‫ﺁﻥ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺭﺿﻮﺍﻥ ﺟﻤﺎﻝ ﻗﺪﺱ ﻣﻌﻨﻮﻯ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﻭ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻓﻀﺎﻯ‬

‫ﺧﻮﺵ ﺟﺎﻧﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩﺍﻳﺪ ؟ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺭﺍﺋﺤﮥ ﺭﺣﻤﻦ ﺷﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺣﺒﺎﺏ ﺟﺎﻧﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﻧﺴﺎﻳﻢ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺍﺭﺽ ﺍﺭﻳﺎﺡ ﻗﻤﻴﺺ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺣﺒﺎﺏ ﺍﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﺸﻤﺎﻡ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺁﺛﺎﺭ ﺣّﻖ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﻃﻞ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺻﺒﺢ ﻧﻮﺭﺍﻧﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻟﻴﻞ ﻇﻠﻤﺎﻧﻰ ﻓﺮﻕ ﺩﻫﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﻗﺴﻢ ﺑﻪ‬

‫ﺑﺮﻳﻪ ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﻣﻰ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ‬ ‫ﺧﺪﺍ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻌﺪﻭﺩ ﻗﻠﻴﻞ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻴﻦ ّ‬ ‫ﺳﺠﻴﮥ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺒﻞ َﺣﺮﻡ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻫﻞ ﺍﺭﺽ ﻃﺎﺋﻒ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻭ ُ ِ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٢٠٨‬‬

‫ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻌﺰﺓ‬ ‫ﻧﻮﺯﺩﻫﻢ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫‪ ٢٦‬ﺳﭙﺘﺎﻣﺒﺮ‬

‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬

‫ﻫﻤﺖ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺤﮑﻢ ﮐﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﺗﺤﺎﺩ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ‪ .‬ﮐﻤﺮ ّ‬ ‫ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺳﻌﻰ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺭﺍﺋﺤﮥ ّ‬

‫ﺍﺗﺤﺎﺩ ﺷﻮﻯ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻮ ﺧﺪﻣﺘﻰ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺳﺒﺐ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﺖ ﺍﻟﻔﺖ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ﮐﻪ ﺷﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ّ‬

‫ﺍﻯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﮐﺒﺮ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺎﻇﺮ ﺑﺎﺵ ﮐﻪ ﺷﺒﻪ ﻭ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪﺩﺍﺷﺖ ‪ .‬ﻋﻤﻞ‬

‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ‬ ‫ﺍﺣﺒﺎﺏ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﻭﺯ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﮎ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻠﻄﺎﻥ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﺤﺴﻮﺏ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﺍ‪ ‬ﺍﺯ ﻧﻔﺤﺎﺕ ّ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻄﻰ ﺍﻟﮑﺮﻳﻢ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﻭ ﻓﻴﻮﺿﺎﺕ ﺑﺤﺮ ﺭﺣﻤﺎﻧﻰ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺑﺮﻳﺪ ‪ّ .‬‬ ‫ﻟﻬﻮ ُ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﻪ َ ُ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٢٠٩‬‬ ‫ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻤﺸﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻭﻝ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫‪ ٢٧‬ﺳﭙﺘﺎﻣﺒﺮ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﺭﺣﻤﻦ ﺍﺯ ﮐﻮﺛﺮ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻥ ﺁﺷﺎﻣﻴﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﻗﻤﻴﺼﺶ‬ ‫ﻧﻴﮑﻮﺳﺖ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻧﻔﻮﺳﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ّ‬

‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺭﺽ ﻋﺎﺭﻑ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭ ﻣﺤﺠﻮﺑﻨﺪ‬ ‫ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﮔﺸﺘﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻣﻦ َ َ‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﻢ‬ ‫ﮐﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻓﻖ‬ ‫ﺗﺸﺒﺚ ﺟﻮﻳﻨﺪ ‪.‬‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﺑﻬﻰ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ّ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٢١٠‬‬ ‫ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻤﺸﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺩﻭﻡ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫‪ ٢٨‬ﺳﭙﺘﺎﻣﺒﺮ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﺣﻖ ﺳﺎﮐﻦ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺭﻭﺯﻯ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺰﺭﮒ ﻭ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﮎ ‪ .‬ﺟﻤﻴﻊ َﻣﻦ َ َ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺭﺽ ﺩﺭ ّ‬ ‫ﻇﻞ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺖ ّ‬

‫ﮐﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺣﺎﻃﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ‪ .‬ﺍﻋﺮﺍﺽ ﻭ ﺍﻋﺘﺮﺍﺽ ﻭ ﺟﺪﺍﻝ ﻭ ﺧﻮﻧﺮﻳﺰﻯ ﻭ ﻓﺴﺎﺩ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻪ ّ‬ ‫ﺭﺣﻤﺖ ّ‬

‫ﮐﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻓﻀﻞ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﻣﺴﺮﻭﺭ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺿﺮ ﺍﻫﻞ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻬﻰ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻳﻢ ﺗﺎ ّ‬ ‫ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺳﺒﺐ ُ ّ‬

‫ﻣﺘﻮﺟﻪ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﺑﺤﺮ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٢١١‬‬

‫ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻤﺸﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺳﻮﻡ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫‪ ٢٩‬ﺳﭙﺘﺎﻣﺒﺮ‬

‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬

‫ﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﺯ ﮐﻮﺛﺮ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻥ ﺁﺷﺎﻣﻴﺪﻯ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺣﻴﻖ ﺍﻳﻘﺎﻥ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺑﺮﺩﻯ ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺮﻯ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺪ ِ ّ‬ ‫ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻥ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺴﺖ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺖ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﺍ‪ ‬ﺍﺯ ﻓﻀﻞ ﻭ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻰ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺍﺭﺗﻘﺎء ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻯ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺎﺷﻰ ‪ .‬ﺑﺤﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺖ ﺭﺍ ﻟﺌﺎﻟﻰ ﺑﻰ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ‬ ‫ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺖ ّ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ٰ‬

‫ﻮﺑﻰ ِﻟﻠﻌﺎﺭﻓﻴﻦ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ِﻟﻠﻔﺎﺋﺰﻳﻦ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ِﻟﻠﻌﺎﻣﻠﻴﻦ ‪ ،‬ﻃ ٰ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٢١٢‬‬

‫ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻤﺸﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫‪ ٣٠‬ﺳﭙﺘﺎﻣﺒﺮ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﺍ‪َ ‬ﻟﻢ َ َﻳﺰﻝ ﻭ َﻻﻳﺰﺍﻝ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺖ ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺏ ﻋﺎﻟﻤﻴﺎﻥ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺑﺎﺷﻰ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻄﺮﺵ‬

‫ﻧﺎﻇﺮ ‪ .‬ﻧﻴﮑﻮﺳﺖ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺍﻗﺒﺎﻝ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺏ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻟﺴﺎﻧﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺫﮐﺮﺵ ﻧﺎﻃﻖ‬ ‫ﻣﺆﻳﺪ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﻗﻠﺒﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻮﺭ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺘﺶ ﻣﻨﻴﺮ ﮔﺸﺖ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﮔﺸﺖ ﻭ ﻗﻠﻤﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﺁﺛﺎﺭﺵ ّ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٢١٣‬‬

‫ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻤﺸﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﭘﻨﺠﻢ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫‪ ١‬ﺍﮐﺘﺒﺮ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﺍ‪ ‬ﺑﻪ ﮐﻤﺎﻝ ﺭﻭﺡ ﻭ ﺭﻳﺤﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻓﻖ ﺭﺣﻤﻦ ﻧﺎﻇﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ‪ .‬ﻗﺴﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺁﺳﻤﺎﻥ‬

‫ﻣﻘﺪﺱ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﮐﺮﺩ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺪﻭﺭﺍﺕ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺎﺭﻍ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﮐﻪ ﻫﺮ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ّ‬

‫ﻳﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻧﺎﻇﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ّ‬ ‫ﮐﻞ ﺍﺣﻮﺍﻝ ﺑﻤﺎ َ َ ِ ُ‬

‫ﺑﻪ ﺷﺄﻧﻰ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﻫﺮ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﻋﺮﻑ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﺲ ﻭ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﺸﻤﺎﻡ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﺗﻔﮑﺮ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺎﺭﻯ ﺷﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﺟﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻠﻢ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ّ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺍﻇﻬﺮ ﻟﮑﻢ ﻣﺎ ُ ِ‬ ‫ﻭﻋﺪﺗﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﮑﺘﺎﺏ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺭﺷﺪﮐﻢ َﺳﻮﺍء ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﺮﺍﻁ ﻭ َ َ َ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﻪ َ َ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٢١٤‬‬

‫ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻤﺸﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺷﺸﻢ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫‪ ٢‬ﺍﮐﺘﺒﺮ‬

‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬

‫ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﺍ‪َ ‬ﻟﻢ َ َﻳﺰﻝ ﻭ َﻻﻳﺰﺍﻝ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺫﮐﺮ ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺏ ﻋﺎﻟﻤﻴﺎﻥ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ‪.‬‬

‫ﻗﺴﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻤﺎﻝ ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﻪ ﻧﻤﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺫﮐﺮﺵ ﺟﺒﺮﻭﺕ ﺍﻣﺮ ﻭ ﺧﻠﻖ ﻭ ﻣﻠﮑﻮﺕ ﺳﻤﻮﺍﺕ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺳﻠﻄﺎﻧﻪ‬ ‫ﻓﻀﻠﻪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺳﻮﻑ ُﻳْﻈِﻬُﺮ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻣﺎﮐﺎﻥ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﺭﴽ ﻓﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﻭ ُﻳﺮﻳﻬﻢ‬ ‫ﺍﺭﺽ ‪.‬‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َ‬

‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺷﻴﺎء ﻻ‬ ‫ﻗﺪﺭﺗﻪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻴﻤﻦ َ َ‬ ‫ﺍﺣﺒﺎ‪‬ﻪ ‪ّ .‬‬ ‫ﺍﻧﻪ ﻟﻬﻮ ُ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ﺍﻗﺘﺪﺍﺭﻩ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ّ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻳﺰ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻴﻢ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺩ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻪ ّﺍﻻ ﻫﻮ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ُ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٢١٥‬‬ ‫ﻫﻔﺘﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻤﺸﻴّﺔ‬

‫‪ ٣‬ﺍﮐﺘﺒﺮ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﺍﻭﻝ ﻫﺮ ﺍﻣﺮﻯ ﻭ ﻫﺮ ﺫﮐﺮﻯ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺖ ﺍ‪‬‬ ‫ﺑﮕﻮ ﺍﻯ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺻﺎﻳﺎﻯ ﻣﻈﻠﻮﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺸﻨﻮﻳﺪ ‪ّ .‬‬

‫ﺍﻭﻝ ﺍﻣﺮﻯ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺖ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻔﺖ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻣﺮﺑﻰ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻤﺪ ّ‬ ‫ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ‪ .‬ﺍﻭﺳﺖ ُ ِ ّ‬ ‫ﮐﻞ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ﮐﻞ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻕ‬ ‫ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻕ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻣﻨﻮﺭ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﺍﺯ ّ‬ ‫ﺁﻓﺎﻕ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻕ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ .‬ﭼﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫‪،‬ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻉ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻋﺎﻧﺖ ﻳﮑﺪﻳﮕﺮ ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺍﺳﺒﺎﺑﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺳﺒﺐ‬

‫ﻣﺤﺒﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺮﺩﺑﺎﺭﻯ ﻭ ﻧﻴﮑﻮﮐﺎﺭﻯ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻳﮑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺡ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﺗﺤﺎﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻔﺖ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺷﺎﺩ ﻭ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻟﻴﺎﻟﻰ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺮﺍﺵ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺷﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﻠﻤﮥ ﻋﻠﻴﺎ ﻧﻄﻖ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻳﻢ ‪ " :‬ﻃﻮ ٰ‬ ‫ﻳﺤﺐ‬ ‫ﻟﻴﺲ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻰ ﮐﻪ ﻗﻠﺒﺶ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺨﺮ ِ َ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ﻣﻄﻬﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺿﻐﻴﻨﻪ ﻭ ﺑﻐﻀﺎ " ﻭ " َ َ‬ ‫ﻟﻤﻦ ُ ِ ‪‬‬

‫ﻳﺤﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ " ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻮﻃﻦ ﺑﻞ ِ َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ﻟﻤﻦ ُ ِ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٢١٦‬‬ ‫ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻤﺸﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﻫﺸﺘﻢ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫‪ ٤‬ﺍﮐﺘﺒﺮ‬

‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬

‫ﻣﺘﻀﻮﻉ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‬ ‫ﻧﺼﺎﻳﺢ ﻣﻈﻠﻮﻡ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻧﺮﻭﺩ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﻴﺪ ﺁﻧﮑﻪ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﺎ َﻋﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻔﺖ ﻭ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﻰ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻣﺤﺒﺖ ﻭ ﺷﻔﻘﺖ ﻣﻌﺎﺷﺮﺕ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻳﮑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺡ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﻠﻤﮥ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﻳﮑﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻧﻴﺮ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻭ ﻣﻨﻴﺮ ‪ :‬ﻣﺸﻮﺭﺕ ﻭ ﺷﻔﻘﺖ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻴﺎ ﻧﻄﻖ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻳﻢ ‪ " :‬ﺁﺳﻤﺎﻥ ﺣﮑﻤﺖ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭ ّ‬

‫ﻭ ﺧﻴﻤﮥ ﻧﻈﻢ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭ ﺳﺘﻮﻥ ﻗﺎﺋﻢ ﻭ ﺑﺮ ﭘﺎ ‪ :‬ﻣﺠﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﻭ ﻣﮑﺎﻓﺎﺕ " ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻣﻮﺭ‬

‫ﺭﺑﺎﻧﻰ ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺖ‬ ‫ﻋﺰﺕ ّ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﻠﻮﮎ ﻋﺼﺮ ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻣﻈﺎﻫﺮ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﻭ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻊ ّ‬

‫ِ‬ ‫ﺍﻃﺎﻋﺖ ﺩﻭﻟﺖ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺟﻞ ﺟﻼﻟﻪ ﺩﻭ ﺍﻣﺮ ﻻﺯﻡ ‪ :‬ﺧﺪﻣﺖ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺗﻤﺴﮏ ﺑﻪ ﺣﮑﻤﺖ ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻭ‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﺎﺭﻯ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺳﺒﺐ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺗﻘﺎء ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺗﺮّﻗﻰ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٢١٧‬‬

‫ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻤﺸﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﻧﻬﻢ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫‪ ٥‬ﺍﮐﺘﺒﺮ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﻭﺻﻴﺖ‬ ‫ﻳﺮﻓﻌﻬﻢ‬ ‫ﻳﻨﻔﻌﻬﻢ ﻭ ُ َ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻳﻘﺮﺑﻬﻢ ﻭ َ َ ُ‬ ‫ﻗﻠﻢ ﻣﻈﻠﻮﻡ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﺣﻴﺎﻥ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻤﺎ َ َ ُ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻣﻄﻬﺮ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﻊ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﻧﺼﺎﻳﺢ‬ ‫ﺟﻞ ﺟﻼﻟﻪ ﺁﺫﺍﻥ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﻴﺪ ﺁﻧﮑﻪ ّ‬

‫ﻭ ﻣﻮﺍﻋﻆ ﻣﻈﻠﻮﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺸﻨﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ َﺍﻳ‪‬ﺪ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﮎ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻓﻠﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ِ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﮏ ﺍﻧﺖ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺏ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻴﮏ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻟﻤﻴﻦ َ َ‬ ‫َ​َ‬ ‫ﻟﺪﻯ ِ‬ ‫ﻓﻀﻠﮏ ‪ّ .‬‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻻ َ‬ ‫ﻧﺎﺑ ِﺔ َ ٰ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺤﮑﻴﻢ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻐﻔﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﺏ‬ ‫ّ ُ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺎﺽ ّ ُ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﻀﺎﻝ ّ ُ‬ ‫ﺍﻟّﺘّﻮ ُ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٢١٨‬‬ ‫ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻤﺸﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺩﻫﻢ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫‪ ٦‬ﺍﮐﺘﺒﺮ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﺁﻳﺎ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ‪ ‬ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﻊ ﻓﻀﻠﺶ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ﻣﺎﻧﺪ ؟ ﻻ ﻭ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ‬

‫ﻟﻠﻪ ﮐﺎﻥ ﺍ‪َ ‬ﻟﻪ " ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻠﻤﮥ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﮐﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻄﻠﻊ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺤﻖ ‪َ " .‬ﻣﻦ ﮐﺎﻥ ِ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺗﺸﺒﺚ ِﺑﻬﺎ ﻭ ُﮐﻦ ِﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺋﺰﻳﻦ ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺪﺡ ﺍﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ َ َ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﺭﺍﺩﮤ ّ‬

‫ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻠﮑﻮﺕ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻥ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻴﺎﺷﺎﻣﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻣﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻻﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﺑﮕﺬﺭﻯ ﻭ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﻳﺮﻓﻌﮏ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﺭﺍﺩ ﻟﮏ ّﺍﻻ ﻣﺎ َ َ ُ‬ ‫ﻣﺸﻴﺖ ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ﻳﮑﺘﺎ ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻰ ‪ّ .‬‬ ‫ﺍﺭﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﻪ ﻣﺎ َ َ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻣِﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﺼﻴﺮ ‪.‬‬ ‫َُ‪‬‬ ‫ﻳﻘﺮﺑﮏ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍ‪ّ ِ‬‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٢١٩‬‬ ‫ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻤﺸﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﻳﺎﺯﺩﻫﻢ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫‪ ٧‬ﺍﮐﺘﺒﺮ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ‪" :‬‬ ‫ﺍﺣﺒﺎﻯ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﮐﻤﺎﻝ ﺭﻭﺡ ﻭ ﺭﻳﺤﺎﻥ ﻧﺎﻇﺮﴽ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﮑﻠﻤﺔ ﺑﻘﻮﻟﻪ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﻓﺎﻥ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻣﺘﺬﮐﺮ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ‪ .‬ﻫﺮ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻭﺡ ﻭ ﺭﻳﺤﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ "‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫َﺫ‪‬ﮐْﺮ َ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺮﻯ َ َ ُ‬ ‫ﺗﻨﻔﻊ ُ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺬْﮐ ٰ‬

‫ﻣﺆﻳﺪ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺷﺪ ﺍﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺨﻠﺼﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ُﻣﺒﻴﻦ ﻣﺮﻗﻮﻡ ﻭ ّﺍﻻ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺑﺪﴽ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺟﻞ ﺟﻼﻟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻗﻠﻮﺏ ﻭ ﻟﺌﺎﻟﻰ ﻣﮑﻨﻮﻧﮥ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻭ ﻧﺎﻇﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ّ‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺮﺽ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺍﺣﺒﺎ ﻭ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﻣﺴﺌﻠﺖ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ﻭ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﺎﻯ ﺍﻭ ّ‬ ‫ﺟﻞ ﺟﻼﻟﻪ ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺭﮤ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺷﺄﻥ ّ‬

‫ﻣﺆﻳﺪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻭﻫﺎﻣﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺷﺌﻮﻧﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ّ‬ ‫ﮐﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﮑﺘﺎﺏ ّ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ّ‬ ‫ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻨﻊ ﻧﻨﻤﺎﻳﺪ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪٢٢٠‬‬

‫ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻤﺸﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺩﻭﺍﺯﺩﻫﻢ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫‪ ٨‬ﺍﮐﺘﺒﺮ‬

‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬

‫ﺟﻞ ﺟﻼﻟﻪ ﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻭ ﺁﻣﻞ ﮐﻪ ﻫﺮ ﻳﮏ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺰﺏ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻮﻩ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﻪ ﮐﺎﻩ ‪ .‬ﻋﻮﺍﺻﻒ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ّ‬

‫ﺑﺤﻮﻝ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻭ ّ ِ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ﻗﻮﺗﻪ ﻭ ﻟﮑﻦ ﺛﺎﻧﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻭﻝ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‬ ‫ﻭ ﻗﻮﺍﺻﻒ ﻣﺸﺮﮐﻴﻦ ﻗﺎﺩﺭ ﺑﺮ ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ّ‬

‫ﺣﻖ ﻣﻰ ﻃﻠﺒﻢ ﮐﺎﻩ ﺭﺍ ﻫﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﻞ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮ ﺭﻳﺤﻰ ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻬﺮ ﺟﻬﺘﻰ ﻣﻴﻞ ﮐﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ّ‬

‫ﻗﻮﺕ ﻋﻄﺎ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﻋﻈﻤﺖ ﺑﺨﺸﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻭﺳﺖ ﺑﺮ ﻫﺮ ﺷﻰء ﻗﺎﺩﺭ ﻭ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺎ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﮐﻮﻩ ّ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٢٢١‬‬ ‫ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻤﺸﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺳﻴﺰﺩﻫﻢ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫‪ ٩‬ﺍﮐﺘﺒﺮ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﮐﻞ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺸﺮﻕ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺍﺭﺽ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺼﺎﻑ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺍ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺒﺘﻪ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺗﻔﮑﺮ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ّ‬

‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﻧﺎﺱ ﺧﺒﺮ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺑﺤﺮ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺪﻳﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺷﺮﺍﻗﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ّ‬

‫ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﻧﺸﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺯﻣﺎﻡ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﻫﻢ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺒﻀﮥ ﺍﻫﻞ ﻇﻨﻮﻥ ﻭ ﺍﻭﻫﺎﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ‬

‫ﺟﻞ ﺟﻼﻟﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﻮﺍﻧﻌﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺳﺒﺐ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ّ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﺖ ﻣﻨﻊ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﻫﻮﻳﺪﺍ ﮔﺸﺘﻪ ﻭ ّ‬

‫ﻧﺠﺬﺏ‬ ‫ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻳﮏ ﮐﻠﻤﻪ ﺧﻠﻖ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻳﮏ ﮐﻠﻤﻪ ﻧﺪﺍ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻩ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ِ َ‬ ‫ﻟﻤﻦ ﺍ َ َ َ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ِﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻓﻘﻪ ﻭ َﻭﻳﻞ ِﻟﻠﻤﻌﺮﺿﻴﻦ ﻭ َﻭﻳﻞ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﻓﻠﻴﻦ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻧﺪﺍ‪‬ﻪ ﻭ َ َ ‪َ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ٰ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٢٢٢‬‬ ‫ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻤﺸﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﭼﻬﺎﺭﺩﻫﻢ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫‪ ١٠‬ﺍﮐﺘﺒﺮ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﺍﻻْﻣَﺮ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ ‪ .‬ﻗﺴﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻓﻖ ﻳﻘﻴﻦ ﮐﻪ ﻋﻈﻤﺖ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻭ ﻣﻘﺎﻣﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻥ ْ َ‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻗﻠﻢ ﺍﺣﺼﺎ ﻧﺸﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻟﺴﺎﻥ ﻣﻨﺘﻬﻰ ﻧﮕﺮﺩﺩ ‪ .‬ﻋﻈﻤﺖ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻳﻮﻡ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻣﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﻧﺎﺯﻝ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺛﺒﺖ ﮔﺸﺘﻪ ‪ .‬ﻧﺎﺱ ﺍﮐﺜﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﻏﺎﻓﻠﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ‬

‫ﮐﻞ ﺣﻴﻦ ﻓﻨﺎﻯ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﭼﺸﻢ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻃﻦ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻣﻰ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ‬ ‫ﺍﺷﻴﺎﻯ ﻓﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ّ‬

‫ﻣﺘﺤﻴﺮ ﻣﺎﻧﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﻳﻮﺋﻴﻞ ﻣﻰ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ‪" :‬‬ ‫ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻠﮑﻮﺕ ﺑﺎﻗﻰ ﻏﺎﻓﻞ ﻭ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻳﻄﻴﻘﻪ " ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻰ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ‪" :‬‬ ‫ِ َ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮﺏ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ ﻭ ﻣﺨﻮﻑ ّ‬ ‫ﻓﻤﻦ ُ ُ‬ ‫ﻻﻥ ﻳﻮﻡ ّ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺟﺪﴽ َ َ‬

‫ﻳﺰﻣﺠﺮ ﻭ ِﻣﻦ ﺍﻭﺭﺷﻠﻴﻢ ُﻳﻌﻄﻰ‬ ‫ﻟﺴﻤﺎء ﻭ‬ ‫ﻓﺘﺮﺟﻒ ﺍ ّ‬ ‫ﺻﻮﺗﻪ َ َ ُ ُ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮﺏ ِﻣﻦ ﺻﻬﻴﻮﻥ ُ َ ِ ُ‬ ‫ﻭ ّ ّ‬

‫ﻣﺤﻠﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﻋﮑﺎ ﻭ ﻗﺪﺱ ﻭ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻭﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺻﻬﻴﻮﻥ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻻﺭﺽ " ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺍﻭﺭﺷﻠﻴﻢ ّ‬

‫ﻣﺤﻠﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺪﺱ ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺍﺩﻯ ﻧﺪﺍﻯ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ َﺳﺮﻳﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﺭﺍﺿﻰ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺮ ﮔﺸﺘﻪ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺭﺑﺎﻧﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺭﺽ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻋﺪﻝ ّ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٢٢٣‬‬

‫ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻤﺸﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﭘﺎﻧﺰﺩﻫﻢ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫‪ ١١‬ﺍﮐﺘﺒﺮ‬

‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬

‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻧﻔﻮﺳﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﮥ ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺻﺮﺍﻁ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﻣﻨﺤﺮﻑ ﻧﺴﺎﺧﺖ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ‬ ‫‪.‬ﺍﻯ ﮐﺎﺵ ﻳﮑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻣﻰ ﺩﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻋﺮﺍﺽ ّ‬

‫ﺗﻔﮑﺮ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻨﺒﻪ ﻣﻰ ﮔﺸﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻌﻮﺭ ﻣﻰ ﺁﻣﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﮐﻠﻤﮥ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ّ‬

‫ﺫﻟﺖ ﻫﻮﺩ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ‬ ‫ﮐﻪ‪ ،‬ﻧﻮﺣﮥ ﻧﻮﺡ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﭼﻪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻋﺮﺍﺽ ﻗﻮﻡ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻬﺮ ﭼﻪ ؟ ّ‬

‫ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﻭ َﻋﻘﺮ ﻧﺎﻗﮥ ﺻﺎﻟﺢ ﻭ ﻃﺮﺩ ﺍﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﭼﻪ ؟ ﺻﻌﻮﺩ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﺑﻦ ﻣﺮﻳﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺎء ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ‬

‫ﻃﻴﺎﺭ َﻣﻊ‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺷﻤﺲ ﺑﻄﺤﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻳﺜﺮﺏ ﭼﺮﺍ ؟ ﺭﻓﺘﻦ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ّ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺑﻼﻳﺎﻯ ﺍﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻮﺩ ؟ ّ‬

‫ﻫﻮﻯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﻏﺎﻓﻠﻪ ﺭﺍ ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ﺍﺧﺬ‬ ‫ﺍﺻﺤﺎﺏ ﻧﺰﺩ َﻧﺠﺎﺵ ﺑﻪ ﭼﻪ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺑﻮﺩ ؟ ُﺳﮑﺮ ﮐﺄﺱ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﻣﺮﮐﺐ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺭﺍﮐﺒﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ِﻣﻀﻤﺎﺭ ﺟﻬﻞ‬ ‫ﻣﻮﻓﻖ ﺑﺮ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﻰ ّ‬ ‫ﺗﻔﮑﺮ ﻧﺸﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮ َ‬

‫ﮐﻨﺎ ﺗﺮﺍﺑﴼ ﻧﺎﻃﻖ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻳﺎﻟﻴﺘﻨﺎ ُ ّ‬ ‫ﺭﺍﮐﺾ ‪ .‬ﺯﻭﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻮﺣﻪ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺯﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ " َ َ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٢٢٤‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺷﺎﻧﺰﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫‪ ١٢‬ﺍﮐﺘﺒﺮ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﮔﻮﻳﺎ ﺫﺍﺋﻘﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻗﻮﮤ ﺍﺩﺭﺍﮎ ﻣﻔﻘﻮﺩ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﮐﺜﺮﻯ ﺍﺯ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﺣﻼﻭﺕ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺭﺣﻤﻦ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻴﺎﻓﺘﻪﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻠﮑﻮﺕ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﺪ ﺍﺩﺭﺍﮎ ﻧﻨﻤﻮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ ‪،‬‬

‫ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﻧﻴﺮ ﺁﻓﺎﻕ ﻣﺤﺠﻮﺏ ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ّ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﻧﻌﺎﻕ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻟﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ّ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ﻣﻴﻄﻠﺒﻴﻢ ﻧﻔﻮﺳﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺤﺮ َ َ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻤﺴﮏ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺁﺷﺎﻣﻴﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺭﺣﻴﻖ ﻣﺨﺘﻮﻡ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﮔﺸﺘﻪ ﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻭ ﺁﻳﺎﺗﻪ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺗﻔﮑﺮ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺩﮔﺎﻥ ﺍﺭﺽ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺣﮑﻤﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻳﻌﻨﻰ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺰﻳﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﻢ‬ ‫ﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﻳﻘﻴﻦ ﺑﺪﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻔﻮﺳﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﺒﺖ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺟﻞ ﺟﻼﻟﻪ ﻣﺬﮐﻮﺭ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺪﻣﺖ ﺍﻣﺮ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﻳﻌﻨﻰ ﺑﻪ ﮐﻤﺎﻝ ﺣﮑﻤﺖ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺒﺘﻪ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ‬ ‫ﻟﻠﻪ ﻧﺎﻃﻖ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ِ ّ‬ ‫ﺗﺒﻠﻴﻎ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻳﻌﻨﻰ ِ ّ‬ ‫ﻟﻠﻪ ﺫﺍﮐﺮ ّ‬

‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻧﻔﻮﺳﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺩﺭﺍﮎ‬ ‫ﻧﺤﺎﺳﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺫﻫﺒﻰ ﺗﻘﻠﻴﺐ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ‪.‬‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺁﻥ ﻋﻤﻞ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﻓﻨﺎﻯ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻭﺍﺿﺢ ﻭ ﻣﺸﻬﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺳﺪﺭﮤ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺑﺮ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻭ ﻧﺎﻃﻖ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٢٢٥‬‬ ‫ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻤﺸﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﻫﻔﺪﻫﻢ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫‪ ١٣‬ﺍﮐﺘﺒﺮ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﺭﺍ ﻭﻓﺎﺋﻰ ﻧﻪ ‪ .‬ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻭ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻼﺕ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﺰﻟﮥ ﻟﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺍﺧﺒﺎﺭ ﻣﻰ ﺩﻫﺪ ﺑﺮ ﺯﻭﺍﻝ ﻭ ﻓﻨﺎء ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻭ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ .‬ﻟﺬﺍ ﺻﺎﺣﺒﺎﻥ ﺑﺼﺮ ﮐﻪ ﭼﺸﻤﺸﺎﻥ‬

‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻳﺒﻘﻰ ﻭ َﻳﻨَﺒﻐﻰ ّ‬ ‫ﺭﺑﺎﻧﻰ ّ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﻧﻮﺭ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺖ ّ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻣﻨﻮﺭ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻤﺎ َ ٰ‬

‫ﺍﻧﻪ ِﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺪﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﻻﻳﻖ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ‪ّ .‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﮐﻪ ﻗﺪﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ّ‬

‫ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﻼ‪ ‬ﺍﻻﻣﮑﺎﻥ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺼﺮ ِﻓﻰ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻈﺮ ﺍﻻﮐﺒﺮ ﻭ ِ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ﺍﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﻓﺎﻥ َ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٢٢٦‬‬ ‫‪ ١٤‬ﺍﮐﺘﺒﺮ‬

‫ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻤﺸﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﻫﺠﺪﻫﻢ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻣﻮﺭ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﮥ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻀﻞ ﻭ ﺭﺣﻤﺖ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﻪ ﻻﺯﻡ ‪ ،‬ﻟﺬﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ‬

‫ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻣﺮﻯ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﺻﺎﺩﺭ ﻧﺸﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺣﺰﻥ ﺍﺣﺪﻯ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻮﺟﻪ ‪ ‬ﻭ‬ ‫ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﮐﻪ ﻋﻴﻦ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﻧﺎﻇﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺭﺷﺤﺎﺕ ﺑﺤﺮ ﮐﺮﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻋﺎﻣﮥ ﻧﺎﺱ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺗﮑﺎﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ‬ ‫ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺑﻪ ﮔﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﻭﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺳﺒﺐ ﻣﻨﻊ ﺧﻴﺮ ّ‬

‫ﺍﺑﺪﴽ ﺟﺎﻳﺰ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٢٢٧‬‬

‫ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻤﺸﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﻧﻮﺯﺩﻫﻢ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫‪ ١٥‬ﺍﮐﺘﺒﺮ‬

‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬

‫ِ‬ ‫ﺟﻞ‬ ‫ﺍﺻﻞ ﺳﺮﻣﺎﻳﻪ ﻭ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ّ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ﻭ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﺮ ﺧﺪﻣﺖ ّ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ﻭ ﺛﻨﺎﻯ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻣﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﺫﮐﺮ ّ‬

‫ﻟﻠﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﻘﺮﺍﺕ ﺧﺴﺎﺭﺗﻰ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻧﻪ ﺑﻠﮑﻪ ﺭﺑﺢ ﺍﻧﺪﺭ ﺭﺑﺢ‬ ‫ﺟﻼﻟﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻫﺴﺖ ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺪ ِ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻘﻦ ﻭ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﮎ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻣﺎﺑﻘﻰ ﻫﻢ ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﺍ‪ ‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﺭﺍﺩﻩﺍﺵ ﻣﺤﮑﻢ ﻭ ُ َ‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺳﻞ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﻣﺼﻠﺤﺖ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﺪﻩ ‪ .‬ﻧﻔﻮﺳﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺗﻔﻮﻳﺾ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ﺗﻮﮐﻞ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻻﻣﺮ ِ َ‬ ‫َ ُ‬

‫ﺭﻳﺐ ﻓﻴﻪ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﺬﺍ ّ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ﻻ َ َ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٢٢٨‬‬ ‫ﺍﻭﻝ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫‪ ١٦‬ﺍﮐﺘﺒﺮ‬

‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬

‫ﻣﺘﻤﺴﮏ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺎﻇﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺡ ﻧﺎﺯﻝ ﺷﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﮐﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻓﻖ‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﺁﻧﮑﻪ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﻓﺴﺎﺩ ﭘﺎ ﻧﮕﺬﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻋﺮﺻﮥ ﺟﺪﺍﻝ ﻭ ﻧﺰﺍﻉ ﻗﺪﻡ ﻧﻨﻬﻨﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺟﻨﻮﺩ ﺻﺒﺮ ﻭ‬

‫ﺟﻞ ﺟﻼﻟﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺼﺮﺕ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ّ‬ ‫ﻃﻴﺒﻪ ﻭ ﮐﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺑﺪﻳﻌﮥ ﻣﻨﻴﻌﻪ ّ‬ ‫ﺗﺴﻠﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺍﺧﻼﻕ ﻭ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ّ‬ ‫ﻋﺰ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﺩﺭ ﻟﻮﺣﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺡ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﻠﻤﮥ ﻋﻠﻴﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻠﻢ‬ ‫‪.‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺎﺭﻯ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ّ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﻣﺘﻤﺴﮏ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻣﺮﻯ ﮐﻪ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺍﻋﻼء ﮐﻠﻤﺔ ﺍ‪ ‬ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪ .‬ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﮐﻞ ﺣﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﺎﻧﻪ ‪" :‬ﺩﺭ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻃﻴﺒﻪ ﻭ ﺍﺧﻼﻕ‬ ‫ﻃﻴﺒﮥ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﮐﻪ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻣﺮﺿﻴﻪ ﺟﻨﺪ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻠﻬﻨﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﮐﻠﻤﮥ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺍﺣﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻼﺡ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﻨﻮﺩ ّ‬ ‫ﺟﺬﺍﺏ ﻗﻠﻮﺑﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻓﺎﺗﺢ ﺍﺑﻮﺍﺏ ﻣﺪﺍﺋﻦ ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﻼﺡ َ َ ّ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٢٢٩‬‬

‫‪ ١٧‬ﺍﮐﺘﺒﺮ‬

‫ﺩﻭﻡ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ‬

‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬

‫ﻧﻴﺮ ﺁﺳﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﻌﺎﻧﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﻧﺎﺯﻝ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻰ‬ ‫ﻗﺴﻢ ﺑﻪ ّ‬

‫ﻭﺭﺍ‪‬ﻬﻢ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﺑﮥ ﻋﻴﻮﻥ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺣﻔﻆ ﻭ ﺣﺮﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﻰ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ َﻋﻦ‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫ﺟﻨﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺐ ‪ .‬ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﺷﻴﺎء ﺟﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﺭﻳﺎﺡ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻨﺪﺵ ﻣﺤﺴﻮﺏ ‪ ،‬ﺟﺒﺎﻝ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ﻋﺴﮑﺮﺵ ﻣﺤﺴﻮﺏ ‪ .‬ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ﺑﺎ ﻳﮏ ﻋﺼﺎ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﻫﻢ ﺯﺩ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻭ ﺑﺮ‬

‫ﮐﻞ‬ ‫ﺧﺪﻣﺘﺶ ﻗﺎﺋﻢ ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﺍ‪ ‬ﺍﻣﻴﺪ ﻫﺴﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻋﺼﺎﻯ ﻏﻴﺒﻰ ﺑﺤﻮﺭ ﻧﻔﺲ ﻭ ﻫﻮﻯ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺸﮑﺎﻓﺪ ﻭ ّ‬

‫ﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺭﺍﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٢٣٠‬‬

‫‪ ١٨‬ﺍﮐﺘﺒﺮ‬

‫ﺳﻮﻡ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ‬

‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬

‫ﻟﺒﻴﮏ " ﻣﻰ ﮔﻮﻳﺪ ﻭ ﮐﻠﻴﻢ‬ ‫ﻳﺎ ﺭﻭﺡ ﺍ‪ ، ‬ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺭﻭﺡ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺍﺩﻯ ّ‬ ‫ﻟﺒﻴﮏ ّ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺪﺱ " ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻠﻬﻢ ّ‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺑﺸﺎﺭﺕ ﻣﻰ ﺩﻫﺪ ‪ .‬ﮐﺠﺎﺳﺖ ﭼﺸﻢ ﻭ ﮐﺠﺎﺳﺖ ﮔﻮﺵ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺸﻨﻮﺩ ؟‬

‫ﻗﺴﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﺍﻣﺮﻯ ﻓﻮﺕ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻫﺮﮔﺰ ﺑﺮ ﺗﺪﺍﺭﮎ ﺁﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﺆﻳﺪ ﻧﺸﻮﺩ ‪ .‬ﺍﻯ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ‪ ،‬ﺷﻤﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭﺭﺍﺩ ﺣﺪﻳﻘﮥ ﻣﻌﺎﻧﻰ ﻣﺤﺴﻮﺑﻴﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺟﻬﺪ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻃﻴﺒﻪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻀﻮﻉ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﮐﻪ ﻻﻳﻖ ﻭ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ .‬ﻫﺮ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺘﻀﻮﻉ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺟﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺖ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ‪....‬‬ ‫ﺍﺧﻼﻕ‬ ‫ﻣﺰﻳﻦ ﺷﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭ ﻣ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺮﺿﻴﻪ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺣﻤﺪ ﮐﻦ ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺗﺮﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺤﺮ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺣﻴﻖ ﻣﺨﺘﻮﻡ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ﻧﺴﺎﺧﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٢٣١‬‬ ‫‪ ١٩‬ﺍﮐﺘﺒﺮ‬

‫ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻳﺰ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺒﻮﺏ‬ ‫ﻫﻮ‬ ‫ُ‬

‫ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﺍ‪ ‬ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺖ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﺭ‬ ‫ﻣﻨﻮﺭ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺭﻭﺯﻯ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺗﺠﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺷﻤﺲ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ّ‬

‫ﺗﺠﻠﻰ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ‪ .‬ﻧﻴﮑﻮﺳﺖ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﺭﺍﺩﮤ ﺳﻠﻄﺎﻥ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﺮ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻗﻠﻮﺏ ّ‬

‫ﻣﺠﻠﻰ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ‬ ‫ﻧﺪﺍﻯ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺪﺭﮤ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﮐﻪ ﺷﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﺭ ُ ّ‬

‫ﺭﺍﺕ ﻭ ُ ُ ٍ‬ ‫ﺳﻤﻌﺖ‬ ‫ﺟﻤﺎﻟﮏ " ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺷﻴﺎء ﻧﺪﺍﻯ " َ ِﺍﺭﻧﻰ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ِ َ ٍ‬ ‫ﻻﺫﻥ َ ِ َ ْ‬ ‫ﻟﻌﻴﻦ َ ‪ْ ‬‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ٍ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ﺑﻄﻠﺒﻴﺪ ﭼﺸﻢ‬ ‫ﺍﺩﺭﮎ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻭ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ﻟﻘﻠﺐ َ‬ ‫ﻧﻄﻖ ﺑﺜﻨﺎ‪ ‬ﺍ‪ ‬‬ ‫ٍ‬ ‫ﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﻦ ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ّ‬ ‫ﻟﻠﺴﺎﻥ َ َ َ‬

‫ﮐﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻯ ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ َﺭَﻣِﺪ ﻫﻮﻯ ﺣﻔﻆ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ّ‬

‫ﺍﺷﮑﺮ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺑﺬﻟﮏ ﻭ ُﮐﻦ ِﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻰ ﺗﺮﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﺽ ﺳﺠﻦ ﺫﮐﺮ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ‪َ .‬ﺍﻥ‬ ‫ُ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺳﺨﻴﻦ ‪.‬‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٢٣٢‬‬

‫‪ ٢٠‬ﺍﮐﺘﺒﺮ‬

‫ﭘﻨﺠﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ‬

‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬

‫ﻳﺤﮑﻢ‬ ‫ﺭﺏ‬ ‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ( ﺑﺮ ﻋﺮﺵ َ َ ُ‬ ‫ﻳﻔﻌﻞ ﻣﺎ َﻳﺸﺎء ﺟﺎﻟﺴﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺮ ﮐﺮﺳﻰ َ ُ ُ‬ ‫ﺁﻥ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ) ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ّ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﮐﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﻭ ﻭ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻧﻰ ﺍﺣﺎﻃﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﺎ ُﻳﺮﻳﺪ ﺳﺎﮐﻦ ‪ .‬ﻭ ﻫﻴﭻ ﺍﺩﺭﺍﮐﻰ ﺳﺒﻘﺖ ﻧﻴﺎﺑﺪ ﺑﺮ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﮐﻤﻴﺖ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺍﻭ ﻭ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻗﻮﻝ ﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺼﺪﻳﻖ ﺍﻭ ﻣﻨﻮﻁ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻣﻮﺭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻣﺮ‬ ‫ﻧﻨﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻭ ﻣﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﻭ ﻣﺎﺳﻮﺍﻯ ﺍﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺍﻭ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻗﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺣﮑﻢ ﺍﻭ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺍﻭ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﻈﻬﺮ‬ ‫ﻣﺒﻴﻦ ﺣﮑﻤﺖ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻏﻴﺐ ﺻﻤﺪﺍﻧﻰ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﺭﺏ‬ ‫ﺗﻮّﻟﺪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ّ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٢٣٣‬‬

‫‪ ٢١‬ﺍﮐﺘﺒﺮ‬

‫ﺷﺸﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﺑﮕﻮ ﻳﺎ ﺣﺰﺏ ﺍ‪ ، ‬ﺟﻬﺪ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻗﺪﺭ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺪﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺸﻨﺎﺳﻴﺪ ‪ .‬ﭼﻨﺪﻯ ﺑﻪ‬

‫ﺍﺗﺤﺎﺩ ﻭ ﺭﻓﻊ ﮐﺪﻭﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﮐﻤﺎﻝ ﺭﻭﺡ ﻭ ﺭﻳﺤﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻄﻬﻴﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻕ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ‪ .‬ﻋﻨﻘﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﺷﺮﺍﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﻋﺪﻝ ﺑﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﻓﺌﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻗﻠﻮﺏ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﻏﺎﻓﻞ ّ‬

‫ﻫﻤﺖ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﻋﺎﻟﻤﻴﺎﻥ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻭ ﻫﻮﻳﺪﺍ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﺪﺩ ﺗﻬﺬﻳﺐ ﺍﻣﻢ ﻭ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ‪ّ .‬‬

‫ﺣﻖ ﺑﺮ ﺗﺮﺑﻴﺖ ﻧﻬﺎﻟﻬﺎﻯ ﻣﻐﺮﻭﺳﻪ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺧﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺳﺒﻘﺖ‬ ‫ﺑﺰﺭﮒ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﻢ ّ‬

‫ﺣﻖ ﻣﻰ‬ ‫ﮔﻴﺮﻳﺪ ‪ .‬ﻋﻤﻞ ّ‬ ‫ﮐﻞ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻭﺍﺿﺢ ﻭ ﻣﺸﻬﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﺟﺮﺵ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺰﺍﺋﻦ ﻋﺼﻤﺖ ﻣﺤﻔﻮﻅ ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ّ‬

‫ﻣﺆﻳﺪ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻠﻢ‬ ‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﺯﻝ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ‬ ‫ﻃﻠﺒﻴﻢ ّ‬ ‫ﮐﻞ ﺭﺍ ّ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ﮔﺸﺘﻪ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪٢٣٤‬‬ ‫‪ ٢٢‬ﺍﮐﺘﺒﺮ‬

‫ﻫﻔﺘﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﻫﻮ ﺍ‪‬‬ ‫ﻳﺎ ﺍﺣﻤﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻴﮏ ﺑﻬﺎءﺍ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺩ ﺍﻻﺣﺪ ‪ .‬ﺑﮕﻮ ﻳﺎ ﻗﻮﻡ ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺫﮐﺮ ﻭ ﺛﻨﺎﺳﺖ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ‬

‫ﮐﻪ ﺟﻤﺎﻝ ﻗﺪﻡ ﻭ ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺏ ﺍﻣﻢ ﺑﺮ ﻋﺮﺵ ﻋﻄﺎ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ‪ .‬ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﻴﺾ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﻭ ﻓﻀﻞ ﺍﮐﺒﺮ‬

‫ﻋﺰ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻣﻨﻊ ﻣﻨﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ‪ .‬ﺟﻬﺪ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﺷﺎﻳﺪ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ّ‬

‫ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭﺍﻡ ﻣﻠﮏ ﻭ ﻣﻠﮑﻮﺕ ﺑﺎﻗﻰ ﻣﺎﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻣﻨﺘﻈﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﭼﻮﻥ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﺪ‬ ‫ﺗﻤﺴﮏ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻌﺮﻭﻑ ‪ ،‬ﺍّﻧﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻫﻠﺶ ﺑﻪ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻋﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﻭ َ َ ‪َ ‬‬ ‫ﻟﻤﻦ َ َ َ‬ ‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ِ َ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﻦ ‪.‬‬ ‫ِﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺮﺑﻴﻦ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍ‪ ‬‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٢٣٥‬‬ ‫‪ ٢٣‬ﺍﮐﺘﺒﺮ‬

‫ﻫﺸﺘﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ‬

‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬

‫ﺍﻭﻟﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺎﻋﺘﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﻪ ﻧﻤﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ‪َ .‬ﻟﻢ َ َﻳﺰﻝ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺭﻭﺯﻯ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻗﺮﻭﻥ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﻻﻳﺰﺍﻝ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻣﻨﻊ ﺍﻗﺪﺱ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﻣﻨﺴﻮﺏ ‪ .‬ﻫﺮ ﻋﻤﻠﻰ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫َ‬

‫ﻟﺪﻯ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻣﺬﮐﻮﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺳﻴﺪ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ َ َ‬ ‫ﺧﺎﻟﺼﴼ ﻟﻮﺟﻪ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻭ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺍﻭ ﺍﺯ ّ‬

‫ﺍﻳﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﮐﻪ ِﻟّﻠﻪ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﻟﻮﺟﻪ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻧﺎﻃﻖ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪ .‬ﻳﺎ ‪َ ‬‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ِ‬ ‫ﮐﻞ ﺍﺣﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺪﻣﺖ‬ ‫ﺎﮐﻦ ﻓﻰ‬ ‫ﺟﻞ ﺟﻼﻟﻪ ﺩﺭ ّ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ّ‬ ‫ﺳﻔﻴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺮﺍء ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻋﺎﻧﺖ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻟّﺴ ُ‬

‫ﺍﻣﺮ ﺭﺣﻤﻦ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ ﺑﺎﺷﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺷﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﺑﻌﻴﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﮐﻮﺛﺮ ﻗﺮﺏ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻰ ﻭ ﺍﺟﺴﺎﺩ ﻣﺮﺩﻩ‬

‫ﻣﺬﮐﺮ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺷﺤﺎﺕ ﺑﺤﺮ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﮐﻨﻰ ‪ .‬ﻧﺎﺱ ﻣﺮّﺑﻰ ﻭ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٢٣٦‬‬ ‫ﻧﻬﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ‬

‫‪ ٢٤‬ﺍﮐﺘﺒﺮ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﺑﻪ ﻧﺎﻡ ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺏ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ‬

‫ﺭﺣﻤﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﻧﺎﺯﻝ ﺷﺪﻩ ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬ ‫ﻣﺸﻴﺖ‬ ‫ﻣﻌﻨﻮﻳﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻤﺎء‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻪ ﻣﺎﺋﺪﮤ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻧﺼﺎﻳﺢ ّ‬

‫ﺍﺣﺒﺎء ﻗﺪﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻌﻤﺖ ﺑﺎﻗﻴﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺪﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻇﻨﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻧﻔﺲ ﻓﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﻀﻞ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﻭ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻣﺘﻮﺟﻪ ﻭ ﻫﺮ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﮐﻞ‬ ‫ﻓﻴﺾ ﺍﻗﻮﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻧﺪﻫﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﻟﺤﺎﻅ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﻖ ﺳﺠﻦ ﺑﻪ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻧﻔﻮﺳﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻭﺟﻮﻫﺸﺎﻥ َﻧﻀﺮﮤ‬ ‫ﺑﻤﺎ ِﻫﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻣﻰ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ‪.‬‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ﺭﺣﻤﺎﻧﻰ ﻭ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﮐﻠﻤﮥ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻰ ﻻﺋﺢ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ .‬ﺟﻬﺪ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺷﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ‬

‫ﻣﺒﺮﻯ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺷﻮﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭﻧﺶ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺪﺱ ﻭ ﻣﻨّﺰﻩ ﻭ ّ ٰ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٢٣٧‬‬

‫ﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ‬

‫‪ ٢٥‬ﺍﮐﺘﺒﺮ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﺭﺣﻤﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻄﻠﻊ ﺍﺳﻤﺎء‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻪ ﻭ ﻓﻴﻮﺿﺎﺕ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﺍ‪ ‬ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺎﺕ ّ‬

‫ﻣﺎﻳﻈﻬﺮ ِﻣﻦ ﻋﻨﺪﻩ ﻧﺎﻇﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬ ‫ﺍ‪ ‬ﻧﺎﻇﺮ ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺑﺮ ّ‬ ‫ﮐﻞ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ّ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ﻭ َ َ ُ‬

‫ﺗﺠﻠﻰ ﻭ ﺍﺷﺮﺍﻕ ﺷﻤﺲ‬ ‫‪.‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﭼﻪ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﺑﻪ ﻳﮏ ﮐﻠﻤﻪ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻟﮑﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻗﺘﻀﺎﻯ ﻫﺮ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ّ‬

‫ﻔﻮﺱ‬ ‫ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ ‪ّ ِ " :‬‬ ‫ﺧﻠﻘﻨﺎ ﺍﻟّﻨ َ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺎ َ َ َ‬ ‫ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ِﻣﻦ ﻋﻨﺪﻩ ‪ ‬ﺩﺭ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﺣﻮﺍﻝ‬ ‫ﺍﻃﻮﺍﺭﴽ " ‪ .‬ﻟﺬﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺻﻞ ﺍﻣﺮ ﻧﺎﻇﺮ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻤﺎ َ َ ُ‬

‫ﻣﺘﺸﺒﺚ ‪ .‬ﺍﻭﺳﺖ ﻣﻨﺠﻰ ﻭ ﺍﻭﺳﺖ ﺣﺎﻓﻆ ﻭ ﺍﻭﺳﺖ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻤﺴﮏ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺫﻳﻞ ﻓﻀﻞ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﺣﺒﻞ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺖ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺘﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺨﺒﻴﺮ ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﺣﺒﺎﺏ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﺻﺮ‬ ‫ﻧﺎﺻﺮ ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺍﻟﻪ ّﺍﻻ ﻫﻮ ﺍ ّ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ﻟﻨﺎ ُ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻓﺴﺎﺩ ﻭ ﻧﺰﺍﻉ ﻭ ﺟﺪﺍﻝ ﻣﻤﻨﻮﻉ ﮔﺸﺘﻪﺍﻧﺪ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺣﮑﻤﺖ ﻣﺄﻣﻮﺭﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺍﮐﺜﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺡ ّ‬

‫ﺣﻖ ﻣﻘﺒﻠﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻕ ﺷﻔﻘﺖ ﻭ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻊ ﺭﺣﻤﺖ‬ ‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ِﻟﻠﻌﺎﻣﻠﻴﻦ ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺖ ّ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺟﺎﻫﻼﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻕ ﻋﻠﻢ ﻭ ﺣﮑﻤﺖ ﻣﺪﺍﻭﺍ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻏﺎﻓﻼﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﮐﻮﺛﺮ ﺫﮐﺮ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٢٣٨‬‬

‫‪ ٢٦‬ﺍﮐﺘﺒﺮ‬

‫ﻳﺎﺯﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﺁﻓﺎﻕ‬

‫ﺣﺪﻳﻪ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﻖ ﺳﺠﻦ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﺗﺮﺍ ﻧﺪﺍ ﻣﻰ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‬ ‫ﺍﻯ ﺧﺪﻳﺠﻪ ‪ ،‬ﺑﺸﻨﻮ ﻧﺪﺍﻯ ﻣﻄﻠﻊ ﻧﻮﺭ ﺍ ّ‬

‫ﺗﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻤﺮ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺭﺣﻤﻦ ﺳﺮﻣﺴﺖ ﺷﻮﻯ ﻭ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ ِﺍﻣﺎء ﺍ‪ ‬ﺑﻪ ﺫﮐﺮﺵ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ ﺑﺎﺷﻰ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻪ ﺑﻴﺪﺍﺭ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻰ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﺍ‪ ‬ﺑﻪ ﮐﻤﺎﻝ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﺲ ﻭ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻪ ﻧﺎﺋﻤﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﺁﻳﺎﺕ ّ‬

‫ﮐﻞ ﺑﻪ ﻳﺎﺩ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﻨﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺭﺣﻤﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻭﻟﻪ ﻭ ﺷﻮﻕ ﺁﺭﻯ ﺗﺎ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ُﻣﻘﺒﻼﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﮐﻮﺛﺮ ﺫﮐﺮ ﻣﻄﻠﻊ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﻋﻠﻴﮏ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺣﺐ ﺍﻭ ﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﻭ ﭘﺎﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺧﺮﻡ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ُ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٢٣٩‬‬

‫‪ ٢٧‬ﺍﮐﺘﺒﺮ‬

‫ﺩﻭﺍﺯﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﻫﺪﻯ ﺭﺍ ﺳﺘﺮ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻟﮑﻦ‬ ‫ﻫﻮﻯ ﺍﻓﻖ‬ ‫ﺍﺑﺮﻫﺎﻯ ﺗﻴﺮﮤ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻟﺤﻖ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻳﺰﻳﻠﻬﺎ ﺍ‪‬‬ ‫ﺳﻮﻑ ُ ُ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ِ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻫﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺘﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﺮ ‪ .‬ﻣﻊ ﺁﻥ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺤﺮ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﮐﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻭ ﺍﻓﻖ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﻪ ﻟﻬﻮ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ُ‬

‫ﻧﻴﺮ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻫﺮ ‪،‬ﻧﺎﺱ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﻗﻊﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﭼﻪ ﺍﻣﻮﺭ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻣﺘﻤﺴﮏ ‪ .‬ﺟﻤﻌﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻬﻼ ﺭﺍ ﻋﻠﻤﺎ ﺩﺍﻧﺴﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻣﺮ ﻭ ﺍﺟﺎﺯﮤ ﺁﻥ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﻏﺎﻓﻠﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻄﻠﻊ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺍﺣﺪﻳﻪ ﻣﻤﻨﻮﻉ ﮔﺸﺘﻪﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ﻣﺎﻧﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ ‪ ....‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﭼﻪ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﻋﻠﻤﺎﻯ ﻋﺼﺮ ﺣﺠﺎﺏ‬ ‫ﻧﻮﺭ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﮐﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺴﺮﺍﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺍﻋﺘﺮﺍﻑ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺫﮐﺮ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ﻭ ﺧﻠﻖ ﻭ ﻟﮑﻦ ﺯﻭﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ّ‬ ‫ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﻴﻦ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻔﻖ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻃﻔﺎﻯ‬ ‫ﺍﺣﺒﺎﻯ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﻧﺎﻃﻖ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺑﻪ ﮐﻤﺎﻝ ّ‬ ‫ﺟﺪ ﻭ ﺟﻬﺪ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻪ ﻗﺎﺩﺭ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻋﺎﺟﺰ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻧﻮﺭ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻭ ﺍﺧﻤﺎﺩ ﻧﺎﺭ ﮐﻠﻤﮥ ّ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٢٤٠‬‬

‫‪ ٢٨‬ﺍﮐﺘﺒﺮ‬

‫ﺳﻴﺰﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﻋﺎﻟﻤﻴﺎﻥ‬

‫ﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻓﻖ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﻣﻨﻴﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ُﻓﻠﮏ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﺮ ﺑﺤﺮ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻥ ﺳﺎﺭﻯ ﻭ ﺟﺎﺭﻯ ‪ .‬ﻧﻴﮑﻮﺳﺖ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺪ ِ ّ‬

‫ﺗﻤﺴﮏ ﺟﺴﺖ ‪ .‬ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺍﻓﻀﻞ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺮ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻭ‬ ‫ﺣﺎﻝ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﺎﺑﻌﺖ ﺍﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﺍﻭﺳﺖ ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﺍ‪ ‬ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ ‪ ‬ﺑﻪ ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﻧﺎﻇﺮ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﻴﺪ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ ﮐﻪ‬

‫ﻣﻘﺪﺭ ﺷﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﻋﻨﻘﺮﻳﺐ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻭﺳﺖ ﻣﻌﺪﻭﻡ ﻭ ﻣﻔﻘﻮﺩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﻋﺎﻣﻠﻴﻦ ّ‬

‫ﺍﺣﺒﺎء ﺍ‪ ‬ﺑﻪ ﮐﻤﺎﻝ ﺭﻭﺡ‬ ‫ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﻪ ﻧﻨﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﮐﻨﺎﺋﺰ ﺍﺭﺽ ‪ ،‬ﻟﺬﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ّ‬

‫ﻭ ﺭﻳﺤﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭﺍﻣﺮﺵ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﺍﻫﻰ ﺍﺟﺘﻨﺎﺏ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻧﺼﺢ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ِﻟﻠﻌﺎﻣﻠﻴﻦ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻗﻠﻢ ﻣﺎﻟﮏ ﻗﺪﻡ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﺪ ‪،‬‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٢٤١‬‬ ‫ﭼﻬﺎﺭﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ‬

‫‪ ٢٩‬ﺍﮐﺘﺒﺮ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ‬ ‫ﺳﺎﻗﻰ ﺭﺣﻴﻖ ﺑﻘﺎ ﻣﺎﻟﮏ ﺍﺳﻤﺎء ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺭﺣﻴﻖ ﺍﻃﻬﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ّ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﻣﺎﻟﮏ ﻗﺪﺭ ﺁﺷﺎﻣﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺤﺮ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻥ ﻣﺎﻟﮏ ﺍﺩﻳﺎﻥ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﮔﺸﺖ ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺗﺒﻠﻴﻎ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ‬ ‫ﮐﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﻣﺄﻣﻮﺭ ﺗﺎ ﻣﺨﻠﺼﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺎﻣﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﻧﺎﺯﻝ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ‪" :‬‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻟﻨﺎَﺱ ﺟﻤﻴﻌﴼ " ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ‬ ‫ﮐﺎﻧﻤﺎ َ ْ‬ ‫َﻣﻦ َ ْ‬ ‫ﻴﻰ ﻧﻔﺴﴼ َ َ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﺣَﻴﻰ ﺍ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﺣ ٰ‬

‫ﻣﺬﮐﻮﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻓﺌﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻗﻠﻮﺏ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻥ ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺏ ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ‬

‫ﺣﻖ ﺟﻬﺪ ﺑﻠﻴﻎ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﺘﻴﻦ ﻣﺤﺴﻮﺏ ‪ ،‬ﻟﺬﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻟﻴﺎﻟﻰ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ﻧﺸﻮﺩ ﺍﺯ ّ‬

‫ﮐﻪ ﺷﺎﻳﺪ ﮔﻤﮕﺸﺘﮕﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺗﺸﻨﮕﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺣﻴﻖ‬

‫ﻟﺪﻯ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻣﺬﮐﻮﺭ‬ ‫ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﭽﺸﺎﻧﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﻫﺮ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻮﺍﻫﺮ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ َ َ‬ ‫َ َ‬

‫ﺍﻭﻝ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺪﺡ‬ ‫‪.‬ﺍﺯ ﺷﻤﺎﺗﺖ ﺍﻋﺪﺍء ﻭ ﺍﻗﺘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻭﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﻐﻀﺎء ﻣﺤﺰﻭﻥ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﻴﺪ ‪ .‬ﺯﻭﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ّ‬

‫ﻭ ﺛﻨﺎ ﻭ ﺛﺎﻧﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺿﻌﻒ ﻭ ﻓﻨﺎ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺷﻮﺩ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٢٤٢‬‬

‫ﭘﺎﻧﺰﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ‬

‫‪ ٣٠‬ﺍﮐﺘﺒﺮ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﺑﺮﻳﻪ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﺍ‪ ‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ّ‬ ‫ﮐﻞ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺼﺎﻳﺢ ﻣﺸﻔﻘﺎﻧﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﻖ ﺍﺭﺍﺩﮤ ﻣﺎﻟﮏ ّ‬

‫ﺗﺼﺮﻑ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺣﮑﻤﺖ ﺍﻣﺮ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻳﻢ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ ﮐﻪ ﻓﺴﺎﺩ ﻭ ﻧﺰﺍﻉ ﻭ ﺟﺪﺍﻝ ﻭ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﮐﻞ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﻣﻨﻊ ﺷﺪﻩ ‪ .‬ﺑﮕﻮ ﺍﻯ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ‪ ،‬ﺑﺸﻨﻮﻳﺪ‬ ‫ﺍﻣﻮﺍﻝ ﻧﺎﺱ ِﻣﻦ ﻏﻴﺮ ِﺍﺫﻥ ‪ّ ،‬‬

‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﺭﺽ ﻭ ﺳﻤﺎء ﻧﺪﺍ ﻣﻰ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ‪ .‬ﺟﻬﺪ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺷﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﻧﺪﺍﻯ ﻗﻠﻢ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﺭﺑﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﻻﻳﻖ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﻮﺩ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺖ‬ ‫ﺭﺣﻤﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻑ ّ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻇﻠﻤﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﺤﺪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺍﺧﻼﻕ ﻭ ﺁﺩﺍﺏ ﻧﺎﺱ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ َﺑﻴﺪﺍﻯ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ّ‬ ‫ﮐﻞ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻴﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪....‬‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﮐﺸﺎﻧﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺟﺬﺏ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ‪ .‬ﻻﺯﻣﮥ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻓﻀﺎء ﺧﻮﺵ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻫﻤﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺧﻴﺎﻝ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﺼﺮﻭﻑ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻤﺸﻴﺖ ﺍﻣﻮﺭ ﻳﮑﺪﻳﮕﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ّ‬

‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺣﮑﻢ ﻣﺤﮑﻢ ﻣﺎﻟﮏ ﺍﻣﻢ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻠﻢ ﻗﺪﻡ ﺟﺎﺭﻯ ﺷﺪﻩ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﮐﻤﺎﻝ ﺳﻌﻰ ّ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٢٤٣‬‬

‫ﺷﺎﻧﺰﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ‬

‫‪ ٣١‬ﺍﮐﺘﺒﺮ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﺣﻖ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪ .‬ﻣﻼﺣﻈﮥ ﺿﻌﻔﺎ ﻻﺯﻡ ﻭ ﺍﻋﺎﻧﺖ ﻓﻘﺮﺍء‬ ‫ﺍﺣﺒﺎﻯ ّ‬ ‫ﻫﻤﺘﺘﺎﻥ ﺧﺪﻣﺖ ّ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ‪ّ ،‬‬ ‫ﺍﻯ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ّ‬ ‫ﻋﺰ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﺲ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺰﻡ ﺍﻣﻮﺭ َ َ‬ ‫ﻟﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﻐﻔﻮﺭ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ‪ .‬ﻗﺴﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ َ َ‬

‫ﺣﻖ ﻭ ﻓﻘﺮﺍﻯ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺍﻭ ﻣﺆﺛّﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﺣﺒﺎﻯ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺮﻕ ﺳﺠﻦ ﻃﺎﻟﻊ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻧﺪﺍﻯ ﻣﻈﻠﻮﻣﻴﻦ ﺍﺯ ّ‬

‫ﻣﺘﻮﺟﻪ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺩﺭﺍﮎ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻄﺮ ﺍ‪‬‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﻧﺎﺱ ﺷﺄﻥ ّ‬ ‫ﮐﻞ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻰ ﮔﺸﺘﻨﺪ ﻫﺮ ﺁﻳﻨﻪ ﺍﻣﺮﻯ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﻰ ﺷﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺳﺒﺐ ﻏﻨﺎﻯ ّ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٢٤٤‬‬ ‫ﻫﻔﺪﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ‬

‫‪ ١‬ﻧﻮﺍﻣﺒﺮ‬

‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬

‫ﻣﻘﺮﺭ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻢ‬ ‫ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻈﻬﺮ ﻏﻨﺎﻯ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻡ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺁﻳﮥ ﻏﻨﺎ ﺍﺯ ّ‬ ‫ﮐﻞ ﺷﻰء ّ‬

‫ﻭ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺁﻳﮥ‬ ‫ﻋﺮﺿﻴﻪ ﻣﺒﺘﻼ ﻣﺎﻧﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﭘﺲ ﻧﻴﮑﻮﺳﺖ‬ ‫ﻋﻈﻤﻰ ﻣﺤﺘﺠﺐ ﮔﺸﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻘﺮ َ َ ّ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻫﻤﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻤﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﺣﺎﻝ َﺍﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻣﺎ ﺳﻮﻯ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻓﺎﺭﻍ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ّ‬ ‫ﻗﺪﺭﺗﻴﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻔﻮﺳﺸﺎﻥ ﻭﺩﻳﻌﻪ ﮔﺬﺍﺷﺘﻪﺍﻡ‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﻊ ﻇﻬﻮﺭﺍﺕ‬ ‫ﻋﺰ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﺣﺪﻳﻪ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻟﺴﻤﻮﺍﺕ ﻭ ﺍﻻﺭﺽ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻭ ﻫﻮﻳﺪﺍ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻏﻨﻰ ﻭ ﻣﺴﺘﻐﻨﻰ ﺍﺯ ّ‬ ‫ﮐﻞ َﻣﻦ ﻓﻰ ﺍ ّ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ‪ ‬ﻭ ﻫﺮ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺷﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻟﻘﺎء ﺍ‪ ‬ﺩﺭ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺧﻮﺩ‬

‫ﺗﻤﺴﮏ ﺟﺴﺘﻪ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻋﺮﺻﮥ ﺍﺳﺘﮑﺒﺎﺭ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺟﻬﺎﻝ ﻗﻮﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﻠﻤﻪ ّ‬ ‫ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﮔﺸﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻣﺒﺎﺩ ﮐﻪ ّ‬

‫ﻏﺮﻭﺭ ﻗﺪﻡ ﮔﺬﺍﺭﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻌﻀﻰ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﺷﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﮑﻪ ﺳﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻐﻤﺎﺕ ﺭﻭﺡ‬

‫ﻓﻨﻌﻮﺫ ﺑﺎ‪ ‬ﻋﻦ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ﺍﺳﺘﻐﻨﺎ ﺟﺴﺘﻪﺍﻧﺪ ‪ُ َ َ ،‬‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﻏﻨﺎﻯ ﻣﻄﻠﻖ ﺩﻋﻮﺕ ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﻻﺧﺮﻩ ﺍﺯ ّ‬

‫ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ‪ .‬ﺯﻳﻨﻬﺎﺭ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﺸﻴﺖ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺫﻟﮏ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻏﻨﺎ ﻫﺎ ﺍﺯ ّ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﻦ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﻭ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٢٤٥‬‬

‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬

‫ﺗﻤﺴﮏ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﻟﺴﻤﻮﺍﺕ ﻭ ﺍﻻﺭﺽ‬ ‫ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻪ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﮐﻞ َﻣﻦ ﻓﻰ ﺍ ّ‬

‫ﻟﺴﻤﻮﺍﺕ ﻭ ﺍﻻﺭﺽ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻣﮑﻤﻦ ﻏﻨﺎ ﮐﺸﺎﻧﺪ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ‬ ‫ﺟﻤﺎﻟﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺮﻓﻰ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ َﻣﻦ ﻓﻰ ﺍ ّ‬

‫ﻣﺎﻧﻴﺪ ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﺭﻯ ﻏﻨﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭﻧﻢ ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺏ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ‪ ،‬ﻧﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻔﺴﻢ ﻭ ﺍﻧﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺎﺳﻮﺍﻳﻢ ﻣﻄﻠﻮﺏ ‪ ،‬ﻧﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﺎﻟﻢ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪٢٤٦‬‬

‫ﻫﺠﺪﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ‬

‫‪ ٢‬ﻧﻮﺍﻣﺒﺮ‬

‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬

‫ﺗﺼﺮﻑ ﻳﺪ ﻏﺎﻟﺒﮥ ﻣﻘﺘﺪﺭﮤ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﻭﺍﮔﺬﺍﺭ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺣﺒﮥ ﻭﺟﻮﺩﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻯ ﻣﻬﺪﻯ ‪ّ َ ،‬‬ ‫ﺍﺑﺪﻳﻪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻗﺪﺳﻴﮥ ﺭﺿﻮﺍﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺯﺭﻉ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻓﻨﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻗﻴﻪ ﻭ ﺍﻏﺼﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﺭﺽ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﮐﮥ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺛﻤﺮﺍﺕ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻨﻘﻄﻌﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﻮﺩ ‪ .‬ﻭ ﻟﮑﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻳﺪﮤ ﺩﻗﻴﻖ ﻭ ﺑﺼﺮ ﺭﻗﻴﻖ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﻧﻤﺎ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﻨﺰﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﮔﺮ ُ َ‬ ‫ﺭﻃﺐ ﻣﺰﺭﻭﻉ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺛﻤﺮ ﻧﻴﺎﻳﺪ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻟﺒﺎﺱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻋﺎﺭﻯ ﻧﮕﺸﺘﻪ ﻭ ّ‬

‫ﻣﺠﺮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺍﺏ ﺍﺭﺽ‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺎ ﭼﻮﻥ َﻧﻮﺍﺓ ﺑﺮﻫﻨﻪ ﻭ‬ ‫َ​َ​َ‪‬‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻳﺘﻌﻠُﻖ ﺑﺎﻟّﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﻭ ّ‬

‫ﻻﻳﺤﺼﻰ ﻣﺮﺯﻭﻕ ﺷﺪ ‪ .‬ﭘﺲ‬ ‫ﺭﺏ ﺍﻻﺭﺑﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺷﺪ ﻟﺬﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺷﺮﺍﻓﺘﻬﺎﻯ‬ ‫ﮐﺒﺮﻯ ﻭ ﺍﺛﻤﺎﺭ ُ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﺍﺣﺪﻳﻪ ﻗﺪﻡ ﮔﺬﺍﺭ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻭ ﭘﺎﮎ ﺷﺪﻩ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ‬ ‫ﺗﻮ ﺍﻯ ﻣﻬﺪﻯ ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﻫﻨﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺎﺣﺖ ﻗﺪﺱ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻋﺰ‬ ‫ﺭﺏ ﺭﺣﻴﻢ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ‪ .‬ﺍﻯ ﻣﻬﺪﻯ ‪ُ " ،‬ﻗﻞ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺻﻤﺪﻳﻪ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺷﻮ ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻧﺼﻴﺤﺖ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ِ‬ ‫ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻧﻘﻄﺎﻋﻰ ﺭﺍﻳﮕﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﺫﺭﻫﻢ ﻓﻰ‬ ‫ﻳﻠﻌﺒﻮﻥ " ‪ .‬ﺁﺧﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺟﺎﻥ ﻳﮏ َ َ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺿﻬﻢ َ َ‬ ‫ﺍ‪ّ ُ‬‬ ‫ﺛﻢ َ ُ‬

‫ﺭﺏ‬ ‫ﻳﻤﻦ ﺟﺎﻧﺎﻥ ﻓﺮﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻳﮏ ﺁﻩ ﺣﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻝ ﻏﻤﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﻣﺠﺮﺩ ﺍﺯ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺗﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺷﻴﺎء ﺑﻪ ﺭﺿﻮﺍﻥ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﻦ ﻣﺮﺳﻮﻝ ﺩﺍﺭ ‪ .‬ﺗﺎ ﺑﻪ ﮐﻰ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭ ﺁﻧﻰ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﮔﻔﺘﮥ َﺍﻧﻔﺲ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٢٤٧‬‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﻣﮑﺪﺭﻩ ﻫﺮﺍﺳﺎﻥ ؟ ﻗﺴﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺪﺍ ﮐﻪ ﻗﺎﺻﺪﻳﻦ ﮐﻮﻳﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻗﺪﻡ ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺎﻋﺪ ﺭﺣﻤﻦ ﺷﺘﺎﺑﻨﺪ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺭﺏ‬ ‫‪.‬ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻻﻳﺶ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﻭ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﭘﺎﮎ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺪﺱ ﮐﻦ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺳﺎﻳﺶ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻴﺎﻡ ّ‬

‫ﺍﻻﻧﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺷﻮ ‪ .‬ﺍﻯ ﻣﻬﺪﻯ ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﻦ ﻭ ﺍﻓﻮﺍﻩ ﻋﻮﺍﻡ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﻠﻤﻪ ﺟﺎﺭﻯ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺮﮒ ﻳﮏ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺷﻴﻮﻥ ﻳﮏ ﺑﺎﺭ ‪ ،‬ﻳﮏ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺑﻤﻴﺮ ﻭ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺮ ﮔﻴﺮ ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﻗﻀﺎﻳﺎﻯ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﻣﺤﺰﻭﻥ ﻣﺒﺎﺵ‬

‫ﺍﺣﺐ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺪﺭﮤ ﺍﻭ ﻣﻬﻤﻮﻡ ﻣﺸﻮ ‪ .‬ﻗﺴﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻤﺎﻟﻢ ﮐﻪ ِﺳﻬﺎﻡ ﻗﻀﺎﻯ ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺏ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﺮﺍﺕ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺣﻠﻮﻯ‬ ‫ﺍﺣﻠﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﺐ ﺻﺎﺩﻕ ‪،‬‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﮐﻞ ﻣﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺯﻫﺮ ﺑﻼﻳﺶ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺎﻡ ُ ّ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ‪ .‬ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺻﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﺭﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺭﺯﺍﻳﺎﻯ ﻧﺎﺯﻟﻪ ﻣﻀﻄﺮﺏ ﻣﺸﻮ ﻭ ﻣﻬﻤﻮﻡ ﻣﺒﺎﺵ ﮐﻪ‬

‫ِ‬ ‫ﻫﻤﺖ ﺑﺮ ﺻﺮﺍﻁ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﻫﺮ ﻇﻠﻤﺖ ﻟﻴﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﺷﺮﺍﻕ ِ‬ ‫ﻓﺠﺮ ﻣﻨﻴﺮ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻰ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ‪ .‬ﻗﺪﻡ ّ‬

‫ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﮐﻦ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻗﺴﻤﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺘﺖ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻘﻴﻦ ﺁﻳﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﻭﺻﻴﺖ ﭘﺮﻭﺭﺩﮔﺎﺭ ﺗﻮ ﺍﮔﺮ ﻫﺴﺘﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻨﻮﻧﺪﮔﺎﻥ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺖ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٢٤٨‬‬

‫ﻧﻮﺯﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ‬

‫‪ ٣‬ﻧﻮﺍﻣﺒﺮ‬

‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬

‫ﮐﻞ‬ ‫ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﻣﺸﻬﻮﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻭ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﻪ ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﭼﻪ ّ‬

‫ﻋﻮﺍﻟﻢ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﻃﺎﺋﻒ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻟﮑﻦ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﻋﺎﻟﻤﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻫﺮ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ‬

‫ﺗﺼﻮﺭ ﻣﮑﻦ ﮐﻪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺫﮐﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻟﻐﻮ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺮﺭ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺮﻯ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺪﺭ ﻭ ّ‬

‫ﺟﻨﺖ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻻ ِﻋﺪﻝ َﻟﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ّ‬ ‫ﻓﺘﻌﺎﻟﻰ َﻋﻦ ﺫﻟﮏ ‪ .‬ﻗﺴﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻓﻖ ﻣﻌﺎﻧﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ّ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﺟﻨﺖ ﺭﺿﺎﻯ ﺍﻭ ﻭ ﺩﺧﻮﻝ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺍﻭ‬ ‫ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻟﮑﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻭﻟﻰ ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﺍﺯ ّ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺟﻨﺎﺕ ِ‬ ‫ﻻﻋﺪﻝ َﻟﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻌﻤﺖ‬ ‫ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺭﺗﻘﺎﻯ ﻣﺆﻣﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﺑﻪ ّ‬

‫ﻣﺘﻨﻌﻢ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ِﺟﻨﺎﻥ ﺛﻤﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻻﻳﺤﺼﻰ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻫﺎﻯ ُ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﺁﻳﺎ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﻧﻤﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻳﮑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﺍﻭ ﮐﻪ ﺧﺪﻣﺖ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺯﺣﻤﺘﻰ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺍﻭ‬

‫ﺗﺤﻤﻞ ﮐﻨﺪ ﺍﺟﺮ ﻭ ﻣﺰﺩ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺧﺬ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ؟ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ ﮐﺮﻳﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﻃﻼﻕ ﺍﻣﺮ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺣﻤﺖ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ؟‬ ‫ﻓﺴﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ َﻋﻦ ﺫﻟﮏ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٢٤٩‬‬ ‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﺣﻘﻪ ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﺭﻯ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺮﺍﺗﺐ‬ ‫ﻳﻈﻨﻮﻥ‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩ ﻓﻰ ّ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ﻋﻤﺎ َ ُ ّ‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ّ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﻨﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺟﻨﺖ‬ ‫ﺍﺑﻬﺎﺋﻴﻪ ﮐﻪ َ َ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺸﻬﻮﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ .‬ﭘﺲ ﻧﻴﮑﻮﺳﺖ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ّ‬

‫ﻣﻄﻬﺮﻩ ﻭ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﺑﺎﻟﻐﻪ ﻣﺸﻬﻮﺩ ﻣﻰ ﺷﺪ ﻫﺮ ﺁﻳﻨﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﻊ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺁﺫﺍﻥ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﮐﻞ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺍﺩﺭﺍﮎ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻋﺎﺭﻑ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﻓﻀﻠﻬﺎﻯ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺫﮐﺮ ﻣﻰ ﺷﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﺯ ّ‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻟﮑﻦ ﭼﻪ ﻓﺎﻳﺪﻩ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﻓﺎﺭﻍ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻣﻄﻬﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﺮ ﺍﮐﺒﺮ ﺍﻃﻬﺮ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻋﻠﻘﻪ ﺑﻪ ُﻣﻀﻐﻪ‬ ‫ﺳﻮﺍﻩ ﻓﺪﺍﻩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ َ َ‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺡ ﻣﺎ ِ ُ‬ ‫ﺑﺎ ﺗﺮﺑﻴﺖ ﻧﻘﻄﮥ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ُ‬ ‫ﻧﺮﺳﻴﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ ﭼﻪ ﺭﺳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ِ ِ‬ ‫ﺍﮐﺘﺴﺎﻯ َﻟﺤﻢ ﻭ ِﻣﻦ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺫﻟﮏ ﻣﻘﺎﻣﺎﺗﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺑﺪﴽ ﺫﮐﺮ ﺁﻥ‬

‫ﺟﻨﺖ ﻭ ﻧﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﻩ ﺍﻗﺒﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺍﻋﺮﺍﺽ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ‪ ....‬ﺑﺎﺭﻯ ّ‬ ‫ﺟﻨﺎﺕ ِ‬ ‫ﻻﻋﺪﻝ َﻟﻬﺎ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺎﺭ ﻻ ِﺷﺒﻪ َﻟﻬﺎ ﮐﻪ ﺛﻤﺮﮤ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﺻﻌﻮﺩ ﺭﻭﺡ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ّ‬

‫ﺣﻖ ﺍﺩﺭﺍﮎ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻘﺎﻣﺎﺕ ﻧﻨﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ‬ ‫ُﻣﻘﺒﻞ ﻭ ُﻣﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺭﺳﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻟﮑﻦ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﺟﺰ ّ‬

‫ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٢٥٠‬‬ ‫ﺍﻭﻝ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫‪ ٤‬ﻧﻮﺍﻣﺒﺮ‬

‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬

‫ﺍﺣﻠﻰ ﺭﺍ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﺑﺸﻨﻮ ﻧﻐﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺭﺍ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺭﺍ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻮﻣﻰ ﻣﮑﻦ ﻭ ﮐﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﺑﺪﻉ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻧﻴﺮﺍﻋﻈﻢ‬ ‫ﮐﻠﻤﺎﺗﻰ ﻣﻨﻤﺎ ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﻋﻴﻦ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻣﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﻩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﮐﻦ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺣﺪﻯ ﺩﺭ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻥ ّ‬

‫ﺍﺣﺒﺎﻯ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﻻﺯﻡ ﮐﻪ ﺁﻧﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺒﻠﻴﻎ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺗﮑﺎﻫﻞ ﻧﻨﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻤﺴﮏ ﻣﺸﻮ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺑﺮ ّ‬ ‫ﮐﻞ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺍﺣﺪﻳﻪ ﺩﻋﻮﺕ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‬ ‫ﻋﺰ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﮐﻞ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﺍﻋﻆ ﺣﺴﻨﻪ ﻭ ﮐﻠﻤﺎﺕ ّ‬ ‫ﻟﻴﻨﻪ ﻧﺎﺱ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﻳﻌﮥ ّ‬

‫ﮐﻪ ﺍﮔﺮ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺳﺒﺐ ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺍﺟﺮ ﺷﻬﻴﺪ ﻓﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺩﺭ ﻧﺎﻣﮥ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﻗﻠﻢ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺛﺒﺖ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪٢٥١‬‬

‫ﺩﻭﻡ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ‬

‫‪ ٥‬ﻧﻮﺍﻣﺒﺮ‬

‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬

‫ﻫﺮ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﻣﻮﺻﻮﻑ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻭﺻﺎﻑ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻤﺎﻧﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻭ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ‪ ‬ﻭ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﻪ‬

‫ﺟﻞ ﺫﮐﺮﻩ ﻫﺮ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﺭﺍ ﻭﺻﻒ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻭﺻﻒ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ّ‬ ‫ﺑﺼﺮ ﻣﻨﻴﺮ ﺣﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻰ ّ‬

‫ﺗﺠﻠﻰ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻫﺮ‬ ‫ﺗﺠﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﮐﻞ ﻣﻤﮑﻨﺎﺕ ّ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺁﻥ ّ‬ ‫ﺣﺐ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﻢ ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺏ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﺮ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺣﻖ‬ ‫ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﻢ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺷﺪ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺷﻤﺲ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻭ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ‪ ‬ﻭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺭﺍ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ّ‬

‫ﺗﺠﻠﻰ ﺷﻤﺲ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻭﺻﻒ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻩ ‪ ‬ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﻭ ﺍﻭﺻﺎﻑ‬ ‫ﺟﻞ ﮐﺒﺮﻳﺎﺋﻪ ﻭﺻﻒ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﺭ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺗﺠﻠﻰ ﺑﺎﻗﻰ ﻭ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺤﺮﺍﻑ ﺁﻥ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻭ ﻣﺤﻮ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﺭ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻗﻰ ﻣﺎﺩﺍﻣﻰ ﮐﻪ ّ‬ ‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻣﻌﺪﻭﻡ ﻭ ﻣﻔﻘﻮﺩ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪٢٥٢‬‬ ‫ﺳﻮﻡ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ‬

‫‪ ٦‬ﻧﻮﺍﻣﺒﺮ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﺍﺣﻠﻰ ﻧﻐﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻓﺎﺭﺳﻰ ﺑﺸﻨﻮ ﻭ ﺑﺪﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻯ ﺍﻣﺔ ﺍ‪ ، ‬ﺣﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ ﻟﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﺑﺪﻉ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺣﺒﻢ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻘﺒﻮﻝ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ﮐﻪ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺟﺰ ﺫﮐﺮﻡ ﻣﺮﺩﻭﺩ ﻭ ﺟﺰ ّ‬

‫ﻣﺤﻘﻖ ﺷﺪﻩ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻋﺎﻣﻠﻴﻦ ﻭ ﭼﻪ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻥ ﻋﺎﺭﻓﻴﻦ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﺭﺽ ﻭ ﺳﻤﺎء‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﮐﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻈﺎﻫﺮ ﻧﻔﺴﻢ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻈﺎﻫﺮ ﻧﻔﺴﻢ ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﺩﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﻪ ﻭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻊ ﻻﻧﻬﺎﻳﻪ ‪ّ ،‬‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻗﺒﻞ‬ ‫ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺑﻌﺪ‬ ‫ﮐﻞ ِﻣﻦ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ‪ ‬ﻭ ﺍﻳﻨﮑﻪ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﻘﻖ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻣﻘﺒﻮﻝ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻓﺮﻉ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻥ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻫﻢ ﻣﻨﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻥ ﻣﻈﻬﺮ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻭﺳﺖ ‪ ‬ﻭ ﻫﺮ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻔﺲ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﮐﻪ‬

‫ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﻃﺎﺋﻒ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻭﺳﺖ ﻣﺤﺘﺠﺐ ﻣﺎﻧﺪ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻋﻤﻠﻰ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻔﻊ ﻧﺒﺨﺸﺪ ﺍﮔﺮﭼﻪ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﮐﻞ ﻣﻤﮑﻨﺎﺕ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺷﻮﺩ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻥ ﺑﻴﺖ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻔﺎﻳﺖ ﻧﻤﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﻋﻤﻞ ّ‬ ‫ِ‬

‫ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻥ ﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﺑﻴﺖ ‪ ،‬ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ‪ ،‬ﻋﺎﻣﻠﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻔﺎﻳﺖ ﻧﻤﻰ ﮐﻨﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻥ ُﻣﻨﺰﻝ ﻭ‬

‫ﻣﺜﺒﺖ ﺁﻥ ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ‬ ‫ُ ِ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٢٥٣‬‬

‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬

‫ﺣﻖ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺍﻣﻴﺪ ﻧﺠﺎﺕ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻳﺶ ﺑﺎﻗﻰ ﻭ ﻟﮑﻦ ﺍﮔﺮ‬ ‫ﺗﺎﺭﮎ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺭﺍ ﻭ ﻋﺎﺭﻑ ﺑﻪ ّ‬

‫ﻣﻔﺮﻯ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺍﻭ ﻧﻪ ﻭ‬ ‫َ ُ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ﻣﺤﺘﺠﺐ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ ‪ّ ،‬‬ ‫ﻧﻌﻮﺫﺏ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺍﺯ ّ‬

‫ﺳﺠﻴﻦ ﻭ ﻧﻔﻰ ﻭ ﻧﺎﺭ ﻣﺬﮐﻮﺭ ‪ ‬ﻭ ﺗﻮ ﺍﻯ ﮐﻨﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ‪ ،‬ﺑﺸﻨﻮ ﻧﻐﻤﺎﺕ ﻗﺪﺱ‬ ‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﻫﻞ ّ‬

‫ﺻﻤﺪﺍﻧﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﺁﻥ ﺭﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺱ ﺩﺭ ﻗﻠﺒﺖ ﻣﺒﻌﻮﺙ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺡ ﺍﻻﻣﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺻﺪﺭﺕ‬

‫ﻧﺎﻃﻖ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻭ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﻮﻯ ﺍﺯ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻭ ﻋﺎﻟﻤﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﻨﻘﻄﻊ ﮔﺮﺩﻯ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘّﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﺑﻬﻰ ﻣﺘﺼﺎﻋﺪ ﺷﻮﻯ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ِﺍﻋﺮﻓﻮ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺑﺎ‪ ‬ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﻭ ﻣﻨﻈﺮ ﻗﺪﺱ‬ ‫ﺍﻋﺰ‬ ‫َ ّ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﺣﺠﺘﻰ ﺟﺰ‬ ‫ﻣﻨﺘﻬﻰ ﻭﻃﻦ ﻋﺎﺭﻓﻴﻦ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺮﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﻮﻯ ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻨﺘﻬﻰ ﻣﻘﺼﺪ ّ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﻧﻔﺲ ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ﻧﺒﻴﻨﻰ ﻭ ﺑﺮﻫﺎﻧﻰ ﺟﺰ ﺟﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺏ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﻰ ‪ ،‬ﻇﻬﻮﺭﺵ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺑﺮ ﻭﺟﻮﺩﺵ ﺩﺍﻧﻰ ﻭ‬ ‫ﮐﻒ‬ ‫ﻃﻠﻮﻋﺶ ﺭﺍ ُ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺪﻝ ﺑﺮ ﻧﻔﺴﺶ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻰ ﻭ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻣﻤﮑﻨﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺒﻀﮥ ﻗﺪﺭﺗﺶ ﭼﻮﻥ َ ّ‬

‫ﻃﻴﻦ ﺑﻴﻨﻰ ﻭ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﺍﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ َ ِ‬ ‫ﻳﺪ ﻗﺪﺭﺗﺶ ﻣﻘﺪﻭﺭ ﻭ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﮐﻨﻰ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٢٥٤‬‬

‫ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ‬

‫‪ ٧‬ﻧﻮﺍﻣﺒﺮ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺧﺪﻣﺖ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻳﻮﻡ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﮎ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻯ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺍﺭﺽ ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ‬

‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﻓﺎﻧﻰ ﻭ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺪﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻤﺎ ِﻋﻨﺪﮐﻢ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺎ ِ َ‬ ‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻏﺎﻓﻞ ﻣﺸﻮﻳﺪ ‪ّ .‬‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻭ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻓﺎﻧﻰ ‪ ،‬ﺟﻬﺪ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻭﺳﺖ ﺑﺎﻗﻰ ‪.‬‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺍﺭ ﻓﺎﻧﻰ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺑﺎﻗﻰ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻳﻌﻨﻰ ﻋﻤﻠﻰ ﮐﻪ َﻋﺮﻑ ﺑﻘﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭ‬ ‫ﻭﺻﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺭﺍ ﻭ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻧﻤﺎ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻀﻮﻉ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﮐﻠﻤﺔ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ‪ .‬ﺑﺸﻨﻮ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﻮﻯ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺭﺍﺋﺤﮥ ﺭﺿﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﺸﻤﺎﻡ ﺷﻮﺩ ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﮐﻠﻤﮥ ﺭﺿﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺰﺩ ﻣﺎﻟﮏ ﺍﺳﻤﺎء ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻰ ﺷﺪ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٢٥٥‬‬

‫ﭘﻨﺠﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ‬

‫‪ ٨‬ﻧﻮﺍﻣﺒﺮ‬

‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬

‫ﻣﻨﻮﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﺍ‪ ‬ﺩﺭ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﺣﻮﺍﻝ ﻭ ﺍﺣﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺎﺭ ﺣ ّﺒﺶ ﻣﺸﺘﻌﻞ ﺑﺎﺷﻰ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻮﺭ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻧﺶ ّ‬ ‫ﮐﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺣﮑﻤﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ‬ ‫‪.‬ﺍﻭﻟﻴﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺗﮑﺒﻴﺮ ﺑﺮﺳﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺿﻴﺎء ﺳﺮﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﻣﺸﺘﻌﻞ ﻧﻤﺎ ﺗﺎ ّ‬

‫ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﻳﻌﮥ ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﻋﺎﻟﻤﻴﺎﻥ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﻳﻮﻡ ‪ ،‬ﻳﻮﻡ ﺣﮑﻤﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺧﺪﻣﺖ ‪ ،‬ﻭ‬

‫ِ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ﻣﻰ ﻃﻠﺒﻴﻢ‬ ‫ﺟﻞ ﺟﻼﻟﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺗﺒﮥ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ّ‬ ‫ﺧﺪﻣﺖ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻭﻟﻰ ﺗﺒﻠﻴﻎ ﺍﻣﺮﺵ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻫﺴﺖ ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ّ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻣﺆﻳﺪ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﮐﻠﻤﻪ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺗﻘﺎء ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻭﻟﻴﺎﻯ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ّ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٢٥٦‬‬

‫‪ ٩‬ﻧﻮﺍﻣﺒﺮ‬

‫ﺷﺸﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ‬

‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬

‫ﻣﺤﺒﺖ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﻣﺸﺘﻌﻞ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺛﺮ‬ ‫ﮐﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺄﻧﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻯ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺭﮔﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺍﻋﻀﺎ ﻭ ﺍﺟﺰﺍﻯ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻫﻞ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ‬

‫ﻭﺻﻴﺖ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﻢ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﮐﻞ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﻣﺸﺘﻌﻞ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻓﻖ ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺰﻳﻦ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻪ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺰﻟﻨﺎﻩ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﮑﺘﺎﺏ ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮﺍﺯ ﺍﺧﻼﻕ ّ‬ ‫ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﺎ َ َ ُ‬

‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺍﺭﺿﻰ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻭ ﺍﻋﺰﺍﺯ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﻧﺴﻤﺔ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺑﺮ ﺍﻭ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻋﺮﻑ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺭﺍ ﺍﺩﺭﺍﮎ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ‪ .‬ﺍﻯ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺑﻬﺎء ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ‬

‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺪﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻠﻰ ﮐﻪ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻭ ﻻﻳﻖ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ‪ .‬ﻫﺮ ﻳﮏ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻣﺤﺒﺖ ﺭﺣﻤﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺳﺘﺸﻤﺎﻡ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺄﻧﻰ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﻧﺎﺱ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭ ﻋﺮﻑ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻠﻰ ﺟﺎﺭﻯ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻪ ﺍﺻﻐﺎ ﻣﻰ ﺷﺪ‬ ‫ﺍﺧﻼﻕ ّ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﺎﺑﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻠﻢ ﺍﻋ ٰ‬

‫ﺣﺎﻝ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﺽ ﭘﮋﻣﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺩﻩ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻧﻤﻰ ﺷﺪ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٢٥٧‬‬

‫‪ ١٠‬ﻧﻮﺍﻣﺒﺮ‬

‫ﻫﻔﺘﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻥ ﺟﺎﺭﻯ ‪ .‬ﺁﻳﺎ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻮﺷﻴﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﻯ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺑﻬﺎء ‪ ،‬ﻗﺴﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺤﺮ ﻣﻌﺎﻧﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮ ﮐﻠﻤﻪ ﺑﺤﺮ َ َ‬

‫ﺍﺗﻰ‬ ‫ﻣﺨﻤﻮﺩ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻠﺘﻔﺖ ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻴﺪ ؟ ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ّ‬ ‫ﺫﺭﺍﺕ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺪﺍﻯ " َﻗﺪ َ َ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻠﮏ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ " ﺟﺎ‪َ ‬ﺭ‪‬ﺑﮏ ﻭ ُ ُ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﮏ " ﻧﺎﻃﻘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻣﻸ ﺍ ٰ‬

‫َﻳْﻮ َ ‪ٍ ‬‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻟﻠﻪ " ﺑﺸﺎﺭﺕ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﺁﻳﺎ ﺁﺫﺍﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺻﻐﺎﻯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻐﻤﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﻣ‪‬ﺬ ِ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻳﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺒﺎﺏ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻤﻨﻮﻉ ؟ ﺑﺸﻨﻮﻳﺪ ﻧﺪﺍﻯ ﻣﻈﻠﻮﻡ ﺭﺍ ﻭ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻣﺪﻫﻴﺪ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﮐﻤﺎﻝ ﺟﻬﺪ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺒﺬﻭﻝ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻓﻴﻮﺿﺎﺕ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ﻧﻤﺎﻧﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ‬

‫ﺣﻖ‬ ‫ﻋﻄﻴﮥ‬ ‫ﮐﺒﺮﻯ ﺩﻋﻮﺕ ﮐﻦ ﮐﻪ ﺷﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺖ‬ ‫ﻋﻈﻤﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻧﺪﻫﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﻢ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﺣﻔﻈﺶ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ‪ ....‬ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﻧﻔﻮﺳﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺤﺮ ﺁﺷﺎﻣﻴﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﻣﻰ‬

‫ﺗﮑﻠﻢ ﻧﺰﺩ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ ﺟﺎﻯ ﺁﻥ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ َﻣﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺭﺽ ﻗﺎﺩﺭ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﺑﺮ ّ‬

‫ﺳﺒﺐ ﮔﻤﺮﺍﻫﻰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٢٥٨‬‬

‫‪ ١١‬ﻧﻮﺍﻣﺒﺮ‬

‫ﻫﺸﺘﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﺁﻓﺮﻳﻨﻨﺪﮤ ﻳﮑﺘﺎ‬

‫ﺭﺑﺎﻧﻴﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻪ ﻭ ﺻﺤﻒ ّ ّ‬ ‫ﭼﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﺯ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻣﺎء ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺐ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻼﻭﺕ ﮐﺘﺐ ّ‬

‫ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﭼﻮﻥ ُﻣﻨﺰﻝ ﺁﻥ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭ ﻣﺤﺠﻮﺏ ﻣﺎﻧﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭﻫﺎﻡ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻋﺎﮐﻒ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﮑﺘﺎﺏ ﻣﺤﺠﻮﺏ ﮔﺸﺘﻨﺪ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻤﺴﮏ ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﺯ ُﻣﻨﺰﻝ ﺁﻥ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ﻣﺎﻧﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ﺗﻮﻫﻤﺎﺕ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺍﻗﺒﺎﻝ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺑﺤﺮ ﺷﻴﺮﻳﻦ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻬﺮ ّ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﻣﺘﻤﺴﮏ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭﻧﺶ ﻓﺎﺭﻍ ﻭ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﮔﺸﺖ ‪ .‬ﺍﻯ ﺍﻣﺔ ﺍ‪، ‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻪ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﺳﺪﺭﮤ ّ‬

‫ﺳﻮﻯ ﻓﺎﺭﻍ ﻭ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﺑﺎﺷﻰ ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﻋﻠﻴﮏ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺣﺒﺶ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﻣﺎﻧﻰ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﺍ‪ ‬ﺑﺮ ّ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٢٥٩‬‬

‫‪ ١٢‬ﻧﻮﺍﻣﺒﺮ‬

‫ﻧﻬﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﻣﮑﻠﻢ ﻃﻮﺭ ﺑﺮ ﺁﻥ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ‪ .‬ﻓﺮﺍﺕ‬ ‫ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺁﻣﺪ ‪ .‬ﺳﺮﻳﺮ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻗﻄﺐ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻭ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺭﺣﻤﺖ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻤﻴﻦ ﺟﺎﺭﻯ ﻭ ﺭﺍﻳﺔ ﺍﻗﺘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﺯ َﻳﺴﺎﺭ ﻣﻨﺼﻮﺏ ‪  .‬ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺪ ﻭ َﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﻔﻀﻞ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻟﻨﺪﺍء‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﻄﺎء ﻭ َﻟﻪ‬ ‫ﻭﺭﻯ َ َ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮ ُ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﻳﺔ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻋﻠﻰ ﺍ ّ‬ ‫ﻓﻌﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﻼء ‪َ ‬ﺍﻣﺎﻡ ﻭﺟﻮﻩ َ ٰ‬

‫ﺍﻣﺮﺵ ﺭﺍ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ﺳﻄﻮﺕ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻨﻊ ﻧﻨﻤﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻐﻀﺎﻯ ﺍﻣﻢ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺭﺍﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺯ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﺎﻣﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻇﻠﻤﺖ ﻇﻠﻢ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻟﻴﻞ ﻭ ﻧﻬﺎﺭ ﻓﺮﻗﻰ ﻣﺸﻬﻮﺩ ﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺳﺘﺮ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺖ ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ّ‬

‫ﺣﺠﺎﺏ َﺍﻣﺎﻡ ﻭﺟﻮﻩ ﺍﺣﺰﺍﺏ ﻗﺎﺋﻢ ﺳﻼﺳﻞ ﻭ ﺍﻏﻼﻝ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﻼﻝ ﻣﻨﻊ ﻧﻨﻤﻮﺩ ﻭ ُﮐﻨﺪ‬

‫ﻭ ﺑﻨﺪ ﺍﻣﺮﺵ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻧﺪﺍﺩ ‪ .‬ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺑﻼﻳﺎ ﻭ ﺭﺯﺍﻳﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺣﻤﻞ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ِﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﮐﻠﻤﺔ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ﻳﺸﺎء‬ ‫ﻳﻔﻌﻞ ﻣﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﻻﻣﺮ ﻓﻰ‬ ‫ﻗﺒﻀﺘﻪ َ َ ُ‬ ‫ﺍ‪ . ‬ﻫﺮ ﻣﻨﺼﻔﻰ ﺷﺎﻫﺪ ﻭ ﻫﺮ ﻋﺎﺩﻟﻰ ﮔﻮﺍﻩ ‪ُ َ َ .‬‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻳﺰ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻌﺎﻥ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻳﺮﻳﺪ ﻭ ﻫﻮ‬ ‫ﻭﻳﺤﮑﻢ ﻣﺎ ُ ُ‬ ‫َ ُ ُ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ﺗﻮﻟﺪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺑﻬﺎءﺍ‪‬‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٢٦٠‬‬ ‫‪ ١٣‬ﻧﻮﺍﻣﺒﺮ‬

‫ﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ﻳﮑﺘﺎ‬

‫ﺍﻯ ﻣﺤﻤﻮﺩ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﺍ‪ ‬ﺍﺯ ﺳﺤﺎﺏ ﺭﺣﻤﺖ ﻣﺎﻟﮏ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺳﻠﻄﺎﻥ ﻏﻴﺐ ﻭ ﺷﻬﻮﺩ ﺩﻭﺭ ﻧﻤﺎﻧﻰ ﻭ‬

‫ﺍﺯ ﮐﻮﺛﺮ ﻗﺮﺏ ﻭ ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﺑﻴﺎﺷﺎﻣﻰ ‪ .‬ﺳﻌﻰ ﻧﻤﺎ ﮐﻪ ﺣﺒﻞ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺤﮑﻢ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻰ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﺤﮑﺎﻡ‬ ‫ﺁﻥ ﻣﻨﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻣﺮ ﻣﺎﻟﮏ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ ‬ﻫﺮ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ‬ ‫ﺍﻭ ﺧﻄﺮﻯ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻴﺮ ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﻭ ﺁﺧﺮﺕ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ ‪ .‬ﻫﺮ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ‬

‫ﻟﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻪ ﻣﺬﮐﻮﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻫﺮ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ﻧﻴﺮ ﺍﻓﻖ ﻣﻌﺎﻧﻰ ﺍﻗﺒﺎﻝ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﺍﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺣﻴﺎﺕ َ َ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ّ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ﻣﻄﻠﻖ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺗﺮﺍ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﺘﻴﻦ ﻣﺤﺴﻮﺏ ‪ .‬ﺣﻤﺪ ﮐﻦ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ﻣﺎﻧﺪ ﺍﺯ ّ‬

‫ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻧﺶ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪٢٦١‬‬ ‫‪ ١٤‬ﻧﻮﺍﻣﺒﺮ‬

‫ﻳﺎﺯﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺏ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ‬

‫ﮐﻞ ﺍﺣﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺣﻴﻖ‬ ‫ﺭﺑﺎﻧﻰ ﺩﺭ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻯ ﺍﻣﺔ ﺍ‪ ، ‬ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﺍ‪ ‬ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺖ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﻭ ﻓﻴﻮﺿﺎﺕ ّ‬

‫ﺍﻃﻬﺮ ﺫﮐﺮ ﻭ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻥ ﺑﻴﺎﺷﺎﻣﻰ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﮐﻤﺎﻝ ﺷﻮﻕ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺠﺬﺍﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺛﻨﺎﻯ ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺏ ﺁﻓﺎﻕ ﻧﺎﻃﻖ ﺑﺎﺷﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﻣﻌﺪﻭﺩﻩ ﮐﺴﺐ ﻣﻘﺎﻣﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺑﺮﻕ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ .‬ﺑﺮ ﻫﺮ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ّ‬ ‫‪ّ .‬‬

‫ﺟﻞ ﮐﺒﺮﻳﺎﺋﻪ ﻣﺤﺾ ﻓﻀﻞ ﻭ ﮐﺮﻡ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ّ‬ ‫ﻋﺎﻟﻴﮥ ﺑﺎﻗﻴﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ‪ّ .‬‬

‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﮐﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻳﻘﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﺭﺳﺘﮕﺎﺭﻯ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ‪.‬‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻤﺴﮏ ﮔﺸﺖ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻧﺶ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭﺍﻣﺮﺵ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٢٦٢‬‬

‫‪ ١٥‬ﻧﻮﺍﻣﺒﺮ‬

‫ﺩﻭﺍﺯﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﺣﺒﺎء ﺍ‪ ‬ﻭ ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺑﻪ ﺣﮑﻤﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺏ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺟﻬﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺄﻟﻴﻒ ﻗﻠﻮﺏ ّ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺮﻳﻪ ﺳﺎﮐﻦ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻩ‬ ‫ِﻟﻠﻔﺎﺋﺰﻳﻦ ‪ .‬ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﮐﻦ ﻣﻊ ﺑﻼﻳﺎﻯ ﻭﺍﺭﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺭﺯﺍﻳﺎﻯ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﺗﺮﻩ ﻗﻠﻢ ّ‬

‫ﻣﺘﺼ‪ ‬ﺩﺭ ﺗﺒﻠﻴﻎ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﻫﻤﮥ ﺁﻓﺎﻕ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺣﺎﻃﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ‪ّ .‬‬

‫ﻓﻀﻞ‬ ‫ﺍﺣﺒﺎﻯ ﺣّﻖ ﻫﻢ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻗﺪﺭ ﻭﺳﻊ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺪﻣﺖ ﺍﻣﺮ ﻗﺎﺋﻢ ﻭ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﻫﺬﺍ ِﻣﻦ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺍ‪ُ ‬ﻳﻌﻄﻴﻪ َﻣﻦ ﻳﺸﺎء ‪ .‬ﺍﻫﻞ ﺍﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻈﺎﻫﺮ ِ ّﺍﻻ ﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﺎﻇﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬

‫ﻣﺤﻘﻘﮥ ﺑﺎﻗﻴﮥ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﻪ ﮐﻪ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻧﻪ ﺍﻣﻮﺭ‬ ‫ﻳﻌﻨﻰ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺎﻣﺎﺕ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻓﺎﻧﻴﮥ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺑﺎﻗﻴﻪ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٢٦٣‬‬

‫‪ ١٦‬ﻧﻮﺍﻣﺒﺮ‬

‫ﺳﻴﺰﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﺍﻻﻗﺪﺱ ﺍﻻﺑﻬﻰ‬

‫ﺍﻭﻝ ﺁﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﻣﺬﮐﻮﺭ ‪:‬‬ ‫ﮐﺘﺎﺑﺖ َ َ‬ ‫ﻟﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻪ ﺣﺎﺿﺮ ﻭ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺍﻗﺪﺱ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻧﺎﻇﺮ ﻭ ّ‬

‫"ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺍﮔﺮ ﮐﺎﺳﻨﻰ ﺗﻠﺦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻮﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ " ‪ .‬ﺍﻯ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﺍ‪ ‬ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺖ ﺭﺣﻤﻦ‬

‫ﺭﺑﺎﻧﻰ ﻣﺤﺴﻮﺏ ﺷﻮﻯ ‪ .‬ﻣﻘﺒﻠﻴﻦ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭﺭﺍﻕ ﻭ ﺍﺛﻤﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺍﻭﺭﺍﺩ‬ ‫ﺷﻴﺮﻳﻨﻰ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭﺭﺍﺩ ﺭﺿﻮﺍﻥ ّ‬

‫ﺣﺐ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻴﺴﺎﻥ ﻓﻀﻞ ﺭﻭﺋﻴﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻌﻨﻮﻳﮥ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺍﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ‬ ‫ُﺑﺴﺘﺎﻥ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻳﺤﺰﻧﮏ‬ ‫ﻣﺰﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺷﻰ ‪ّ .‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮﺍﺯ ﺭﺑﻴﻊ ﺭﺣﻤﺎﻧﻰ ّ‬ ‫ﺟﻬﺪ ﮐﻦ ﺗﺎ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﮥ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﺎﮎ َﺍﻥ َ ُ َ‬

‫ﺍﺫﮐﺮﻩ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻻﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﺤﮑﻤﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻥ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺭﺑﮏ ّﺛﻢ ُ‬ ‫ﺗﻤﺴﮏ ﺑﺤﺒﻞ ﺭﺣﻤﺔ ّ‬ ‫ﺷﻰء ‪ َ َ ،‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪٢٦٤‬‬

‫‪ ١٧‬ﻧﻮﺍﻣﺒﺮ‬

‫ﭼﻬﺎﺭﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﻬﺮﺑﺎﻥ‬

‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻯ ﺍﻣﺔ ﺍ‪ ، ‬ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺪ ِ ّ‬ ‫ﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺁﺷﺎﻣﻴﺪﻯ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻓﻖ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ّ‬

‫ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻯ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﮐﻠﻤﮥ ﺑﻠﻰ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺻﻐﺎﻯ َ َﺍﻟﺴﺖ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﺪﻯ ‪ .‬ﺟﻬﺪ ﻧﻤﺎ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺖ‬

‫ﺑﺎﻗﻴﻪ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﻮﻯ ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺭﻭﺯﻯ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻫﺮ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﻣﻰ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺗﺤﺼﻴﻞ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻘﺎﻣﻰ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ‬ ‫ﻻﻳﺰﺍﻝ ﺑﺎﻗﻰ ﻭ ﭘﺎﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﺎﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﺻﺪ ﻫﺰﺍﺭ ﻟﺴﺎﻥ ﺷﺎﮐﺮ ﺑﺎﺵ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ ﮐﻪ ّ‬ ‫َﻟﻢ َ َﻳﺰﻝ ﻭ َ‬

‫ﻣﺰﻳﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺪﻣﺖ ﺍﻣﺮ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺟﻞ ﺟﻼﻟﻪ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻮ ﻧﻔﻮﺳﻰ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻤﺎﻥ ّ‬

‫ﻣﺘﻮﺟﻪ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻗﺎﺋﻢ ‪ .‬ﭼﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺍﺭﺽ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ﻭ ﻣﺤﺠﻮﺑﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﻘﺒﻞ ﻭ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ﻣﺤﻔﻮﻅ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪ .‬ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻧﺴﺎء ﺁﻥ ﺍﺭﺽ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﺑﺰﺭﮒ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﺍ‪ ‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﻢ ّ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻮﻫﺎﺏ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﮑﺘﺎﺏ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺰﻟﻪ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻭﺻﻴﺖ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﺲ ﻭ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻪ ﻭ ﻣﺎ َ َ َ ُ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٢٦٥‬‬

‫‪ ١٨‬ﻧﻮﺍﻣﺒﺮ‬

‫ﭘﺎﻧﺰﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ‬

‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬

‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻨﻊ ﻧﻨﻤﻮﺩ ‪ .‬ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻧﻔﻮﺳﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺷﺌﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﻖ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﺁﻥ ﺍﺭﺽ ﺭﺍ ﺗﮑﺒﻴﺮ ﺑﺮﺳﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺑﮕﻮ ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﺍ‪ ‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﮐﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻣﺮ‬

‫ﻗﻮﺕ ﺍﻗﻮﻳﺎء ﻭ ﺟﻨﻮﺩ ﺍﺭﺽ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻓﺎﻃﺮ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺏ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺷﺄﻧﻰ ﮐﻪ ّ‬

‫ﻃﻴﺒﮥ ﻣﺤﮑﻤﮥ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻠﮑﻮﺕ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺭﺣﻤﻦ‬ ‫ﺳﻤﺎء ﻣﻨﻊ ﻧﻨﻤﺎﻳﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﻣﻰ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﻠﻤﮥ ّ‬

‫ﻧﺎﺯﻝ ‪ :‬ﺑﻌﻀﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺧﺎﺋﻒ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺧﻮﻑ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﭼﻪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﮐﻪ ؟ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﻞ‬ ‫ﻧﺰَﻝ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﮑﺘﺎﺏ‬ ‫ﺁﺑﺎﺩ ﻗﺪﺭﻯ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻫﻴﺎﮐﻞ‬ ‫ﺗﺮﺍﺑﻴﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺷﺄﻧﻰ ﻧﻪ ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﻤﺎ ُ ‪‬‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻏﺎﻓﻞ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻋﺎﻟﻢ‬ ‫ﮐﻞ‬ ‫ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ُﺫﺑﺎﺏ ﺍﻓﻀﻞ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍ‪ِ ‬ﻣﻦ ّ‬ ‫ٍ‬ ‫ٍ‬

‫ﺁﻣﺮ ُﻣﺮﺗﺎﺏ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﮐﻞ ٍ‬ ‫ِﻣﻦ ّ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٢٦٦‬‬

‫‪ ١٩‬ﻧﻮﺍﻣﺒﺮ‬

‫ﺷﺎﻧﺰﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﺑﻴﻨﻨﺪﮤ ﺩﺍﻧﺎ‬

‫ﺗﮑﻠﻢ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻟﻠﻪ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﺭﺍﺩﻩ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ‪ّ ِ ،‬‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﺍ‪ ‬ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻣﺎء ﺍ‪ ‬ﺑﻤﺎ َ َ ُ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻧﺎﻇﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺑﺰﺭﮒ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﻫﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻭ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﺰﺭﮒ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ‬

‫ﺣﻖ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﻮﺩ ‪ .‬ﺟﻬﺪ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻪ ﮐﻤﺎﻝ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﺲ ﻭ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺫﮐﺮ ﻭ ﺛﻨﺎﻯ ّ‬

‫ﺣﻖ ﺁﮔﺎﻩ ﻣﻰ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ﻋﻨﻘﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺛﻤﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺼﺮ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ّ .‬‬

‫ﻭ ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺍﺫﮐﺎﺭ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻣﺎء ﺩﺭ ﺍﻧﺠﻤﻦ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺮ ﻣﻨﺎﺑﺮ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺁﻳﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻯ‬

‫ﺧﻴﺮﻳﻪ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺫﮐﺮﺗﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭﺍﻡ ﺫﮐﺮ ﺍﮐﺒﺮ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ‪ ،‬ﺟﻬﺪ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻣﻮﺭ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﮐﻨﻴﺰﺍﻥ ّ‬

‫ﭘﺎﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻗﻰ ﻣﺎﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٢٦٧‬‬

‫ﻫﻔﺪﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ‬

‫‪ ٢٠‬ﻧﻮﺍﻣﺒﺮ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﺍﻧﻪ ﻟﻬﻮ‬ ‫ﻓﻴﺎﺽ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻰ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ‪ّ ،‬‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﺍ‪ ‬ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭﺍﻡ ﻣﻠﮏ ﻭ ﻣﻠﮑﻮﺕ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻴﻮﺿﺎﺕ ّ‬

‫ﻣﺘﻤﺴﮏ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﺗﺎ ﺳﻤﻊ ﻧﻴﺎﺑﻨﺪ‬ ‫ﮐﻞ ﺍﺣﻮﺍﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺣﮑﻤﺖ ﻧﺎﻇﺮ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻄﻰ ﺍﻟﮑﺮﻳﻢ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ُ‬

‫ﺗﮑﻠﻢ ﻧﻨﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﻠﻤﮥ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻠﻢ ﺟﺎﺭﻯ ‪ " :‬ﺗﺨﻢ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺣﮑﻤﺖ ﻟﺪّﻧﻴﻢ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﺽ ﻃﺎﻫﺮ ﻗﻠﺐ ﺑﻴﻔﺸﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺏ ﻳﻘﻴﻦ ﺁﺑﺶ ﺩﻩ ﺗﺎ ﺳﻨﺒﻼﺕ ﻋﻠﻢ ﻭ ﺣﮑﻤﺖ ﻣﻦ ﺳﺮ ﺳﺒﺰ‬ ‫ﻃﻴﺒﻪ ﺍﻧﺒﺎﺕ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ " ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﻰ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ‪ " :‬ﺣﮑﻤﺎﻯ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﺁﻧﺎﻧﻨﺪ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺑﻠﺪﮤ ّ‬

‫ﮐﻪ ﺗﺎ ﺳﻤﻊ ﻧﻴﺎﺑﻨﺪ ﻟﺐ ﻧﮕﺸﺎﻳﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺳﺎﻗﻰ ﺗﺎ ﻃﻠﺐ ﻧﺒﻴﻨﺪ ﺳﺎﻏﺮ ﻧﺒﺨﺸﺪ ﻭ ﻋﺎﺷﻖ ﺗﺎ‬

‫ﺣﺒﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻋﻠﻢ ﻭ ﺣﮑﻤﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﺽ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﺟﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﻌﺸﻮﻕ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﻧﺸﻮﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺟﺎﻥ ﻧﺨﺮﻭﺷﺪ ‪ .‬ﭘﺲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ّ‬

‫ﻃﻠﺐ ﻣﺒﺬﻭﻝ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ ﻭ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﺭ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺳﻨﺒﻼﺕ ﺣﮑﻤﺖ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻝ ﺑﺮﻭﻳﺪ ﻧﻪ ﺍﺯ ِﮔﻞ " ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ ﮐﻪ ﻧﺎﺱ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻤﺮ ﻏﺮﻭﺭ ﻣﺪﻫﻮﺷﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﮐﻮﺛﺮ ﺍﻃﻬﺮ ﺑﻰ ﺧﺒﺮ ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﻓﮑﺮ ﺁﻧﻨﺪ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﺫﻧﺒﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺿﻮﺿﺎ ﺑﺮﺁﺭﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٢٦٨‬‬ ‫ﻫﺠﺪﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ‬

‫‪ ٢١‬ﻧﻮﺍﻣﺒﺮ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﻣﻘﺪﺱ ﺍﺯ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻥ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﻣﺎﻟﮏ ﺍﺷﻴﺎء ﺭﺍ ﻻﻳﻖ ﻭ ﺳﺰﺍ ﮐﻪ َﺭﻏﻤﴼ‬ ‫ﺣﻤﺪ ﻭ ﺛﻨﺎﻯ ّ‬

‫ِﻟﻠﻤﻌﺮﺿﻴﻦ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺮﮐﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻮﺭ ﻻﺋﺢ ﻣﺒﻴﻦ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﻖ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻭ ﺁﺷﮑﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻋﻠﻰ‬

‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﻋﻮﺕ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ‪ .‬ﻧﻪ‬ ‫ﮐﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻓﻖ‬ ‫ﻟﻨﺪﺍء َﺍﻣﺎﻡ ﻭﺟﻮﻩ ﻣﻈﺎﻫﺮ ﺍﺳﻤﺎء ﻧﺪﺍ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ﺍ ّ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﮐﻞ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﺟﻬﺘﻰ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﮐﻞ ﻭ ﻋﻨﺎﺩ ّ‬ ‫ﺳﻄﻮﺕ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ ﻣﻨﻌﺶ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻧﻪ ﺍﻋﺮﺍﺽ ﻋﻠﻤﺎ ‪ .‬ﻣﻊ ﺍﻏﻤﺎﺽ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﻪ ﻫﻮ ﺍ‪ " ‬ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ ‪ .‬ﺿﻮﺿﺎء ﻋﻠﻤﺎء ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻃﻨﻴﻦ ُﺫﺑﺎﺏ ﻭ ﻏﻮﻏﺎء‬ ‫ﺟﻬﺎﺕ ﺭﺍﻳﺔ " ّ‬ ‫ﻳﮑﻦ ﺷﻴﺌﴼ ﻣﺬﮐﻮﺭﴽ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺭﺍﺩﻩ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﮐﺎﻥ َﻟﻢ َ ُ‬ ‫ﺍﻣﻢ َ َ‬

‫ﺍﻭﻝ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺑﻪ ﮐﻠﻤﮥ ﻋﻠﻴﺎ ﻧﺎﻃﻖ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﮐﻠﻤﻪ ﺣﺠﺒﺎﺕ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻓﮑﺮﻭﺍ ﻳﺎ ﺍﻭﻟﻰ ﺍﻻﻟﺒﺎﺏ ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ّ‬

‫ِ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﺎﻣﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺤﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﺻﺎﺑﻊ‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟﺖ‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﺧﺮﻕ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭﻳﺪ ‪َ .‬‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ﻗﺪﺭﺗﻪ ﻭ ﺍﻗﺘﺪﺍﺭﻩ ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻭ ﻧﺎﺭ ﺿﻐﻴﻨﻪ ﻣﺸﺘﻌﻞ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻣﻠﻮﮎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺗﺒﻠﻴﻎ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﻐﻀﺎ ّ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٢٦٩‬‬

‫ﻧﻮﺯﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ‬

‫‪ ٢٢‬ﻧﻮﺍﻣﺒﺮ‬

‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬

‫ﺍﺣﻠﻰ ﺁﻳﺎﺕ ﻣﺎﻟﮏ ﺍﺳﻤﺎء ﺭﺍ ﺍﺻﻐﺎ ﻧﻤﺎ ‪ .‬ﻫﺮ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺻﻐﺎﺋﺶ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﻟﺴﺎﻥ ﭘﺎﺭﺳﻰ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺻﺤﻴﻔﮥ ﺣﻤﺮﺍ ﻣﺬﮐﻮﺭ ﻭ ﻣﺴﻄﻮﺭ ‪ .‬ﺑﮕﻮ ﺍﻯ‬ ‫ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﺪ ﺍﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺑﻬﺎء ﺍﺯ ﻗﻠﻢ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﻣﮑﻠﻢ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻭ ﻣﺎﻟﮏ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ﻣﻨﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺼﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ‪ ،‬ﮔﻮﺵ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺻﻐﺎء ﻧﺪﺍء‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻧﻴﺮ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﻣﺸﺮﻕ ﻭ ﻣﻨﻴﺮ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﮤ ﺁﻳﺎﺗﺶ ﻣﻤﻨﻮﻉ ﻣﺴﺎﺯﻳﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺍﻓﻖ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﺭ ّ‬

‫ﻣﻨﺘﻬﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺑﮕﺬﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺻﺪﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﻃﻨﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﻭ ﺣﻔﻴﻒ ﺳﺪﺭﮤ‬ ‫ﺣﻴﻒ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺻﺮﻳﺮ ﻗﻠﻢ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻣﻨﻮﺭ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻭ ﺍﻓﻖ ﺍﻳﻘﺎﻥ ّ‬ ‫ُﺫﺑﺎﺏ ﺑﺮﺁﻳﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﺑﮕﻮ ﺑﮕﺬﺍﺭﻳﺪ ﺍﻭﻫﺎﻡ ﺭﺍ ‪ ،‬ﺗﺎ‪ ‬ﺑﺤﺮ ﻳﻘﻴﻦ ّ‬ ‫ﺁﺳﻤﺎﻥ ﺷﺎﻫﺪ ﻭ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﮔﻮﺍﻩ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪٢٧٠‬‬ ‫ﺍﻭﻝ ﺷﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫‪ ٢٣‬ﻧﻮﺍﻣﺒﺮ‬

‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬

‫ﻇﻬﻮﺭ‬ ‫ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻋﻠﻤﺎ ﻭ ﻓﻘﻬﺎﻯ ﺍﺭﺽ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﻭ ﺧﺪﻣﺖ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻟﮑﻦ ﻳﻮﻡ‬ ‫ِ‬

‫ﮐﻞ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻋﺮﺍﺽ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩﻯ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﻫﺰﺍﺭ ﻭﺩﻭﻳﺴﺖ ﺳﻨﻪ ﺍﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭﺵ‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺘﺤﺎﻥ ّ‬

‫ﮐﻞ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﻣﻰ ﮐﺸﻴﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻟﻘﺎﻳﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺁﻣﻞ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‬ ‫ﻓﺘﻮﻯ ﺑﺮ ﻗﺘﻠﺶ ﺩﺍﺩﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ّ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﺷﻨﻴﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﺣﺎﻝ ﻗﺪﺭ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﻣﻌﺪﻭﺩﻯ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻠﻤﺎ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺣﻴﻖ ﻭﺣﻰ ﺁﺷﺎﻣﻴﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻓﻖ‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﻭ ﻭﺍﺿﺢ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻣﻮﺭ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻧﺸﺪ ﻣﮕﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭﻫﺎﻡ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ّ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﮐﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻮﻡ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺎﻟﮏ ﺍﻧﺎﻡ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻇﻨﻮﻥ ﻭ ﺍﻭﻫﺎﻡ ّ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٢٧١‬‬

‫ﺩﻭﻡ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ‬

‫‪ ٢٤‬ﻧﻮﺍﻣﺒﺮ‬

‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬

‫ﺍﺯ ﺻﺪﺭ ﺍﺳﻼﻡ ﺗﺎ ﺣﻴﻦ ﻋﻠﻤﺎﻯ ﺍﺭﺽ ﻭ ﻓﻘﻬﺎﻯ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻥ ﺗﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻰ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‬ ‫ﮐﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻥ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﺍﻣﺮ ﻗﺎﺋﻢ ﻣﺤﺘﺠﺐ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﺣﺪﻯ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ّﺍﻻ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺎء ﺍ‪ ، ‬ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ّ‬

‫ﮐﻞ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻴﻤﺎء ﺟﻬﻞ ﺳﺎﻟﮏ ‪ .‬ﺣﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻤﺎﻯ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺑﺮ ﮐﻮﻥ ﺁﻥ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺻﻼﺏ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻃﻼﻉ ﻧﻴﺎﻓﺖ ‪ّ ،‬‬

‫ﻫﻢ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻋﻠﻤﺎ ﻭ ﻓﻘﻬﺎء ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﺑﻠﻘﺎﻯ ﻣﻮﻫﻮﻡ ﻭ ﺟﺎﺑﻠﺴﺎﻯ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﻧﺎﻇﺮﻧﺪ ﻭ‬

‫ﺣﻖ ﻣﻰ‬ ‫ﻣﻨﺘﻈﺮﻧﺪ ﺷﺨﺺ ﻣﻮﻫﻮﻡ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻳﻬﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺣﻴﻦ ﻣﻨﺘﻈﺮﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﺭﻯ ﺍﺯ ّ‬

‫ﻣﻨﻮﺭ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻭﺳﺖ ﺑﺮ ﻫﺮ ﺷﻰء‬ ‫ﻃﻠﺒﻢ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﺎﻯ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺭﺽ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺗﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻰ ّ‬ ‫ﻗﺎﺩﺭ ﻭ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺎ ۭ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٢٧٢‬‬

‫ﺳﻮﻡ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ‬

‫‪ ٢٥‬ﻧﻮﺍﻣﺒﺮ‬

‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬

‫ﻭﻫﺎﺏ ﻣﻰ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺪﺭ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻓﻀﻞ ﻭ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺖ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺪﺍﻥ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻟﻴﺎﻟﻰ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻭﻫﺎﺏ ‪ّ ،‬‬ ‫ﻳﺎ ّ‬

‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺛﻨﺎﻳﺶ ﻧﺎﻃﻖ ﺑﺎﺵ ‪ .‬ﻋﻠﻤﺎﻯ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﮐﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻊ ﻋﻠﻮﻡ ﻭ ﻓﻨﻮﻥ ﻣﻰ ﺩﺍﻧﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺗﺠﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ﻭ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﻭ َﺍﺯﻫﺪ ﻭ َﺍﻋﻠﻢ ﻭ ﺍﺗﻘﺎﻯ ﺍﻫﻞ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻤﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﺍﺯ ّ‬

‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺟﻞ ﺟﻼﻟﻪ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﺪﻯ ﻭ ﺻﺮﻳﺮ ﻗﻠﻢ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ّ‬ ‫ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻥ ﻳﻮﻣﺶ ﻣﻤﻨﻮﻉ ﻭ ﺗﻮ ﺑﻪ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻥ ّ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﺍﻻﻋﺰ ﺍﻻﻗﺪﺱ ﺍﻻﻣﻨﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻴﻊ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ﻟﮏ ﻭ ِﻟ‪‬ﻠﺬﻳﻦ ﻓﺎﺯﻭﺍ ﺑﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻡ‬ ‫ﺷﻨﻴﺪﻯ ‪.‬‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٢٧٣‬‬ ‫ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ‬

‫‪ ٢٦‬ﻧﻮﺍﻣﺒﺮ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﻳﺎ ﺣﺴﻦ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻳﻘﻴﻦ ُﻣﺒﻴﻦ ﺑﺪﺍﻥ ﻋﺮﻑ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺭﺣﻤﻦ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺩﻭﻧﺶ ﻭﺍﺿﺢ ﻭ ﻣﻤﺘﺎﺯ ‪،‬‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﺷﻤﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﮐﻮﻯ ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ﺷﺘﺎﻓﺖ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﺳﻤﻌﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺻﺎﺣﺐ ّ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻴﻦ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻧﻪ ِﻣﻦ ِ‬ ‫ﺷﻨﺎﺧﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺻﻐﺎء ﻧﺪﺍﻳﺶ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﮔﺸﺖ ‪ّ .‬‬ ‫ﺍﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﻓﻰ ﮐﺘﺎﺑﻰ ُ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٢٧٤‬‬ ‫ﭘﻨﺠﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ‬

‫‪ ٢٧‬ﻧﻮﺍﻣﺒﺮ‬

‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬

‫ﻃﻴﺒﻪ ﻭ ﺍﺧﻼﻕ‬ ‫ﮐﻞ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﻳﺎ ﺣﺴﻴﻦ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻈﻠﻮﻡ ّ‬ ‫ﻭﺻﻴﺖ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻣﻰ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻟﻌﻤﺮﻯ ﻋﻤﻞ‬ ‫ﻣﺮﺿﻴﻪ ﺗﺎ ّ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮﺍﺯﻯ ﮐﻪ ﺳﺰﺍﻭﺍﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ‪َ َ .‬‬ ‫ﮐﻞ ﺍﻫﻞ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻭﺻﻴﺖ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﻢ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ‬ ‫ﮐﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻘﻮﻯ ﺍ‪‬‬ ‫ﻃﻴﺐ ﻫﺎﺩﻯ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻟﻠﻪ‬ ‫ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ﻮﺑﻰ ِﻟﻠﻌﺎﻣﻠﻴﻦ ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺪ ِ ّ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺗﻘﻮﻯ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻠﮑﻮﺕ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺣﺴﻦ ﻃﺮﺍﺯ ﻣﺤﺴﻮﺏ ‪ .‬ﻃ ٰ‬

‫ﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﻦ ‪.‬‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٢٧٥‬‬

‫ﺷﺸﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ‬

‫‪ ٢٨‬ﻧﻮﺍﻣﺒﺮ‬

‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬

‫ﻗﻮﺕ ﻋﻈﻴﻤﻪ ﻭ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﮐﺎﻣﻠﻪ ﻣﮑﻨﻮﻥ ﻭ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﺭ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﻭ ﺟﻬﺖ‬ ‫ﻳﺎ ﺍﻏﺼﺎﻧﻰ ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ّ‬ ‫ﻭﺻﻴﺔ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺁﻥ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬ ‫ﺍﺗﺤﺎﺩ ﺍﻭ ﻧﺎﻇﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻧﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻓﺎﺕ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭ ‪.‬‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺍﻧﺰﻟﻨﺎﻩ ﻓﻰ‬ ‫ﻃﺮﴽ ﺑﻪ ﻏﺼﻦ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﻧﺎﻇﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ‪ُ ُ .‬‬ ‫ﺍﻏﺼﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺍﻓﻨﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻣﻨﺘﺴﺒﻴﻦ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﻈﺮﻭﺍ ﻣﺎ َ َ ُ‬

‫ﺑﺤﺮﺍﻟﻮﺻﺎﻝ ﻭ ُ ِ‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺟﻬﻮﺍ‬ ‫ﻗﻀﻰ‬ ‫ﮐﺘﺎﺑﻰ ﺍﻻﻗﺪﺱ ‪ " :‬ﺍﺫﺍ‬ ‫ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺪﺃ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺂﻝ ّ‬ ‫ﻏﻴﺾ ُ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫َ‬

‫ﺍﻧﺸﻌﺐ ِﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻻﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﻢ " ‪ .‬ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺁﻳﮥ‬ ‫ﺍﺭﺍﺩﻩ ﺍ‪ّ ‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻰ َﻣﻦ َ َ ُ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺬﻯ َ َ َ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻔﻀﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﮑﺮﻳﻢ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻻﻣﺮ ﻓﻀ‪ِ ‬ﻣﻦ ﻋﻨﺪﻧﺎ ﻭ َ َﺍﻧﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﻇﻬﺮَﻧﺎ‬ ‫ّ ُ‬ ‫ﻣﺒﺎﺭﮐﻪ ﻏﺼﻦ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ‪ .‬ﮐﺬﻟﮏ َ َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ﺻﻌﻮﺩ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء‬

‫ﺹ ‪٢٧٦‬‬ ‫ﻫﻔﺘﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ‬

‫‪ ٢٩‬ﻧﻮﺍﻣﺒﺮ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﺗﻔﮑﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺷﻴﻌﻪ ﻭ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ ،‬ﻣﻈﻠﻮﻡ ﺗﺮﺍ ﻧﺪﺍ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻳﺎ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺿﻐﻴﻨﻪ ﻭ ﺑﻐﻀﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﺪ ﻧﻤﺎ ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺍﻗﻮﺍﻝ ﺁﻥ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﻭ‬

‫ﺗﻔﮑﺮ ﮐﻨﻰ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮ ﮐﺮﺳﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺖ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻰ ﻭ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺟﺰﺍء ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻮﻡ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺎ ﺳﻮﻯ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻓﺎﺭﻍ ﻭ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﺑﻴﻨﻰ ‪ .‬ﺛﻤﺮﮤ ﺁﻥ ﻧﺎﻟﻪ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﻧﻮﺣﻪ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺁﻥ‬

‫ﺳﺐ ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﻋﺎﻟﻤﻴﺎﻥ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﴽ ﺑﺎﻫﺮﴽ ﺑﺮ ﺭﺅﻭﺱ‬ ‫ﺍﺩﻋﺎﻫﺎ ﺁﻥ ﺷﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻮﻡ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﻪ ﻟﻌﻦ ﻭ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻟﻌﻨﺔ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﻣﻨﺎﺑﺮ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻻﺧﺮﻩ‬ ‫ﻓﺘﻮﻯ ﺑﺮ ﺳﻔﮏ ﺩﻡ ﺍﻃﻬﺮﺵ ﺩﺍﺩﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﻗﻞ َﺍﻻ ُ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟّﻈﺎﻟﻤﻴﻦ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪٢٧٧‬‬

‫ﻫﺸﺘﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ‬

‫‪ ٣٠‬ﻧﻮﺍﻣﺒﺮ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﻳﺎ َﺍَﺑﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺳﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻇﻨﻮﻥ ﻭ ﺍﻭﻫﺎﻡ ﻋﻠﻤﺎﻯ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺸﺮﻕ ﻭﺣﻰ ﻭ ﻣﻄﻠﻊ ﻋﻠﻢ ﻭ ﻣﻨﺰﻝ‬

‫ﻮﺑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻀﺪ ﺍﻗﺘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﺻﻨﺎﻡ ﻗﻮﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻳﻮﻡ‬ ‫ﺁﻳﺎﺕ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ‪ .‬ﻃ ٰ‬

‫ﮐﻞ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻓﺌﺪﮤ‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ّ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ﻣﻨﺴﻮﺏ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺷﮑﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻓﻖ ﻳﻘﻴﻦ ّ‬ ‫ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ّ‬

‫ﻣﻘﺪﺳﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺿﻐﻴﻨﻪ ﻭ ﺑﻐﻀﺎ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻭﺡ ﻭ ﺭﻳﺤﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻓﻖ ﺭﺣﻤﻦ ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ‪.‬‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻢ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻓﺎﺯ ﺑﻬﺬﺍ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ﻰ ِﻟ َﻤﻦ َ‬ ‫ﻃﻮﺑ ٰ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٢٧٨‬‬ ‫ﻧﻬﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ‬

‫‪ ١‬ﺩﺳﺎﻣﺒﺮ‬

‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬

‫ﻳﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﮐﺒﺮ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻫﻞ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﻭﻥ ﻭ ﺍﻋﺼﺎﺭ ﺍﺯ ﻓﺮﺍﻕ ﻣﺎﻟﮏ ﻗﺪﺭ ﻧﻮﺣﻪ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻋﻨﺪ‬

‫ﺫﮐﺮ ﺍﺳﻤﺶ ﺧﺎﺿﻊ ﻭ ﺧﺎﺷﻊ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻣﻰ ﮔﺸﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﭼﻮﻥ ﻭﻋﺪ ﺭﺳﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻣﻮﻋﻮﺩ ﻳﻌﻨﻰ‬

‫ﮐﻞ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻋﺮﺍﺽ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﮔﻔﺘﻨﺪ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﮑﻠﻢ ﻃﻮﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﻖ ﺳﻤﺎء ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﻣﺸﺮﻕ ﻭ ﻻﺋﺢ ﮔﺸﺖ ّ‬

‫ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﻫﻴﭻ ﺣﺰﺑﻰ ﻧﮕﻔﺖ ‪ .‬ﻗﻠﻢ ﮔﺮﻳﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺳﺪﺭﻩ ﻧﻮﺣﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻟﻮﺡ ﺑﺮ ﺗﺮﺍﺏ ﻣﻘّﺮ ﺍﺧﺬ‬

‫ﻣﺘﺤﻴﺮ ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﺭﻯ ﺟﺰﺍﻯ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ‪ ،‬ﺁﻥ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﺷﺮﻳﺮﮤ ﻏﺎﻓﻠﻪ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﺤﻴﺮ ﺑﻞ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ‬ ‫ﮐﺮﺩ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺍﺯ ﻓﻴﻮﺿﺎﺕ ﻣﺂﻝ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٢٧٩‬‬

‫ﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ‬

‫‪ ٢‬ﺩﺳﺎﻣﺒﺮ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﺣﻖ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻟﻰ ﮐﻪ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻣﻘﺒﻮﻝ‬ ‫ﻳﺎ ﺭﺣﻴﻢ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﺍ‪ ‬ﺗﻮ ﻭ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﺎء ّ‬

‫ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺭﻭﺯ ﻋﻤﻞ ﭘﺎﮎ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺷﺎﻫﺪ ﻭ ﮔﻮﺍﻩ ﺍﻗﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ .‬ﻗﻮﻝ ﺑﻰ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ‬ ‫ﮐﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻟﻰ ﮐﻪ ﻋﺮﻓﺶ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ﻣﻰ ﻃﻠﺒﻴﻢ ّ‬ ‫ﺫﮐﺮ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ‪ ‬ﺍﺯ ّ‬ ‫ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻧﺸﻮﺩ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪٢٨٠‬‬

‫ﻳﺎﺯﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ‬

‫‪ ٣‬ﺩﺳﺎﻣﺒﺮ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺎﺭﻯ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﺑﮥ ﺳﺮﺍﺝ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪َ ،‬ﺍﻣﺎﻡ ﻭﺟﻪ ﻣﺬﮐﻮﺭ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ ،‬ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻠﻢ‬ ‫ﻳﺎ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺍﺑﺮﻩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻋﻮﺍﻟﻢ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻭ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﻭ ﻣﺄﻧﻮﺱ ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻗﻞ ﺍﺯ َ ّ‬ ‫ﺳﻢ ِ َ‬

‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺯﺧﺎﺭﻑ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﮐﺸﻒ ﻣﻰ ﺷﺪ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺎ ﻋﻨﺪﻫﻢ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍ‪ّ ‬‬ ‫ﺍ ٰ‬

‫ﺍﺣﺪﻳﻪ ﻣﻨﻊ ﻧﻤﻰ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻐﻴﺮﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺳﻤﺎء ﻣﻮﻫﻮﻣﻪ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺸﺮﻕ ﻧﻮﺭ‬ ‫ﻓﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﻭ ﺍﺷﻴﺎء‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺗﻤﺴﮏ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭﻧﺶ ﻓﺎﺭﻍ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ‪ .‬ﺑﮕﻮ ﻳﺎ ﺣﺰﺏ ﺍ‪ ، ‬ﺑﻪ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﮐﻞ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺗﻮﻓﻴﻖ ﻣﻰ ﻃﻠﺒﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻭﺳﺖ ﻣﺸﻔﻖ ﻭ ﺍﻭﺳﺖ ﮐﺮﻳﻢ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻈﻠﻮﻡ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ّ‬

‫ﻻ ﺍﻟﻪ ّﺍﻻ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻳﺰ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻢ ۭ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٢٨١‬‬

‫ﺩﻭﺍﺯﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ‬

‫‪ ٤‬ﺩﺳﺎﻣﺒﺮ‬

‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬

‫ﻳﺎ ﺣﺰﺏ ﺍ‪ .... ‬ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ِ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻘﻰ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﮔﺸﺖ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﮐﺴﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻥ ّ‬

‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺎ ﻻ ُﻳِﺤ‪‬ﺒﻪ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺑﺎﺯ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﻭ ﻣﺠﺎﻫﺪﻳﻦ ﻗﻮﻣﻰ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ‬

‫ﺣﻖ‬ ‫ُﻣﺒﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﻣﺸﻴﺖ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺍﺩﮤ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺸﻴﺖ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺍﺩﮤ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ّ‬ ‫ﺗﻤﺴﮏ ﺟﺴﺘﻪﺍﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﻫﺮ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺣﻖ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﺪ ﺍﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻬﺪﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺻﺤﻴﻔﮥ ﺣﻤﺮﺍ ﻣﺬﮐﻮﺭ ﻭﻣﺴﻄﻮﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ‬ ‫ﻓﺎﻧﻰ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻳﻌﻨﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺭﺿﺎﻯ ّ‬ ‫ﻳﻌﺮﻓﻮﻥ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ‬ ‫ﻳﻌﻠﻤﻮﻥ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ‬ ‫‪.‬‬ ‫ﻟﻘﻮﻡ َ َ‬ ‫ﻟﻘﻮﻡ َ ِ‬ ‫ٍ‬ ‫ٍ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٢٨٢‬‬

‫ﺳﻴﺰﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ‬

‫‪ ٥‬ﺩﺳﺎﻣﺒﺮ‬

‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬

‫ﻳﺎ ﺣﺰﺏ ﺍ‪ ، ‬ﺩﺭ ﺧﺎﺩﻋﻴﻦ ﻭ ِ‬ ‫ﺗﻔﮑﺮ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ‪ .‬ﻫﺰﺍﺭ ﻭ ﺩﻭﻳﺴﺖ ﺳﻨﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﺎﮐﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﻫﻞ ﻓﺮﻗﺎﻥ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺯﻳﺪ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭﻫﺎﻡ ﺗﺮﺑﻴﺖ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻪ ﻋﺎﺑﺪ ﺍﻭﻫﺎﻡ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻭ َﺍ َ‬

‫ﺟﻞ ﺟﻼﻟﻪ ﻏﺎﻓﻞ ‪ .‬ﭼﻮﻥ‬ ‫ﮐﻞ ﺑﻪ ﻇﻨﻮﻥ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ّ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻫﻞ ﻳﻘﻴﻦ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻤﺮﺩﻧﺪ ‪ّ .‬‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻤﺴﮏ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﮐﻞ ﻧﺰﺩ‬ ‫ﻓﺠﺮ ﺍﻣﻴﺪ ﺩﻣﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻓﻖ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻨﻮﺭ ﮔﺸﺖ ﻓﻀﻴﻠﺖ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﮑﻠﻢ ﻃﻮﺭ ّ‬

‫ﻣﺘﺒﺼﺮﻳﻦ ﻭﺍﺿﺢ ﻭ ﺁﺷﮑﺎﺭ ﺷﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﺭﺗﮑﺎﺏ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻗﻮﻣﻰ ﺍﺭﺗﮑﺎﺏ ﻧﻨﻤﻮﺩ ‪ .‬ﻳﺎ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺣﺪﻩ ﻧﺎﻇﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻣﺮﺵ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ‪ .‬ﺁﺫﺍﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺻﻐﺎء‬ ‫ﺣﺰﺏ ﺍ‪ ، ‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﻓﻖ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﺍﺫﻥ ﺟﺎﻥ ﺍﺻﻐﺎء ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ‪ .‬ﺣﻤﺪ‬ ‫ﮐﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﻣﺸﺮﮐﻴﻦ ﻣﻄّﻬﺮ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺣﻔﻴﻒ ﺳﺪﺭﮤ ﺟﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ُ ُ‬

‫ﺍﻳﺎﻣﻰ‬ ‫ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺏ ﻋﺎﻟﻤﻴﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺻﺮﺍﻁ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ّ‬

‫ﮐﻞ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻋﺮﺍﺽ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﮐﻪ ّ‬ ‫‪٢٨٣‬‬ ‫ﭼﻬﺎﺭﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ‬

‫‪ ٦‬ﺩﺳﺎﻣﺒﺮ‬

‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬

‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ‬ ‫ﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺪ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﻖ ﺳﻤﺎء ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻻﺋﺢ ﻭ ﻧﻮﺭ ﻓﻀﻞ ﺳﺎﻃﻊ ‪.‬‬ ‫ِّ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﺣﻖ ﻣﻰ ﻃﻠﺒﻴﻢ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ‬ ‫ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻰ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ّ‬ ‫ﻧﻔﻮﺳﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ﻧﻨﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻤﺎ َ َ‬ ‫ﻣﺬﮐﻮﺭﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺗﻮﻓﻴﻖ ﻋﻄﺎ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﺍﺯ‬

‫ﮐﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﻋﺎﻟﻤﻴﺎﻥ ﻃﻠﺐ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ﺁﻓﺮﻳﻨﺶ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ‪ .‬ﻳﻮﻡ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ّ‬

‫ﻋﻠﺖ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺍﺧﻼﻕ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ .‬ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺭﺍ ﻏﻔﻠﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻭﻫﺎﻡ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺎﻟﮏ ﺍﻧﺎﻡ ﻣﻨﻊ‬ ‫ﺳﺒﺐ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺷﻴﺎء ﻇﺎﻫﺮﻩ ﺣﺎﻳﻞ ﮔﺸﺘﻪ ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻭ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﻭ ﻓﻨﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻣﻰ‬

‫ﻣﮑﻠﻢ ﻃﻮﺭ ﺑﺮ ﻋﺮﺵ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ‬ ‫ﻣﻊ ﺫﻟﮏ ﻏﺎﻓﻞ ﻭ ﻣﺤﺠﻮﺑﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﻴﻦ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ‪َ َ ،‬‬

‫ﻫﻴﺎﮐﻠﮑﻢ‬ ‫ﺍﻫﻞ ﺍﻻﺭﺽ َﺯﻳ‪‬ﻨﻮﺍ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ﭘﻴﮏ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺪﻳﻘﮥ ﻣﻌﺎﻧﻰ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﻠﻤﻪ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ‪ " :‬ﻳﺎ َ‬ ‫ﺑﻬﺎ ﺍﻵﻓﺎﻕ " ‪ .‬ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﻣﺬﮐﻮﺭﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ﻟﺘﺴﺘﻀﻰ‪َ ‬‬ ‫ﺑﻄﺮﺍﺯ ﺍﻻﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺍﻻﺧﻼﻕ ِ َ َ‬

‫ﻣﻌﻬﻢ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺎ َ َ‬ ‫ﺟﻞ ﺟﻼﻟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺣﮑﻤﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺒﻠﻴﻎ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ‪ّ ِ .‬‬ ‫ﺍﻋﺎﻧﺖ ّ‬

‫ﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﺼﻴﺮ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻧﺮﻯ ﻭ َ َﺍﻧﺎ ﺍﻟّﺴ ُ‬ ‫َ َ‬ ‫ﻧﺴﻤﻊ ﻭ َ ٰ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٢٨٤‬‬

‫ﭘﺎﻧﺰﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ‬

‫‪ ٧‬ﺩﺳﺎﻣﺒﺮ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﺯ ﮐﻠﻤﺔ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻭ ﮐﻠﻤﺔ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺍﺯ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻭﺳﺖ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ُﻣﺒﻴﻦ ﻭ ﺣﺼﻦ‬

‫ﻣﺘﻴﻦ ﻭ ﺍﻭﺳﺖ ﻣﻄﻠﻊ ﺳّﺮ ﻣﮑﻨﻮﻥ ﻭ ﻣﺸﺮﻕ ﺍﺳﻢ ﻣﺨﺰﻭﻥ ‪ ،‬ﮐﺘﺐ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺑﻪ ﺫﮐﺮﺵ ﺯﻳﻨﺖ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻣﺎﻳﺮﻳﺪ ‪ .‬ﺑﻨﻴﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻳﻔﻌﻞ ﻣﺎﻳﺸﺎء ﻭ ﺍﺭﺍﺩﻩﺍﺵ َ ُ‬ ‫ﻣﻨﻮﺭ ﮔﺸﺖ ‪ .‬ﻋﻤﻠﺶ َ َ‬ ‫ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻮﺭﺵ ّ‬ ‫ﻳﺤﮑﻢ ُ‬

‫ﻣﻨﻈﻢ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻫﺴﺘﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﻤﺶ ﻣﺤﮑﻢ ﻭ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺣﮑﻤﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺛﺎﺭ ﻗﻠﻤﺶ ّ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٢٨٥‬‬

‫ﺷﺎﻧﺰﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ‬

‫‪ ٨‬ﺩﺳﺎﻣﺒﺮ‬

‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬

‫ﮐﻞ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ‬ ‫ﺣﮑﻢ ﺣﮑﻤﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺡ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﺑﮥ ﺷﻤﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﻖ ﺳﻤﺎء ﻣﺸﺮﻕ ﻭ ﻻﺋﺢ ‪ّ ،‬‬ ‫ﻧﺎﻇﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻣﺘﺎﺑﻌﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﻧﻬﺎﻟﻬﺎﻯ ﺗﺎﺯﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻤﻮﻡ ﺣﻔﻆ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﺍﻣﺮﴽ ِﻣﻦ‬

‫ﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﻦ ‪ .‬ﻣﻘﺘﻀﻴﺎﺕ ﺣﮑﻤﺖ ﺑﺎﻟﻐﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺡ ﺫﮐﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ‪.‬‬ ‫َﻟ َﺪﻯ ﺍ‪ّ ِ‬‬

‫ﺗﺸﺒﺚ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﮐﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺒﻞ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ّ‬ ‫ﺗﻤﺴﮏ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺫﻳﻞ ﺍﺣﮑﺎﻣﺶ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ِﻟﻠﻌﺎﻣﻠﻴﻦ ‪ .‬ﻳﺎ ﺣﺰﺏ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﺖ ﻧﻈﻢ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻭ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺍﻣﻢ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻗﻠﻢ‬ ‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺎﺭﻯ ﺳﺒﺐ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻃﻴﺒﻪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﺭﺍ ﻏﻨﻴﻤﺖ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺮ ﺧﺪﻣﺖ ﺍﻣﺮ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ّ‬ ‫ﺍ‪ّ ، ‬‬

‫ﻗﻮﻳﻪ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻣﺬﮐﻮﺭ ﻭ ﻣﺴﻄﻮﺭ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﻨﻮﺩ ﻧﺼﺮﺕ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺧﻼﻕ‬ ‫ﻣﺮﺿﻴﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻨﻮﺩ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺤﻖ ﻭ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺨﺒﻴﺮ ‪.‬‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٢٨٦‬‬

‫ﻫﻔﺪﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ‬

‫‪ ٩‬ﺩﺳﺎﻣﺒﺮ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﻣﺆﻳﺪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ﺑﺮ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻥ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ﻳﺎ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺭﺿﺎ ‪ ،‬ﺣﻤﺪ ﮐﻦ ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺏ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺗﺮﺍ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﮐﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻥ ﺍﻭ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭ ﻣﺤﺠﻮﺏ ﻭ ﻣﻤﻨﻮﻉ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪،‬‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻟﻌﻤﺮ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺍﮔﺮ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ّ‬ ‫ﻗﺪﺭﺵ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺪﺍﻥ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﻢ ّ‬ ‫ﺟﻞ ﺟﻼﻟﻪ ﺣﻔﻆ ﻧﻤﺎ ‪ .‬ﻧﺎﺱ ﻏﺎﻓﻠﻨﺪ ‪ُ َ َ ،‬‬

‫ﻣﺰﻳﻦ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺧﺬ ﻳﮏ ﮐﻠﻤﻪ ﺍﺯ ﮐﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺟﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﻔﺎﻕ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮﺍﺯ ﺁﮔﺎﻫﻰ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻋﺰ ﺍﺳﺖ‬ ‫‪.‬ﻫﺮ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺑﻪ ﮐﻠﻤﺔ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﺪ ﺍﻭ ﺑﻪ ّ‬ ‫ﮐﻞ ﺧﻴﺮ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ّ‬

‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﺽ ﻣﮑﻨﻮﻥ ﻭ ﻣﺸﻬﻮﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺍﻗﻮﺍﻝ ﺣﺰﺏ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻭ ﺛﻤﺮﮤ‬

‫ﺗﻔﮑﺮ ﻧﻤﺎ ‪ .‬ﻫﺮ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﺁﮔﺎﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺛﻤﺮﮤ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺁﻥ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻮﻡ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻣﺰﻳﻦ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﻧﻬﺮ ﺍﺳﻤﺎء ﺑﮕﺬﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺤﺮ‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮﺍﺯ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺖ‬ ‫ﮐﺒﺮﻯ ّ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﺗﻮﺟﻬﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺻﻔﻮﻑ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻮﻑ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻨﻊ ﻧﻨﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺿﻮﺿﺎء ﺍﻣﻢ ﺑﺎﺯ‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ‪ّ ،‬‬ ‫ﻣﻌﺎﻧﻰ ّ‬

‫ﻟﻠﻤﻌﺘﺪﻳﻦ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻓﺎﺯ ﻭ َﻭﻳﻞ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﻓﻠﻴﻦ ﻭ َﻭﻳﻞ ُ‬ ‫ﻟﻤﻦ َ‬ ‫ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ‪ .‬ﻫﻨﻴﺌﴼ ِ َ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٢٨٧‬‬ ‫ﻫﺠﺪﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ‬

‫‪ ١٠‬ﺩﺳﺎﻣﺒﺮ‬

‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬

‫ِ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻣﺪﺍﺩ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ .‬ﭘﺮﺗﻮ ﺧﻮﺭﺷﻴﺪ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﮕﻴﺮ ﮔﻴﺘﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻳﺎ ﺑﻬﺮﺍﻡ ‪،‬‬

‫ﺭﻭﺯﮔﺎﺭ ﺍﻓﺴﺮﺩﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺎﺯﮔﻰ ﺑﺨﺸﻴﺪﻩ ‪ .‬ﻧﻴﮑﻮﺳﺖ ﭼﺸﻤﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺩﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺷﻨﺎﺧﺖ ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺑﻰ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻩ‬ ‫ﺗﺎ ﺭﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﺯﺵ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻨﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺗﺮﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻰ ﺗﺎﺯﻩ ‪ ،‬ﺗﺎﺯﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻭﺳﺖ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺎ ﻭ ﺍﻭﺳﺖ ﺩﺍﻧﺎ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٢٨٨‬‬ ‫ﻧﻮﺯﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ‬

‫‪ ١١‬ﺩﺳﺎﻣﺒﺮ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﻫﻮﻯ ﻃﺎﻫﺮ ﮐﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻗﺼﺪ‬ ‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺎء ﺍﻧﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻏﺒﺎﺭ ﺣﺮﺹ ﻭ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻃﻴﺒﻪ‬ ‫ﻧﻮﺭ ﺍﺧﻼﻕ‬ ‫ﺍﻓﻖ‬ ‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ‪ .‬ﻗﺴﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ‪ ،‬ﻧﺰﺩ ِ‬ ‫ﻣﺮﺿﻴﻪ ﻭ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺍﺗﻘﻮﺍ ﺍ‪ َ‬ﻳﺎ ﻗﻮﻡ ُﺧﺬﻭﺍ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺷﻤﻮﺱ ﻭ ﺍﻗﻤﺎﺭ ﺳﻤﺎء ﺭﻭﻧﻘﻰ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ‪ .‬ﻗﻞ ‪‬‬

‫ﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﻳﻌﺰﮐﻢ ﻭ َ‬ ‫ﺿﻌﻮﺍ ﻣﺎ ُﻧﻬﻴﺘﻢ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻓﻰ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺍ‪ّ ‬‬ ‫ﻣﺎ َﻳﺮَﻓ ُﻌﮑﻢ ﻭ ُ ِ ‪‬‬

‫ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻕ ﻭ ﺑﻤﺎ ُ ِﺍﻣﺮﻭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﻣﻰ ﮔﺸﺘﻨﺪ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺁﻓﺎﻕ ﻣﺪﻥ ﻭ‬ ‫‪....‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﻣﻘﺒﻠﻪ ﺑﻪ ّ‬

‫ﮐﻞ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺼﻴﺤﺖ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻳﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ‬ ‫ﻣﻨﻮﺭ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻣﻰ ﺷﺪ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ ﮐﻪ ّ‬ ‫ﺩﻳﺎﺭ ّ‬

‫ﻭ ﺗﻬﺬﻳﺐ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻋﻤﻞ ﻭ َﻭﻳﻞ ِﻟﻠﻐﺎﻓﻠﻴﻦ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻤﻊ ﻭ َ ِ َ‬ ‫ﻟﻤﻦ َﺳ ِ َ‬ ‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ِ َ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٢٨٩‬‬

‫ﺍﻭﻝ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺋﻞ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫‪ ١٢‬ﺩﺳﺎﻣﺒﺮ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﻳﺎ ﺍﻓﻨﺎﻧﻰ ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻴﮏ ﺳﻼﻣﻰ ﻭ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ‪ .‬ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻪ ﺍﻧﺼﺎﻑ ﻣﻔﻘﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻋﺘﺴﺎﻑ ﻣﺸﻬﻮﺩ ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ‬

‫ﺣﻖ ﺷﺎﻫﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻈﺎﻫﺮ ﺍﺳﻤﺎء ﻭ ﺻﻔﺎﺗﺶ ﮔﻮﺍﻩ‬ ‫ﻫﺮ ﺟﻬﺘﻰ ﻧﺎﺭ ﻇﻠﻢ ﻣﺸﺘﻌﻞ ﻭ ﻧﻮﺭ ﻋﺪﻝ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﺭ ‪ّ .‬‬

‫ﮐﻪ ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻧﺪﺍ ﺁﻥ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﮐﻮﺛﺮ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺁﺫﺍﻥ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺼﺺ ﮐﺎﺫﺑﻪ ﻣﻄّﻬﺮ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ‬

‫ﻃﻴﺒﮥ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﮐﮥ ﻋﻠﻴﺎ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺰﺍﻧﮥ ﻋﻠﻢ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﮔﺸﺘﻪ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻣﺴﺘﻌﺪ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺍﺻﻐﺎء ﮐﻠﻤﮥ ّ‬

‫ﺣﻖ ﺷﺎﻫﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻈﺎﻫﺮ‬ ‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ِﻟﻠﻤﻨﺼﻔﻴﻦ ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻈﻠﻮﻡ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺧﻴﺎﻟﻰ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ‪ّ .‬‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﻋﺪﻝ ﮔﻮﺍﻩ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺫﮐﺮ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺗﻬﺬﻳﺐ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﻭ ﺍﻃﻔﺎء ﻧﺎﺭ ﺑﻐﻀﺎء ﺑﻪ ﺣﮑﻤﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ‬

‫ﻣﺰﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﻣﻨﻮﺭﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺼﺎﻑ ّ‬ ‫ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ‪ .‬ﺁﻥ ﺟﻨﺎﺏ ﻭ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﺎ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻮﺭ ﺍﻧﻘﻄﺎﻉ ّ‬ ‫ﮔﻮﺍﻫﻰ ﻣﻰ ﺩﻫﻨﺪ ﺑﺮ ﺻﺪﻕ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻈﻠﻮﻡ ﻭ ﺑﺮ ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻓﺶ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪٢٩٠‬‬

‫ﺩﻭﻡ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺋﻞ‬

‫‪ ١٣‬ﺩﺳﺎﻣﺒﺮ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﻗﺮﻳﺐ ﭼﻬﻞ ﺳﻨﻪ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺼﺎﻳﺢ ﻣﺸﻔﻘﺎﻧﻪ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺍﻋﻆ ﺣﮑﻴﻤﺎﻧﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻓﺴﺎﺩ ﻭ ﻧﺰﺍﻉ ﻭ ﺟﺪﺍﻝ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻪ ﻭ ﺍﻋﺎﻧﺘﺶ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻤﺎﻟﮏ ﺍﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﻧﻔﻮﺫ‬ ‫ﻣﻨﻊ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻳﻢ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺭﺍﺩﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺭﺍﺩﮤ ﻣﻄﻠﻘﮥ ّ‬

‫ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺷﺄﻧﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺪ ﺷﻨﻴﺪﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺧﻮﺏ ﮔﻔﺘﻨﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺯﺷﺖ ﺩﻳﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺯﻳﺒﺎ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﮐﺸﺘﻪ‬

‫ﻣﻠﺖ ﺍﺣﺪﻯ ﻣﻠﺘﻔﺖ ﻧﻪ ‪ .‬ﭼﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ‬ ‫ﺷﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺷﻔﺎﻋﺖ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻣﻊ ﺫﻟﮏ ﻧﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭﻟﺖ ﻭ ﻧﻪ ﺍﺯ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﻗﻮ‪ ‬ﻭ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮﴽ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻈﻠﻮﻡ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﻫﺬﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻟﻴﺎﻟﻰ ﻭ ّ‬

‫ﻣﺘﺸﺒﺚ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﮐﻠﻤﻪﺍﻯ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻧﻪ ‪ .‬ﺧﺎﺗﻢ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻤﺴﮏ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺫﻳﻞ ﺍﺻﻄﺒﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﺣﺒﻞ ﺻﺒﺮ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺩﻟﻴﻞ‬ ‫ﻟﮑﻞ ﺷﻴﻰ‪ ‬ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺭﺳﻞ ﻭ ﻫﺎﺩﻯ ﺳﺒﻞ ﺭﻭﺡ ﻣﺎ ﺳﻮﺍﻩ ﻓﺪﺍﻩ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻩ ‪ " :‬ﻳﺎ ﺍﺑﺎﺫﺭ ‪،‬‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ﺍﻓﻀﻞ‬ ‫ﺼﻤﺖ " ‪ .‬ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻩ ‪ " :‬ﻳﺎ ﺍﺑﺎﺫﺭ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻔﮑﺮ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺘّﻔ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺘّ ّ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ﮑﺮ ﺍﻟ ‪‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺼﻤﺖ ﺑﺎ‪ . " ‬ﺑﺎﺭﻯ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﻇﻠﻢ ﻭ ﺍﻋﺘﺴﺎﻑ ﺻﺒﺮ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻳﻢ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺪﺍ ﮔﺬﺍﺭﺩﻳﻢ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺓ ‪‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪٢٩١‬‬

‫ﺳﻮﻡ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺋﻞ‬

‫‪ ١٤‬ﺩﺳﺎﻣﺒﺮ‬

‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻯ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﮐﻠﻤﮥ ﻋﻠﻴﺎ ﺍﻫﻞ ﻧﺎﺳﻮﺕ ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﺭﺍ ﮐﻮﺛﺮ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻥ ﻋﻄﺎ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺣﻤﺪ ﻣﻮﻟﻰ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻥ ﻭ ﮐﻮﺛﺮ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﺎﻧﻰ ﺍﺯ ﮐﻠﻤﮥ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺟﺎﺭﻯ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻫﺴﺖ ‪ .‬ﺍﻭﺳﺖ ﻣﻌﻄﻰ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﺎﻧﻰ‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺡ َ َ‬

‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﮐﻪ ﻋﺮﻓﺶ ﺭﺍ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻄﺮﺵ ﺷﺘﺎﻓﺖ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﺑﺪﻯ ﻭ ﺣﻴﻮﺓ ﺳﺮﻣﺪﻯ ‪.‬‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﺷﺄﻧﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺳﺒﺎﺏ ﺭﻭﺯﮔﺎﺭ ﻭ ﻧﻌﻤﺖ ﻭ ﺛﺮﻭﺕ ﻭ ﺯﺧﺎﺭﻑ ﺁﻥ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺭﺍﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺖ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻄﻰ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﺪ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻟﻖ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﮐﺎﻣﻠﻪ ﺍﻗﺒﺎﻝ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺎﺷﺎﻣﻴﺪ ‪ّ .‬‬ ‫ﺟﻞ ُ‬

‫ﺟﻞ ﺟﻼﻟﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻋﻄﺎ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﻳﮏ ﮐﻠﻤﻪ ﻣﺎﺋﺪﮤ ﺳﻤﺎﺋﻰ ﻭ ﻧﻌﻤﺖ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻰ ﮐﻪ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻥ ﻧﻔﺲ ّ‬

‫ﻣﻮﺣﺪﻳﻦ ﻭ ﻣﺨﻠﺼﻴﻦ ﺍﻣﻄﺎﺭ ﺣﮑﻤﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﺑﮥ ﻧﻴﺴﺎﻥ ﺭﺑﻴﻊ ﺭﺣﻤﺎﻧﻰ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺭﺍﺿﻰ ﻗﻠﻮﺏ ّ‬

‫ﮐﻞ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺛﻤﺮﺍﺕ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺁﮔﺎﻩ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﺑﺮ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺁﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﺒﺬﻭﻝ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﺗﺎ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺑﻪ ﻋﺮﺻﮥ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺁﻣﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﻀﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺩﺭﺍﮎ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻧﻨﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻗﻼﻡ ﺍﻣﻢ‬

‫ﻗﺎﺩﺭ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺣﺼﺎ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٢٩٢‬‬ ‫ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺋﻞ‬

‫‪ ١٥‬ﺩﺳﺎﻣﺒﺮ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﻗﻴﻮﻣﻰ ﺭﺍ ﻻﻳﻖ ﻭ ﺳﺰﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻳﮏ ﮐﻠﻤﮥ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﮐﻪ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ﺣﻤﺪ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺍﻣﺠﺪ ﺍﺭﻓﻊ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﺍﻗﺪﺱ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻨﻮﺭ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻟﺌﺎﻟﻰ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻥ ﺯﻳﻨﺖ ﺩﺍﺩ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺳﻤﺎء ﺍﺭﺍﺩﻩ ﺍﺷﺮﺍﻕ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ّ‬

‫ﻋﻢ َﻧﻮﺍﻟﻪ ﻭ ﻻ ﺍﻟﻪ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ ‪ .‬ﺍﻭﺳﺖ ﻣﻘﺘﺪﺭﻯ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻳﮏ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺣﺮﻭﻓﺎﺕ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺟﻞ ﺟﻼﻟﻪ ﻭ َ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻋﻮﺍﻟﻢ ﮐﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻟﺌﺎﻟﻰ ﻣﮑﻨﻮﻧﻪ ﺩﺭ‬

‫ﺍﺻﺪﺍﻑ ُﻋﻤﺎﻥ ﻗﺪﺭﺗﺶ ﺭﺍ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻭ ﻫﻮﻳﺪﺍ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﺤﻮﺭ ﻋﻠﻢ ﻭ ﺣﮑﻤﺖ ﻣﮑﻨﻮﻥ ﻭ‬

‫ﻗﻮﺗﻪ ﻭ ﻋﻈﻤﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺍﻗﺘﺪﺍﺭﻩ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻳﻈﻬﺮﻫﺎ ّﺍﻻ ﺑﺤﻮﻟﻪ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ﻳﻘﺪﺭ ﺍﺣﺪ َﺍﻥ ُ ِ َ‬ ‫ﻣﺴﺘﻮﺭ ‪ .‬ﻻ َ ِ ُ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٢٩٣‬‬

‫ﭘﻨﺠﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺋﻞ‬

‫‪ ١٦‬ﺩﺳﺎﻣﺒﺮ‬

‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬

‫ﻳﺎ ﺣﺰﺏ ﺍ‪ ، ‬ﻳﻮﻡ ‪ ،‬ﻳﻮﻡ ﺧﺪﻣﺖ ﻭ ﻧﺼﺮﺕ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﮐﻮﺛﺮ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﺮﺩﮔﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﻭ‬

‫ﮔﻤﺮﺍﻫﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺸﺮﻕ ﻗﺮﺏ ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ‪ .‬ﺷﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﺳﺎﻗﻴﺎﻥ ﺳﻠﺴﺒﻴﻞ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﻋﺎﻟﻤﻴﺎﻥ‬ ‫‪.‬ﺯﻭﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺴﺎﻁ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﭘﻴﭽﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ ‪ .‬ﻫﺮ ﺷﻴﺌﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺷﻴﺎء ﺑﻪ ﻟﺴﺎﻥ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻃﻦ ﺑﺮ‬

‫ﻣﻘﺪﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺮ‬ ‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻭ ﻓﻨﺎﻳﺶ ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺕ ﻣﻰ ﺩﻫﺪ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ِﻟﻠّﺴﺎﻣﻌﻴﻦ ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺮﻯ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ّ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﺍﻣﻮﺭ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺒﻮﻝ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﺣﺖ‬ ‫ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻕ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻓﺎﻕ ﺳﻤﻮﺍﺕ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﺗﺤﺎﺩ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﮑﻠﻢ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ّ‬

‫ِ‬ ‫ﻭﺻﻴﺖ‬ ‫ﺍﻓﺌﺪﺓ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﺎﺋﻰ ‪ .‬ﻳﺎ ﺣﺰﺏ ﺍ‪، ‬‬ ‫ﺗﺄﻟﻴﻒ‬ ‫ﻫﻤﻪ‬ ‫ﻗﻠﻮﺏ ‪.‬‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻟﻤﻦ َﺟﻌﻞ َ ‪‬‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ِ َ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﻋﻠﺖ ﺍﻗﺒﺎﻝ ﺍﻫﻞ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﻢ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻟﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﮐﻠﻤﮥ ّ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٢٩٤‬‬

‫ﺷﺸﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺋﻞ‬

‫‪ ١٧‬ﺩﺳﺎﻣﺒﺮ‬

‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬

‫ﻣﻘﺪﺱ ﺍﺯ ﺫﮐﺮ ﻭ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﻣﺎﻟﮏ ﻏﻴﺐ ﻭ ﺷﻬﻮﺩﻯ ﺭﺍ ﻻﻳﻖ ﻭ ﺳﺰﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻓﺌﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻗﻠﻮﺏ‬ ‫ﺣﻤﺪ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻨﻮﺭ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ‪ .‬ﻟﺴﺎﻥ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺑﻪ " َ​َﺍﺗﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻭﻟﻴﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺖ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻮﺭ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺖ ّ‬

‫ﻃﻴﺒﻪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻟﻨﺎﺻﺮ " ﻧﺎﻃﻖ ﻭ ﻟﺴﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻃﻦ ﺑﻪ " َ​َﺍﺗﻰ ﺍّﻟﺮﺣﻤﻦ "‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﮑﻠﻢ ‪ .‬ﺟﻨﻮﺩﺵ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ّ‬ ‫ﺍ ّ‬

‫ﻣﺮﺿﻴﻪ ﻭ ﺳﺮﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﻨﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﻧﺎﺻﺮﺵ ﺍﺧﻼﻕ‬ ‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ﺗﻘﻮﻯ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ‪.‬‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺻﻐﺎ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﮔﺸﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺄﻧﻰ ﮐﻪ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺭﺍ ﻣﻌﺪﻭﻡ ﻭ ﻣﻔﻘﻮﺩ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﻔﻌﻞ ﻣﺎ َﻳﺸﺎء " ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ‬ ‫ﻳﻮﻡ ‪ ،‬ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻭﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻣﺮ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺮ ﺍﻭ ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﻤﺶ ﺭﺍﻳﺔ " َ َ ُ‬

‫ﻟﻠﻪ " ﻣﻨﺼﻮﺏ ‪َ .‬ﺍﻣﺎﻡ ﻭﺟﻮﻩ ﺍﺣﺰﺍﺏ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻠﮏ ِ ّ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺫﮐﺮﺵ َ َ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻢ " َﻗﺪ َ َﺍﺗﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﮏ ﻭ ُ ُ‬

‫ﻣﻦ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺳﺘﺮ ﻭ ﺣﺠﺎﺏ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻭ ﻧﺎﻃﻖ ‪ .‬ﻫﺮ ﻣﻨﺼﻔﻰ ﮔﻮﺍﻩ ﻭ ﻫﺮ ﺑﺼﻴﺮ ﻋﺎﺩﻟﻰ ﺷﺎﻫﺪ ﻭ ﺁﮔﺎﻩ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪٢٩٥‬‬

‫ﻫﻔﺘﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺋﻞ‬

‫‪ ١٨‬ﺩﺳﺎﻣﺒﺮ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻕ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺏ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺒﻮﻝ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺧﻀﻮﻉ ﻭ ﺧﺸﻮﻉ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﺗﺤﺎﺩ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻮﺩﺕ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﺒﺖ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺍﻧﻪ‬ ‫ﺗﻤﺴﮏ ﺑﺘﻘﻮﻯ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻭ َ َ ‪َ ‬‬ ‫ﻟﻤﻦ َ َ ‪َ ‬‬ ‫ﺗﺸﺒﺚ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩ ‪ّ ،‬‬ ‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ِ َ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺍﻭﻝ‬ ‫ِ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺮ ِﺑﻪ ﻓﻰ ﮐﺘﺎﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻴﻦ ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ّ‬ ‫ﻧﺼﺮ َ‬ ‫ﻣﻤﻦ َ َ َ‬ ‫ﻓﺎﺯ ﺑﻤﺎ ُ ِ َ‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺮ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻭ َ‬

‫ﻋﺰﺕ‬ ‫ﻧﻴﺮ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﻖ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺫﮐﺮ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻳﻢ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺭﺍﺣﺖ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﺷﺮﺍﻕ ّ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﺖ ّ‬

‫ﻭ ﻧﺠﺎﺕ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻟﮑﻦ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﺑﮥ ﮐﺒﺮﻳﺖ ﺍﺣﻤﺮ ﮐﻤﻴﺎﺏ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪٢٩٦‬‬

‫ﻫﺸﺘﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺋﻞ‬

‫‪ ١٩‬ﺩﺳﺎﻣﺒﺮ‬

‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬

‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﻏﻔﻠﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺳﺰﺍﻭﺍﺭ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺷﻮﺩ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺻﺪ ﻫﺰﺍﺭ ﺣﻴﻒ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻌﻠﻢ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ‬ ‫ﺍﻭﻟﻴﺎﻯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ‪،‬‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺻﻠﻮ ُﺓ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﻭ ﺑﻬﺎءﺍ‪ ‬ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻫﺮ ﻳﮏ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ّ‬

‫ﺣﻖ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻳﺎﺑﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻧﺶ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺁﻥ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﺑﻪ ّ‬

‫ﺭﻭﺡ َﻣﻦ ﻓﻰ ﻣﻠﮑﻮﺕ ﺍﻻﻣﺮ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻖ ﻓﺪﺍﻩ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺑﺮ ﺑﻼﻳﺎ ﻭ ﺭﺯﺍﻳﺎﻯ ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﻋﺎﻟﻤﻴﺎﻥ ‪ُ ،‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻰ ﺣﻴﻦ ﭼﻪ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ‪ .‬ﺣﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﺎ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﻭﻝ ّ‬ ‫ﺁﮔﺎﻫﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺷﻨﻴﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﺍﺯ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ٰ‬

‫ﺗﺸﺒﺚ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺳﺰﺍﻭﺍﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻣﺮﻫﻢ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺯﺧﻢ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻭﺍﺭﺩﻩ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺻﻔﻴﺎ ّ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٢٩٧‬‬

‫ﻧﻬﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺋﻞ‬

‫‪ ٢٠‬ﺩﺳﺎﻣﺒﺮ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﻣﺆﺛﺮ ﻭ ﺟﺎﺫﺏ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﮐﺜﺮﻯ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺡ ﺫﮐﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻠﻢ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﺑﻨﻔﺴﻪ ّ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺍﻭﻝ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻭ ﺍﻗﺒﺎﻝ ﺧﻠﻖ ﻭ ﻋﻤﻞ ّ‬ ‫ﺟﺎﺭﻯ ﻭ ﻧﺎﺯﻝ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻭﺳﺖ ﻃﺮﺍﺯ ﺍ ّﻭﻝ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ّ‬ ‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ِ ِ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﻪ ِﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨّﺎﺻﺮﻳﻦ ﻓﻰ‬ ‫ُﺑﺮء ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻣﺮﺍﺽ ﻭ ﻋﻠﻞ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻟﻌﺒﺪ َ َ ‪َ ‬‬ ‫ﺗﻤﺴﮏ ﺑﻪ ّ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﺍﻭﻝ‬ ‫ﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﻦ ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺗﻘﻮﻯ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﺑﮥ ﺳﺮﺍﺝ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻭﺳﺖ ّ‬ ‫ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺍ‪ّ ‬‬

‫ﻧﻮﺭﻯ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﻖ ﺳﻤﺎء ﺍﻧﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﺷﺮﺍﻕ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﻭﺳﺖ ِﺭﺩﺍء ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﻄﻒ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻫﻴﺎﮐﻞ‬ ‫ﻟﻌﻤﺮ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻳﮏ‬ ‫ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻟﻬْﻴ َ‬ ‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ِ َ ٍ‬ ‫ﻓﺎﺯ ﺑﻪ ‪ .‬ﻳﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ُ َ َ ،‬‬ ‫ﮑٍﻞ َ‬ ‫ﺗﺰﻳﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻭ ِ َ‬ ‫ﻟﺮﺃﺱ َ َ ‪َ ‬‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﺗﻘﻠﻴﺐ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻗﻮﺕ‬ ‫ﻗﻠﺐ ﺍﮔﺮ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺪﺱ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺌﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﻓﺎﺭﻍ ﻗﻠﻮﺏ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ّ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﻗﻠﺐ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٢٩٨‬‬ ‫ﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺋﻞ‬

‫‪ ٢١‬ﺩﺳﺎﻣﺒﺮ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﻳﺎ ﺣﺒﻴﺐ ﻓﺆﺍﺩﻯ ‪ ،‬ﺁﻳﺎﺕ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺣﺎﻃﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺄﻧﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺣﺪﻯ ﻗﺎﺩﺭ ﺑﺮ ﺟﻤﻊ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﺣﺼﺎﻯ ﺁﻥ ﻧﻪ ‪ .‬ﻣﻊ ﺫﻟﮏ ﻣﻌﺮﺿﻴﻦ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﮔﻔﺘﻪﺍﻧﺪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻇﺎﻟﻤﻰ ﻧﮕﻔﺘﻪ ‪ .‬ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻝ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﻨﺎﺕ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﻭ‬ ‫ﮐﺘﺐ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻭ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ‪ .‬ﺁﻳﺎﺕ ﻣﻨﺰﻟﮥ ﺑﺪﻳﻌﻪ ﻭ ّ‬

‫ﻧﺒﺄ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺟﻬﺎﺕ ﻣﻤﺘﺎﺯ ﻭ ﻓﺮﻕ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭﻧﺶ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﺑﮥ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﺿﺢ ﻭ ﻫﻮﻳﺪﺍ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺻﻐﺎء ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻰ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻋﺪﻝ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺼﺎﻑ ّ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٢٩٩‬‬ ‫ﻳﺎﺯﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺋﻞ‬

‫‪ ٢٢‬ﺩﺳﺎﻣﺒﺮ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﻣﺘﺤﻴﺮ ‪ .‬ﺫﮐﺮ ﻭ ﺛﻨﺎ ‪ ،‬ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺖ ﻭ ﻋﻄﺎ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻥ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻰ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺍﺭﺽ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻣﻘﺎﻣﻰ ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻩ ﮐﻪ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻥ ﺍﻓﺌﺪﮤ ﺑﺎﻟﻐﻴﻦ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻠﻮﻍ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻋﺎﺟﺰ ﻭ ﻗﺎﺻﺮ ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻀﴼ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﺠﺮﺩ‬ ‫ﺍ‪ ‬ﻃﻮﺭ ﺍﺯ ﮐﻠﻤﺔ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺍﺯ ﻫﻢ ﻣﻰ ﺭﻳﺰﺩ ﺷﻮﻗﴼ ِﻟﻠﻘﺎﺋﻪ ﻭ ﺳﺪﺭﮤ ﺳﻴﻨﺎ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺻﻐﺎء ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺷﮑﺎﻓﺘﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻣﻊ ﺍﻏﺼﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺍﻓﻨﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺍﻭﺭﺍﻕ ﻭ ﺍﺛﻤﺎﺭ ﻗﺼﺪ ﺍﻓﻖ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﺒﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﺼﺮ ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺑﺼﺎﺭ ﮐﺠﺎ ﻭ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﮤ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﮐﺠﺎ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻊ ﻭ ِﻟ ِ‬ ‫ﻟﺴﻤﻊ ّ‬ ‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ِ َ ِ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﺟﻞ ﺟﻼﻟﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ ،‬ﮐﺄﺱ‬ ‫ﺁﺫﺍﻥ ﮐﺠﺎ ﻭ ﺍﺻﻐﺎء ﻧﺪﺍء ﻣﻮﻟﻰ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻯ ﮐﺠﺎ ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺳﺎﻗﻰ ﻧﻔﺲ ّ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ .‬ﺻﺪ ﻫﺰﺍﺭ‬ ‫ﻭﺻﺎﻝ ﻣﻰ ﺩﻫﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪﺡ ﺑﻘﺎ ﻋﻄﺎ ﻣﻰ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ‪ .‬ﺣﻴﻦ ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﻦ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﺍﺑﻬﻰ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻧﻔﻮﺳﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺣﺎﺋﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺟﻨﺤﮥ ﺷﻮﻕ ﻭ ﺍﺷﺘﻴﺎﻕ ﻗﺼﺪ ﻣﻨﻈﺮ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٣٠٠‬‬ ‫ﺩﻭﺍﺯﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺋﻞ‬

‫‪ ٢٣‬ﺩﺳﺎﻣﺒﺮ‬

‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬

‫ﺑﮕﻮﺋﻴﺪ ‪ :‬ﺍﻯ ﺍﻫﻞ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺼﺎﻑ ﮐﺠﺎ ﺭﻓﺘﻪ ؟ ﻋﺪﻝ ﭼﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ؟ ﺁﻳﺎ ﺑﺼﺮ ﻭ ﺳﻤﻊ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻫﻞ‬ ‫ﻣﺪﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﻠﻢ ﻭ ﺣﮑﻤﺖ ﻣﺤﻮ ﮔﺸﺘﻪ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻌﺪﻭﻡ ﺷﺪﻩ ؟ ﺍﮔﺮ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﭼﺮﺍ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﻨﻰ ﻣﻨﻊ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪﺍﻧﺪ ؟ ﻫﺮ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺁﻳﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﻭ ﺭﺗﺒﮥ ﻋﻠﻴﺎ ﻭ ﻣﻘّﺮ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﮑﺘﺎﺏ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺩﻋﻮﻯ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﺑﮥ ﻏﻴﺚ ﻫﺎﻃﻞ ﻧﺎﺯﻝ ﻭ ﻫﺮ ﻟﻴﻞ ﮐﺘﺎﺑﻰ ﺍﺯ ّ‬

‫ﺗﺸﺒﺚ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﻧﻨﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﺑﺄﺳﻰ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ‪ .‬ﻣﻊ‬ ‫ﺗﻤﺴﮏ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺠﺞ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺣﺠﺘﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺣﺠﺞ ﻧﺰﺩﺵ ﺧﺎﺿﻊ ﻭ ﺑﺮﻫﺎﻧﻰ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﺁﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﻭ ﻣﻈﺎﻫﺮ ﻻﻳﺘﻨﺎﻫﻰ ﭼﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ّ‬ ‫ﮐﻪ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻦ ﻧﺰﺩﺵ ﺧﺎﺷﻊ ﺍﻋﺮﺍﺽ ﮐﺮﺩﻩﺍﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻧﮑﺎﺭ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩﺍﻳﺪ ؟ ﺍﻯ ﻣﻌﺸﺮ ﻋﻠﻤﺎ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ‬

‫ﻋﺰﺕ ﺟﺎﻟﺴﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺫﮐﺮﺵ ﭘﻴﺸﻮﺍﻯ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻳﺪ ﻭ ﻟﮑﻦ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭ ﻏﺎﻓﻞ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﻢ ّ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ﺑﺮ ﻣﺴﻨﺪ ّ‬

‫ﻣﺘﻤﺴﮑﻴﺪ ؟ ﻳﻮﻡ ‪ ،‬ﻳﻮﻡ‬ ‫ﻣﻌﺮﺽ ‪ .‬ﺗﺎ ﮐﻰ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺮﺍﺵ ﻏﻔﻠﺖ ﻣﺮﺩﻩ ﻣﺎﻧﺪﻩﺍﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺒﻞ ﺍﻧﮑﺎﺭ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻣﻨﺰﻫﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺟﻪ ﺍ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻳﻮﻡ ‪ ،‬ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻗﺒﺎﻝ ‪ .‬ﺑﮕﺬﺍﺭﻳﺪ ﺍﻭﻫﺎﻣﺎﺕ ﻭ ﻇﻨﻮﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻓﺌﺪﮤ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺪﺳﮥ ّ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٣٠١‬‬ ‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬

‫ﻣﺤﺒﺖ‬ ‫ﻟﻌﻤﺮ ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺑﻰ ﻭ ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺑﮑﻢ ِﻟﻮﺟﻪ ﺍ‪ ‬ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻣﺤﺾ‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ‪َ َ ،‬‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻟﮑﻢ ﻣﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎ ﻣﻰ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪ .‬ﺣﺎﺿﺮ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﻳﻮﻡ ﮐﺘﺎﺑﻰ ﻃﻠﺐ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ِ َ َ َ‬

‫ُِ‬ ‫ﺗﺴﻤﻌﻮﻥ ﻣﺎ‬ ‫ﻣﻨﻌﺘﻢ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺑﺎﻭﻫﺎﻣﮑﻢ ﻭ ُﺗﺸﺎﻫﺪﻭﻥ ﻣﺎ َ َ ‪َ ‬‬ ‫ﺗﺤﻮﻟﺖ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺍﺑﺼﺎﺭﮐﻢ ﻭ َ َ‬

‫ﻏﻔﻠﺖ ﻋﻨﻪ‬ ‫ﺁﺫﺍﻧﮑﻢ ‪ .‬ﺁﻳﺎ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺤﺮ ﻭ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺟﺶ ﺍﻧﮑﺎﺭ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺷﻤﺲ ﻭ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﺭﺵ‬ ‫َ َ​َ‬ ‫ُ‬

‫ﺭﺑﻰ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺣﺠﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺮﻫﺎﻧﻰ‬ ‫ﻣﺴﺘﻮﺭ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﺑﻪ ﭼﻪ ﺍﻣﺮﻯ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﺸﺒﺚ ؟ َ َ‬ ‫ﻟﻌﻤﺮ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻤﺴﮑﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﭼﻪ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺭﺑﮑﻢ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻻ ٍ‬ ‫ﺣﺪ ﻣﺄﻣﻦ ‪ّ .....‬ﺍﻻ‬ ‫ﺭﺑﮑﻢ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﻬﺬﺍﺍﻻﻣﺮ ّ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ﺍﺷﺮﻕ ِﻣﻦ ﺍﻓﻖ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺭﺑﻨﺎ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺸﻴﺔ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺬﻯ َ َ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٣٠٢‬‬

‫‪ ٢٤‬ﺩﺳﺎﻣﺒﺮ‬

‫ﺳﻴﺰﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺋﻞ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﭼﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺴﺎﻁ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺒﺴﻮﻃﻪ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﻳﺪ ﻗﻀﺎ ﭘﻴﭽﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﻭ ﻣﻠﻮﮎ ﻭ ﻣﻤﻠﻮﮎ ﻫﺮ ﺩﻭ‬

‫ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﮎ ﻓﺮﺳﺘﺎﺩ ‪ .‬ﮐﺪﺍﻡ ﺻﺒﺢ ﺭﺍ ﺷﺎﻡ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻘﺐ ﻧﻪ ﻭ ﮐﺪﺍﻡ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻰ ﺍﺟﻞ ﻧﻪ ؟‬

‫ﻋﻨﻘﺮﻳﺐ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺳﻄﻮﺕ ﻓﻨﺎ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺧﺬ ﮐﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ‪ .‬ﺑﮕﻮ ﺍﻯ‬ ‫ﺟﻞ ﺟﻼﻟﻪ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﺎﻣﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻧﺒﻴﺎء ﻭ ﺍﺻﻔﻴﺎ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺳﻠﻴﻦ ﻟﻘﺎﺋﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ّ‬ ‫ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻦ ّ‬

‫ﺟﻞ ﺟﻼﻟﻪ ﻫﺮ ﻳﮏ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺷﺒﻪ ﻭ ﻣﺜﻞ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ّ‬ ‫ﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻭ ﺁﻣﻞ ‪ .‬ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻀﻞ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻨﻮﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻕ ﺁﻓﺎﻕ ﺭﺍ ّ‬ ‫ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺪﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻮﺭ ّ‬

‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﺫﮐﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﺫﮐﺎﺭ ﻗﺮﻭﻥ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﻪ ﻧﻨﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻳﮏ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﻳﮏ ِ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﻳﻦ ّ‬

‫ﻣﺰﻳﻦ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‬ ‫ﺍﻋﺼﺎﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻠﻪ ﻧﮑﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﺟﻬﺪ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﺷﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻠﻰ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺎﺝ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ّ‬

‫ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭﺍﻡ ﻣﻠﮏ ﻭ ﻣﻠﮑﻮﺕ ﺑﺎﻗﻰ ﻭ ﭘﺎﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﺎﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٣٠٣‬‬

‫ﭼﻬﺎﺭﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺋﻞ‬

‫‪ ٢٥‬ﺩﺳﺎﻣﺒﺮ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﺗﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻠﻴﺞ ﺍﺳﻤﺎء ﻧﮕﺬﺭﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺤﺮ ﻣﻌﺎﻧﻰ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺷﺪ ‪ .‬ﻣﻠﮑﻮﺕ ﺍﺳﻤﺎء‬

‫ﻃﺎﺋﻒ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺍﺻﺤﺎﺏ ﻃﻮﺭ ﺑﻪ ﺫﮐﺮ ﻭ ﺛﻨﺎ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ ‪ .‬ﮐﺠﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﻧﻔﻮﺳﻰ ﮐﻪ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﻣﻌﺪﻭﻡ ﻭ ﻣﻔﻘﻮﺩ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ؟ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻧﻔﻮﺳﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺣﻴﻖ ﻣﺨﺘﻮﻡ ﺁﺷﺎﻣﻴﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻮﻕ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﮑﻰ ﻭ ﺑﺮ‬ ‫ﺳﺮﺭ ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﻭ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻋﺮﺍﺵ ﻳﻘﻴﻦ ّ‬ ‫ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺑﺮ ُ ُ‬

‫ﻧﻤﺎﺭﻕ ﺳﮑﻮﻥ ﺟﺎﻟﺲ ‪ .‬ﮐﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻭ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺫﮐﺮ ﺁﻥ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﻧﺎﻃﻖ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻟﻠﺴﺎﻣﻌﻴﻦ ‪.‬‬ ‫َ ِ‬ ‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ِ ّ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٣٠٤‬‬ ‫ﭘﺎﻧﺰﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺋﻞ‬

‫‪ ٢٦‬ﺩﺳﺎﻣﺒﺮ‬

‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬

‫ﺍﻧﺰﻟﻪ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻓﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺮﺍ ﻭ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﻗﻠﻢ‬ ‫ﻭﺻﻴﺖ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺣﮑﻤﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻤﺎ َ َ َ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﺍﻟﮑﺘﺎﺏ ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﻻﺯﻡ ﻭ ﻭﺍﺟﺐ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﺘﺎﺑﻌﺖ ﺍﺣﮑﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﺍﺣﮑﺎﻡ ﺣﮑﻤﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪،‬‬

‫ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻣﺄﻣﻮﺭﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺗﻔﺼﻴﻞ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺡ ﻋﺮﺑﻰ ﻭ ﻓﺎﺭﺳﻰ ﻧﺎﺯﻝ ﺷﺪﻩ ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ‬ ‫ﮐﻞ ﻋﺮﻑ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺄﻧﻰ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺧﻠﻖ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ّ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺑﻴﺎﺑﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻣﺮ ﻭ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﺲ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﺧﻼﻕ ّ‬

‫ﺍﺭﺍﺩﻩ‬ ‫ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻯ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ ،‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﻣﻘﺒﻠﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺭﺍﺩﻩﻫﺎﻯ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﻰ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻤﺎ َ َ ُ‬

‫ﺣﻖ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍ‪ ‬ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﮐﺜﺮﻯ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺑﻪ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻥ ّ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٣٠٥‬‬

‫ﺷﺎﻧﺰﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺋﻞ‬

‫‪ ٢٧‬ﺩﺳﺎﻣﺒﺮ‬

‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬

‫ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﺍ‪ ‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﮐﻤﺎﻝ ﺭﻭﺡ ﻭ ﺭﻳﺤﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺫﮐﺮ ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺏ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﮐﻤﺎﻝ ﺣﮑﻤﺖ ﻧﺎﻃﻖ‬

‫ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻨﻪ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻣﻮﺭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻓﻖ ﺭﺿﺎ ﻧﺎﻇﺮ‪ .‬ﺍﺻﻞ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﺗﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺭﺿﺎﻯ ﺍﻭ ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ﻭﺣﺪﻩ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﺣﻮﺍﻝ ﺑﻪ ّ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﻧﺸﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﺧﻴﺮﻳﻪ ﻭ ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺣﺴﻨﻪ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺭﺿﺎﻯ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺒﺘﻪ ﺛﻤﺮ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻰ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ﺟﻬﺪ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻪ ﮐﻠﻤﮥ ﺭﺿﺎ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻟﻠﻪ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﮐﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ‬ ‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ‪ّ ِ ،‬‬ ‫ﺷﻮﻳﺪ ‪ .‬ﺟﻬﺪ ﻧﻤﺎ ﺗﺎ ّ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ِﺍﺫﻥ ﺍ‪‬‬ ‫ﻣﺘﺸﺒﺚ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻤﺴﮏ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺭﺿﺎء ﺍ‪‬‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٣٠٦‬‬ ‫ﻫﻔﺪﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺋﻞ‬

‫‪ ٢٨‬ﺩﺳﺎﻣﺒﺮ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﻳﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ ،‬ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺸﺎﺭﺕ ﺩﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺸﺎﺭﺗﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺍﺷﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﻫﻞ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻣﮑﻠﻢ ﻃﻮﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﺖ ﻓﺮﺡ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﺭ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ .‬ﺑﮕﻮ ﺍﻳﻦ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺘﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺳﺒﺐ ﻭ ّ‬

‫ﮐﻤﺎﻝ ﺭﺣﻤﺖ ﻭ ﺷﻔﻘﺖ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺪﺍ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﻮﻋﻮﺩﻯ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﮐﺘﺐ ﻭ ﺻﺤﻒ‬

‫ﺍﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻻ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ‬ ‫ﺍﻭﻝ ﻻ ّ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺸﺎﺭﺕ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻳﻮﻣﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ّ‬ ‫ﮐﻞ ﺑﻤﺎ ﺍﺭﺍﺩﻩ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺄﺱ ﺗﻮﻓﻴﻖ‬ ‫ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﺍ‪ّ ‬‬

‫ﺍﻻﻳﺎﻡ ‪ .‬ﻣﺴﺎﺟﺪ‬ ‫ﻟﻠﺬﻳﻦ َﮐﻔﺮﻭﺍ ِ ّ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﺎﺷﺎﻣﻨﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺭﻏﻤﴼ ِ ّ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻟﺬﻯ َﻳﺪﻋﻮﻧﻪ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻠّﻴﺎﻟﻰ ﻭ ّ‬

‫ﻋﺰﺕ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻔﺘﺨﺮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺎﻟﮏ ﻭ ﺧﺎﻟﻖ‬ ‫ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﮐﻠﻤﻪﺍﻯ ﺍﺯ ﮐﻠﻤﺎﺕ ّ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ّ‬

‫ﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻫﻢ ﻻ‬ ‫ﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻥ ﻧﺎﺯﻝ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻭ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻟﮑﻦ ﺍ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﮑﺘﺎﺏ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﻘﻖ ﺁﻥ ﮐﺎﻓﺮ ﻭ ﻣﻌﺮﺽ ‪ّ .‬‬ ‫ﻳﻔﻘﻬﻮﻥ ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﺍ‪ ‬ﺑﺮﻕ ﺷﻮﻕ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺪﻥ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﺑﮥ ﺭﮒ ﺷﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﺁﻳﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫َ َ‬

‫ﻋﻠﺖ ﺍﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﺒﺔ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺳﺒﺐ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫‪.‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪٣٠٧‬‬

‫ﻫﺠﺪﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺋﻞ‬

‫‪ ٢٩‬ﺩﺳﺎﻣﺒﺮ‬

‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬

‫ﻳﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ ،‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺼﺮ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻰ ﺣّﻖ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻝ ﺑﻴﻨﻰ ﻧﻪ ﻓﺎﻋﻞ ﻣﺨﺘﺎﺭ ‪ ‬ﺟﻤﻴﻊ‬ ‫ﻳﻔﻌﻞ " ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﻋﻤﺎ َ َ‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺮ ﻭ ﻣﻌﺘﺮﻓﻨﺪ ﺑﻪ ﮐﻠﻤﮥ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﮐﮥ " ﻻ ُ ‪ُ ‬‬ ‫ﻳﺴ‪‬ﻞ َ ّ‬ ‫ُ ّ‬

‫ﻳﻔﻌﻞ ﻣﺎ َﻳﺸﺎء "‪ ،‬ﻣﻊ ﺫﻟﮏ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻠﻪ ﺑﺮ ﻏﻴﺮ‬ ‫ﮐﻠﻤﮥ ﻣﺤﮑﻤﮥ " َ َ ُ‬ ‫ﻣﺆﻳﺪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺑﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﺭﺍﺩﮤ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﺍﻣﺮﻯ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻣﺤﺰﻭﻥ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﺍ‪ّ ‬‬ ‫ﮐﻞ ّ‬

‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺎﺭﻯ ﻭ ﻧﺎﺯﻝ ﺷﺪﻩ ﮐﻪ ﺷﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﺎﺑﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ‬ ‫ﺗﻔﮑﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻠﻢ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﻋﻤﻞ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﺮ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﺟﻬﺪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻪ ﮐﻮﺛﺮ ﺭﺿﺎ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﻮﺩ ‪ .‬ﺑﮕﻮ ﺍﻯ ﺍﻫﻞ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ‬ ‫‪،‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺛﻤﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻣﺪﻫﻴﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺗﺪﺍﺭﮎ ﻣﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﺟﻬﺪ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺻﻐﺎء‬

‫ﻣﻨﻮﺭ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺭﻭﺯﻯ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺰﺭﮒ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺮﺗﻮ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺷﻤﺲ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ّ‬

‫ﻏﻔﻞ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻟﻤﻦ َ َ َ‬ ‫ﻟﻤﻦ َ َ َ‬ ‫ﻋﺮﻑ ﻭ َﻭﻳﻞ ِ َ‬ ‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ِ َ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٣٠٨‬‬ ‫ﻧﻮﺯﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺋﻞ‬

‫‪ ٣٠‬ﺩﺳﺎﻣﺒﺮ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻥ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﻣﻨﺘﻈﺮ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﻫﺮ ﺣﺰﺑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺣﺰﺍﺏ‬ ‫ﺟﻞ ﺟﻼﻟﻪ ﺍﻓﻖ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻨﺘﻈﺮ ﻣﻮﻋﻮﺩﻯ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺫﮐﺮﺵ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺘﺒﺸﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ‪ .‬ﺣﺎﻝ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻓﻀﻞ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻨﻮﺭ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻴﻘﺎﺗﻬﺎﻯ ﮐﺘﺐ ﻣﻨﺘﻬﻰ ﮔﺸﺖ ﻭ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ّ‬

‫ﮐﻞ ﻏﺎﻓﻞ ﻭ ﻣﺤﺠﻮﺏ ﻭ ﻣﻨﮑﺮ ﻭ ﻣﻌﺮﺽ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻣﻰ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ‬ ‫ﺍﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺑﺘﻤﺎﻣﻬﺎ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻫﺮ ّ‬

‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻧﻪ ‪ .‬ﭼﻪ‬ ‫ّﺍﻻ َﻣﻦ ﺷﺎ‪ ‬ﺍ‪ . ‬ﻫﺮ ﻟﺒﻰ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﻮﺛﺮ ﻧﻪ ﻭ ﻫﺮ ﻭﺟﻬﻰ ﻻﻳﻖ ّ‬

‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﻧﺸﺪ ‪ ‬ﻭ ﻟﮑﻦ‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻃﻠﺐ ﺁﺏ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﺎﻧﻰ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺟﺰ ﺧﻀﺮ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻋﺼﺎﺭ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺣﮑﻤﻰ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺎﻣﻰ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﺼﺮ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺷﻤﺲ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ‬

‫ﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﮐﺮﻡ‬ ‫ﻣﻨﻮﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﻘﺎﻣﻰ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻭ ﺷﺄﻧﻰ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺤﺮ ﻓﻀﻞ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ّ‬

‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻧﻔﻮﺳﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺑﻪ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻧﺶ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﮔﺸﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺪﻣﺖ‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺮﻕ ‪....‬‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻣﺆﻳﺪ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ ‪ُ ،‬ﻫﻢ ِﻣﻦ ِﺧﻴَﺮِﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻣﺎﻟﮏ ﺍﻻﻳﺠﺎﺩ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺮﺵ ّ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٣٠٩‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻑ‬ ‫ﺍﻭﻝ ﺷﻬﺮ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫‪ ٣١‬ﺩﺳﺎﻣﺒﺮ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﺍﻭ‪ ‬ﻧﺎﺭ ﺿﻐﻴﻨﻪ ﻭ ﺑﻐﻀﺎ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻓﺌﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻗﻠﻮﺏ ﻣﺸﺘﻌﻞ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻈﻠﻮﻡ ﺁﻥ ﮐﻪ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻕ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻓﺎﻕ ﻗﻠﻮﺏ‬ ‫ﺍﺗﺤﺎﺩ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ﻧﻴﺮ ّ‬ ‫ﮐﻮﺛﺮ ﻧﺼﺢ ﻭ ﺳﻠﺴﺒﻴﻞ ﺣﮑﻤﺖ ﺳﺎﮐﻦ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﺭ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺎﻳﺘﮑﺪﺭ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﺍﺷﺮﺍﻕ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﴼ ﺣﮑﻢ ﺟﺪﺍﻝ ﻭ ﻧﺰﺍﻉ ﻭ ﻓﺴﺎﺩ ﻭ ﻗﺘﻞ ﻭ َ َ ‪ُ َ ‬‬

‫ﮐﻞ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺒﺎﺑﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺍﮐﺜﺮﻯ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺡ ﻧﻬﻰ ﺷﺪﻩ ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ّ‬

‫ﺗﻤﺴﮏ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻭ ﺩﺍﻧﺎﺋﻰ ﺍﻣﻢ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺩﺍﻧﺎﺋﻰ ﺍﺳﺒﺎﺑﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺭﺍ ﺣﻔﻆ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺳﺰﺍﻭﺍﺭ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﻨﻔﻌﺘﺶ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻭ ﻭ ﺍﻫﻞ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪ ....‬ﺍﻣﻴﺪ ﻫﺴﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺼﺎﻳﺢ ﻣﺸﻔﻘﺎﻧﻪ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮﺍﺯ ﻋﺪﻝ‬

‫ﻫﻮﺍﻟﻔﻴﺎﺽ ﺍﻟﮑﺮﻳﻢ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻧﻪ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺰﻳﻦ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪ّ .‬‬ ‫ﻭ ﺍﻧﺼﺎﻑ ّ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٣١٠‬‬

‫ﺩﻭﻡ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟّﺸﺮﻑ‬

‫‪ ١‬ﮊﺍﻧﻮﻳﻪ‬

‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬

‫ﺣﻤﺪ ﻭ ﺛﻨﺎ ﻭ ﺷﮑﺮ ﻭ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩﻯ ﺭﺍ ﻻﻳﻖ ﻭ ﺳﺰﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﺍﺻﺒﻊ ﺍﻗﺘﺪﺍﺭ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﺕ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻧﻴﺮ ﺍﻣﺮﺵ‬ ‫ﺷﻖ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺷﺒﻬﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻣﻢ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻌﺪﻭﻡ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ‪ .‬ﺳﺤﺎﺏ ّ‬ ‫ﺣﺠﺒﺎﺕ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺭﺍ ّ‬

‫ﻗﻴﻮﻡ َﺍﻣﺎﻡ ﻭﺟﻮﻩ ﻗﻮﻡ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﻣﻨﻊ ﻧﻨﻤﻮﺩ ﻭ َﻏﻤﺎﻡ ﺣﺠﺎﺏ ﻧﮕﺸﺖ ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﻢ ّ‬

‫ﮐﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻓﻖ ﺑﺮﻫﺎﻥ ﺩﻋﻮﺕ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ‪ .‬ﺍﻋﺮﺍﺽ ﻣﻠﻮﮎ ﻭ ﺍﻏﻤﺎﺽ ﻣﻤﻠﻮﮎ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺭﺍﺩﻩﺍﺵ ﺑﺎﺯ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺖ ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﺻﺮﻳﺮ ﻗﻠﻢ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﻪ ﻻ ﺍﻟﻪ ّﺍﻻ ﻫﻮ ﺑﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻣﺮﺵ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺼﺮﺕ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺧﻴﻤﮥ ّ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﺗﻤﺴﮏ ﺟﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻣﻘﺒﻠﻴﻦ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺒﻞ ﻣﺘﻴﻨﺶ‬ ‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻡ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺷﺖ ‪.‬‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻗﻮﺕ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻧﺮﺍ ﻣﻨﻊ ﻧﻨﻤﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺿﻮﺿﺎء ﻋﻠﻤﺎ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ﻧﺴﺎﺧﺖ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﺸﺒﺚ ‪ّ ،‬‬ ‫ﺫﻳﻞ ﻣﻨﻴﺮﺵ ّ‬

‫ﻗﺪﺭﺗﻪ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺟﻠﺖ‬ ‫ﻋﻈﻤﺘﻪ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺟﻠﺖ ُ ُ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٣١١‬‬

‫ﺳﻮﻡ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟّﺸﺮﻑ‬

‫‪ ٢‬ﮊﺍﻧﻮﻳﻪ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﻭﻫﻢ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻨﺎﺕ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻇﻬﺮﺕ‬ ‫ﻗﺪ َ َ ‪َ ‬‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻋﻼﻡ ّ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ﺗﻀﻮﻋﺖ ﻧﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻵﻳﺎﺕ ﻭ َ َ َ‬ ‫ﻟﮑﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻡ ﻓﻰ ٍ‬ ‫ﻗﻮﮤ ﻣﻠﮑﻮﺗﻰ ﻧﺼﺮﺕ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻰ ﻭ ﺍﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺁﻥ ﻭ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻠﻮﺏ‬ ‫ُﻋﺠﺎﺏ ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﺍ‪ ‬ﺑﻪ ّ‬ ‫ﻓﺎﺭﻏﮥ ﺻﺎﻓﻴﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻫﺴﺖ ‪ .‬ﺍﻭﺳﺖ ﺁﻳﺔ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺩﺭ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻣﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻓﺌﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻗﻠﻮﺏ ‪.‬‬

‫ﻋﻈﻤﻰ ﺣﺎﮐﻢ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﻨﺒﻐﻰ ﻗﺎﺻﺮ ﻭ ﺣﮑﻤﺎ ﻋﺎﺟﺰ ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺁﻳﮥ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻤﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻧﺶ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ َﻳ َ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻊ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻭ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺘﺼﺮﻑ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻣﻢ ‪ .‬ﺍﺳﻤﺎء ﻃﺎﺋﻒ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻭ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺒﺎﺏ‬ ‫ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻭ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ِ‬

‫ﺍﺳﺒﺎﺏ ﻧﻄﻖ ‪ ،‬ﻧﺎﻃﻖ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺒﺎﺏ ﺳﻤﻊ ‪ ،‬ﺳﻤﻴﻊ ﻭ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺒﺎﺏ ﺑﺼﺮ ‪ ،‬ﺑﺼﻴﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺟﻬﺶ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻗﻮﻩ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺎﻧﻌﻰ ﻣﻨﻊ ﻧﻨﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺣﺠﺎﺑﻰ ﺣﺎﻳﻞ ﻧﺸﻮﺩ ﻧﺎﻓﺬ ﻭ ﻗﺪﻳﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ .‬ﺍﻭﺳﺖ‬ ‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ّ‬

‫ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﺩﺭﺍﮎ ﺍﺷﺮﺍﻕ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ‪ ،‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺣﺠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻭﻫﺎﻡ ﺣﺠﺎﺏ ﻧﺸﻮﺩ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ‬ ‫ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺑﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﻖ ﺳﻤﺎء َ ِ‬

‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺳﻄﻮﺕ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻭ ﺟﻨﻮﺩ ﺍﻣﻢ ﻭ ﺷﺒﻬﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻤﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﻋﺰ‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻨﻮﺭ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ‪ .‬ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ّ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﻭ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻓﻘﻬﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺎﻟﮏ ﺍﺳﻤﺎء ﻣﻨﻊ ﻧﻨﻤﺎﻳﺪ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٣١٢‬‬ ‫ﻟﺸﺮﻑ‬ ‫ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ ﺷﻬﺮﺍ ّ‬

‫‪ ٣‬ﮊﺍﻧﻮﻳﻪ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﻓﻀﺎﻝ ﻣﻰ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﻠﻤﮥ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﮐﮥ ﻋﻠﻴﺎ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﻖ ﺳﻤﺎء ﻗﻠﻢ‬ ‫ﻳﺎ َ َﺍﺑﺎﺍﻟﻔﻀﻞ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﮑﺮﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ‬ ‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺷﺮﺍﻕ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻧﺎﻇﺮ ﺑﺎﺵ ‪َ " :‬ﻣﻦ ﮐﺎﻥ ِ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻟﻠﻪ ﮐﺎﻥ ﺍ‪ ُ‬ﻟﻪ " ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ّ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﺭﻭﺋﻴﺪ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺫﮐﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻟﺴﺎﻥ ﻣﺬﮐﻮﺭ ﺟﺎﺭﻯ ‪ .‬ﺳﺪﺭﮤ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﻠﻤﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻏﺮﺱ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ّ‬

‫ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺛﻤﺮ ﺭﺳﻴﺪ ‪ .‬ﻳﺎ َ َﺍﺑﺎﺍﻟﻔﻀﻞ ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﻳﮑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺡ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﻘﺮﻩ ﻧﺎﺯﻝ ‪ " :‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ‬

‫ﻗﻮﮤ ﺳﺎﻣﻌﻪ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻣﻴﺘﻮﺍﻥ ﮔﻔﺖ ﻻﻳﻖ ﺍﺻﻐﺎء ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺡ ﺑﺘﻤﺎﻣﻪ ﺑﻪ ّ‬

‫ﻗﻠﻢ ﺭﺣﻤﻦ ﺟﺎﺭﻯ ﮔﺸﺘﻪ ﻭ ّﺍﻻ ﺁﺫﺍﻥ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺸﻬﻮﺩﻩ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﺪﺍ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ّﺍﻻ‬

‫ﻋﻠﺖ‬ ‫ﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺪ ﺗﻮ ﺍﺻﻐﺎء ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻯ ﻭ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﺪﻯ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺳﺒﺐ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ﻋﺪﺓ ﻣﻌﺪﻭﺩﺍﺕ " ‪ّ ِ .‬‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺣﻖ ﺁﮔﺎﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻔﺮ ﻭ ﺣﻀﺮ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ‪ .‬ﺯﺣﻤﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺁﻓﺮﻳﻨﺶ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ﻟﮏ ﻭ ﻧﻌﻴﻤﴼ ﻟﮏ ‪ّ .‬‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﮐﻞ ﻣﺸﻬﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺻﺤﻴﻔﮥ‬ ‫ﻧﺎﺯﻟﻪ ﻭ ﻣﺸﮑﻼﺕ ﻭﺍﺭﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺗﻨﮕﻰ ﻭ ﺍﺑﺘﻼ ﻭ ﺍﻓﺴﺮﺩﮔﻰ ﻭ ﺑﻼﻳﺎ ّ‬

‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺬﮐﻮﺭ ﻭ ﻣﺴﻄﻮﺭ ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﻘﺮﻩ ﺯﺣﻤﺘﻬﺎﻯ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺭﺣﻤﺖ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ‬ ‫ﺣﻤﺮﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻠﻢ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻟﻠﻪ ﻭ ﻓﻰ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻣﺮﺍﺽ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﺻﺤﺖ ‪ .‬ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ِ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٣١٣‬‬ ‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬

‫ﺳﻢ ﺷﻬﺪ ﻓﺎﺋﻖ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ‪ .‬ﻗﻠﻢ‬ ‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﻫﺪ ﻭ ﮔﻮﺍﻩ ‪ .‬ﻧﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺒﻴﻠﺶ ﻧﻮﺭ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻓﻖ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﺷﺮﺍﻕ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺍﺭﺽ ﺑﻪ ﺭﺷﺤﻰ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﻗﺴﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ﮐﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺎﻋﻨﺪﻫﻢ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ‬ ‫ِﺍﻧﺎء ﻣﻌﺎﻧﻰ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻗﻄﺮﻩﺍﻯ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ّ‬

‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺍﻑ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﺎﻯ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍ‪ّ ‬‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٣١٤‬‬ ‫ﻟﺸﺮﻑ‬ ‫ﭘﻨﺠﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍ ّ‬

‫‪ ٤‬ﮊﺍﻧﻮﻳﻪ‬

‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬

‫ﮐﻞ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻳﻮﻡ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﮎ ﺍﺯ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻣﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻟﮑﻦ ﻏﻔﻠﺖ ﻭ ﻏﺮﻭﺭ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﺤﻴﺮ ﻭ ﻣﺒﻬﻮﺕ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻣﻰ‬ ‫ﻣﮑﻠﻢ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻣﻨﻊ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺗﻴﻪ ﻧﺎﺩﺍﻧﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺍﺻﻐﺎء ﻧﺪﺍء‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﮐﻞ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻨﻊ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ّﺍﻻ َﻣﻦ ﺷﺎ‪ ‬ﺍ‪ ‬ﻭ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ‬ ‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﺟﺰﺍﻯ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﻣﺠﺴﻢ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺍﻻﻣﺮ ﺑﻴﺪﻩ ﻳﻬﺪﻯ َﻣﻦ ﻳﺸﺎء ﺍﻟﻰ ﺻﺮﺍﻃﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺷﺒﻪ ﻭ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ‪ .‬‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٣١٥‬‬

‫ﻟﺸﺮﻑ‬ ‫ﺷﺸﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍ ّ‬

‫‪ ٥‬ﮊﺍﻧﻮﻳﻪ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻓﻖ‬ ‫ﺣﺰﺏ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺭﺽ ﺗﮑﺒﻴﺮ ﺑﺮﺳﺎﻥ ‪ .‬ﺑﮕﻮ ﻗﺴﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﮐﻞ ﻧﺰﺩ ﻣﻈﻠﻮﻡ ﻣﺬﮐﻮﺭﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺘﺶ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺫﮐﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﻣﺸﺮﻕ ﻭ ﻻﺋﺢ ﺍﺳﺖ ّ‬

‫ﻭ ﺛﻨﺎ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺧﺪﻣﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ ،‬ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ﻣﻨﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ‪ .‬ﺷﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﺣﺮﻭﻓﺎﺕ ﮐﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﻭ ﮐﻠﻤﺎﺕ‬

‫ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ‪ .‬ﺷﻤﺎ ﻧﻬﺎﻟﻬﺎﺋﻰ ﻫﺴﺘﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﺽ ﺭﺣﻤﺖ ِﮐﺸﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻣﻄﺎﺭ‬

‫ﻧﻤﻮ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩﺍﻳﺪ ‪ .‬ﺷﻤﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻋﺎﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺷﺮﮎ ﻭ ﻗﺎﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﮐﻔﺮ ﺣﻔﻆ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﺎﺩﻯ‬ ‫ﮐﺮﻡ ّ‬

‫ﻃﻴﺒﻪ‬ ‫ﺷﻔﻘﺖ ﺗﺮﺑﻴﺖ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ‪ .‬ﺣﺎﻝ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺍﺛﻤﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺍﻭﺭﺍﻕ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺍﺛﻤﺎﺭ ﺳﺪﺭﮤ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻰ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ّ‬

‫ﻣﺮﺿﻴﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻫﺴﺖ ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺛﻤﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻏﺎﻓﻠﻴﻦ ﻣﻨﻊ ﻧﻨﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺭﻭﺡ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺍﺧﻼﻕ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺭﻳﺤﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺣﮑﻤﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﻨﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﻓﺘﻨﺪ ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﻭ ﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻭ ّﺍﻻ‬

‫ِ‬ ‫ﻳﻠﻌﺒﻮﻥ ‪ .‬ﻳﺎ ﺣﺰﺏ ﺍ‪ . ‬ﺟﻬﺪ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﺷﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﻠﻮﺏ ﺍﺣﺰﺍﺏ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﮥ‬ ‫َﺫﺭﻭﻫﻢ ﻓﻰ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺿﻬﻢ َ َ‬ ‫ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺏ ﺑﺮﺩﺑﺎﺭﻯ ﻭ ﺷﻔﻘﺖ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺿﻐﻴﻨﻪ ﻭ ﺑﻐﻀﺎ ﭘﺎﮎ ﻭ ﭘﺎﮐﻴﺰﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪٣١٦‬‬ ‫ﻟﺸﺮﻑ‬ ‫ﻫﻔﺘﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍ ّ‬

‫‪ ٦‬ﮊﺍﻧﻮﻳﻪ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﺍﻳﺎﻣﻰ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺪﺍﻥ ‪ .‬ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﻭ ﻣﺎﻩ ﺷﺒﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺪﻳﺪﻩ ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺁﻥ ّ‬ ‫ﻗﺪﺭ ّ‬

‫ﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻭ ﻓﺮﺍﺕ ﺭﺣﻤﺖ ﺟﺎﺭﻯ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﮐﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻭ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﮐﺮﺵ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺑﺤﺮ ﻓﻀﻞ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻨﻮﺭ‬ ‫ﻧﻴﺮ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ّ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ﻣﻰ ﻃﻠﺒﻴﻢ ﺗﺮﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺷﺮﺍﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﺭ ّ‬ ‫ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﻣﺸﺮﻕ ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ّ‬

‫ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺎﺭ ﺳﺪﺭﮤ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﮐﻪ ﻣﺸﺘﻌﻞ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺍﺷﺘﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺛﺮﺵ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ ﮐﻪ‬

‫ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻧﻪ ﺍﻗﻮﺍﻝ ‪ .‬ﻳﮏ ﻋﻤﻞ ﭘﺎﮎ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﻼﮎ ﺑﺮﺗﺮﻯ ﺟﻮﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺑﮕﺬﺭﺩ ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﺆﻳﺪ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺄﻧﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺣﻮﺍﺩﺙ ﺩﻭ ﺭﻭﺯﮤ ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ﻣﻰ ﻃﻠﺒﻴﻢ ﺁﻥ ﺟﻨﺎﺏ ﺭﺍ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ّ‬

‫ﺛﺮﻭﺕ ﻭ ﻧﻌﻤﺖ ﻓﺎﻧﻴﮥ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻌﻤﺖ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺑﺎﻗﻴﮥ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﻪ ﻣﻨﻊ ﻧﻨﻤﺎﻳﺪ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٣١٧‬‬

‫ﻟﺸﺮﻑ‬ ‫ﻫﺸﺘﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍ ّ‬

‫‪ ٧‬ﮊﺍﻧﻮﻳﻪ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﻗﻴﻮﻡ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺣﻴﻖ ﻣﺨﺘﻮﻡ ﺁﺷﺎﻣﻴﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺫﮐﺮ ﻭ ﺛﻨﺎ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺰﺏ ﺍ‪ ‬ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ّ‬

‫ﻃﻴﺒﮥ ﻃﺎﻫﺮﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻫﺴﺖ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺧﺪﻣﺖ ﺍﻣﺮ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﺟﻨﻮﺩ ﻧﺼﺮﺕ ﻭ ﻇﻔﺮ ﺍﺧﻼﻕ ﻭ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﺒﺖ ﻭ ﺷﻔﻘﺖ ﻭ‬ ‫ﮐﻞ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﻘﻮﻯ ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻮﻯ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟّﺘ ٰ‬ ‫ﺑﮕﻮ ﻳﺎ ﺣﺰﺏ ﺍ‪ٰ ّ ، ‬‬

‫ﻣﺆﺛﺮ ﻭ ﻋﻤﻠﺶ‬ ‫ﻣﺰﻳﻦ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﻫﺮ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﺪ ﻗﻮﻟﺶ ّ‬ ‫ﺩﻳﺎﻧﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻣﺎﻧﺖ ّ‬

‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﻠﻤﮥ ﻋﻠﻴﺎ ﻧﺎﻃﻖ ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻣﺆﺛﺮ ‪ .‬ﺳﺪﺭﮤ ﻓﺮﺩﻭﺱ‬ ‫ﻣﺆﺛﺮ ﻭ ﺫﮐﺮﺵ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻮﺟﻪ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﺎ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻮﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﻴﻪ ‪ .‬ﻻﺯﺍﻝ ﻟﺤﺎﻅ ﻓﻀﻞ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﻪ ُ ّ‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍ‪ّ ‬‬ ‫" َﻣﻦ َ َ ‪َ ‬‬

‫ﺍﻧﻬﻢ ِﻣﻦ ﺍﻫﻞ‬ ‫ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻫﺴﺖ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﻤﺴﮏ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ‪ّ .‬‬ ‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻧﻔﻮﺳﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ّ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺮﻯ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﻓﻰ ﻟﻮﺡ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻣﻮﻟﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻯ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ ﻭ ﺍﻟّﺜ ٰ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٣١٨‬‬

‫ﻟﺸﺮﻑ‬ ‫ﻧﻬﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍ ّ‬

‫‪ ٨‬ﮊﺍﻧﻮﻳﻪ‬

‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬

‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺣﻤﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺪﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺸﻨﺎﺳﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻟﻴﺎﻟﻰ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ﺑﮕﻮ ﻗﺪﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ّ‬

‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻓﻖ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﻣﺸﺮﻕ‬ ‫ﺛﻨﺎﻯ ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﻋﺎﻟﻤﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ‪ .‬ﻗﺴﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﻭ ﻻﺋﺢ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻋﻨﻘﺮﻳﺐ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻨﺎ ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﻭ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺑﺎﻗﻰ ﻭ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻠﻤﻪﺍﻯ ﺍﺳﺖ‬

‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺎﺭﻯ ﻭ ﻧﺎﺯﻝ ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻓﻀﻞ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﻭ ﻏﻨﺎﻯ ﺍﺑﺪﻯ ﻭ ﺛﺮﻭﺕ ﺳﺮﻣﺪﻯ ﻭ ﻓﻀﻞ‬ ‫ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻠﻢ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺷﻨﺎﺧﺖ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭﻧﺶ ﺑﭙﺮﺩﺍﺧﺖ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺋﻤﻰ ‪.‬‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٣١٩‬‬ ‫ﻟﺸﺮﻑ‬ ‫ﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍ ّ‬

‫‪ ٩‬ﮊﺍﻧﻮﻳﻪ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺍﻗﻮﻳﺎ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺴﺎﻃﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﻃﺮﻕ ﺍﻻﻭﻫﺎﻡ ﻻ ُﺗﺤﺼﻮﻫﺎ ‪.‬‬ ‫ِﺍﻥ َ ُ ّ‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺪﻭﺍ ُ ُ َ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﺣﻖ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻌﺪﻭﻡ ﻭ ﻣﻔﻘﻮﺩ ﺷﻤﺮﺩﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻓﻮﺍﺭﺱ ﻣﻀﻤﺎﺭ ﺗﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﺭ‬ ‫ﭘﻴﭽﻴﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻮﺍﻫﺒﻪ ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻣﻈﻠﻮﻡ‬ ‫ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺎﺗﻪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻓﻪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺁﻓﺎﻕ ﺗﺠﺮﻳﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺑﻬﺎءﺍ‪ ‬ﻭ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ُ‬

‫ﺣﻖ‬ ‫ﺣﺰﺏ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺭﺍ ﺗﮑﺒﻴﺮ ﺑﺮﺳﺎﻥ ‪ ،‬ﺑﮕﻮ ﻗﺪﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺪﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺸﻨﺎﺳﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﻢ ّ‬ ‫ﻻﻳﺎﻡ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ‪ .‬ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﻓﻮﺕ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺗﺪﺍﺭﮎ ﺁﻥ‬ ‫ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻰ ّ‬ ‫ﺣﻔﻆ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻤﺎ َ َ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﺎﻝ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪٣٢٠‬‬ ‫ﻟﺸﺮﻑ‬ ‫ﻳﺎﺯﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍ ّ‬

‫‪ ١٠‬ﮊﺍﻧﻮﻳﻪ‬

‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬

‫ﻣﺠﺪﺩ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﺍ‪‬‬ ‫ﻫﻤﺖ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺷﺎﻳﺪ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺑﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺟﻨﺎﺏ ﻻﺯﻡ ﻭ ﻭﺍﺟﺐ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ّ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻰ ﺣﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﻇﻨﻮﻥ ﻭ ﺍﻭﻫﺎﻡ ﻣﺒﺘﻼ ﻧﺸﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﺭ ّ‬ ‫ﻧﻴﺮ ﺗﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻰ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ‪ٰ .‬‬

‫ﺷﮑﻰ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺭﺍ ﺍﺩﺭﺍﮎ ﻧﻨﻤﻮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻓﻀﻠﺶ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻣﻨﺪ ‪ّ .‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻣﺬﮐﻮﺭ ﻭ ﻟﮑﻦ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ّ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ﻣﻨﺴﻮﺏ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﻣﻰ ﺑﻪ ّ‬ ‫ﺟﻞ ﺟﻼﻟﻪ ﺑﻪ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﻣﻈﺎﻫﺮ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻧﺒﻮﺕ ﺧﺘﻢ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺧﺘﻤﻴﺖ ﺧﺎﺗﻢ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻳﻮﻡ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻭ ﻣﺸﻬﻮﺩ ‪ّ .‬‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻳﻮﻡ ﻏﻴﺮ ّ‬

‫ﺣﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺭﺍﻳﺔ ﺍﻗﺘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺸﺮﻕ ﺍﻣﺮ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻭ ﻣﺸﺮﻕ ‪ .‬ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻣﻌﺮﺿﻴﻦ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺷﺪ ‪ّ ،‬‬ ‫ﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﻦ ﭼﻪ ﺍﺩﺭﺍﮎ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﮐﻠﻤﮥ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﮐﮥ "‬ ‫ﻟﻨﺎُﺱ ِ َﻟﺮ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺍ ّ‬ ‫ﻳﻮﻡ َ ُ‬ ‫" َ‬

‫ﻇﺮ ﺍﻟﻰ ﻭﺟﻬﻰ ‪ ،‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ‬ ‫ﻳﻔﻌﻞ ﻣﺎﻳﺸﺎء " ﭼﻪ ﻓﻬﻤﻴﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ ‪َ َ .‬‬ ‫َ َ ُ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻬﺎ ﺍ ّ‬ ‫ﻟﻌﻤﺮﻯ ﻳﺎ ّ‬ ‫ﻟﻨﺎ ُ‬

‫ﺍﺯ ﺑﺤﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﻠﻤﻪ ﺑﻴﺎﺷﺎﻣﺪ ﻭ ﻧﻔﺤﻪﺍﺵ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﺎﺑﺪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮ ﻋﺮﺵ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ‬

‫ﮐﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺧﻼﻕ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ﺣﻔﻆ ﻧﻤﺎ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ‪ .‬ﻣﻘﺒﻠﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺒﻬﺎﺕ ﻣﻌﺮﺿﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﻢ ّ‬ ‫ﻃﻴﺒﻪ ﺍﻣﺮ ﻧﻤﺎ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺮﺿﻴﻪ ﻭ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٣٢١‬‬

‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬

‫ﺑﮕﻮ ﻳﺎ ﺣﺰﺏ ﺍ‪ ، ‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﻨﻮﺩ ﻣﺎﻟﮏ ﻏﻴﺐ ﻭ ﺷﻬﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺼﺮﺕ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻘﻮﻯ ﺍ‪‬‬ ‫ﻗﻮﺕ ﺍﻭ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻠﻪ ﻧﻨﻤﺎﻳﺪ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻗﻮﺗﻰ ﺑﺎ ّ‬ ‫ﺗﻤﺴﮏ ﺟﻮﺋﻴﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻭﺳﺖ ﻗﺎﺋﺪ ﺟﻨﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻧﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻣﺮ ‪ ،‬ﻫﻴﭻ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻣﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻫﻴﮑﻠﺶ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮﺍﺯ ﻋﺪﻝ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺼﺎﻑ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺭﺃﺳﺶ ﺑﻪ ﺍﮐﻠﻴﻞ‬ ‫ﺗﻘﻮﻯ ّ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٣٢٢‬‬

‫ﻟﺸﺮﻑ‬ ‫ﺩﻭﺍﺯﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍ ّ‬

‫‪ ١١‬ﮊﺍﻧﻮﻳﻪ‬

‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬

‫ﺟﻞ ﺟﻼﻟﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻘﺎﻣﻰ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ﮐﻪ ﻭﻫﻢ ﻭ ﮔﻤﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﺭﺍﻫﻰ ﻧﻪ ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﺑﻴﺘﻰ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻠﻮﻡ ﻭ ﻓﻨﻮﻥ ﻭ ﺣﮑﻤﺖ ﻭ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻥ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻩ ‪ .‬ﻫﺮ ﺁﮔﺎﻫﻰ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﻘﺮﻩ‬

‫ﮔﻮﺍﻫﻰ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻫﺮ ﺧﺒﻴﺮﻯ ﺷﺎﻫﺪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﻔﺘﺎﺭ ‪ .‬ﺁﻳﺎﺕ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺄﻧﻰ ﻧﺎﺯﻝ ﮐﻪ ﻋﻘﻮﻝ ﻭ ﺍﺩﺭﺍﮎ ﺍﺯ‬

‫ﺑﻴﻨﺎﺕ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺄﻧﻰ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﮐﻪ ﻫﺮ ﻣﻨﺼﻔﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺍﻋﺘﺮﺍﻑ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ‪ .‬ﻣﻊ ﺫﻟﮏ‬ ‫ﺍﺣﺼﺎﻯ ﺁﻥ ﻋﺎﺟﺰ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﮑﺘﺎﺏ ﻣﻌﺮﺽ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺍﮐﺜﺮ ﺍﻫﻞ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻏﺎﻓﻞ ﻭ ﻣﺤﺠﻮﺏ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻭﺭﻗﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭﺭﺍﻕ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻤﺴﮑﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺍﻳﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺑﺤﺮ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﻭ ﺍﺷﺮﺍﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺗﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻰ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ﻭ ﻣﻤﻨﻮﻉ ‪ .‬ﻳﺎ ّ‬

‫ﺣﻖ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺟﻬﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺍﻗﻮﺍﻝ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﺑﮥ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻪ ‪ّ .‬‬

‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻨﻊ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭﻧﺶ ﻭﺍﺿﺢ ﻭ ﻣﻤﺘﺎﺯ ﻭ ﻟﮑﻦ ﺣﺠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻭﻫﺎﻡ ﺍﺑﺼﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﮤ ﺍﻓﻖ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻓﻖ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻣﺸﺮﻕ ﻭ ﻧﺪﺍﻯ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻡ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ‬ ‫‪.‬ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﻧﻮﺭ ﺑﺮﻫﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻌﻤﺖ ﺑﺎﻗﻴﮥ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﻪ‬ ‫ﻋﺰﺕ ﻭ ﺛﺮﻭﺕ ﺩﻭ ﻳﻮﻡ ﻗﻮﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ّ‬ ‫ﻭ ﻟﮑﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﮥ ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٣٢٣‬‬ ‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬

‫ﺳﻤﺎﺋﻴﻪ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ‪ .‬ﻧﺎﺩﺍﻧﻰ ﻭ ﻏﻔﻠﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺎﻣﻰ ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻩ ﮐﻪ ﻫﺮ ﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﺩﺭﺍﻳﺘﻰ‬ ‫ﻭ ﻣﺎﺋﺪﮤ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﮐﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﻣﻄﻠﻊ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﺤﻴﺮ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﻭﻥ ﻭ ﺍﻋﺼﺎﺭ ﺣﺰﺏ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻭ ﺟﺎﻫﻞ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻧﻮﺭ ﻏﺎﻓﻞ ‪ .‬ﻳﮏ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻰ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﻧﮕﺸﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻰ ﻋﺎﺭﻑ ﻧﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﺠﺪﺩ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻣﻌﺮﺿﻴﻦ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭﻫﺎﻡ ﻭ ﻇﻨﻮﻥ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻔﺘﺮﻳﺎﺕ ﻧﺎﻃﻖ ‪ .‬ﺁﻥ‬ ‫‪ّ .‬‬

‫ﺍﻭﻝ‬ ‫ﺟﻨﺎﺏ ﺷﺎﻫﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺽ ﻭ ﺳﻤﺎء ﻭ ﺍﻧﺠﻢ ﺷﺎﻫﺪ ﻭ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﻭ ﻣﺎﻩ ﮔﻮﺍﻩ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﺯ ّ‬

‫ﮐﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻠﻮﮎ ﻭ ﻣﻤﻠﻮﮎ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺳﺘﺮ ﻭ ﺣﺠﺎﺏ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ َﺍﻣﺎﻡ ﻭﺟﻮﻩ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﻋﻮﺕ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻩ ‪ .‬ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻧﺎﺯﻝ ‪ ،‬ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﺿﺢ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻳﮏ ﺁﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺳﺘﺮ ﻧﻨﻤﻮﺩﻳﻢ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺍﻓﻖ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﻟﻮﺟﻪ ﺍ‪ ‬ﮔﻔﺘﻴﻢ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺷﻨﻴﺪﻥ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻣﺪ ‪ .‬ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﻣﻨﺘﻬﻰ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺷﺮﺍﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺗﻮﺣﻴﺪ‬ ‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺛﻤﺎﺭ ﺳﺪﺭﮤ‬ ‫ﺁﻧﮑﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺛﺎﺭ ﻗﻠﻢ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﺭﺑﮏ‬ ‫ﻣﻨﻮﺭ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻟﮑﻦ ﺳﻼﺳﻞ ﺍﻭﻫﺎﻡ ّ‬ ‫ﮐﻞ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻨﻊ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ّﺍﻻ َﻣﻦ ﺷﺎ‪ ‬ﺍ‪ ‬‬ ‫ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻰ ّ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻢ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺭﺏ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ﻭ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٣٢٤‬‬ ‫ﻟﺸﺮﻑ‬ ‫ﺳﻴﺰﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍ ّ‬

‫‪ ١٢‬ﮊﺍﻧﻮﻳﻪ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﮐﻞ ﺗﻮﻓﻴﻖ ﻃﻠﺐ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺟﻞ ﺟﻼﻟﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ّ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ّ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﺎﻯ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ّ‬

‫ﻓﻴﺎﺽ ﻣﻤﻨﻮﻉ ﻧﺸﻮﻧﺪ‬ ‫ﺷﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺤﺮ ﻓﻴﺾ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ﻧﮕﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻣﻄﺎﺭ ﺭﺣﻤﺖ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ّ‬ ‫ﮐﺒﺮﻯ ﺩﺭ ّ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﻪ‬ ‫‪.‬ﺣﺰﺏ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﺲ ﻭ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻪ ﻭ ﺷﻔﻘﺖ ﻭ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺖ ﻭ ﺣﮑﻤﺖ ﺍﻣﺮ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ‪ّ .‬‬

‫ﮐﻞ ﺷﻰ‪ ‬ﻗﺪﻳﺮ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻳﻨﺼﺮﮎ ﺑﺴﻠﻄﺎﻧﻪ ‪ .‬ﺍ ّﻧﻪ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ّ‬ ‫ُِ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻳﻤﺪﮎ ﺑﺂﻳﺎﺗﻪ ﻭ َ ُ ُ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٣٢٥‬‬ ‫ﻟﺸﺮﻑ‬ ‫ﭼﻬﺎﺭﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍ ّ‬

‫‪ ١٣‬ﮊﺍﻧﻮﻳﻪ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﺟﺮﺯﻩ ﻻﻳﻖ ﺑﺬﺭ ﺣﮑﻤﺖ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﻫﺮ ﭼﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻭ ﻭﺩﻳﻌﻪ‬ ‫ﻳﺎ ﺍﻳﻠﻴﺎ ‪ ،‬ﺍﺭﺍﺿﻰ ُ ُ‬

‫ﻃﻴﺒﻪ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﮔﺬﺍﺭﻯ ﺿﺎﻳﻊ ﻭ ﺑﻰ ﺛﻤﺮ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻫﺴﺖ ‪ .‬ﻫﺮ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺭﺽ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﮐﮥ ّ‬

‫ﺟﻞ ﺟﻼﻟﻪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺍﺭﺍﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻯ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻭﺩﻳﻌﻪ ﺑﮕﺬﺍﺭ ‪ .‬ﺍﺭﺍﺿﻰ ﻭ ﻋﻴﻮﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﺑﮥ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﻢ ّ‬

‫ﺣﻖ ﻣﻰ ﻃﻠﺒﻴﻢ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﻃﻴﺐ ﻭ ﺷﻴﺮﻳﻦ ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ّ‬ ‫ﺟﺮﺯ ﻭ ﺷﻮﺭ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺧﻰ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻫﺴﺖ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻌﻀﻰ ُ ُ‬

‫ﺍﻳﺎﻣﺶ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺑﺮﻯ ﻭﻧﺼﻴﺐ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻯ ‪ .‬ﺍﻭﺳﺖ ﺳﺎﻣﻊ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺷﻤﺎ ﺗﻮﻓﻴﻖ ﻋﻄﺎ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻓﻴﻮﺿﺎﺕ ّ‬ ‫ُﻣﺠﻴﺐ ﻭ ﻫﻮﺍﻟﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺤﮑﻴﻢ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٣٢٦‬‬ ‫ﻟﺸﺮﻑ‬ ‫ﭘﺎﻧﺰﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍ ّ‬

‫‪ ١٤‬ﮊﺍﻧﻮﻳﻪ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﺣﻖ ﺁﮔﺎﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺤﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺟﺒﺎﻝ ﮔﻮﺍﻩ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﺣﻴﺎﻥ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻓﻖ‬ ‫ﻳﺎ ﻣﻬﺪﻯ ‪ّ ،‬‬

‫ﮐﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻄﻮﺕ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺧﻠﻒ ﺣﺠﺎﺏ ﻭ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺍﻃﺒﺎﻕ ﺗﺮﺍﺏ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﺎﻣﻰ ﮐﻪ ّ‬ ‫ﺭﺣﻤﻦ ﺩﻋﻮﺕ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ ّ‬

‫ﻧﻴﺮ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻣﻌﺮﺿﻴﻦ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻠﻒ ﺣﺠﺎﺏ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺁﻣﺪﻧﺪ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻮﺍﺭﻯ ‪ ‬ﻭ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﺭ ّ‬

‫ﮐﻞ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ﺑﻄﻠﺐ ّ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺍﺭﺗﮑﺎﺏ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻫﻴﭻ ﺣﺰﺑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺣﺰﺍﺏ ﺍﺭﺗﮑﺎﺏ ﻧﻨﻤﻮﺩ ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ّ‬ ‫ﺗﻤﺴﮏ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﻳﺎ‬ ‫ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ﺷﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻮﺑﻪ ﻭ ﺭﺟﻮﻉ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍ‪‬‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﺑﺮ ﮔﺸﺖ ﻭ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﺧﻠﻴﻞ ﻳﮏ ﺫﺑﻴﺢ ﺑﻪ ﻗﺮﺑﺎﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ّ‬ ‫ﻧﺼﻴﺮ ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ّ‬

‫ﻋﻬﺪ ﺟﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﺎ ﻭ ﺍﺻﻔﻴﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﻓﺪﺍ ﺷﺘﺎﻓﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺟﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺜﺎﺭ ﻗﺪﻭﻡ ﻣﺎﻟﮏ ﺍﺳﻤﺎء‬ ‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ َﻣﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺭﺽ ﺭﺍ ﺟﺬﺏ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﺭﺍﺩﻩ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺻﺮﻳﺮ ﻗﻠﻢ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻳﺤﮑﻢ ﻣﺎ‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺮ ﻓﺪﺍ ﻓﺮﺳﺘﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮ ﻋﺮﺵ " َ َ ُ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺎﻳﺸﺎء " ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮﺍﺯ " َ ُ ُ‬ ‫ﻳﻔﻌﻞ َ‬

‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ِﻟﻠﻌﺎﺭﻓﻴﻦ ‪.‬‬ ‫ُﻳﺮﻳﺪ " ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ‪.‬‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٣٢٧‬‬ ‫ﻟﺸﺮﻑ‬ ‫ﺷﺎﻧﺰﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍ ّ‬

‫‪ ١٥‬ﮊﺍﻧﻮﻳﻪ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﺍﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺍﻧﺒﻴﺎء ﻭ ﺍﺻﻔﻴﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ‬ ‫ﻳﺎ ﻳﻮﺳﻒ ‪ ،‬ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺧﺪﺍ ﻣﻰ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻮﻡ ّ‬

‫ﺟﻞ ﺟﻼﻟﻪ ﺩﻋﻮﺕ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﮐﻮﺛﺮ ﺑﻘﺎ ﮐﻪ ﺳﺒﺐ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ّ‬ ‫ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ ﺧﻠﻖ ﻓﺮﺳﺘﺎﺩﻳﻢ ﺗﺎ ّ‬ ‫ﮐﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ّ‬

‫ﮐﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﺖ ﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﺑﺪﻯ ﻭ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻰ ﺳﺮﻣﺪﻯ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻋﻄﺎ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﺗﺎ ّ‬

‫ﺣﻖ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﻨﻴﺪﻩ ﺑﻠﮑﻪ ﺍﻧﮑﺎﺭ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻳﺪ ﺑﻴﻀﺎ‬ ‫ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻟﮑﻦ ﺧﻠﻖ ﻧﺼﺎﻳﺢ ّ‬

‫ﻓﺮﺳﺘﺎﺩﻳﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻗﺒﻮﻟﺶ ﻧﻨﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭ ﺧﻠﻴﻞ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻮﺭ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺟﻠﻴﻞ ﺁﻣﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺗﮑﺬﻳﺒﺶ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ‬ ‫ﻃﺮﺍﺭﺵ ﻧﺎﻣﻴﺪﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺧﺎﺗﻢ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺮﻗﺎﻥ ﺁﻣﺪ ‪،‬‬ ‫‪.‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺭﻭﺡ ﺑﺎ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﻣﻠﮑﻮﺗﻰ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ‪ّ َ ،‬‬

‫ﻭﺭﺍﺙ ﮐﻠﻴﻢ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ﻓﺘﻮﻯ ﺩﺍﺩﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﮐﺬﺍﺑﺶ ﮔﻔﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺮ ﻗﺘﻠﺶ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺍﺑﻨﺎء ﺧﻠﻴﻞ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﻭﺯ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﺯ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻓﻖ‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺛﺮ ﻗﻠﻢ ﻣﺎﻟﮏ ﺍﺳﻤﺎء ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﮔﺸﺘﻨﺪ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ّ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﺍ‪ ‬ﺑﻪ ﮐﻤﺎﻝ ﺷﻮﻕ ﻭ ﺍﺷﺘﻴﺎﻕ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺡ ﻭ ﺭﻳﺤﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺫﮐﺮ ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺏ ﻋﺎﻟﻤﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪٣٢٨‬‬ ‫ﻫﻔﺪﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟّﺸﺮﻑ‬

‫‪ ١٦‬ﮊﺍﻧﻮﻳﻪ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﻳﺎ ﻣﻬﺪﻯ ‪ ،‬ﻧﺪﺍﻯ ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﮔﻮﺵ ﺟﺎﻥ ﺑﺸﻨﻮ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺨﺸﺪ ﻭ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻰ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺋﻤﻰ ﻋﻄﺎ ﻣﻰ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻭﻫﺎﻡ ﻋﻠﻤﺎ ﺍﻣﻢ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﮐﻮﺛﺮ ﻳﻘﻴﻦ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ‪ .‬ﻋﻨﻘﺮﻳﺐ‬

‫ﺭﻧﮕﻬﺎﻯ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﮥ ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻳﺪ ﻓﻨﺎ ﺍﺧﺬ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺧﻴﻤﮥ ﻳﮑﺮﻧﮓ ﺗﺮﺍﺏ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ‬ ‫ﻧﺪﺍﻯ ﺳﺪﺭﻩ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ‬ ‫ﻳﻔﻌﻞ ﻣﺎ َﻳﺸﺎء ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ‪.‬‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﮑﻠﻢ ﻃﻮﺭ ﺑﺮ ﻋﺮﺵ َ َ ُ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﮐﻪ ﻣﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺁﻣﺎﻝ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻓﻴﻮﺿﺎﺕ ﻣﺂﻝ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ﻧﺴﺎﺧﺖ ‪ .‬ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻳﺪ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﻭ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﻢ‬

‫ﺑﮕﻴﺮ ﻭ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺑﺼﺮ ﺣﻔﻈﺶ ﻧﻤﺎ ‪ .‬ﻳﺎ ﺧﺪﺍﺩﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺟﺰﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺯ ﻋﻄﺎ ‪ ،‬ﺍﺑﻮﺍﺏ ﮐﺮﻡ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ‬ ‫ﻣﻮﺍﺝ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻋﺮﻑ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻔﺘﻮﺡ ﻭ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﺑﺨﺸﺶ َﺍﻣﺎﻡ ﻭﺟﻮﻩ ّ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﮔﺸﺖ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺣﻴﻖ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻠﻢ ﺭﺣﻤﻦ ﺟﺎﺭﻯ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺑﺮﺩ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٣٢٩‬‬ ‫ﻟﺸﺮﻑ‬ ‫ﻫﺠﺪﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍ ّ‬

‫‪ ١٧‬ﮊﺍﻧﻮﻳﻪ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﻧﺎﻯ ﻳﮑﺘﺎ‬

‫ﻗﻴﻮﻡ ﮔﺸﻮﺩﻩ ﺷﺪ ﺑﻴﺎﺷﺎﻣﻰ ﻭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺑﺮﻯ ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﺍ‪ ‬ﺍﺯ ﺭﺣﻴﻖ ﻣﺨﺘﻮﻡ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺻﺒﻊ ّ‬

‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﺛﺒﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ‬ ‫ﺷﺘﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺻﺤﻴﻔﮥ ﺣﻤﺮﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻠﻢ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺣﻴﻖ ﺗﻌﺒﻴﺮﺍﺕ ّ ٰ‬

‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﻭ‬ ‫ﮐﺒﺮﻯ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻗﻠﻢ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﮐﻠﻤﮥ ﻋﻠﻴﺎ ﺗﻌﺒﻴﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺖ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﺑﺎﻟﺬﻯ َﻳ ْ ِ‬ ‫ﻟﺴﻤﺎء ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻠﻢ ﻣﺎﻟﮏ ﻗﺪﻡ ﺟﺎﺭﻯ ﻭ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻨﻄُﻖ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻻﺭﺽ ﻭ ﺍ ّ‬

‫ﺳﺎﺭﻯ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ .‬ﻫﺮ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭ ﺑﻴﺎﺷﺎﻣﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻗﺎﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﻟﻠﺤﻖ ﺑﺮ ﺧﺪﻣﺖ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ﻧﺎﻃﻖ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻰ‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ِ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺤﻖ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺑﺮ ﻣﻨﻊ ﺍﻭ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ّ‬

‫ﺍﻣﺮ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﮐﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﺍ‪ ‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺣﻴﻖ ﺑﻴﺎﺷﺎﻣﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺄﻧﻰ ﮐﻪ ﻧﻬﻴﻖ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﻣﻌﺮﺿﻪ ﺗﺮﺍ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻔﻖ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻴﻢ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺻﺢ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﻣﺎﻟﮏ‬ ‫ﺍﺣﺪﻳﻪ ﻣﻨﻊ ﻧﻨﻤﺎﻳﺪ ‪ّ .‬‬ ‫ﺭﺑﮏ ﻟﻬﻮ ﺍ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻥ ‪‬‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ﻟﻨﺎ ُ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٣٣٠‬‬

‫ﻟﺸﺮﻑ‬ ‫ﻧﻮﺯﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍ ّ‬

‫‪ ١٨‬ﮊﺍﻧﻮﻳﻪ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﺷﮏ ﻭ ﺭﻳﺐ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺑﻐﻀﺎ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺎﻟﮏ ﺍﺳﻤﺎء ﻣﻨﻊ ﻧﻨﻤﻮﺩ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻧﻴﮑﻮﺳﺖ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻧﻔﻮﺳﻰ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺍﺑﻬﻰ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺷﻖ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭﻳﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻗﻠﻮﺏ ﻧﻮﺭﺍ ﻗﺼﺪ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ‬ ‫ﺣﺠﺒﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﻤﺶ ّ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﺷﻴﺎء ﺩﺭ ﺳّﺮ ﻃﺎﺋﻒ ﺁﻥ ﻧﻔﻮﺳﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﺣﻤﺪ ﮐﻦ ﻣﺎﻟﮏ ﻗﺪﻡ ﺭﺍ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻓﻖ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺛﺮ ﻗﻠﻢ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ‪ .‬ﺍﻭﺳﺖ ﺑﺨﺸﻨﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺎ ‪ .‬ﻳﺎ ﺍﺳﻤﻌﻴﻞ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺗﻮ ّ‬

‫ﻟﻨﺪﺍء ﻣﻰ ﮔﻮﻳﺪ ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﺣﺰﺏ ﺍ‪ ، ‬ﺍﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﺫﺑﻴﺢ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻣﻌﺎﻧﻰ ﻃﺎﺋﻒ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﺍ ّ‬

‫ﺍﺳﻢ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ ،‬ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﻋﺎﻟﻤﻴﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺷﮑﺮ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺩﺍﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﺯﺑﺮ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺡ ﺫﮐﺮ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ‪ .‬ﺟﻬﺪ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺷﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻓﻴﻮﺿﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﻢ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﮎ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ُ ُ‬

‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﭼﻮﻥ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ﻧﻤﺎﻧﻴﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻫﻞ ﻓﺮﻗﺎﻥ ﻋﻬﺪﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻗﺮﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻨﺘﻈﺮ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺫﺭﺍﺕ ﮐﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﻧﻮﺣﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺻﻴﺤﻪ ﺯﺩ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺷﺪ ﺍﻧﮑﺎﺭ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻧﺪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ّ‬

‫ﻳﺎ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻳﻬﻮﺩﺍ ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎﻟﮏ ﺑﻘﺎ ﻣﻰ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺭﺽ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﺑﮥ ُﮔﻞ ‪ ،‬ﺧﻨﺪﺍﻥ ﻭ ﻣﺴﺮﻭﺭ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٣٣١‬‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﮐﻪ ﻋﺮﻑ‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﻘﺮﻩ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺘﺐ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻣﺬﮐﻮﺭ ﻭ ﻣﺴﻄﻮﺭ ‪،‬‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﺣﻖ ﺑﻄﻠﺐ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺭﺍ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺻﻐﺎء ﻧﺪﺍﻯ ﻣﺎﻟﮏ ﺍﺳﻤﺎء ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﮔﺸﺖ ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ّ‬ ‫ﮐﻮﺛﺮ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﻨﻊ ﻧﻨﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ﻧﺴﺎﺯﺩ ‪ .‬ﻳﺎ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻳﺎﻣﻴﻦ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﻫﺮ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺻﻐﺎء‬

‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﻣﺮﺿﻴﻪ ﻭ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﭘﺴﻨﺪﻳﺪﻩ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻠﻢ‬ ‫ﻧﺪﺍﻯ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺧﻼﻕ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﺗﻤﺴﮏ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ‪ .‬ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻭ ﻣﺸﻬﻮﺩ ‪ ....‬ﻳﺎ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﻧﺎﺯﻝ ﺷﺪﻩ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺗﻔﮑﺮ ﻧﻤﺎ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻳﮏ ﻋﺼﺎ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﻴﺎﻑ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺯﺩ ‪ .‬ﻗﺪﺭﺗﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺳﻄﻮﺕ ﺍﻣﻢ ﻣﻨﻊ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﮐﻠﻴﻢ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻧﻨﻤﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺍﺩﻩﺍﺵ ﺭﺍ ﺻﻔﻮﻑ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻮﻑ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺖ ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﻧﺎﺭ ﺳﺪﺭﻩ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﺗﺠﻠﻰ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ﺧﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﻧﻮﺭﻳﻮﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﮑﻠﻢ ﺁﻣﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻯ‬ ‫ﻃﻮﺭﻳﻮﻥ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻟﻨﺪﺍء ﻧﺎﻃﻖ ‪ .‬ﺑﮕﻮ ﺍﻯ‬ ‫ﻣﺠﻠﻰ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍ ّ‬

‫ﺭﺍ ﻣﻨﻊ ﻣﻨﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ﻧﺴﺎﺯﻳﺪ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٣٣٢‬‬

‫‪ ١٩‬ﮊﺍﻧﻮﻳﻪ‬

‫ﻟﺴﻠﻄﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻭﻝ ﺷﻬﺮﺍ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ﻳﮑﺘﺎ‬ ‫ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﺯ ﺟﺬﺏ ﮐﻠﻤﮥ ﻣﺎﻟﮏ ﻗﺪﻡ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﻭ ﻟﮑﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻏﺎﻓﻞ ّﺍﻻ َﻣﻦ ﺷﺎ‪ ‬ﺍ‪. ‬‬

‫ﮐﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭ ﻣﺤﺠﻮﺏ‬ ‫ﻣﺆﻳﺪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ﺑﺮ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻥ ﺍﻓﻘﻰ ﮐﻪ ّ‬ ‫ﺣﻤﺪ ﮐﻦ ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﻋﺎﻟﻤﻴﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺗﺮﺍ ّ‬

‫ﻣﺤﺒﺖ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﺪ ﺍﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻫﻞ‬ ‫ﺍﻭﻝ ﺟﻮﺍﻧﻰ ﻫﺮ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻭ ﻏﺎﻓﻞ ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺭﻳﻌﺎﻥ ﺷﺒﺎﺏ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺬﮐﻮﺭ ‪ .‬ﺟﻬﺪ ﻧﻤﺎ ﺗﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻮ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻓﺮﺩﻭﺱ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٣٣٣‬‬

‫ﻟﺴﻠﻄﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺩﻭﻡ ﺷﻬﺮﺍ ّ‬

‫‪ ٢٠‬ﮊﺍﻧﻮﻳﻪ‬

‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬

‫ﺧﻂ ﺟﻠﻰ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻭ ﻓﻨﺎ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺑﮕﻮ ﺍﻯ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺑﻬﺎء ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﮐﺘﺎﺑﻰ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ّ‬

‫ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﻭ ﺍﻧﻘﻼﺏ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻭ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ‪ .‬ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻪ ﻫﺮ ﻭﺭﻗﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭﺭﺍﻕ ﺍﻭ ﻭ ﻫﺮ ﺑﻘﻌﻪ ﺍﺯ‬

‫ِﺑﻘﺎﻉ ﺍﻭ ﻭ ﻫﺮ ﺷﺠﺮﻯ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺷﺠﺎﺭ ﺍﻭ ﻧﺪﺍ ﻣﻰ ﮐﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻰ ﮔﻮﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‬

‫ﺗﻔﮑﺮ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺁﮔﺎﻩ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺷﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﻌﻢ ﺑﺎﻗﻴﮥ‬ ‫ﻭ ﭘﻨﺪ ﮔﻴﺮﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻓﻨﺎﻯ ﻇﻬﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺷﻴﺎﻯ ﻓﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﻧﻨﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ‪.‬‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٣٣٤‬‬ ‫ﻟﺴﻠﻄﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺳﻮﻡ ﺷﻬﺮﺍ ّ‬

‫‪ ٢١‬ﮊﺍﻧﻮﻳﻪ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﻣﮑﻠﻢ ﻃﻮﺭ ﺑﺮ ﻋﺮﺵ‬ ‫ﺑﮕﻮ ﺍﻯ ﻏﺎﻓﻠﻴﻦ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺩﺍﻧﺎﺋﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺁﮔﺎﻫﻰ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﮑﺘﺎﺏ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺘﺶ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻭ ﻣﺸﻬﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺤﺮ ﻋﻠﻢ َﺍﻣﺎﻡ ﻭﺟﻬﺶ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﻭ ّ‬

‫ﻓﻴﺎﺽ ﻣﻤﻨﻮﻉ‬ ‫ﻓﺮﺍﺕ ﺭﺣﻤﺖ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻠﻤﺶ ﺟﺎﺭﻯ ‪ .‬ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ﻣﻨﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻓﻴﻮﺿﺎﺕ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺴﺎﺯﻳﺪ ‪ .‬ﺁﺫﺍﻥ ﻭ ﺍﺑﺼﺎﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺷﺪﻩ ‪ .‬ﺍﻭﻫﺎﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﺎﻧﻌﻪ ﻭ ﺣﺠﺒﺎﺕ ﺣﺎﻳﻠﻪ‬

‫ﺭﺍ ﺧﺮﻕ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺷﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ ‪ .‬ﺑﮕﻮ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺫﮐﺮ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ‬

‫ﻟﻠﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻫﺴﺖ َﻣﻦ َ ِ‬ ‫ﻏﻨﻴﴼ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻻﻗﺒﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺍﻻﻳﻤﺎﻥ ‪.‬‬ ‫ِّ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﻪ ﮐﺎﻥ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻋﺮﺽ ﻓﻌﻠﻴﻬﺎ ‪ّ ،‬‬ ‫ﺳﻤ َﻊ ِﻟﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﻭ َﻣﻦ َ َ َ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٣٣٥‬‬

‫‪ ٢٢‬ﮊﺍﻧﻮﻳﻪ‬

‫ﻟﺴﻠﻄﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ ﺷﻬﺮﺍ ّ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺏ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ‬

‫ﮐﻞ ﺍﺣﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺣﻴﻖ‬ ‫ﺭﺑﺎﻧﻰ ﺩﺭ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻯ ﺍﻣﺔ ﺍ‪ ، ‬ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﺍ‪ ‬ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺖ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﻭ ﻓﻴﻮﺿﺎﺕ ّ‬

‫ﺍﻃﻬﺮ ِﺫﮐﺮ ﻭ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻥ ﺑﻴﺎﺷﺎﻣﻰ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﮐﻤﺎﻝ ﺷﻮﻕ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺠﺬﺍﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺛﻨﺎﻯ ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺏ ﺁﻓﺎﻕ ﻧﺎﻃﻖ ﺑﺎﺷﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﻣﻌﺪﻭﺩﻩ ﮐﺴﺐ ﻣﻘﺎﻣﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺑﺮﻕ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ .‬ﺑﺮ ﻫﺮ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ّ‬ ‫‪ّ .‬‬

‫ﺟﻞ ﮐﺒﺮﻳﺎﺋﻪ ﻣﺤﺾ ﻓﻀﻞ ﻭ ﮐﺮﻡ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺭﺍﻩ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ّ‬ ‫ﻋﺎﻟﻴﮥ ﺑﺎﻗﻴﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ‪ّ .‬‬

‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﮐﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻳﻘﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﺭﺳﺘﮕﺎﺭﻯ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ‪.‬‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻤﺴﮏ ﮔﺸﺖ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻧﺶ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭﺍﻣﺮﺵ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٣٣٦‬‬ ‫‪ ٢٣‬ﮊﺍﻧﻮﻳﻪ‬

‫ﻟﺴﻠﻄﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﭘﻨﺠﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍ ّ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻳﮑﺘﺎ‬

‫ﺍﻳﺎﻣﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺍﺭﺽ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ‪ّ ،‬‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻣﮋﺩﮤ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﮐﺘﺐ ﺁﺳﻤﺎﻧﻰ ﻭﺍﺿﺢ ﻭ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻭ ﻣﺸﻬﻮﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ .‬ﺣﻴﻒ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﺍﺭﺟﻤﻨﺪ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ﻣﺎﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺳﺒﺐ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﺖ ﺍﺣﺘﺠﺎﺏ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺗﺒﮥ ّ ّ‬

‫ﺻﺎﺣﺒﺎﻥ ﻋﻤﺎﺋﻢ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻋﺼﺎﺭ ﻭ ﻗﺮﻭﻥ ﺍﻭﻟﻰ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺍﺣﺘﺠﺎﺏ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺠﺒﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﮐﺒﺮﻯ ﺑﻮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺣﮑﻤﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﻣﻈﻠﻮﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺨﺎﻟﺐ ﺍﻳﻦ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﻫﻤﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺧﺪﻣﺖ ﻣﺤﮑﻢ‬ ‫ﻇﺎﻟﻤﻴﻦ ﻧﺠﺎﺕ ﺩﻫﻨﺪ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﮐﻪ ﮐﻤﺮ ّ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻭ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﺳﻤﺎء ﺍﺯ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺑﻬﺎء ﻣﺤﺴﻮﺏ ﻭ ﻣﺬﮐﻮﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٣٣٧‬‬

‫‪ ٢٤‬ﮊﺍﻧﻮﻳﻪ‬

‫ﻟﺴﻠﻄﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺷﺸﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍ ّ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻳﮑﺘﺎ‬

‫ﺳﺎﻗﻰ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻰ ﮐﻮﺛﺮ ﺑﺎﻗﻰ ﻋﻄﺎ ﻣﻰ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ‪ .‬ﻗﺴﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺑﺤﺮ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﻪ ﻧﻤﻰ‬

‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻗﻄﺮﻩﺍﻯ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻫﺎﻯ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻃﻦ ‪ .‬ﻧﻴﮑﻮﺳﺖ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺮﻯ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺴﺮﺕ ﮐﻠﻤﮥ‬ ‫ﺍﻭﻟﻰ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺁﻥ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﮔﺸﺖ ‪ .‬ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻣﻠﻮﮎ ﻭ ﻣﻠﮑﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﻭﻥ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﺍﺣﺪﻳﻪ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺟﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﻧﺸﺪﻧﺪ‬ ‫ﻣﺒﺎﺭﮐﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﻖ ﻓﻢ ﺍﺭﺍﺩﮤ ﻣﺎﻟﮏ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻭ ﺗﻮ ﺍﺯ ﻓﻀﻞ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻭ ﺭﺣﻤﺖ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﻪﺍﺵ ﺑﻪ ﮐﻠﻤﮥ " ﻳﺎ ﻭﺭﻗﺘﻰ " ﻭ " ﻳﺎ ﺍﻣﺘﻰ " ﻓﺎﺋﺰ‬ ‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺪﺍﻥ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺣﻤﺪ ﻭ ﺛﻨﺎﻯ ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﮔﺸﺘﻰ ‪ ....‬ﻗﺪﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺗﺒﮥ ﻋﻠﻴﺎ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﻋﺎﻟﻤﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ ﺑﺎﺵ ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺖ ﻭ ﺛﻤﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ‪ ،‬ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺧﻠﻖ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﺤﻴﺮ ﺑﻞ ﻣﻨﺼﻌﻖ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻰ ‪.‬‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٣٣٨‬‬ ‫ﻟﺴﻠﻄﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻫﻔﺘﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍ ّ‬

‫‪ ٢٥‬ﮊﺍﻧﻮﻳﻪ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﻻﺯﺍﻝ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺼﻴﺤﺖ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺭﺑﮏ ‪ ،‬ﻗﻠﻢ‬ ‫ﺎﺋﺮ ﻓﻰ ﻫﻮﺍء‬ ‫ﻣﺤﺒﺔ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻳﺎ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻬﺎ ﺍﻟّﻄ ُ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﻣﮑﺮﺭ ﺍﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ﻧﺼﺤﻴﻪ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﻳﻨﻔُﻌﻬﻢ ﺍﻣﺮ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ‪ .‬ﻫﺮ ﮐﻠﻤﻪ ﺍﺯ ﮐﻠﻤﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺑﻤﺎ َ َ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺍﺑﺪﻳﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺷﻴﺎء ﻓﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﻧﻨﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﻃﻐﻴﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻋﺼﻴﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺷﺎﻳﺪ ﻋﺎﺭﻑ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻧﻌﻤﺖ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻧﺎﺱ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺻﺮﻳﺮ ﻗﻠﻢ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻭ ﺣﻔﻴﻒ ﺳﺪﺭﮤ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﮐﻪ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ‪ .‬ﺁﻥ ﺟﻨﺎﺏ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ‬

‫ﺍﻧﻪ‬ ‫ﻗﻮﺕ ﺫﮐﺮ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺭﺽ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻓﻖ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺖ ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﻋﺎﻟﻤﻴﺎﻥ ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ‪ّ .‬‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻳﺆﻳ‪‬ﺪﮎ ﺑﺠﻨﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻫﺎﻥ ‪ .‬ﻣﻨﻊ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺛﻤﺮﻯ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺖ ﻭ ﺿﻐﻴﻨﻪ ﻭ ﺑﻐﻀﺎﻯ ﺍﻣﻢ‬ ‫َﻣﻌﮏ ﻭ ُ َ‬

‫ﺣﺠﺎﺏ ﻧﮕﺸﺖ ‪ ،‬ﮐﻠﻤﻪ ﻧﻔﻮﺫ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ‪ ،‬ﺍﺭﺍﺩﻩ ﺍﺣﺎﻃﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٣٣٩‬‬

‫ﻟﺴﻠﻄﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻫﺸﺘﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍ ّ‬

‫‪ ٢٦‬ﮊﺍﻧﻮﻳﻪ‬

‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬

‫ﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺭﺷﺤﺎﺕ ﺑﺤﺮ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺖ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﻳﺪ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺖ ﻓﺮﻕ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ‬ ‫ِّ‬

‫ﺍﻣﺮﻩ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻣﺎء ﺩﺭ ﺻﻘﻊ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻣﺸﻬﻮﺩ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻋﺒﺪﻯ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻤﺎ َ َ َ ُ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺍ‪ ‬ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﮔﺸﺖ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻭﺭﻗﻪﺍﻯ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺭﻳﺎﺡ ﺍﺭﺍﺩﻩ ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ‬

‫ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺖ ﺑﺰﺭﮒ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﮐﺒﻴﺮ ‪ .‬ﻓﻀﻞ ﻭ ﻋﻄﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﺣﻴﻦ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻫﺮ ‪َ .‬ﻣﻦ‬

‫ِ‬ ‫ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺎﺗﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺍﻟﻴﺔ ؟ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻄﺎﻳﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺍﺗﺮﺓ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻳﺸﮑﺮﻩ‬ ‫ﻳﻘﺪﺭ َﺍﻥ َ ُ َ‬ ‫َ ِ ُ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻤﺴﮏ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺘﺸﺒﺜﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺒﻞ ﻓﻀﻠﺶ‬ ‫ﺫﻳﻞ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺘﺶ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٣٤٠‬‬ ‫ﻟﺴﻠﻄﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻧﻬﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍ ّ‬

‫‪ ٢٧‬ﮊﺍﻧﻮﻳﻪ‬

‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬

‫ﺣﻖ ﻣﻨﺴﻮﺏ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﺪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﮐﻪ ﭼﺸﻢ‬ ‫ﻳﺎ ﺣﺴﻴﻦ ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻴﮏ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻳﻮﻡ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﮎ ﺑﻪ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺷﺒﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺪﻳﺪﻩ ‪ .‬ﻧﻌﻤﺖ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻭ ﻣﺎﺋﺪﮤ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻥ ﻧﺎﺯﻝ ﻭ ﺑﺤﺮ ﺟﻮﺩ ّ‬

‫ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﻖ ﺳﻤﺎء ﺑﺮﻫﺎﻥ ﻣﺸﺮﻕ ﻭ ﻟﮑﻦ ﺧﻠﻖ ﻏﺎﻓﻞ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺣﺠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻭﻫﺎﻡ ﺑﻪ‬

‫ﺷﺄﻧﻰ ﺍﺧﺬ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﮐﻪ ﻗﺮﺏ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ُﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﻧﻤﻰ ﺩﻫﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻬﻞ ‪.‬‬

‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺼﺺ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺷﺒﻬﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻭ ﻇﻨﻮﻥ ﻭ ﺍﻭﻫﺎﻡ ﮔﺬﺷﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻓﻖ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ‪ .‬ﺍﻭﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺑﻬﺎء ﻭ ﺍﺻﺤﺎﺏ ﺳﻔﻴﻨﮥ ﺣﻤﺮﺍ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻘﺎﻥ ّ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٣٤١‬‬

‫‪ ٢٨‬ﮊﺍﻧﻮﻳﻪ‬

‫ﻟﺴﻠﻄﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮ ﺍ ّ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻣﻬﺮﺑﺎﻥ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻪ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺑﺮﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻃﺎﻋﺖ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻻﺯﻡ ﻭ ﻭﺍﺟﺐ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ّ‬ ‫ﮐﻞ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺖ ّ‬

‫ﺗﺮﻗﻰ ﺍﻫﻞ‬ ‫ﻣﺸﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﻧﺎﺯﻝ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺳﺒﺐ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﺖ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺰﻳﻦ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻤﺎء ّ‬ ‫ﻃﺮﺍﺯ ﺍﺣﮑﺎﻡ ّ‬ ‫ﻟﻪ‬ ‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻧﻔﻮﺳﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻭ ﻧﺠﺎﺕ َﻣﻦ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ‪.‬‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﺒﺔ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻭ ﻣﺎ َﺍﻧَﺰ َ ُ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﺣﻖ ﻣﺬﮐﻮﺭﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻟﺤﺎﻅ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ‬ ‫ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﮑﺘﺎﺏ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﮔﺸﺘﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻣﺎء ﻧﺰﺩ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻮﺟﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺎﺭ ﻣﺤﺒّﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺄﻧﻰ ﻣﺸﺘﻌﻞ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺣﺪﻯ ﻗﺎﺩﺭ ﺑﺮ‬ ‫ﻋﺎﻣﻠﻴﻦ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺍﻃﻔﺎﻯ ﺁﻥ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٣٤٢‬‬

‫‪ ٢٩‬ﮊﺍﻧﻮﻳﻪ‬

‫ﻟﺴﻠﻄﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻳﺎﺯﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍ ّ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺏ ﻳﮑﺘﺎ‬ ‫ﺳﮑﺎﻥ ﺳﻤﻮﺍﺕ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺽ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺧﺬ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺷﺮﺍﻗﺎﺕ ﺷﻤﺲ ﺍﻓﺘﺘﺎﻥ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﺎﻣﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ُﺳﮑﺮ ‪ّ ُ ،‬‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺗﺠﻠﻰ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻩ ‪ .‬ﺍﻯ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺫﮐﺮ ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺫﮐﺮ ﻋﺎﻟﻤﻴﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﮐﻞ ﺍﺷﻴﺎء ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺘﺤﺎﻥ ﺑﺮ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻨﻘﻄﻊ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺎﺩﺵ ﺍﺯ ﻳﺎﺩ َﻣﻦ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻻﮐﻮﺍﻥ ﻓﺎﺭﻍ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺑﻼﻳﺎﻯ ﻭﺍﺭﺩﻩ ﻣﺤﺰﻭﻥ‬

‫ﻋﺰ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻣﺒﺎﺷﻴﺪ ‪ .‬ﻋﻨﻘﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﻖ ﻧﺼﺮ ّ‬ ‫ﺭﺑﺎﻧﻰ ﺷﻤﺲ ﺳﺮﻭﺭ ﻃﺎﻟﻊ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﺭﻳﺎﺡ ّ‬

‫ﺑﺮﻳﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺣﺎﻃﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﻧﻘﻄﮥ ﻇﻠﻢ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻪ ّ‬ ‫ﮐﻞ ّ‬ ‫ﺧﺒﺎء ﻣﺠﺪ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻭ ﺁﻳﮥ ﻏﻠﺒﮥ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﻟﻮﺡ ﮐﻮﻥ ﻣﺤﻮ ﺷﻮﺩ ‪ .‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﻭﻋﺪ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﮑﺬﻭﺏ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪٣٤٣‬‬ ‫ﻟﺴﻠﻄﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺩﻭﺍﺯﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍ ّ‬

‫‪ ٣٠‬ﮊﺍﻧﻮﻳﻪ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺩﺍﻧﺎ‬

‫ﻣﺘﺤﺮﮎ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﻗﻠﻢ ﻣﺎﻟﮏ ﺍﻧﺎﻡ ﺳﺎﮐﻦ ﻧﻪ ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﺣﻮﺍﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺫﮐﺮ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﻟﻴﺎﻟﻰ ﻭ ّ‬

‫ﻋﻠﺖ ﺭﺍﺣﺖ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻩ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻣﺮ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﻭ ّ‬

‫ﻻٍَ‬ ‫ﻣﺔ‬ ‫ﮐﻞ ﺑﻤﺎ ُ ِﺍﻣﺮﻭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭﻧﺶ ﻣﻨﻘﻄﻊ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ِ َ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﺍ‪ ‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ّ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻭ َ ِ‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺮﺕ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻰ ﮐﺘﺎﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﮑﺮﻳﻢ ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ‬ ‫ﻓﺎﺯﺕ ﻓﻰ ّ‬ ‫ﻋﻤ َﻠﺖ ﺑﻤﺎ ُ ِ َ‬ ‫َ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺬ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ‬ ‫ﻋﺸﺎﻕ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﺸﺒﺚ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻓﻖ ﺭﺿﺎﻳﺶ ﻧﺎﻇﺮ ‪ .‬ﻫﻴﭻ ﺷﻴﺌﻰ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺎﻡ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﺣﻮﺍﻝ ﺑﻪ ّ‬

‫ﺣﻖ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﺩ ﺑﻮﺩ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺭﺿﺎﻳﺖ ّ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٣٤٤‬‬

‫‪ ٣١‬ﮊﺍﻧﻮﻳﻪ‬

‫ﻟﺴﻠﻄﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺳﻴﺰﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍ ّ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﺑﺴﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻴﻤﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺳﻤﺎء‬ ‫ﻫﻤﺖ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﻧﺪﺍﻯ ﻣﻄﻠﻊ ﻗﻴّﻮﻡ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺿﻮﺿﺎء ﺍﻫﻞ ﻇﻨﻮﻥ ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﮐﻤﺎﻝ ّ‬

‫ﻭﺭﻯ ﺑﻪ ﺫﮐﺮ ﻣﺎﻟﮏ ﺍﺳﻤﺎء ﻧﺎﻃﻖ‬ ‫ﮐﺒﺮﻯ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﺧﺪﻣﺖ ﺍﻣﺮ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺖ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ‪ .‬ﺟﻬﺪ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻭﺭﺍﻕ ﻧﺎﺭ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻄﻠﻊ ﻧﻮﺭ ﻣﻨﻊ ﻧﻨﻤﺎﻳﺪ ‪ .‬ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﻪ ّ‬

‫ﻣﻨﺴﻮﺑﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﻤﺶ ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻑ ‪ .‬ﻗﺪﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺪﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺣﻔﻈﺶ‬

‫ﺣﻖ ﺩﺭ ﮐﻤﻴﻦ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ‪َ .‬ﺍﻥ َ ِ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺘﻘﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﻣﺮ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ‪ .‬ﺷﻴﺎﻃﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﻢ ّ‬

‫ﺍﺣﺴﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﺰﺍء ِﻣﻦ ﻋﻨﺪﻩ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﺻﻔﻴﺎ‪‬ﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﻪ َﻳﺠﺰﻯ‬ ‫َﺗ َ ‪‬‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻮﻡ ‪ّ ،‬‬ ‫ﻮﮐﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻴﻤﻦ ّ‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٣٤٥‬‬

‫ﻟﺴﻠﻄﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﭼﻬﺎﺭﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍ ّ‬

‫‪ ١‬ﻓﻮﺭﻳﻪ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﻳﻘ‪‬ﺮﺑﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻰ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ّ‬ ‫ﺟﻞ ﺟﻼﻟﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻤﺎ ُ َ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻣﺎء ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻈﻠﻮﻡ ﺩﺭ ﻟﻴﺎﻟﻰ ﻭ ّ‬

‫ﺍ‪ ‬ﺩﻋﻮﺕ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﻀﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺻﻐﺎء ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺧﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮ ﺩﻭ ﻣﻤﻨﻮﻉ ﻭ‬

‫ﺗﻤﺴﮏ‬ ‫ﺗﻘﻮﻯ‬ ‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺍﻣﺎﺋﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﺸﺒﺚ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻤﺴﮏ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﻭﻝ ﻭ ﺛﺎﻧﻰ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺣﺰﺑﻰ ﺑﻪ ّ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﻣﺘﻮﺟﻬﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺭﻭﺯ ﻣﺠﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﻭ ﻣﮑﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺣﮑﻴﻢ ﻋﺎﺩﻝ‬ ‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻓﻖ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﺣﻖ ﻣﻰ ﻃﻠﺒﻴﻢ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻣﺎء ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﺒﺄ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﻭ ﺭﺣﻤﺖ‬ ‫ﺑﺮ ﻋﺮﺵ ﺍﻣﺮ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ّ‬ ‫ﮐﺒﺮﻯ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ﻧﻔﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ‪.‬‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٣٤٦‬‬ ‫ﻟﺴﻠﻄﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﭘﺎﻧﺰﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍ ّ‬

‫‪ ٢‬ﻓﻮﺭﻳﻪ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﻋﻠﻴﮏ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭﺯ ﺗﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﮐﻠﻤﮥ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﮐﮥ ﻻ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ﻳﺎ ﺍﻓﻨﺎﻧﻰ ‪َ ،‬‬ ‫ِﺍﻟﻪ ّﺍﻻ ﻫﻮ ﺑﺮ ﻋﺮﺵ ﮐﺘﺐ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ‪ .‬ﺑﮕﻮ ﺍﻯ ﻗﻮﻡ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻳﻮﻡ ‪،‬ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ ،‬ﻻ‬

‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ‬ ‫ﻰ ﻧﺎﻇﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻳﺬﮐﺮ ﻓﻴﻪ ّﺍﻻ ﻫﻮ ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ّ‬ ‫ُ َُ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ﮐﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻓﻖ ﺍﻋﻠ ٰ‬

‫ﮐﻪ ﻇﻨﻮﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻘﻴﻦ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ‪ .‬ﺑﮕﻮ ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﻳﻘﻴﻦ ﻣﺸﺮﻕ ﻭ ﺻﺮﺍﻁ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ‬ ‫ﺭﻣﺪ َﺍﻋﺮﺍﺽ ﻣﻄّﻬﺮ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺭﺍﻳﺎﺕ ﺁﻳﺎﺕ ﻣﻨﺼﻮﺏ ﻭ ﺍﻋﻼﻡ ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ ﻣﺸﻬﻮﺩ ‪ .‬ﺑﺼﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ َ َ‬ ‫ﻣﻄﻬﺮ ﺳﺎﺯﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ‬ ‫ﺗﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﮤ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺳﻤﻊ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﮐﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﻧﺎﻻﻳﻘﻪ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻟﻌﻤﺮ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﻧﺪﺍﻯ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ّ‬ ‫ﮐﻞ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺍﺻﻐﺎ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ‪ .‬ﺑﮕﻮ ﺍﻯ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ‪َ َ ،‬‬

‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﺍﻣﺮﻯ ﻓﻮﺕ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻫﺮﮔﺰ ﻗﺎﺩﺭ ﺑﺮ ﺗﺪﺍﺭﮎ ﺁﻥ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪٣٤٧‬‬

‫ﻟﺴﻠﻄﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺷﺎﻧﺰﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍ ّ‬

‫‪ ٣‬ﻓﻮﺭﻳﻪ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﺍﻯ ﮐﻨﻴﺰ ﺧﺪﺍ ‪ ،‬ﺳﻤﻊ ﻭﺩﻳﻌﮥ ﺭﺣﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﮐﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ َﻣﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺭﺽ‬

‫ﺍﺣﺪﻳﻪ ﻣﺸﺮﻕ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺻﻐﺎء‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺸﺮﻕ ﻓﻢ‬ ‫ﭘﺎﮎ ﻭ ﻃﺎﻫﺮ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺪﺱ ﺳﺎﺯ ﺗﺎ ﮐﻠﻤﮥ ّ‬

‫ﮐﻞ ﭼﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻭ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻰ ‪ ،‬ﻳﻌﻨﻰ ﺑﺸﻨﻮﻯ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﻋﺎﻟﻤﻴﺎﻥ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﮔﺮﺩﻯ ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ّ‬

‫ﻣﺘﺤﻴﺮ ﻣﺎﻧﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﻣﮕﺮ ﻧﻔﻮﺳﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﺍﺳﻢ‬ ‫ﻫﻮﻯ ﺳﺮﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﻭ‬ ‫ﭼﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻣﺎء ﺩﺭ ﺗﻴﻪ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﺣﻖ ﻭ ﻣﺎﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﺗﺸﺒﺚ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺟﻮﺍﻫﺮ ﺧﻠﻖ ﻧﺰﺩ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺫﻳﻞ ﺳﻠﻄﺎﻥ ﻗﺪﻡ ّ‬

‫ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﻣﻌﺪﻭﻡ ﻭ ﻫﺎﻟﮏ ‪ .‬ﺟﻬﺪ ﻧﻤﺎ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺮ ﻣﻨﺰﻝ ﺑﻘﺎ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻥ ﺟﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﺑﻬﺎﺳﺖ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ‬

‫ﺷﻮﻯ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﻣﺮ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﻴﺮ ﮔﺮﺩﻯ ‪ ....‬ﺍﺯ ﻋﺎﻟﻤﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﮕﺴﻞ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺭﺣﻤﻦ ﻭﺻﻞ ﮐﻦ ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ‬

‫ﮐﻞ ﺭﺍ ﻓﻨﺎ ﺍﺧﺬ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺩﻧﻴﻪ ﻣﺤﺰﻭﻥ ﻣﺒﺎﺵ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ ﮐﻪ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻣﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﻩ ﻭ ﺷﺌﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺩﻧﻴﺎﻯ ّ‬

‫ﮐﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺍﺏ ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﻭ ﺳﻠﻄﻨﺖ ﻭ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ‪ .‬ﻋﻨﻘﺮﻳﺐ ّ‬ ‫ﺑﻘﺎ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ّ‬ ‫ﺭﺏ ﺍﻻﺭﺑﺎﺏ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﻣﺎﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻋﻈﻤﺖ ﻭ ﻣﻠﮏ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ّ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٣٤٨‬‬ ‫ﻟﺴﻠﻄﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻫﻔﺪﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍ ّ‬

‫‪ ٤‬ﻓﻮﺭﻳﻪ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ﻣﻬﺮﺑﺎﻥ‬

‫ﻣﺤﺒﺖ ﺭﺣﻤﻦ ﻃﻴﺮﺍﻥ ﻧﻤﺎ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻯ ﺍﺣﻤﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﺩ ﺍﺣﺪ ﻣﻰ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻨﺎﺣﻴﻦ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻮﺍﻯ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺣﺴﻨﻰ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺟﻊ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻴﺎ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ‬ ‫ﺷﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺣﻤﺖ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﻪ ﻭ ﻓﻀﻞ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻪﺍﺵ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻄﻠﻊ ﺍﺳﻤﺎء‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﺷﻮﻯ ‪ .‬ﻗﺪﻡ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺖ ﺭﺍ ﻃﻰ ﻧﻨﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﭘﺮﻫﺎﻯ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻃﻴﺮﺍﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻫﻮﺍﻯ‬

‫ﻣﻨﺘﻬﻰ ﺳﻔﺮ‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻰ ﻋﺎﺟﺰ ﻣﺎﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﭘﺲ ﺑﻪ َﭘﺮ ﻣﻌﻨﻮﻯ ﻭ ﻗﺪﻡ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻰ ﺁﻫﻨﮓ ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﮐﻦ ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﮐﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﻗﺎﺻﺪﺍﻥ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ﻣﻰ ﻃﻠﺒﻴﻢ ﮐﻪ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻨﺘﻬﻰ ﻭﻃﻦ ﻋﺎﺷﻘﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ّ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺣﻴﻖ ﻭﺣﻰ ﺭﻭﺯﻯ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٣٤٩‬‬

‫ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﺴﻠﻄﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻫﺠﺪﻫﻢ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫‪ ٥‬ﻓﻮﺭﻳﻪ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﻫﻮﺍﻟﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺨﺒﻴﺮ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻪ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﻮﻯ ‪ .‬ﭼﻮﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻯ ﺟﻮﺍﻥ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﺍ‪ ‬ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺖ ﺭﺣﻤﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻴﻮﺿﺎﺕ ﻧﺎﻣﺘﻨﺎﻫﻴﮥ ّ‬

‫ﻣﻮﻓﻖ ﺷﻮﻯ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻣﺮﻯ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻩ ﺗﺎ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺰﻳﻦ ﺷﺪﻯ ﺍﺯ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻭﻝ ﺟﻮﺍﻧﻰ ﺑﻪ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻥ ﻣﺸﺮﻕ ﻭﺣﻰ ّ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ّ‬

‫ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻓﺘﺮ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺑﺎﻗﻰ ﻭ ﭘﺎﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﻤﺎﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﻫﺮ ﺍﻣﺮﻯ ﺭﺍ ﻓﻨﺎ ﺍﺧﺬ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﮕﺮ ﺍﻣﺮﻯ ﮐﻪ‬

‫ﻟﻠﻪ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪ .‬ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﻓﻨﺎ ﺍﺧﺬ ﻧﻨﻤﺎﻳﺪ ‪ .‬ﺟﻬﺪ ﮐﻦ ﺗﺎ‬ ‫ﻟﻠﻪ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻋﻤﻠﻰ ﮐﻪ ِ ّ‬ ‫ِّ‬

‫ﻧﺴ‪‬ﻞ ﺍ‪َ َ‬ﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺭﺣﻴﻖ ﺑﺎﻗﻰ ﺑﻴﺎﺷﺎﻣﻰ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﮐﻮﺛﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺖ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﮔﺮﺩﻯ ‪ُ  َ .‬‬

‫َُ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻳﻮﻓَﻘﮏ‬ ‫ﻳﺒﻘﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺫﮐﺮﮎ ﻓﻰ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ‬ ‫ﻳﺆﻳ‪َ‬ﺪﮎ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﮐﺮﻩ ﻭ ﺛﻨﺎﺋﻪ ﻭ ﺧﺪﻣﺘﻪ ﻭ ُ َ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺪﺍﻥ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﻈﺮ ﺍﮐﺒﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻴﻦ ‪ .‬ﻗﺪﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ّ‬ ‫ﮐﺘﺎﺑﻪ ُ‬

‫ﺍﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺷﺪﻩ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺑﺼﺮ ﺣﻔﻈﺶ ﻧﻤﺎ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٣٥٠‬‬ ‫ﻟﺴﻠﻄﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻧﻮﺯﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍ ّ‬

‫‪ ٦‬ﻓﻮﺭﻳﻪ‬

‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬

‫ﺑﮕﻮ ﻳﺎ ﺣﺰﺏ ﺍ‪ ، ‬ﺟﻬﺪ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻗﺪﺭ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺪﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺸﻨﺎﺳﻴﺪ ‪ .‬ﭼﻨﺪﻯ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﺗﺤﺎﺩ ﻭ ﺭﻓﻊ ﮐﺪﻭﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﮐﻤﺎﻝ ﺭﻭﺡ ﻭ ﺭﻳﺤﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻄﻬﻴﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻕ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ‪ .‬ﻋﻨﻘﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﺷﺮﺍﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﻋﺪﻝ ﺑﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﻓﺌﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻗﻠﻮﺏ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﻏﺎﻓﻞ ّ‬

‫ﻫﻤﺖ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﻋﺎﻟﻤﻴﺎﻥ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻭ ﻫﻮﻳﺪﺍ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﺪﺩ ﺗﻬﺬﻳﺐ ﺍﻣﻢ ﻭ ﺍﺻﻼﺡ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ‪ّ .‬‬

‫ﺣﻖ ﺑﺮ ﺗﺮﺑﻴﺖ ﻧﻬﺎﻟﻬﺎﻯ ﻣﻐﺮﻭﺳﻪ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺧﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺳﺒﻘﺖ‬ ‫ﺑﺰﺭﮒ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﻢ ّ‬

‫ﺣﻖ ﻣﻰ‬ ‫ﮔﻴﺮﻳﺪ ‪ .‬ﻋﻤﻞ ّ‬ ‫ﮐﻞ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻭﺍﺿﺢ ﻭ ﻣﺸﻬﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﺟﺮﺵ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺰﺍﺋﻦ ﻋﺼﻤﺖ ﻣﺤﻔﻮﻅ ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ّ‬

‫ﻣﺆﻳﺪ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻠﻢ‬ ‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﺯﻝ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﮔﺸﺘﻪ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻃﻠﺒﻴﻢ ّ‬ ‫ﮐﻞ ﺭﺍ ّ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٣٥١‬‬ ‫ﺍﻭﻝ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻤﻠﮏ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫‪ ٧‬ﻓﻮﺭﻳﻪ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﺍﻻﺑﻬﻰ‬ ‫ﺭﺑﻨﺎ ﺍﻻﻗﺪﺱ ﺍﻻﻋﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﺑﺴﻢ ّ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺮﺑﺎﻧﺶ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺣﻤﺪ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺪﺱ ﺍﺯ ﺫﮐﺮ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻻﻳﻖ ﻭ ﺳﺰﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ّ‬

‫ﻟﺬﺕ ﻣﺎﺋﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻋﺴﻞ ‪ .‬ﻫﺮ‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺪﺭ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻼﻳﺎﻯ ﻓﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻠﺶ ّ‬ ‫ﺳﻴﻒ ﻃﻌﻢ ﺷﻴﺮ ﻭ ﺷﮑﺮ ّ‬

‫ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺣﻴﻖ ﻣﺨﺘﻮﻡ ﺁﺷﺎﻣﻴﺪ ﻫﺠﻮﻡ ﺍﻫﻞ ﻇﻠﻮﻡ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻋﺮﻑ ﻗﻤﻴﺺ ﺍﺳﻢ‬

‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺍﮐﻠﻴﻞ ﺣﻴﻮﺓ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺮ ﻓﺪﺍ ّ‬ ‫ﻗﻴﻮﻣﺶ ﻣﻨﻊ ﻧﻨﻤﻮﺩ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﮐﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﺷﺘﻴﺎﻕ ﺑﻪ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺍﻗﺼﻰ‬ ‫ﻧﺜﺎﺭ ﻗﺪﻭﻣﺶ ﮐﺮﺩﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺮﺍﺭ ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺕ ﭘﻰ ﺑﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻨﻘﻄﻌﴼ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﻗﺼﺪ ﻣﻘﺼﺪ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﻭ ﺫﺭﻭﮤ ﻋﻠﻴﺎ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻧﻔﻮﺳﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺳﻄﻮﺓ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻭ ﺛﺮﻭﺓ ﺍﻣﻢ ﻭ ﻏﺮﻭﺭ ﺍﻣﺮﺍ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻤﺎ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺸﺮﻕ ﻭﺣﻰ ﻣﺎﻟﮏ ﺍﺳﻤﺎء ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ﻧﺴﺎﺧﺖ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٣٥٢‬‬

‫‪ ٨‬ﻓﻮﺭﻳﻪ‬

‫ﺩﻭﻡ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻤﻠﮏ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﻋﺎﻟﻤﻴﺎﻥ‬

‫ﻣﺘﻤﺴﮏ ﻭ ﺑﺮ‬ ‫ﺣﺒﺶ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﺍ‪ ‬ﻻﺯﺍﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻓﻖ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺏ ﺑﻰ ﺯﻭﺍﻝ ﻧﺎﻇﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﻰ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ّ‬

‫ﺟﻞ ﺟﻼﻟﻪ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺮﺵ ﻗﺎﺋﻢ ﻭ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ‪ .‬ﻧﺪﺍﻯ ﺭﺣﻤﻦ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﻭ ﻧﻌﻴﻖ ﺷﻴﻄﺎﻥ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ّ‬

‫ﺷﺮ ﺍﻭ ﻣﺤﻔﻮﻅ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ‪ .‬ﻳﻮﻡ ﺑﺰﺭﮒ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺑﺰﺭﮒ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺳﺎﺋﻠﻴﻢ ﮐﻪ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ّ‬

‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﮐﺴﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺷﺌﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻣﻢ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺤﺮ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﻣﻨﻊ ﻧﻨﻤﻮﺩ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺻﻐﺎء ﻧﻤﺎ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻭﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﺰﻟﮥ ﺩﺭﻉ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻫﻴﮑﻞ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻥ‬ ‫‪.‬ﺑﮕﻮﺵ ﺟﺎﻥ ﮐﻠﻤﮥ ّ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺤﮑﻴﻢ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺘﺪﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﻪ ﻟﻬﻮ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺰﻟﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻤﻦ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺬﻯ َ َ َ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻟﺤﻖ ‪ّ ،‬‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫‪.‬ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ّ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٣٥٣‬‬

‫ﺳﻮﻡ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻤﻠﮏ‬

‫‪ ٩‬ﻓﻮﺭﻳﻪ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺷﺄﻧﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻤﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺪﺍﺭ‬ ‫ﻫﻮ ﺍ‪‬‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺭﻭﺯﻯ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻧﺴﻤﺔ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺡ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺩﺭ ﺟﺬﺏ ﻭ ﺷﻮﺭ ‪َ .‬ﻋﻈﻢ‬

‫ﺭﺑﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﺗﺎﺯﻩ‬ ‫ﺗﺮﺷﺤﺎﺕ ﺑﺤﺮ ﻗﺪﻳﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﻭ ﮔﻴﺎﻩ ﭘﮋﻣﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺮﻡ ﺳﺤﺎﺏ ّ ّ‬ ‫َﺭﻣﻴﻢ ﺍﺯ ّ‬

‫ﮔﺸﺘﻪ ‪ .‬ﻧﻴﮑﻮﺳﺖ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﻯ ﮐﻪ ﮐﺪﻭﺭﺍﺕ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻓﺎﻧﻰ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﺍﻭﺕ ﻣﻨﻊ ﻧﻨﻤﻮﺩﻩ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ‬

‫ﺭﺏ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﻢ ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ﺯﻧﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻀﻠﺶ ﺩﻝ ﺑﺴﺘﻪﺍﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻭﻟﺌﮏ ِﻣﻦ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء ﻓﻰ ﻟﻮﺡ ﺍ‪ّ ‬‬ ‫ﺍﻻﻭﻟﻰ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺮﻯ ﻭ ﻣﺎﻟﮏ ﺍﻻﺧﺮﺓ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺜ ٰ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٣٥٤‬‬

‫ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻤﻠﮏ‬

‫‪ ١٠‬ﻓﻮﺭﻳﻪ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻳﮑﺘﺎ‬

‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻳﻢ ﻭ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ﻣﺬﮐﻮﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻭﻝ ﻓﺠﺮ ﺑﺮﺧﺎﺳﺘﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺭﺿﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﻢ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺷﺪﻳﻢ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﮐﻮﺛﺮ ﻟﻘﺎ ﻣﺴﺮﻭﺭ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻴﻢ ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮ ﻳﮏ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺷﺠﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺍﺯﻫﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺍﻭﺭﺍﻕ ﻭ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻓﻘﻰ ‪ ،‬ﺳﮑﺮ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻟﻠﻪ " ﺍﺻﻐﺎء ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻳﻢ ‪ .‬ﻳﺎ ﺍ ّﻳﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻠﮏ ِ ّ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ﺍﺛﻤﺎﺭ ﻧﺪﺍﻯ " ُ‬

‫ﺫﺭﺍﺕ ﺗﺮﺍﺑﺶ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮّﻧﻤﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺫﺭﻩ ﺍﺯ ّ‬ ‫ﺭﺣﻤﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺄﻧﻰ ﺍﺷﻴﺎﻯ ﺑﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺧﺬ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﮐﻪ ﻫﺮ ّ‬

‫ﻣﻘﺮﺑﻴﻦ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ّ‬ ‫ﺟﻞ ﺟﻼﻟﻪ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻟﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺭﻭﺯﻯ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ّ‬ ‫ﺑﺪﻳﻌﮥ ﻣﻨﻴﻌﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺫﮐﺮ ّ‬

‫ﺟﻞ ﺟﻼﻟﻪ ﻣﺴﺌﻠﺖ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﮐﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﻔﺘﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺨﻠﺼﻴﻦ ﻟﻘﺎﻯ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ّ‬

‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻧﻔﻮﺳﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺻﻐﺎﻯ ﻧﺪﺍ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﮤ ﺍﻓﻖ‬ ‫ﺷﺎﻫﺪ ﻭ ﮔﻮﺍﻩ ‪.‬‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ ﮐﻪ ﻧﺪﺍﻯ‬ ‫ﻣﻔﺘﺨﺮ ﮔﺸﺘﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﭼﺸﻢ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﮔﻮﺵ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺍﻳﻦ ّ‬

‫ﻣﻨﻮﺭ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺏ ﻋﺎﻟﻤﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻓﻖ ﺟﻤﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻮﺭ ﻭﺟﻪ ّ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٣٥٥‬‬

‫ﭘﻨﺠﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻤﻠﮏ‬

‫‪ ١١‬ﻓﻮﺭﻳﻪ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺏ ﻳﮑﺘﺎ‬

‫ﺣﻖ ﻏﺎﻓﻞ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻣﻊ ﺁﻧﮑﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻳﻮﻡ‬ ‫ﺭﺟﺎﻝ ﻭ َﺍﺑﻄﺎﻝ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺍﺯ ّ‬

‫ﺻﻘﻊ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻣﻰ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﻫﺮ‬ ‫ﺧﻠﻖ ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺗﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ﮐﻞ ﺩﺭ ُ‬ ‫ﺑﻄﻞ‬ ‫ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺮﻗﺎﺓ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻠﮑﻮﺕ ﻣﻌﺎﻧﻰ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﺪ ﺍﻭﺳﺖ ﻓﺎﺭﺱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻀﻤﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺍﻭﺳﺖ َ َ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻥ ‪ .‬ﻓﻀﻞ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ‪ .‬ﭼﻪ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺭﺟﺎﻝ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻠﻤﺎ ﻭ ﻋﺮﻓﺎ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ‬

‫ﻧﺸﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﭼﻪ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﺯ ﻭﺭﻗﺎﺕ ﺁﻭﺍﺯ ﺳﺪﺭﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺷﻨﻴﺪﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻨﺪ ‪َ .‬ﮐﻢ ِﻣﻦ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ﻣﻨﻊ ﻭ َﮐﻢ ِﻣﻦ َ َ ٍ‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺮﻕ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﻗﺒﻠﺖ ﺍﻟﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﺟﺎﺑﺖ ﻭ َ َ َ‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺔ َ ِ َ‬ ‫ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ُ ِ َ‬ ‫ﺳﻤﻌﺖ ﻭ َ َ‬ ‫ِ ٍ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻐﻔﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﮑﺮﻳﻢ ‪ .‬ﺣﻤﺪ ﮐﻦ ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺏ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺗﺮﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺠﻦ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﺫﮐﺮ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺭﺑ‪‬ﻬﺎ‬ ‫ِ‬

‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻩ ‪ .‬ﺍﻭﺳﺖ ﮐﺮﻳﻢ ﻭ ﺍﻭﺳﺖ ﺭﺣﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺍﻭﺳﺖ ﺩﺍﻧﺎ ﻭ ﺍﻭﺳﺖ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺎ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﺍﺛﺮ ﻗﻠﻢ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ﺁﻣﻦ ﺑﺎ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺒﻴﺮ ‪.‬‬ ‫‪.‬ﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎء‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻴﮏ ﻭ ﻋﻠﻰ ِﺍﻣﺎﺋﻰ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻼﺗﻰ َ ‪‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪٣٥٦‬‬ ‫ﺷﺸﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻤﻠﮏ‬

‫‪ ١٢‬ﻓﻮﺭﻳﻪ‬

‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬

‫ﺣﻤﺪ ﻭ ﺛﻨﺎ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﺎء ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺑﻰ ﺭﺍ ﻻﻳﻖ ﻭ ﺳﺰﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﺷﻴﺌﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺷﻴﺎء ﺁﻳﺘﻰ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺁﻳﺎﺕ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻭﺩﻳﻌﻪ ﮔﺬﺍﺷﺖ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺁﻳﺔ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﻣﻰ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﻣﻰ ﺻﺮﺍﻁ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ‬

‫ﺣﺴﻨﻰ ﻧﺎﻣﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ‪ .‬ﺍﻭﺳﺖ ﻣﺮﺷﺪ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﻭ ﻫﺎﺩﻯ َﻣﻦ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﺩ ‪ ‬ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺁﻳﺔ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﻞ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﻤﺎء ُ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻭ ﻫﻮﻳﺪﺍ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻫﺮ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻥ ﺷﻤﺲ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﻮﺩ ‪ ‬ﻭ‬

‫ﮐﻞ ﺁﻥ ﻣﺪﺩ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺪﺩ ﻣﻨﻘﻄﻊ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺁﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻭﺳﺖ ﺳﺮﺍﺝ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ُﺩﻫﻦ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ّ‬

‫ﻫﻮﻯ ﻣﺤﺠﻮﺏ‬ ‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻧﻔﻮﺳﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺠﺒﺎﺕ ﻧﻔﺲ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻧﻮﺭ ﻣﻨﻄﻔﻰ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪.‬‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﺭﻭﺡ َﻣﻦ ﻓﻰ ﻣﻠﮑﻮﺕ ﺍﻻﻣﺮ‬ ‫ﻧﺴﺎﺧﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﺭﺵ ﻣﻨﻊ ﻧﻨﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻗﻠﻢ‬ ‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ُ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ‪ " :‬ﭼﺸﻢ ﺳﺮ ﺭﺍ ﭘﻠﮏ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻧﺎﺯﮐﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻳﺪﻥ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻖ ﻓﺪﺍﻩ ‪ ،‬ﻣﻰ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻭﺳﺖ ﺑﻰ ﺑﻬﺮﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ " ‪.‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪٣٥٧‬‬

‫ﻫﻔﺘﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻤﻠﮏ‬

‫‪ ١٣‬ﻓﻮﺭﻳﻪ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﺩﺍﻧﺎ‬

‫ﺟﻞ ﺟﻼﻟﻪ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺍﺭﺽ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺮﺑﻴﺖ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ّ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻫﺴﺖ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻯ ﺣﺴﻦ ‪ ،‬ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﺯ ّ‬

‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﻀﻠﻪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﻦ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻩ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻣﻰ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ّ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﻣﺘﻮﺟﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺰﺏ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ .‬ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺟﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻟﮑﻦ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺖ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺻﻪ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﮐﺮﻣﻪ ﻭ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺍﻣﻄﺎﺭ ﺭﺣﻤﺖ ﻣﺒﺬﻭﻝ ﻣﻰ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﺷﺮﺍﻕ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺳﺤﺎﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﻢ‬ ‫ِ‬

‫ﮐﻼ ِﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﻳﻮﻡ ُﻳﻐﻨﻰ ﺍ‪ً ّ ُ‬‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺒﻠﻪ ﺳﺒﺐ ﻣﻨﻊ ﻓﻴﻮﺿﺎﺕ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻪ ﻧﻤﻰ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺷﻤﺲ " َ‬

‫ِ َِ‬ ‫ﻗﺘﺎﻝ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ‬ ‫ﺳﻢ َ ّ‬ ‫ﺳﻌﺘﻪ " ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﻖ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻭ ﻣﺸﺮﻕ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ‪ّ .‬‬

‫ﻣﺒﺪﻝ‬ ‫ﺍﺗﺤﺎﺩ ّ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ﺑﻄﻠﺒﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺋﺘﻼﻑ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ّ‬

‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ‬ ‫ﺍﺣﺒﺎﻯ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﻪ ﻫﻮﺍﻟﻤﻘﺘﺪﺭﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﺮ ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ّ‬ ‫ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ‪ّ .‬‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﮐﻞ ﺣﻴﻦ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ‬ ‫ﺭﺑﺎﻧﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ّ‬ ‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺑﺮﮐﺎﺕ ﻭ ﻓﻴﻮﺿﺎﺕ ّ‬ ‫ﻧﻴﺮ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﻖ ﺳﻤﺎء ﻗﻠﻢ ﺭﺣﻤﻦ ﺍﺷﺮﺍﻕ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ‪.‬‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٣٥٨‬‬

‫ﻫﺸﺘﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻤﻠﮏ‬

‫‪ ١٤‬ﻓﻮﺭﻳﻪ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﻧﺎﻯ ﻳﮑﺘﺎ‬

‫ﮐﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺣﺎﻃﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻋﻠﻤﺶ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺟﻞ ﺟﻼﻟﻪ ﻣﻬﺮﺑﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻀﻠﺶ ّ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ّ‬ ‫ﻳﺎ ﺍﻣﺘﻰ ‪ّ ،‬‬

‫ﺻﺪﺍﺋﻰ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﻧﻤﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻣﮕﺮ ﺁﻧﮑﻪ ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻠﮑﻮﺕ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺭﺣﻤﻦ ﻧﺎﺯﻝ ‪ِ .‬ﺍﻧﺎﺙ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﮐﻠﻤﮥ‬ ‫ﻣﺰﻳﻦ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺭﺟﺎﻝ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﮐﻠﻤﮥ ﺑﺪﻳﻌﮥ ﻣﻨﻴﻌﮥ " ﻳﺎ ﻋﺒﺪﻯ "‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺘﻰ " ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺒﺎﺭﮐﮥ " ﻳﺎ َ َ‬

‫ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﻭ ﺁﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺍﺻﻐﺎء ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﻠﻤﻪ ﺟﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﻄﺮﺯ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ‪ .‬ﭼﻪ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻠﻖ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺍﻧﻔﺎﻕ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﻠﻤﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﺑﮥ ﻧﻬﺎﻟﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻳﺪ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻏﺮﺱ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬

‫ﺳﻤﻮﻣﻴﻪ ﻣﺤﻔﻮﻅ ﻣﺎﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﻗﺪﺭ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺭﻳﺎﺡ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﺁﺏ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﺒﺖ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺖ ﺳﻘﺎﻳﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﻢ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﮐﻞ ﻣﺸﺘﻌﻞ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﻟﻌﻤﺮ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﺩﺭﺍﮎ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﻠﻤﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺪﺍﻥ ‪ُ َ َ .‬‬ ‫ﮐﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻓﻖ‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻣﺎء ﺁﻥ ﺍﺭﺽ ﺭﺍ ﺗﮑﺒﻴﺮ ﻣﻰ ﺭﺳﺎﻧﻴﻢ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ّ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﻭﺻﻴﺖ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﻢ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺰﻟﻨﺎﻩ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﮑﺘﺎﺏ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺗﻘﺪﻳﺲ ﻭ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻪ ﻭ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺑﻤﺎ َ َ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٣٥٩‬‬ ‫ﻧﻬﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻤﻠﮏ‬

‫‪ ١٥‬ﻓﻮﺭﻳﻪ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﺑﺴﻢ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺍﻻﺑﺪﻉ ﺍﻻﻗﺪﺱ‬

‫ﺍﻯ ﺍﻣﺔ ﺍ‪ ، ‬ﻫﺮ ُﻋﺴﺮﻯ ﺭﺍ ُﻳﺴﺮﻯ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻘﺐ ﻭ ﻫﺮ ﺍﺿﻄﺮﺍﺑﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻰ ﻭ ﻫﺮ‬

‫ﺣﻖ‬ ‫ﻓﺮﺍﻕ ﺭﺍ ﻗﺮﺏ ﻭ ﻟﻘﺎ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺪﺭ ‪ ‬ﻭ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﻣﺎء ﺯﺍﮐﻴﺎﺕ ﻭ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﻣﻮﻗﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺴﺘﻰ ﻭ ﺑﻘﺎﻯ ّ‬

‫ﻣﻮﻗﻦ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻰ ﻭ ﻓﻨﺎﻯ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻧﺘﺮﺳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻴﭻ ﺣﻮﺍﺩﺛﻰ ﻣﺤﺰﻭﻥ ﻧﺸﻮﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ ﮐﻪ َﻟﻢ‬

‫ﻣﺘﺤﺮﮎ ﻭ ﺛﻤﺮ َﻣﻊ ﺷﺠﺮ ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﺘﻬﺎ ﮔﺎﻫﻰ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ‬ ‫ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟّﺸﻤﺲ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻭ‬ ‫َ َﻳﺰﻝ ِ ّ‬ ‫ﻇﻞ َ َ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻇﻞ ﺳﺒﺐ ﻗﺮﺏ ﻭ ﻟﻘﺎ ﻭ ﻫﺴﺘﻰ ﺍﻭ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺟﺰ ﺍﺑﺮﺍﺭ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﻭ ﮔﺎﻫﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﺭ ‪ ‬ﻭ ﻟﮑﻦ ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻰ ﻭ ﻓﻨﺎﻯ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺄﺱ ﻧﺼﻴﺐ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ‪ ‬ﻭ ﻫﺮ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺍﺩﮤ‬

‫ﺣﻖ ﻓﺎﻧﻰ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻻﺯﺍﻝ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﺏ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﻻﻳﺰﺍﻝ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ‪ ،‬ﻟﺬﺍ ﻫﺮ ﺟﺎ ﺑﺎﺷﻰ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﺍﺩﮤ ّ‬ ‫ﻧﺰﺩ ﻣﺎ ﺣﺎﺿﺮﻯ ﻭ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻳﺪﻯ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻗﺎﺋﻤﻰ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٣٦٠‬‬

‫ﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻤﻠﮏ‬

‫‪ ١٦‬ﻓﻮﺭﻳﻪ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﭼﻮﻥ ﻧﻐﻤﺎﺕ ﻟﻄﻴﻒ ﺣﺠﺎﺯﻯ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻃﻠﻌﺖ ﻋﺮﺍﻗﻰ ﺷﻨﻴﺪﻯ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻧﻮﺍﻫﺎﻯ ﺷﻬﻨﺎﺯ ﻣﻌﻨﻮﻯ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ‬

‫ﺷﺎﻫﺒﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺑﺸﻨﻮ ﺗﺎ ﺍﺯ ﭼﻨﮓ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺑﻂ ﺑﻘﺎ ﺁﻭﺍﺯﻫﺎﻯ ﺑﺪﻳﻊ ﻭﻓﺎ ﺍﺩﺭﺍﮎ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻰ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻀﺮﺍﺏ‬ ‫ﻫﻮﻳﻪ ﺑﺸﻨﻮﻯ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﮐﻮﻯ ﺟﺎﻧﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺩﻝ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺍﻥ ﻗﺪﻡ ﮔﺬﺍﺭﻯ ﺗﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﺣﺪﻳﻪ ﺁﻫﻨﮓ ﻣﺰﻣﺎﺭ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻫﻤﻪ ﺭﻭﺡ ﺷﻮﻯ ﻭ ﺑﻰ َﭘﺮ َﺑﺮﭘﺮﻯ ﻭ ﺑﻰ ﺧﻤﺮ ﻣﺨﻤﻮﺭ ﺷﻮﻯ ﻭ ﺑﻰ ﻟﺴﺎﻥ ﻧﮑﺘﻪ ﺳﺮﺍﺋﻰ ﻭ ﺑﺮ‬

‫ﺍﻃﻼﻉ ﻳﺎﺑﻰ ﺗﺎ ﺣﺰﻥ ﻓﺮﺍﻣﻮﺵ ﮐﻨﻰ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺤﺮ ﺳﺮﻭﺭ‬ ‫ﻣﺮﺍﺗﺐ ﺟﺬﺏ ﻭ ﺷﻮﻕ ﻭ ﻭﺟﺪ ﻭ ﺫﻭﻕ ّ‬

‫ﺑﻴﺎﺷﺎﻣﻰ ‪.‬‬

‫" ﮔﻔﺖ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺣﮑﻢ ﺩﻝ ﺧﺪﺍ‬

‫ﺍﻯ ﮔﺰﻳﺪﻩ ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ﻣﻰ ﺩﺍﺭﻡ ﺗﻮ ﺭﺍ "‬

‫ﻋﺰ ﻗﺪﺱ ﭘﺮﻭﺍﺯ ﮐﻨﻰ‬ ‫ﻟﮑﻦ ﺟﻬﺪﻯ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺍﺯ ﮐﻮﻯ ﻧﻔﺲ ﻭ ﻫﻮﻯ ﻫﺠﺮﺕ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻰ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺮﻳﻢ ّ‬

‫ﻭ ﻣﺤﺮﻡ ﺣﺮﻡ ﺟﺎﻧﺎﻥ ﺷﻮﻯ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻝ ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻳﺎﺑﻰ ‪ .‬ﭼﻪ ﻣﻠﻴﺢ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﻔﺘﺎﺭ ﻭ ﭼﻪ ﻧﻴﮑﻮ‬ ‫ﺣﺐ‬ ‫ﺳﺒﻞ ﺭﺿﺎﻯ ﺍﻭ ﺳﻔﺮ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻰ ‪ ....‬ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﺩﮤ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﮐﺮﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﮔﺮ ﭘﻨﺪ ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ﺑﺸﻨﻮﻯ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ُ ُ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺑﻨﻮﺵ ﻭ ﭼﺸﻢ ﺍﺯ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻮﺵ ‪ ،‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٣٦١‬‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﻳﻔﻨﻰ ﻭ‬ ‫ﮐﻪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺑﻴﻨﻰ ‪ ،‬ﺷﻮﺩ ﻓﺎﻧﻰ ﻭ ﺑﮕﺬﺭﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﻰ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻣﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍ‪َ ‬ﻟﺒﺎﻗﻰ ﻻ َ ٰ‬

‫ﻻﻳﺒﻠﻰ ‪ .‬ﻗﺪﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍّﻳﺎﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﻧﺴﺘﻪ ﮐﻪ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﻭﺻﺎﻝ ﻣﻴّﺴﺮ ﻧﺸﻮﺩ ‪ .‬ﺑﻠﺒﻞ ﺟﺰ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺋﻢ َ ٰ‬

‫ﺭﺑﺎﻧﻰ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺗﻐﻨﻰ ﻧﻨﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺗﺎ ﮔﻞ ﻧﺒﻴﻨﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺮﻭﺵ ﻧﻴﺎﻳﺪ ‪ .‬ﺁﻳﺪ ﻭﻗﺘﻰ ﮐﻪ ﻋﻨﺪﻟﻴﺐ ّ‬ ‫ﺑﻬﺎﺭ ّ‬

‫ﻣﻘﺮ‬ ‫ﺫﮐﺮ ﻣﻌﺎﻧﻰ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻣﺎﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺎﺧﺴﺎﺭ ﻣﻌﻨﻮﻯ ﭘﺮﻭﺍﺯ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﮔﻠﺰﺍﺭﻫﺎﻯ ﻏﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ّ‬

‫ﮔﻴﺮﺩ ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﮔﻮﺵ ﺟﺎﻥ ﺑﺸﻨﻮ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻗﻠﺐ ﺍﺧﺬ ﻧﻤﺎ ‪ ‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﭼﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻟﺤﻦ ﭘﺎﺭﺳﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺎ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﻟﮑﻦ‬ ‫ﻧﻮﺍﻯ ﺣﺠﺎﺯﻯ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻭ ﻣﮑﻨﻮﻥ ﮔﺸﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻭ ﻣﺨﺰﻭﻥ ﺷﺪﻩ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٣٦٢‬‬

‫ﻳﺎﺯﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻤﻠﮏ‬

‫‪ ١٧‬ﻓﻮﺭﻳﻪ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪﮤ ﭘﺎﻳﻨﺪﻩ‬

‫ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎﺋﻰ ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻴﮏ ﺑﻬﺎﺋﻰ ‪ .‬ﻧﺼﺢ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺸﻨﻮ ﻭ ﺍﻭﺍﻣﺮﺵ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺻﻐﺎء ﻧﻤﺎ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺳﺎﻥ ‪ .‬ﺑﮕﻮ‬ ‫ﻣﻈﻔﺮ ﻭ ﻣﻨﺼﻮﺭ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ‬ ‫ﺗﻘﻮﻯ ﻻﺯﺍﻝ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻢ‬ ‫ﺗﻤﺴﮏ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻳﺎ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﺎء ﺍ‪َ َ ، ‬‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻘﻮﻯ ﻭ َﻳﻨﻬﻴﮑﻢ َﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻐﻰ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻔﺤﺸﺎء ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬ ‫ﻣﺮﮐﻢ ِ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﻪ ﻳﺄ ُ ُ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻟﺒﺮ ﻭ ﺍﻟّﺘ ٰ‬

‫ﺗﺸﺒﺚ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺒﺎﺑﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺳﺒﺐ ﻧﺼﺮﺕ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺠﺬﺍﺏ ﻭ ﺍﻗﺒﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺗﺎ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﺍﺭﺽ‬ ‫ﺍﻭﻟﻴﺎء ّ‬

‫ﻧﺰﺩﻳﮏ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺻﻐﺎء ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺳﻤﻊ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ‪.‬‬

‫ﻋﺰﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺒﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻌﻤﺖ‬ ‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﻧﺼﺎﻳﺢ ﻣﺸﻔﻖ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺸﻨﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ّ‬ ‫ﮐﺒﺮﻯ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﻭ ﺭﻓﻌﺖ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﻟﺤﺎﻅ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺖ ﻻﺯﺍﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺟﻨﺎﺏ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻫﺴﺖ ‪ ،‬ﻣﺤﺰﻭﻥ ﻣﺒﺎﺵ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻳﺮﻯ ﻭ ﻫﻮﺍﻟّﺴﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﺼﻴﺮ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻧﻪ َﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﻠﻴﻦ ِﻣﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﻩ ‪ُ َ َ ،‬‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻳﺴﻤﻊ ﻭ َ ٰ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٣٦٣‬‬

‫ﺩﻭﺍﺯﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻤﻠﮏ‬

‫‪ ١٨‬ﻓﻮﺭﻳﻪ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺏ ﻳﮑﺘﺎ‬

‫ﻣﺤﺒﺖ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻰ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻓﺮﻭﺯﻯ ﻭ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻯ ﺍﻣﺔ ﺍ‪ ، ‬ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﺍ‪ ‬ﺍﺯ ﻧﺎﺭ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺫﮐﺮ ﻭ ﺛﻨﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ ﺑﺎﺷﻰ ‪ .‬ﺩﺳﺖ ﻃﻠﺐ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺍﻣﻦ ﻣﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﺑﺮ ﻣﺪﺍﺭ ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﭼﺸﻢ ﺟﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺏ‬ ‫ﻋﺎﻟﻤﻴﺎﻥ ﻧﺎﻇﺮ ﺑﺎﺵ ﮐﻪ ﺷﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺤﺮ ﻓﻀﻠﺶ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ﻧﻤﺎﻧﻰ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻤﺎء ﻓﻴﻀﺶ ﻣﻤﻨﻮﻉ ﻧﮕﺮﺩﻯ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺭﺣﻤﺘﺶ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺁﻓﺮﻳﻨﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺣﺎﻃﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺘﺶ ﻫﻤﮥ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺮﺍﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ‪ .‬ﺑﻰ ﻧﺼﻴﺐ‬

‫ﺣﺒﺶ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﻧﺸﺪ ﻭ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ﮔﻮﺷﻰ ﮐﻪ ﻧﺪﺍﻳﺶ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﻨﻴﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻯ ﻗﺎﺻﺪﺍﻥ ‪ ،‬ﮐﻮﺛﺮ ﺑﺎﻗﻰ‬ ‫ﻗﻠﺒﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ّ‬ ‫ﺟﺎﺭﻯ ﻭ َﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﺁﻥ ﻗﻠﻢ ﺭﺣﻤﺎﻧﻰ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺣّﺒﺶ ﺑﻨﻮﺷﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻋﺎﻟﻤﻴﺎﻥ ﭼﺸﻢ ﺑﭙﻮﺷﻴﺪ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٣٦٤‬‬

‫ﺳﻴﺰﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻤﻠﮏ‬

‫‪ ١٩‬ﻓﻮﺭﻳﻪ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻳﮑﺘﺎ‬

‫ﻗﻠﻢ‬ ‫ﺑﻤﺎﻳﻨﺒﻐﻰ ﻟﻬﻢ ﻓﻰ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺍﻣﺮ ﻣﻰ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﺻﻔﻴﺎﻯ ّ‬ ‫َ َ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‬ ‫‪.‬ﻧﻴﮑﻮﺳﺖ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺎ ﺳﻮﻯ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻓﺎﺭﻍ ﻭ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺤﺮ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ّ‬ ‫ﮐﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺖ‬ ‫‪.‬ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺭﻭﺯ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺯ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﺍ‪ ‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ّ‬

‫ﻧﺰَﻝ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﮑﺘﺎﺏ ﻋﻤﻞ‬ ‫ﮐﺒﺮﻯ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻣﺮ ﻣﺎﻟﮏ ﺍﺳﻤﺎء ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻭ ﺭﺍﺳﺦ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻤﺎ ُ ‪‬‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﺍﺗﻘﻮﺍ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻳﺎ ﻗﻮﻡ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﻳﮏ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺧﺎﻟﺺ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺑﻬﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺳﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻌﺪﻭﺩﻩ ‪ّ .‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻟﻈﻨﻮﻥ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻧﺒﺬﻭﺍ ﺍﻻﻋﻤﺎﻝ َﻋﻦ‬ ‫ﺗﻤﺴﮑﻮﺍ ّ‬ ‫ﻻ ﺗﮑﻮﻧﻮﺍ ِﻣﻦ ّ‬ ‫ﻭﺭﺍ‪‬ﻬﻢ ﻭ َ َ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ َ َ‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫ﺍﺗﺤﺎﺩ ﺑﺎ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﺭﻓﺘﺎﺭ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺷﺎﻳﺪ‬ ‫ﺍﻻﻗﻮﺍﻝ ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﮐﻤﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﺒﺖ ﻭ ﻭﺩﺍﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻔﺖ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻧﺎﺋﻤﻴﻦ ﺑﻴﺪﺍﺭ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻄﺮ ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ّ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٣٦٥‬‬ ‫ﭼﻬﺎﺭﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻤﻠﮏ‬

‫‪ ٢٠‬ﻓﻮﺭﻳﻪ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﺍﻻﺑﻬﻰ‬ ‫ﻫﻮﺍﻻﻗﺪﺱ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻰ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﺭﺍﺩﻩ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺁﮔﺎﻩ‬ ‫ﺍﻯ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ‪ ،‬ﻧﺪﺍﻯ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻟﺴﺎﻥ ﭘﺎﺭﺳﻰ ﺑﺸﻨﻮﻳﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺷﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻤﺎ َ َ ُ‬

‫ﺷﻮﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﺁﮔﺎﻫﻰ ﻭ ﺑﻴﻨﺎﺋﻰ ﺑﻴﺎﺷﺎﻣﻴﺪ ‪ .‬ﻋﺎﺭﻑ ﺑﺼﻴﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻳﮏ ﮐﻠﻤﮥ ﻣﺤﮑﻤﮥ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﮐﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻪ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺍﺩﺭﺍﮎ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ‬ ‫ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺸﺮﻕ ﻓﻢ ﺍﺭﺍﺩﮤ ّ‬

‫ﻻﻳﺮﻯ‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ُ ُ‬ ‫ﺍﺫﻥ ﻭﺍﻋﻴﻪ ﺑﺸﻨﻮﻳﺪ ‪ّ .‬‬ ‫ﺳﺰﺍﻭﺍﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﺑﺼﺮ ﺣﺪﻳﺪ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﻪ ُ ٰ‬

‫ﻣﺆﻳﺪ ﺷﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﺑﺒﺼﺮ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ ﻭ ﻻ ُ َ ُ‬ ‫ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﺑﺪﻭﻧﻪ ‪ .‬ﻗﺴﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺑﺤﺮ ﺗﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻫﺮ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ّ‬

‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺻﺤﻴﻔﮥ ﺣﻤﺮﺍ ﻣﺬﮐﻮﺭ ﻭ ﻣﺴﻄﻮﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﺍﺻﻐﺎء ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﻠﻤﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻫﻞ ﻓﺮﺩﻭﺱ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٣٦٦‬‬

‫ﭘﺎﻧﺰﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻤﻠﮏ‬

‫‪ ٢١‬ﻓﻮﺭﻳﻪ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺏ ﻋﺎﻟﻤﻴﺎﻥ‬

‫ﺣﻖ ‪ ،‬ﮐﻠﻴﻢ ﺩﺭ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺻﻐﺎﻯ ﻧﺪﺍﻯ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻧﺪﺍﺋﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻯ ﮐﻨﻴﺰ ّ‬

‫ﺗﮑﻠﻢ ﻣﻰ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ‪ .‬ﺟﻬﺪ ﻧﻤﺎ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﻴﺾ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﺑﺎﻗﻰ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻭﻟﻰ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻗﺼﺺ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺋﻢ ﻣﺎﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﺷﻴﺎﻃﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﮐﻤﻴﻦ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﺎﻯ ّ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﺣﻖ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺍﻓﻖ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ﺑﻄﻠﺒﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺎﻣﻰ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺟﺰ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻨﻊ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ّ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﺳﺒﻴﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺭﺍﺩ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﻪ ُﻳﻨﺎﺩﻯ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻌﺪﻭﻡ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻔﻘﻮﺩ ﺷﻤﺮﻳﺪ ‪ّ .‬‬ ‫ﻟﻤﻦ َ َ‬ ‫ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ِ َ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻟﺤﻖ ﻭ ُ ِ ُ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٣٦٧‬‬

‫ﺷﺎﻧﺰﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﮏ‬

‫‪ ٢٢‬ﻓﻮﺭﻳﻪ‬

‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬

‫ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻳﺰ ﺍﻟﺤﮑﻴﻢ‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﺍﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻠﻖ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻥ ﺟﻤﺎﻝ ﻗﺪﻡ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ‪ .‬ﻫﺮ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﺪ ﺑﻪ‬

‫ﺣﻖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺪﻣﺖ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﮐﻞ ﺧﻴﺮ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻟﮑﻦ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ّ‬

‫ﻣﺘﻤﺴﮏ‬ ‫ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺣﺴﻨﮥ ﻣﻤﺪﻭﺣﻪ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺧﻠﻖ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﺛﻤﺮ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺁﻥ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻣﺮﻯ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺷﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺳﺒﺐ ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٣٦٨‬‬

‫ﻫﻔﺪﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻤﻠﮏ‬

‫‪ ٢٣‬ﻓﻮﺭﻳﻪ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﻳﮑﺘﺎ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪﻩ‬

‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ﻳﮑﺘﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺎﻣﻰ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﻮﻯ ﮐﻪ ﺫﮐﺮﺵ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ‬ ‫ﺍﻯ ﺳﻠﻴﻤﺎﻥ ‪ ،‬ﺟﻬﺪ ﻧﻤﺎ ﺗﺎ ﺩﺭ ّ‬

‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﺛﺒﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪﻯ ﻧﻪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﺍ‪ ‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻴﺮﻭﺯﻯ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﻤﺎء ﺍﺯ ﻗﻠﻢ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﻣﺸﻴﺖ ﺭﺣﻤﺎﻧﻰ ﺟﺎﺭﻯ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻴﺎﺷﺎﻣﻰ ‪َ .‬ﻟﻢ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺍﺯ ﮐﻮﺛﺮ ﻣﻌﺎﻧﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺍﺯ ﭼﺸﻤﮥ ّ‬

‫ﺳﺮ ﻣﮑﻨﻮﻥ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺘﺐ ﻭ ﺻﺤﻒ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﻣﺴﻄﻮﺭ ﻭ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﺭ‬ ‫ﻻﻳﺰﺍﻝ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ِ‬ ‫ﮐﻨﺰ ﻣﺨﺰﻭﻥ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫َ َﻳﺰﻝ ﻭ َ‬

‫ﺭﺑﺎﻧﻰ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻭ ﻣﺸﻬﻮﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ‬ ‫ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻟﮑﻦ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺖ ّ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﮐﻰ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺑﻮﺍﺏ ﻋﻠﻢ ﻭ ﺩﺍﻧﺶ ﺑﺮ ﻗﻠﻮﺏ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﻤﺶ‬

‫ﺑﮕﻮ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﻤﺶ ﺑﺒﻴﻦ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﻤﺶ ﻣﺴﺮﻭﺭ ﺑﺎﺵ ‪ .‬ﺍﮐﺜﺮﻯ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺎﺱ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻌﺪﻭﻡ ﻭ ﻣﻔﻘﻮﺩ ﻣﺴﺖ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﺸﺒﺚ ﻭ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﺍ‪ ‬ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺖ ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺏ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ِﻏﻤﺪ‬ ‫ﻣﺴﺮﻭﺭﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﻫﻮﻡ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻇﻨﻮﻥ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺁﺋﻰ ﺗﺎ ﺟﻮﻫﺮ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻰ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻭ ﻫﻮﻳﺪﺍ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٣٦٩‬‬ ‫ﻫﺠﺪﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻤﻠﮏ‬

‫‪ ٢٤‬ﻓﻮﺭﻳﻪ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ﻳﮑﺘﺎ‬

‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺎﻇﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺌﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﮥ ﺩﻧﻴﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻓﻖ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﻣﺤﺰﻭﻥ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺑﻬﺠﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﻖ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻣﺸﺮﻕ ﻭ ﺑﺤﺮ ﺳﺮﻭﺭ َﺍﻣﺎﻡ ﻭﺟﻮﻩ ﻧﺎﺱ‬

‫ﺍﺷﺮﺑﻮﺍ‬ ‫ﺭﺣﻴﻖ ﺍﻟّﺴﺮﻭﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﺣﺒﺎ‪ّ ‬‬ ‫ﺍﻓﺮﺣﻮﺍ ﻳﺎ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻤﻦ ﺑﺬﮐﺮﻯ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻣﺸﻬﻮﺩ ‪َ .‬ﺍﻥ َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ﺛﻢ َ‬

‫ﺍﻧﺰﻟﻪ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺳﻤﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﻳﻊ ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ُﻋﺴﺮﻯ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺷﻮﺩ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺒﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ُﻳﺴﺮ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪ .‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺎ َ َ َ ُ‬ ‫ﺍ‪ ُ‬ﻓﻰ ﮐﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﻞ ﻭ ﻓﻰ ﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﮑﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻴﻦ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪٣٧٠‬‬ ‫ﻧﻮﺯﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻤﻠﮏ‬

‫‪ ٢٥‬ﻓﻮﺭﻳﻪ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﺧﺪﺍﻭﻧﺪ ﻳﮑﺘﺎ‬

‫ﺣﺐ ﺍﻭ ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﺸﺎء ﺍ‪ ‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﺟﻨﺖ ﻗﻠﺐ‬ ‫ﺟﻨﺖ ﻟﺴﺎﻥ ﺫﮐﺮ ﺭﺣﻤﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺣﻖ‬ ‫ﺍﻓﻖ‬ ‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺎﻇﺮﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﮐﻤﺎﻝ ﺭﻭﺡ ﻭ ﺭﻳﺤﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺫﮐﺮ ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺏ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ‪ّ .‬‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﻋﻠﻮ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ‪ .‬ﻫﺮ‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ﺷﺄﻧﻪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻣﻰ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩ ّ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﺍﺗﺤﺎﺩ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﺑﺼﺮﻯ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﻧﺎﺯﻝ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺩﺭﺍﮎ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺳﺒﺐ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ّ‬

‫ﻋﻠﺖ ﺭﺍﺣﺖ ﻭ ﺁﺳﺎﻳﺶ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ .‬ﻧﻴﮑﻮﺳﺖ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ‬ ‫ﺍّﺗﻔﺎﻕ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺁﻓﺎﻕ ﻭ ّ‬

‫ﺗﻔﮑﺮ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﺁﻥ ﺁﮔﺎﻩ ﮔﺸﺖ ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﺎء ﻭ‬ ‫ﺷﻨﻴﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺮ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﻭ ﻧﺎﻇﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﺻﻔﻴﺎء ﺑﻤﺎ َ َ ِ ُ‬ ‫ﻳﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﺑﻪ ُ‬

‫ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﻭ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺣﺴﻨﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺧﻼﻕ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٣٧١‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﻫﺎء‬ ‫ّ‬

‫‪ ٢٦‬ﻓﻮﺭﻳﻪ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﺭﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻣﻰ ﺭﻭﺩ ‪ .‬ﺟﻬﺪ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﺷﺎﻳﺪ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺭﺳﺘﮕﺎﺭﻯ‬ ‫ﺑﮕﻮ ّ‬

‫ﺣﻖ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ ﻭ ﻟﮑﻦ ﺍﺯ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻧﺶ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ‪ .‬ﺳﺪﺭﻩ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﻭ ﺁﺧﺮﺕ ‪ .‬ﺍﻫﻞ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺫﮐﺮ ّ‬

‫ﻣﻨﻮﺭ ﺷﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺋﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺻﺒﺢ ﺍﻣﻴﺪ ﺩﻣﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻧﺎﺭ ﻣﺸﺘﻌﻞ ﻭ ﻧﻮﺭ ﻣﺸﺮﻕ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﮐﻪ ّ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﻣﺤﺒﺖ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﻣﺸﺘﻌﻞ ﮔﺸﺖ ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﺎﺭ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﻧﻮﺭ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻫﺴﺖ ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﺎﺭ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﻤﺮﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﻧﺎﺭ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺣﻖ ﻣﻰ ﻃﻠﺒﻴﻢ ﺣﺰﺑﺶ‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻓﻖ‬ ‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺻﻐﺎء ﻧﺪﺍ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ّ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﮐﻞ ﺑﻴﺎﺷﺎﻣﻨﺪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﺑﺨﺸﺪ‬ ‫ﻣﺆﻳﺪ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺤﺮ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ّ‬ ‫ﺭﺍ ّ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺯﻧﺪﮔﻰ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﻰ ﻋﻄﺎ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٣٧٢‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﻫﺎء‬ ‫ّ‬

‫‪ ٢٧‬ﻓﻮﺭﻳﻪ‬

‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬

‫ﺍﻻﺑﻬﻰ‬ ‫ﺭﺑﻨﺎ ﺍﻻﻗﺪﺱ ﺍﻻﻋﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﺑﺴﻢ ّ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺟﻞ ﺟﻼﻟﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻻﻳﻖ ﻭ ﺳﺰﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻨﻘﻄﻌﴼ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﺑﺮ ﺧﺪﻣﺖ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ّ‬ ‫ﺣﻤﺪ ﻭ ﺛﻨﺎ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﺎء ّ‬

‫ﺍﻣﺮ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻗﻴﺎﻣﻰ ﮐﻪ ﻗﻌﻮﺩ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﻠﮑﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﻦ ﻗﻌﻮﺩ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﺗﻌﺎﻟﺖ‬

‫ﺟﻠﺖ ﻣﺮﺍﺗﺒﻬﻢ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍ‪ .... ‬ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺭﺟﺎﻟﻰ ﮐﻪ ﻻﺯﺍﻝ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻀﻤﺎﺭ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺎﻣﺎﺗﻬﻢ ﻭ ّ‬

‫ﺣﻖ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺼﺮﺕ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ‪َ .‬ﺍﺑﻄﺎﻝ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻧﺰﺩﺷﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﻞ ُﻋﺼﻔﻮﺭﻯ ﻭ ﺿﻮﺿﺎء ﺍﻣﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﺣﺖ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻋﺰﺷﺎﻥ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ َﻧﻌﻴﺒﻰ ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻓﻮﺍﺭﺱ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻥ ﻭ ُﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﻋﺎﻟﻤﻴﺎﻥ ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﺻﺒﻊ ﻳﻘﻴﻦ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ِ‬ ‫ﺍﺣﺰﺍﺏ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ‬ ‫ﻇﻨﻮﻥ‬ ‫ﺳﻼﺳﻞ‬ ‫ﺷﻖ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺻﻨﺎﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭﻫﻢ ﺷﮑﺴﺘﻨﺪ ‪.‬‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ﺣﺠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻭﻫﺎﻡ ﺭﺍ ّ‬

‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻫﻮﺵ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻰ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﮔﺸﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻌﻮﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻨﻊ ﻧﻨﻤﻮﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺻﺮﻳﺮ ﻗﻠﻢ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﻣﺰﻳﻦ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﻯ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻰ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ﮐﻨﺎﺋﺰ ﺍﺭﺿﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺧﺰﺍﺋﻦ ﺁﻥ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﻌﻨﻮﻯ ّ‬

‫ﻓﺎﺯ ﺑﻠﻘﺎﺋﻬﻢ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻟﺌﺎﻟﻰ ﺣﮑﻤﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻭﺩﻳﻌﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺭﺣﻤﻦ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻟﻤﻦ َ َ َ‬ ‫ﻋﺮﻓﻬﻢ ﻭ َ‬ ‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ِ َ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٣٧٣‬‬

‫‪ ٢٨‬ﻓﻮﺭﻳﻪ‬

‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﻫﺎء‬ ‫ّ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﻫﻮﺍﻟﻤﺸﺮﻕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﺒﻘﺎء‬

‫ﻣﺴﺨﺮ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻫﺮ ﻗﻠﺐ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻘﺒﻞ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ‬ ‫ﺟﻨﻮﺩ ﻋﺸﻖ ﻭ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﺒﺖ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺑﺮ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺣﺐ ﮔﺎﻫﻰ‬ ‫ﺣﺐ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ‪ .‬ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻥ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺍﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺬﺵ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩ ‪ .‬ﻗﻠﺐ ﻋﺮﺵ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﻯ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺑﻪ ﺷﮑﻞ ﻧﻮﺭ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻰ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻴﺌﺖ ﻧﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻫﺮ ﻭ ﻧﺎﻃﻖ ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﮐﺮﮤ ﺧﺎﮎ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻓﻼﮎ ﻣﻠﮏ‬

‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﮐﻪ ﻋﺮﻓﺶ ﺭﺍ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﻭﺳﺖ ‪ .‬ﻧﻔﺤﺎﺗﺶ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺗﺮّﻗﻰ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻭ ﻭﺻﻞ ﺍﻣﻢ ‪.‬‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﺑﻪ ﮐﻮﻯ ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ﺷﺘﺎﻓﺖ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٣٧٤‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﻫﺎء‬ ‫ّ‬

‫‪ ٢٩‬ﻓﻮﺭﻳﻪ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻕ ﮐﻪ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺣﻴﻮﺓ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﺣﻴﺎﻥ ﻗﻠﻢ ﺭﺣﻤﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻻﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺤﺮ ّ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﺖ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﺣﺰﺍﺏ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﻣﺮ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻩ ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﻣﺸﺮﻕ ﻗﻠﻢ‬ ‫ﺍﺗﺤﺎﺩ ﮐﻪ ّ‬ ‫ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺠﺮﮤ ّ‬

‫ﺗﺠﻠﻰ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻩ‬ ‫ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻌﺪﻭﺩﺍﺕ ﺷﻤﻮﺱ ﺍﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﻭ ﺍﺣﮑﺎﻡ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﺍﺷﺮﺍﻕ ﻭ ّ‬

‫ﺣﻖ‬ ‫ﻭ ﻟﮑﻦ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﻠﻰ ﮐﻪ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﺍﻳﻦ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺗﺠﻠﻰ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺷﻮﺩ ﮐﻤﻴﺎﺏ ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﺩﺭ ﺻﺪﺩ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﻣﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﺑﮥ ﻟﺆﻟﺆ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﺑﻴﻦ َﺣﺼﺎﺓ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻟﻴﺎﻟﻰ ﻭ ّ‬

‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﮐﻪ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻪ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺭﺍﺣﺖ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺮﺁﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﮐﻤﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﺍﻣﻨﻊ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﺍﺭﺍﺩﻩ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺳﻌﻰ ﻭ ﺟﻬﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺎ َ َ ُ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٣٧٥‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﻫﺎء‬ ‫ّ‬

‫‪ ١‬ﻣﺎﺭﺱ‬

‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬

‫ﺍﻻﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﻫﻮﺍﻟﻌﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻰ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﺬﮐﺮﻳﻢ ﺑﻪ ﮐﻠﻤﺎﺗﻰ ﮐﻪ ﻗﻠﻮﺏ‬ ‫ﻣﻮﺩﺕ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺩﻳﮥ‬ ‫ﺳﺎﻟﮑﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻭ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﺒﺖ‬ ‫ﺷﺎﺭﺑﺎﻥ ﺳﻠﺴﺒﻴﻞ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺟﻨﺖ ﺑﺎﻗﻴﻪ ﮐﺸﺎﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻓﻘﻴﺮﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﺻﺎﻓﻴﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺤﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﺣﺪﻳﻪ ﺭﺳﺎﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻨّﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻋﺰﺕ ﺟﺎﻭﺩﺍﻧﻰ ﮐﺮﻡ‬ ‫ﻣﺠﺎﺯﻯ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻏﻨﺎﻯ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻰ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺫﻟﻴﻼﻥ ﻣﻌﻨﻮﻯ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺎﺝ ّ‬

‫ﻟﻨﺎُﺱ ﺍﻟﻰ‬ ‫ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﻋﻠﻢ ﻟﺪّﻧﻰ ﻭ ﺣﮑﻤﺖ ﻗﺪﺳﻰ ﺑﺮ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻣﻤﮑﻨﺎﺕ ﻣﺒﺬﻭﻝ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ‪،‬‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ﻟﻮﮐﺎﻥ ﺍ ّ‬ ‫ﻳﻘﺒﻠﻮﻥ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺪﺍﻳﻊ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﺎﻝ ُ ِ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٣٧٦‬‬

‫‪ ٢‬ﻣﺎﺭﺱ‬

‫ﺍﻭﻝ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻌﻼء‬ ‫ّ‬

‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬

‫ﻋﺰ ﺍﻣﺮ ﻧﺎﺯﻝ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺣﺠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻭﻫﺎﻡ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺍﻯ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺑﺸﻨﻮ ﻧﻐﻤﺔ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻤﺎء ّ‬

‫ﺯﺧﺮﻑ ﺁﻥ ﻣﺴﮑﻦ ﻣﻨﻤﺎ ‪ .‬ﻗﻠﺐ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺎﺭﻍ ﮐﻦ ﻭ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ّ‬ ‫ﻗﻮﺕ ﺭﺣﻤﻦ ﺧﺮﻕ ﮐﻦ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻴﺸﮥ ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﻭ ُ ُ‬ ‫ﻣﺪﻳﻨﮥ ﺑﻠﻮﻍ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺷﻮ ‪ .‬ﺗﺎ ﮐﻰ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺍﻃﻔﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺻﺒﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺍﺏ ﻭﻫﻤ ّﻴﻪ ﻭ ﻃﻴﻦ ﻇﻨّ​ّﻴﻪ‬

‫ﻋﺰﺕ ﻭ ﻋﻈﻤﺖ ﻃﺎﻟﻊ‬ ‫ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻟﻰ ؟ ﺧﺮﻕ ﮐﻦ ﺣﺠﺒﺎﺕ ﻏﻔﻠﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺮ ﻃﻠﻌﺖ ﺍﺣﺪﻳّﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺸﺮﻕ ّ‬

‫ﺣﻖ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻫﺮ ﻭ ﻻﻣﻊ ﻭ ﻻﺋﺢ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﺁﮔﺎﻩ ﺷﻮﻯ ‪ .‬ﺍﻯ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﻤﺪ ‪ ،‬ﮐﻠﻤﮥ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻫﻮﻳﺪﺍﺳﺖ ‪ .‬ﭘﺲ ﺳﻤﻊ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺎﻋﺶ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ﻣﮑﻦ ﻭ ﻗﻠﺐ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻧﺶ ﻣﻤﻨﻮﻉ ﻣﻨﻤﺎ ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﻦ ﻳﺪﻯ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺷﻮ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻘﺎﻣﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﭼﺸﻢ ﺍﻧﺼﺎﻑ ﺑﮕﺸﺎﺋﻰ ﻧﻪ ﻳﻤﻴﻦ ﺑﻴﻨﻰ ﻧﻪ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﻰ ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﻮﺯ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ّ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻈﺮﮤ ﺍﻧﺼﺎﻑ ﻭ ﻗﻠﺐ ﻃﺎﻫﺮ ّ‬ ‫ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﺪﻯ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻳﺪﻯ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻗﺎﺋﻤﻰ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٣٧٧‬‬ ‫‪ ٣‬ﻣﺎﺭﺱ‬

‫ﺩﻭﻡ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻌﻼء‬

‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬

‫ﺍﻣﺘﻰ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﺯ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻣﺎء ﮐﻪ ﻣﻨﺘﻈﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻳﻮﻡ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﮎ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺫﮐﺮﺵ‬ ‫ﻳﺎ َ َ‬

‫ﺍﻗﺪﺍﺡ ﺳﺮﻭﺭ ﻭ ﺑﻬﺠﺖ ﻣﻰ ﺁﺷﺎﻣﻴﺪﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﭼﻮﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﻖ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺻﺒﺢ ﻳﻮﻡ ﻣﻮﻋﻮﺩ ﻃﻠﻮﻉ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ‬

‫ﻏﺎﻓﻞ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ ﻣﮕﺮ ﻧﻔﻮﺳﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺪﻭﺭﺍﺕ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻭ ﺷﺌﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺁﻥ‬

‫ﺣﺒﻰ‬ ‫ﺗﻤﺴﮑﻰ ﺑﺤﺒﻞ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻄﻬﺮ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﻣﮑﺎﺷﻔﻪ ﻭ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻟﻘﺎ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﮔﺸﺘﻨﺪ ‪ َ َ .‬‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺛﻢ َ ِ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺣﺒﺶ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺫﮐﺮﺵ ﺫﺍﮐﺮ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﻘﻄﻌﻰ َﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﻦ ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﻧﺎﻇﺮ ﺑﺎﺵ ﻭ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺮ ﻭ ﻣﻨﺰﻝ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻭ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ ‪ .‬ﺍﻭﺳﺖ ﻣﻮﻧﺲ ﻗﻠﻮﺏ‬ ‫ﻣﻄﻬﺮﻩ ‪ّ .‬‬ ‫ﮐﻞ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻳﺬﮐُﺮ ِ‬ ‫ﺳﺎﺭﻗﻴﻦ ﻭ ﺧﺎﺋﻨﻴﻦ ﻭ ﻇﻨﻮﻥ ﻭ ﺍﻭﻫﺎﻡ ﻣﺤﻔﻮﻅ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﮐﺬﻟﮏ ُ َ ‪‬‬ ‫ﮎ َﻣﻦ ﻋﻨﺪﻩ ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ُﻣﺒﻴﻦ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٣٧٨‬‬

‫ﺳﻮﻡ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻌﻼء‬

‫‪ ٤‬ﻣﺎﺭﺱ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﺣﺐ ﻏﻴﺮ‬ ‫ﺭﺏ ﺍﻻﺭﺑﺎﺏ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺷﺪﻩ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻻﻳﺶ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻯ ﺫﺑﻴﺢ ‪ ،‬ﻗﻠﺐ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﺩﺭﺍﮎ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻥ ّ‬

‫ﮐﻞ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻟﻄﻴﻔﮥ ﻣﻨﻴﻌﻪ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺟﻬﺪ ﻭ ﺳﻌﻰ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺒﺬﻭﻝ ﺩﺍﺭ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﺎﻻﻯ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ّ‬

‫ﻣﺒﺎﺩﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺠﺒﺎﺗﻰ ﻣﺤﺘﺠﺐ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﺗﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻠﻄﺎﻥ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﻣﻤﻨﻮﻉ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٣٧٩‬‬

‫ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻌﻼء‬

‫‪ ٥‬ﻣﺎﺭﺱ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﻣﺤﺒﺖ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻓﻖ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺖ ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺏ ﻧﺎﻇﺮﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﮐﻤﺎﻝ ﺭﻭﺡ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﻠﻮﺑﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺭﻳﺤﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﮐﻠﻤﮥ ﻣﺎﻟﮏ ﺍﺩﻳﺎﻥ ﺳﻌﻰ ﺑﻠﻴﻎ ﻭ ﺟﻬﺪ ﻣﻨﻴﻊ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﺧﻼﻕ ﻭ‬

‫ﻣﺤﺒﺖ‬ ‫ﻣﺪﻋﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺭﻓﻖ ﻭ ﻣﺪﺍﺭﺍ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺪﻳﻨﮥ ﺭﺣﻤﻦ ﮐﺸﺎﻧﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺣﻖ ﻣﺤﺾ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺷﺌﻮﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭﻧﺶ ﻣﻤﺘﺎﺯ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪ .‬ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﺍﻣﺮ ﻭ ﺍﻋﺘﺮﺍﻑ ﺑﻪ ّ‬ ‫ﻟﺴﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﺪﻋﻰ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻣﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻟﮑﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﺩﻋﺎ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻧﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ّ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ﺧﻴﺎﻧﺘﻬﻢ ‪ .‬ﺍﻯ‬ ‫ﻏﻔﻠﺘﻬﻢ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻏﺮﻭﺭﻫﻢ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺍ‪‬ﻬﻢ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺑﮑﺬﺑﻬﻢ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻳﺸﻬﺪ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻤﺔ َ َ ُ‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫ﺗﮑﻠﻢ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﮐﻠﻤﻪﺍﻯ ﮐﻪ ‪ ‬ﺍﺯ ﺳﻤﺎء‬ ‫ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ‪ ،‬ﺧﺎﻟﺼﺎﻧﻪ ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﻭ ِﻟﻮﺟﻪ ﺍ‪ّ ‬‬

‫ﻣﺆﺛﺮ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮﺍﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺒﺘﻪ ّ‬ ‫ﻗﻠﺐ ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﻖ ﻟﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﺷﺮﺍﻕ ﮐﻨﺪ ‪ّ ،‬‬

‫ﻣﻄﻠﻊ‬ ‫ﻃﻴﺒﻪ ﻭ ﺧﺒﻴﺜﻪ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻏﺎﻓﻞ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﻴﺪ ‪ُ َ َ .‬‬ ‫ﻟﻌﻤﺮ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺍﻗﻮﺍﻝ ّ‬

‫ﺷﻮﺩ ﺍﺑﺪﴽ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻣﮑﺮﻭﻫﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺕ ﻧﻨﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺟﺰ ﺧﻴﺮ ﻣﺤﺾ ﻭ ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﺻﺮﻑ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻧﺸﻮﺩ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٣٨٠‬‬ ‫ﭘﻨﺠﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻌﻼء‬

‫‪ ٦‬ﻣﺎﺭﺱ‬

‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬

‫ﻣﻘﺮ ﻗﺮﺏ ﺟﺬﺏ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﻫﺮ ﻏﺮﻳﺒﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻭﻃﻦ‬ ‫ﺣﮑﻤﺖ ﺟﻮﻫﺮﻯ ﺍﺳﺖ ّ‬ ‫ﺟﺬﺍﺏ ‪ ،‬ﻫﺮ ﺑﻌﻴﺪﻯ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ّ‬ ‫ﮐﺸﺎﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﻧﻔﻮﺳﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺯﺧﺎﺭﻑ ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﺩﻝ ﺑﺴﺘﻪﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﺎﺻﺐ ﻓﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﻣﻐﺮﻭﺭ ﮔﺸﺘﻪﺍﻧﺪ‬

‫ﺣﻖ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﺳﺖ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻨﺒﻪ ﻧﺸﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻮﺍﺏ ﻏﻔﻠﺖ ﺑﻴﺪﺍﺭ ﻧﮕﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻣﮕﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺒﺎﺑﻰ ﮐﻪ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺭﺑﮏ ﻟﻬﻮ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻴﻢ‬ ‫ﺍﺱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻫﺴﺖ ‪ .‬‬ ‫ﺍﻥ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻭ ﺣﮑﻤﺖ ﻣﺬﮐﻮﺭﮤ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺘﺐ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺡ ّ‬ ‫ﮐﻞ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺨﺒﻴﺮ ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﺣﺠﺎﺏ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﻣﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻣﺸﻬﻮﺩ ﺷﻮﺩ ّ‬

‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺎﺭﻯ ﺷﺪ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺏ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺻﻞ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺕ ﺩﻫﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻠﻢ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٣٨١‬‬

‫ﺷﺸﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻌﻼء‬

‫‪ ٧‬ﻣﺎﺭﺱ‬

‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬

‫ﺭﺑﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﻭ ﺷﻔﻘﺖ ﻭ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺖ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻪ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺍﻋﻆ ّ ّ‬ ‫ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻋﺠﺐ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻌﻀﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﻣﻊ ﻧﺼﺎﻳﺢ ّ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﺖ ﺍﺧﻤﺎﺩ‬ ‫ﻣﺸﺮﻗﮥ ﻻﺋﺤﻪ ﻗﺴﻤﻰ ﺭﻓﺘﺎﺭ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺣﺰﻥ ﻗﻠﻮﺏ ﻣﻘﺒﻠﻪ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ّ‬

‫ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ِﻣﻦ ﻋﻨﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﻣﺸﺘﻌﻠﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻟﮑﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﺣﺒﺎﻯ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﻧﺎﻇﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻓﻖ ﺍﻣﺮ ﻭ ﻣﺎ َ َ ُ‬

‫ﺣﻖ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺳﺎﻳﺮﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ِﻣﻦ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ ﮐﻪ ﻋﺼﻤﺖ ﻃﺮﺍﺯﻯ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ّ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻻ ﺑﻤﺎ َ َ ُ‬

‫ﺣﻖ‬ ‫ﺳﻬﻮ ﻭ ﺧﻄﺎ ﻭ ﻧﺴﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻳﮑﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﻏﻤﺎﺽ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻧﺎﻇﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻔﻮ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻐﻔﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﮑﺮﻳﻢ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻧﻪ ﻟﻬﻮ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺭﮤ ﻳﮑﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﺩﻋﺎ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ ‪ّ .‬‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٣٨٢‬‬ ‫‪ ٨‬ﻣﺎﺭﺱ‬

‫ﻫﻔﺘﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻌﻼء‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﻣﻌﺎﻧﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻯ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺫﮐﺮﺵ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺎﺩﺵ ﻣﺴﺮﻭﺭ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻬﺠﺖ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻭﺭ ﺩﺭ‬

‫ﺣﻖ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺰﻥ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﺍﺣﺒﺎﻯ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ّ‬ ‫ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ّ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻨﻌﻢ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ‪،‬ﻭ ﻓﻘﻴﺮﻧﺪ ﺍﮔﺮ ﭼﻪ ﻣﺎﻟﮏ ﮐﻨﻮﺯ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬ ‫‪،‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﭼﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻧﻌﻤﺘﻬﺎﻯ ﺍﺭﺽ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺣﺐ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺰﺍﻧﮥ ﻗﻠﺒﺶ ﻣﮑﻨﻮﻥ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻣﺴﺮﻭﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ‬ ‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻏﻨﻰ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻟﺆﻟﺆ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻳﺎﺩﺵ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻋﺎﻟﻤﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﻨﻘﻄﻊ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ‪ ‬ﻭ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻪ ﺍﺣﺰﺍﻥ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺭﺣﻤﻦ ﺧﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﺗﺤﻤﻞ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﺠﻦ ﺑﻌﻴﺪ ﻣﺴﺠﻮﻥ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺍﻋﺪﺍء ﻣﺒﺘﻼﺳﺖ ‪ .‬ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﻪ ﮐﻤﺎﻝ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻓﺮﺡ ﻭ ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﮐﻮﺛﺮ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻥ ﺑﻨﻮﺷﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺻﻔﺶ ﻭﺍﺻﻒ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٣٨٣‬‬ ‫ﻫﺸﺘﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻌﻼء‬

‫‪ ٩‬ﻣﺎﺭﺱ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﻫﻮﺍﻟّﺴﺎﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﺼﻴﺮ‬

‫ﺗﻔﮑﺮ ﻧﻤﺎ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺍﻳﺎﻣﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺳﻤﻰ ﻳﻮﺳﻒ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺒﺲ ﺑﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﻳﺎ ﻳﻮﺳﻒ ‪،‬‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻣﻘﺮ‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺫﺑﻴﺢ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻟﻰ ّ‬ ‫ﺑﺌﺮ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺧﻠﻴﻞ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﮐﻦ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ّ‬

‫ﺗﻔﺮﺱ ﮐﻦ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺎﺗﻢ ﺍﻧﺒﻴﺎء ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺪﺍ‪ .‬ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺭﻭﺡ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺷﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺁﺭ ﻭ ّ‬

‫ﻣﺎﻭﺭﺩ‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺡ ﻣﺎﺳﻮﺍﻩ ﻓﺪﺍﻩ ‪ .‬ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺒﺸﺮ ﻧﻘﻄﮥ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭﺡ ﻣﻦ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﮑﻮﺕ ﻓﺪﺍﻩ ﻭ َ َ َ‬

‫ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺑﺒﻌﻴﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺍﮐﺜﺮﻯ ﺷﻨﻴﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺧﻰ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺑﺮ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﻭﻣﻌﺸﺮ ﺍﻧﺒﻴﺎء ﻭ‬

‫ﻣﺮﺳﻠﻴﻦ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺷﺪ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺍﻋﻼء ﮐﻠﻤﺔ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻣﺮ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ‪ .‬ﻫﺮ ﺻﺎﺣﺐ‬ ‫ﻣﻄﻬﺮﻩ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺪﺳﮥ‬ ‫ﺑﺼﺮﻯ ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺕ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺧﺴﺮﺍﻥ ﺑﺎ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﻇﺎﻟﻤﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺭﺑﺢ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻥ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻟﻌﻤﺮ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺍﺣﺪﻯ ﻗﺎﺩﺭ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺣﺼﺎﻯ ﺭﺑﺢ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﻧﻮﺭﻳﻦ ﻳﻌﻨﻰ ﺷﻬﻴﺪﻳﻦ ﻭ ﮐﺎﻇﻢ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺗﻔﮑﺮ ﮐﻦ ‪ُ َ َ .‬‬

‫ﺗﺠﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﻓﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٣٨٤‬‬

‫‪ ١٠‬ﻣﺎﺭﺱ‬

‫ﻧﻬﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻌﻼء‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﻣﻬﺮﺑﺎﻥ ﺧﺪﺍﻯ ﺑﺨﺸﻨﺪﻩ‬

‫ﺍﻯ ﻣﺎﺩﺭ ‪ ،‬ﻧﻮﺷﺘﮥ ﺗﺮﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﭘﺎﺭﺳﻰ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻮﻳﺴﻢ ﺗﺎ ﺷﻴﺮﻳﻦ ﺯﺑﺎﻧﻰ ﻃﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ‬

‫ﻟﺴﺎﻥ ﻋﺮﺍﻗﻰ ﺑﺸﻨﻮﻯ ﻭ ﺁﻭﺍﺯﻫﺎﻯ ﺧﻮﺵ ﺣﺠﺎﺯﻯ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺮﺍﻣﻮﺵ ﮐﻨﻰ ﻭ ﺍﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮐﻨﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻠﺒﻞ ﻣﻌﻨﻮﻯ‬

‫ﺑﻪ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻟﺴﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﻍ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻰ ﺑﺮ ﺷﺎﺧﺴﺎﺭﻫﺎﻯ ﻗﺪﺳﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺫﮐﺮ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺗﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﺁﻭﺍﺯﻫﺎﻯ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺁﻭﺍﺯﻫﺎﻯ ﺑﺎﻃﻦ ﺑﺸﻨﻮﻯ ‪ .‬ﺍﻯ ﻣﺎﺩﺭ ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﺩﻝ ﺑﮕﺬﺭ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻟﺪﺍﺭ ﺭﻭ ﺁﺭ ﻭ ﺍﺯ‬

‫ﺣﺐ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﮐﻦ ﻭ ﺭﺷﺘﮥ‬ ‫ﺟﺎﻥ ﺑﮕﺬﺭ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﻧﺎﻥ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﻮ ‪ .‬ﻧﻬﺮ ﻗﻠﺐ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺤﺮ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻘﻠﺐ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺑﻪ ﺭﻳﺸﮥ ﻗﺮﺏ ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺏ ﻣﺤﮑﻢ ﺩﺍﺭ ‪ .‬ﺟﺎﻥ ﺑﻰ ﺟﺎﻧﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺭﻫﻤﻰ ﻧﻴﺮﺯﺩ ﻭ ﺩﻝ ﺑﻰ ﺩﻟﺪﺍﺭ ﺑﻪ‬

‫ﻓﻠﺴﻰ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻧﻪ ‪َ .‬ﺳﺮ ﺑﻰ ﺳﺮﻭﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺎﮎ ﺑﻪ ﻭ ﺩﻝ ﺑﻰ ﺩﺭﺩ ﺳﻮﺧﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻭ ﮔﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﻰ ﺭﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﺷﻤﺸﻴﺮ ﺑﺮﻳﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ‪ .‬ﺑﮕﻮ ﺍﻯ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﺑﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺮﺍﺵ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻴﺎﻝ ﻣﻌﺸﻮﻕ‬

‫ﺭﺍﺣﺖ ﮔﻴﺮﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﮔﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﻮﻯ ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺏ ﺑﺸﻨﻮﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺎﺭﻫﺎﻯ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ‪ ،‬ﻧﻮﺭ ﺭﺥ ﻳﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮ‬ ‫ﺁﺭﻳﺪ ‪ .‬ﻗﺴﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﻥ ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺍﮔﺮ ﭘﻴﺮﺍﻫﻦ ﻳﻮﺳﻔﻰ ﺑﺒﻮﺋﻰ ﻭ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٣٨٥‬‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﺣﺐ ﺑﮑﻮﺵ ﻭ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺮﺑﻴﻦ ﺷﻮﻯ ‪ .‬ﭘﺲ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﺼﺮ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﻰ ﺧﺪﺍﺋﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺋﻰ ﻣﺎﺩﺭ ﻫﻤﮥ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﺩﻭ ﺭﻭﺯ‬ ‫ﺩﻝ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﺰﻝ ﻳﺎﺭ ﺩﺭﺁ ‪ ،‬ﻏﻢ ﺭﻭﺯﮔﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻫﻠﺶ ﻭﺍﮔﺬﺍﺭ ‪ ،‬ﻫﻴﭻ ﺍﻋﺘﻨﺎ ﺑﻪ ّ‬ ‫ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﻣﮑﻦ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﻴﺮﺍﻫﻦ ﮐﻬﻨﮥ ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺪﻥ ﻓﺮﻭ ﺍﻓﺘﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺮ ﺳﺮﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻗﻰ ﺟﺎﻭﻳﺪ ﻣﺴﮑﻦ‬

‫ﺣﺐ ﺑﺮ‬ ‫ﺣﺐ ﺑﻨﻮﺷﻰ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﻊ‬ ‫ﮔﻴﺮﻯ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻮﺷﻰ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺟﺎﻡ ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺏ ﺑﺎﺩﮤ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺣﺐ ﺑﺮﺩﻭﺯﻯ ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺁﻥ ﺍﻣﺮﻯ ﮐﻪ ﻫﺮﮔﺰ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻧﻤﻰ ﮐﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﭘﺲ ﺑﺪﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻓﺮﻭﺯﻯ ﻭ ﺟﺎﻣﮥ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﮐﻪ ﻫﻤﮥ ﺍﺣﮑﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺩﺭ ﻋﻬﺪ ﻭ ﻋﺼﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻗﺘﻀﺎﻯ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻰ ﮐﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻣﮕﺮ‬

‫ﺣﺐ ﮐﻪ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻫﺮﮔﺰ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻧﻴﺎﺑﺪ ﻭ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﺷﺮﻳﻌﮥ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻧﺠﻮﻳﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺳﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺫﮐﺮ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻭﺳﺖ ﺑﺮ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺑﺨﺸﻨﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻣﻬﺮﺑﺎﻥ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٣٨٦‬‬ ‫ﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻌﻼء‬

‫‪ ١١‬ﻣﺎﺭﺱ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﺑﺴﻤﻰ ﺍﻟّﺴﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﺼﻴﺮ‬

‫ﻋﺒﺎﺱ ‪ ،‬ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺗﻮ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻭ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﺑﺮﻫﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺮ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻤﺎﻥ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﻯ ّ‬

‫ﺗﻔﮑﺮ ﻧﻤﺎ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﭼﻪ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﮐﻪ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻌﺪ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻘﺎﻥ ﺗﻮ ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﮐﻠﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺍﺻﺤﺎﺑﺶ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻟﻌﻤﺮ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺩﻳﺪﻧﺪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺣﺪﻯ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺒﻞ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ﺭﻭﺡ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﺣﺒﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﮐﻦ ‪ُ َ َ .‬‬

‫ﺳﻴﺪ ﺑﻄﺤﺎ ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭﺡ ﻣﺎ‬ ‫ﻧﺪﻳﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺷﻨﻴﺪﻧﺪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻪ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﻧﺸﻨﻴﺪﻩ ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ّ‬

‫ِ‬ ‫ﺳﺮﺍﺩﻕ‬ ‫ﺍﻫﻞ‬ ‫ﻧﺎﺡ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ﻭﺭﺩ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﻣﺎ َ‬ ‫ﺳﻮﺍﻩ ﻓﺪﺍﻩ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﺻﺤﺎﺑﺶ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﮐﻦ ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ َ َ َ‬

‫ﺍﻭﻟﻰ‬ ‫ﺗﻔﮑﺮ ﻧﻤﺎ ‪ .‬ﻣﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻼﻳﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﻭﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﺒﺸﺮ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻠﮑﻮﺕ ﻭ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻀﺮﺕ ّ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺟﻬﻼﻯ ﺁﻥ ﻋﺼﺮ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﻢ ﻋﻠﻤﺎ ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﺑﻮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ‪ .‬ﻗﺪﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻼﻳﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺪﺍﻥ ﻭ ﺑﻪ‬

‫ﺣﻖ ﺣﻔﻈﺶ ﻧﻤﺎ ‪ .‬ﮐﻨﻮﺯ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻟﻪ ﻧﻨﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻏﻔﻠﺖ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﻢ ّ‬

‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﻭﺿﻮ‬ ‫ﺍﺭﺑﺎﺏ ﻋﻤﺎﺋﻢ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻠﻪ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺗﻔﮑﺮ ﮐﻨﻰ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺮﺡ ﺍﮐﺒﺮ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﻮﻯ ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻟﻴﺎﻟﻰ ﻭ ّ‬

‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﻻﺟﻞ ﺫﮐﺮ ﻭ ﺛﻨﺎ ﻭ ﺗﻤﺠﻴﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ‪ ،‬ﺗﻄﻬﻴﺮ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻣﺴﺎﺟﺪ ّ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٣٨٧‬‬

‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬

‫ﺣﻖ ﻣﻰ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺻﻠﻮﺓ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻣﻮﺭ ﺍﺯ ﮐﻠﻤﮥ ﺍﻭ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻏﺎﻓﻞ ﻭ ﻣﺤﺠﻮﺏ ‪ّ ،‬‬ ‫ﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻧﻤﻰ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﮐﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻋﺘﺴﺎﻑ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻭ ﺣﻤﻠﻪ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﺑﮕﻮ ‪:‬‬

‫ﺳﻴﺪ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﻯ ﺍﻟﻪ ﻣﻦ ‪ ،‬ﺟﻮﻫﺮ ﺣﻤﺪ ﻭ ﺳﺎﺫﺝ ﺛﻨﺎ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺑﻰ ﻣﺜﺎﻟﺖ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻫﺴﺖ ‪ .‬ﺍﻯ ّ‬

‫ﻭ ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﻣﻦ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﭼﻪ ﻟﺴﺎﻥ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺎﺕ ﻻﻧﻬﺎﻳﻪﺍﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺫﮐﺮ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻢ ؟ ﺍﻣﺮﻯ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﻋﻠﻤﺎ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻋﺮﻓﺎ ﻭ ﺣﮑﻤﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻣﻨﺪ ﻣﺮﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻯ ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﮐﺮﻣﺖ ﺳﺎﺋﻠﻢ ﮐﻪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻐﻔﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﮑﺮﻳﻢ ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺪ ﻟﮏ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﺍﻻﻣﺮ ﺑﻴﺪﮎ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺖ‬ ‫ﻋﻄﺎ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻯ ﺣﻔﻈﺶ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻰ ‪.‬‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ُ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﻓﻴﻦ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٣٨٨‬‬

‫ﻳﺎﺯﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻌﻼء‬

‫‪ ١٢‬ﻣﺎﺭﺱ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﺟﻞ ﺟﻼﻟﻪ ﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻭ ﺁﻣﻞ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺒﺎﺏ ﻏﻴﺐ ﻭ ﺷﻬﻮﺩ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺁﮔﺎﻩ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ّ‬

‫ﺑﻴﻨﺎﺋﻰ ﺑﺨﺸﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﺪﺍﺭﻯ ﺩﻫﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻋﺪﻝ ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺖ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺼﺎﻑ ﺭﻭﺯﻯ ﮐﻨﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻳﻌﻨﻰ ﻣﻰ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ‬

‫ﺗﺼﻮﺭ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﺒﺄ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ ﺣﺠﺒﺎﺗﻰ ﻳﺎ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﺗﻰ؟ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺄﻧﻰ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻭ ﻣﻬﻴﻤﻦ ﻭ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﮐﻪ ﻫﺮ ﻣﻨﺼﻔﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺍﻇﻬﺮ ﻭ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺍﮐﺒﺮ ﻭ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺍﺑﻬﻰ ﻧﺎﻃﻖ ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺁﻥ‬

‫ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻰ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻳﺒﺼﺮﻭﻥ ﺑﻬﺎ " ﺍﻟﻰ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺯﻯ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻰ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ‪ " :‬ﻭﻟﻬﻢ َﺍﻋﻴﻦ ﻻ َ ُ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﻀﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﮑﺮﻳﻢ‬ ‫ﻣﺎﻳﺮﻳﺪ ﻭ ﻫﻮ‬ ‫ﺍﻻﻣﺮ ﺑﻴﺪﻩ َ َ ُ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻳﺤﮑﻢ ُ‬ ‫ﻣﺎﻳﺸﺎء ﻭ َ ُ ُ‬ ‫ﻳﻔﻌﻞ َ‬ ‫ُ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٣٨٩‬‬

‫ﺩﻭﺍﺯﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻌﻼء‬

‫‪ ١٣‬ﻣﺎﺭﺱ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﺻﻠﻮﺓ ﻭ ﺻﻮﻡ ﺍﻫﻤﺎﻝ ﻧﮑﻨﻴﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺑﻰ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﻘﺒﻮﻝ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﺣﻮﺍﻝ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﺍﻣﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﻪ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻐﻨﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺎﻝ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻧﻔﻌﻬﻢ ﻭ َ َ ُ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﮑﻞ ﺑﻤﺎ َ َ َ‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫ﻳﻨﻔﻌﻬﻢ ّ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﺣﮑﻤﺖ ﻧﺎﻇﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ‪ّ .‬‬ ‫ﺍﻧﻪ َ َ َ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٣٩٠‬‬ ‫ﺳﻴﺰﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻌﻼء‬

‫‪ ١٤‬ﻣﺎﺭﺱ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﮐﻞ ﺍﻻﺣﻴﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻟﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﻓﻰ ّ‬ ‫ﺑﺴﻤﻰ ﺍ ّ‬

‫ﺍﻧﻨﻰ َ َﺍﻧﺎ ﺍ‪َ " ‬ﺍﻣﺎﻡ ﻭﺟﻮﻩ‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ َ َ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻢ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻡ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﻭ ﺭﺍﻳﺔ " ّ‬

‫ﺑﻴﻨﺎﺕ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ‪ ،‬ﻣﻊ ﺫﻟﮏ ﺍﮐﺜﺮ ﺍﻫﻞ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ‬ ‫ﺣﺠﺖ ﻧﺎﺯﻝ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻣﻨﺼﻮﺏ ‪ .‬ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻭﺍﺿﺢ ﻭ ّ‬

‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺎﺭﻯ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﮐﻪ ﻗﻄﺮﻩﺍﻯ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺳﺒﺐ‬ ‫ﻟﻌﻤﺮ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺍﺯ ﻗﻠﻢ‬ ‫ﻏﺎﻓﻞ ﻭ ﻣﺤﺠﻮﺏ ‪ُ َ َ .‬‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻥ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﺻﺒﻌﻰ‬ ‫ﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﻸ‬ ‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺗﺎ ﭼﻪ ﺭﺳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻫﻞ ﺍﺭﺽ ‪ .‬ﺍﻭﺳﺖ ﮐﻮﺛﺮ َ َ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﺭﺣﻤﻦ ﺟﺎﺭﻯ ﻭ ﺳﺎﺭﻯ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ .‬ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺧﻠﻖ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﺻﻐﺎء ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﻠﻤﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺸﺮﻕ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﻭﺣﻰ ﺍﺷﺮﺍﻕ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻻﻳﻖ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻥ ﺁﻥ ﻧﻪ ّﺍﻻ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺎء ﺍ‪ . ‬ﻳﺎ ّ‬

‫ﺟﻞ ﺟﻼﻟﻪ ﻣﺴﺌﻠﺖ ﻧﻤﺎ ﺧﻠﻘﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﮐﺎﻣﻠﮥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﺮ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ّ‬ ‫ﻇﺮ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻪ ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ّ‬ ‫ﺍ ّ‬ ‫ﻟﻨﺎ ُ‬

‫ﺍﻧﮕﻴﺰﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻣﺒﻌﻮﺙ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺷﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻣﺎﻧﺖ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺣﺎﻓﻆ ﻟﺌﺎﻟﻰ ﺣﮑﻤﺖ ‪ .‬ﺑﮕﻮ ﻳﺎ‬

‫ﻫﻤﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺮ ﺧﺪﻣﺖ ﺍﻣﺮ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ‬ ‫ﺣﺰﺏ ﺍ‪ ، ‬ﺷﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﻓﻮﺍﺭﺱ ﻣﻀﻤﺎﺭ ﻣﻌﺎﻧﻰ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ‪ّ .‬‬ ‫ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺷﺎﻳﺪ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﺑﻴﭽﺎﺭﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭﻫﺎﻣﺎﺕ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻣﺒﺘﻼ ﻧﺸﻮﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺹ ‪٣٩١‬‬ ‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﻋﺒﺪﮤ ﺍﻭﻫﺎﻡ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﻫﻞ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻤﺮﺩﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﺳﺎﺟﺪ ﺍﺻﻨﺎﻡ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺩ‬ ‫َ​َ‬

‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻰ ﺣﻴﻦ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﺗﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻰ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻧﺸﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﻗﻠﻢ‬ ‫ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻣﻮﺣﺪ ﻣﻰ ﺩﺍﻧﺴﺘﻨﺪ ‪ٰ .‬‬

‫ﺳﺘﺎﺭ ﺫﻳﻞ ﻓﻀﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻫﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻠﻪ ﮐﺸﻒ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ّ‬ ‫ﮐﻞ ﺑﺮ ﺷﺮﮎ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺕ ﺩﻫﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻟﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﻢ ّ‬

‫ﺗﻔﮑﺮ‬ ‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻧﻔﻮﺳﻰ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ﻧﻨﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺳﻢ ﮐﺮﻳﻢ ﻋﺪﻝ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻧﺪﺍﺩﻩ ‪.‬‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ ﻫﺮ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﺁﮔﺎﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺭﺣﻴﻖ ﻣﺨﺘﻮﻡ‬

‫ﻗﻴﻮﻡ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮﺍﺯ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺖ‬ ‫ﻣﺰﻳﻦ ﺷﻮﺩ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﮐﺒﺮﻯ ّ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﮐﻰ ﺍﺳﻢ ّ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٣٩٢‬‬ ‫ﭼﻬﺎﺭﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻌﻼء‬

‫‪ ١٥‬ﻣﺎﺭﺱ‬

‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬

‫ﺍﻣﺎﺭﻩ ﺧﺸﻴﺔ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻫﺴﺖ ‪ .‬ﺍﻭﺳﺖ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺗﻬﺬﻳﺐ‬ ‫ﺣﺼﻦ ﻣﺤﮑﻢ ﻣﺘﻴﻦ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺣﻔﻆ ﻧﻔﺲ ّ‬

‫ﻣﮑﺮﺭ ﮔﻔﺘﻴﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻧﺼﺮﺗﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺘﺐ ﻭ ﺻﺤﻒ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﺲ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻫﻢ ﺩﺭ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻭ ﻫﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﻃﻦ ‪.‬‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻟﻌﻤﺮ ﺍ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺡ ﻣﺴﻄﻮﺭ ﺑﻪ ﺣﮑﻤﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺍﺧﻼﻕ ‪ُ َ َ .‬‬

‫ﺍﺣﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻴﻒ‬ ‫ﺗﻘﻮﻯ‬ ‫ﻃﻴﺒﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻫﺴﺖ ‪ .‬ﺳﻴﻒ‬ ‫ﺍﻗﻮﻯ ﺟﻨﻮﺩ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﺧﻼﻕ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺮﺿﻴﻪ ﻭ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﺣﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻟﻮ ﺍﻧﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﻠﻤﻮﻥ ‪ .‬ﻣﻦ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺳﺘﺮ ﻭ ﺣﺠﺎﺏ َﺍﻣﺎﻡ ﻭﺟﻮﻩ ﺍﺣﺰﺍﺏ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺭﺍ ﺫﮐﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺣﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﻳﻘﺮﺑﻬﻢ ﻭ َ َ ُ‬ ‫ﮐﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻤﺎ ُ َ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻳﻢ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ﻳﺤﻔﻈﻬﻢ ﻭ َ َ‬ ‫ﺍﻭﻝ ّ‬ ‫ﻳﺮﻓُﻌﻬﻢ ﺍﻣﺮ ﮐﺮﺩﻳﻢ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ّ‬

‫ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ﻳﮑﺘﺎ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺣﻤﻞ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩﺍﻳﻢ ﻭ ﺻﺒﺮ ﮐﺮﺩﻩﺍﻳﻢ ‪ ....‬ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺍﻣﺮﻯ ﮐﻪ‬

‫ﮐﻞ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ .‬ﻋﻤﻞ‬ ‫ﺍﺗﺤﺎﺩ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺗﻘﺎء ّ‬ ‫ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻕ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ﻻﻳﻖ ﺫﮐﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﻣﺮﻯ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺳﺒﺐ ّ‬

‫ﺟﻨﻴﮥ ﻟﻄﻴﻔﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﻴﮕﺮﺩﺩ‬ ‫ﻧﻴﮏ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﺑﮥ ﺳﺪﺭﻩ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻓﻮﺭﴽ ﺍﺛﻤﺎﺭ ّ‬

‫ﻣﺮﺿﻴﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻃﻴﺒﻪ ﻭ ﺍﺧﻼﻕ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ّ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٣٩٣‬‬ ‫ﭘﺎﻧﺰﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻌﻼء‬

‫‪ ١٦‬ﻣﺎﺭﺱ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﻓﻴﺎﺽ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻰ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺪ‬ ‫ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺧﻠﻖ ﺷﺪﻩﺍﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ ّ‬ ‫ﮐﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻓﻴﻮﺿﺎﺕ ّ‬

‫ﻭ ﻧﺼﻴﺐ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻟﮑﻦ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ ﮐﻪ ﻧﺎﻓﺮﻣﺎﻧﻴﻬﺎﻯ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻳﺸﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﻟﺪﻯ ﺍ‪ ‬ﺍﺯ ﺟﻬﻼ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﻓﻴﺾ ﺍﮐﺒﺮ ﻭ ﻣﻨﻈﺮ ﺍﻧﻮﺭ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ‪....‬ﻋﻠﻤﺎﻯ ﺍﺭﺽ ﮐﻪ َ َ‬

‫ﻣﺤﺴﻮﺑﻨﺪ ﺣﺠﺎﺏ ﺍﮐﺒﺮﻧﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺑﺸﺮ ‪ .‬ﻣﺒﺎﺭﮎ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺠﺎﺏ ﺍﻭ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻨﻊ ﻧﻨﻤﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ‬

‫ﺘﻮﺟﻪ ﺷﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻯ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻗﻮﺕ ﻭ ﻏﻠﺒﮥ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺧﺮﻕ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻓﻖ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﻣ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫‪،‬ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺪﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻗﺪﺭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺸﻨﺎﺳﻴﺪ ‪ .‬ﻗﺴﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺑﺮﻫﺎﻥ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﻖ ﺳﻤﺎء‬

‫ﻣﺘﻮﺟﻬﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺫﮐﺮ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ ‪ ....‬ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺑﺮ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﺷﺮﺍﻕ ﻓﺮﻣﻮﺩﻩ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﺷﻴﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﮐﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺧﺬ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺳﮑﺮﺍﺕ ﺁﻥ‬ ‫ﺷﻤﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻣﺤﺰﻭﻥ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﻴﺪ ‪ .‬ﻣﻮﺕ ّ‬ ‫ﺿﺮ‬ ‫ﺿﺮﺵ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺣﺪﻯ ﻧﺮﺳﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ّ‬ ‫ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺣﺎﻃﻪ ﮐﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﻧﻴﮑﻮﺳﺖ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﮐﻪ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻤﺴﮏ ﺷﻮﺩ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﺤﻤﻞ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺒﻞ ﺻﺒﺮ ﻭ ﺍﺻﻄﺒﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﻫﻤﺞ َﺭﻋﺎﻉ ﺭﺍ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ َ َ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٣٩٤‬‬

‫ﺷﺎﻧﺰﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻌﻼء‬

‫‪ ١٧‬ﻣﺎﺭﺱ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﻧﺎﻯ ﻳﮑﺘﺎ‬

‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺫﮐﺮ‬ ‫ﻳﺎ ﺍﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ‪ ،‬ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﻖ ﺳﻤﺎء ﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻭ ﻣﺸﻬﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻗﻠﻢ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﺍﺗﺤﺎﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺍﺋﺘﻼﻑ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﻣﺤﻤﻮﺩ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺭﻭﺯ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﺒﺖ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻭﻟﻴﺎﻯ ّ‬

‫ﻇﻞ ﻳﮏ ﺳﺪﺭﻩ ﺳﺎﮐﻦ‬ ‫ﻭﻓﺎﻕ ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺑﻪ ﻳﮏ ﮐﻠﻤﻪ ﻧﺎﻃﻖ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻳﮏ ﻫﻮﺍ ﻃﺎﻳﺮ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ّ‬ ‫‪.‬ﺟﻬﺪ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﻀﻞ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺻﻌﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺟﻪ ﻣﻨﻴﺮ ﻃﻠﻌﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺻﻴﺖ ﻗﻠﻢ‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ٰ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٣٩٥‬‬ ‫ﻫﻔﺪﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﻼء‬

‫‪ ١٨‬ﻣﺎﺭﺱ‬

‫‪-----------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬‫ﮏ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻤﻴﻦ "‬ ‫ﺫﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﻤﮑﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺟﻬﺎﺕ ﺑﻪ " َﻟ َ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺭﻭﺯﻳﺴﺖ ﮐﻪ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺪ ﻳﺎ َ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻇﺮ‬ ‫ﻫﻤﺞ َﺭﻋﺎﻉ ﺍﺭﺽ ﻏﺎﻓﻞ ﻭ ﻣﺤﺠﻮﺏ ‪ .‬ﻳﺎ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺋﺮ ﻓﻰ ﻫﻮﺍﺋﻰ ﻭ ّ ُ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻬﺎ ّ ُ‬ ‫ﻧﺎﻃﻖ ﻭ ﻟﮑﻦ َ َ‬

‫ﺗﻮﮐﻞ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻰ ﻭﺟﻬﻰ ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺗﺒﻠﻴﻎ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻯ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻗﻠﺐ ﻓﺎﺭﻍ ﻭ ﻧﻮﺭ ﺳﺎﻃﻊ ﻭ ّ‬

‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻧﻤﺎ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺣﮑﻤﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻣﺮﺍﺽ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ‬ ‫ﺧﺎﻟﺺ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺖ‬ ‫ﻗﺮﻯ ّ‬ ‫ﮐﺒﺮﻯ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺪﻥ ﻭ ٰ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻏﺎﻓﻠﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺷﻔﺎ ﻋﻄﺎ ﮐﻦ ‪ .‬ﺑﮕﻮ ﺍﻯ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻣﺪﻫﻴﺪ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻋﺰﻳﺰ‬

‫ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ .‬ﻗﺴﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻟﺌﺎﻟﻰ ﺑﺤﺮ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺷﺒﻪ ﻭ ﻧﻈﻴﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻳﺶ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻧﻤﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﻩ‬ ‫ﻣﻨﻴﺮﻩ ﻭ ﻗﻠﻮﺏ ﭘﺎﮐﻴﺰﻩ ﺑﺮ ﺧﺪﻣﺖ ﺍﻣﺮ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺷﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺮﺩﮔﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﺩﻯ ﺣﻴﺮﺕ ﻭ ﺿﻼﻟﺖ‬ ‫ﻻﻳﺎﻡ ﺍ‪ ‬ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻨﺒﻐﻰ ّ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺭﺣﻴﻖ ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ ﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺎ َﻳ َ‬

‫ﺹ ‪٣٩٦‬‬ ‫ﻫﺠﺪﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻌﻼء‬

‫‪ ١٩‬ﻣﺎﺭﺱ‬

‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬

‫ﻟﻌﻤﺮﻯ ﮔﺎﻫﻰ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﮐﻪ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺣﻤﻞ ﺑﻼﻳﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﻣﺎﻟﮏ ﺍﺳﻤﺎ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﺎﻯ ﺍﻭ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ‬ ‫َ​َ‬ ‫ﻣﺤﺒﺖ ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺏ ﻋﺎﻟﻤﻴﺎﻥ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ‬ ‫ﺧﻨﺰﻳﺮﻳﻪ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺳﻼﺳﻞ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﺍﻋﻨﺎﻕ ﻣﺘﻄﺎﻭﻟﮥ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﻣﻘﺪﻡ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺟﻞ ﺟﻼﻟﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﺷﻴﺎ ّ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ ّ‬ ‫ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ‪ .‬ﺍﻫﻞ َﻭﻻ ﮐﺄﺱ ﺑﻼ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ّ‬

‫ﻋﻈﻤﻰ‬ ‫ﮐﺒﺮﻯ ﻭ ﻧﻌﻤﺖ‬ ‫ﻋﻄﻴﮥ‬ ‫ﮐﻞ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﻗﺴﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﻭﺟﻪ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺑﻼﻳﺎ ﮐﻪ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻋﻨﻘﺮﻳﺐ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ﻃﻮﺑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻧﻔﻮﺳﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺫﮐﺮ ﮐﻠﻤﮥ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﮐﮥ‬ ‫ﻣﺒﺪﻝ ﺷﻮﺩ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺷﺒﻪ َﻟﻬﺎ ّ‬ ‫ﻭ ﻣﺎﺋﺪﮤ ﻻ ِ َ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ﺍﺣﺒﺎ ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺁﺫﺍﻥ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻭ‬ ‫"ﺍﻧﺘﻢ ِ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻨﺎ " ﻓﺎﺋﺰ ﮔﺸﺘﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﺁﺫﺍﻥ ّ‬

‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻣﺤﺮﻭﻡ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﺑﺼﺎﺭ ‪ ....‬ﺷﻮﮐﺖ ﻣﻌﺘﺪﻳﻦ ﻭ ﻃﻐﻴﺎﻥ ﻇﺎﻟﻤﻴﻦ ﻭ ﻧﺎﺭ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ﺍﻗﻞ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﻗﻠﻴﻠﮥ ﻓﺎﻧﻴﻪ ّ‬ ‫ﻣﻔﺴﺪﻳﻦ ﻋﻨﻘﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﻓﺴﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻓﺎﻧﻰ ﻭ ﻣﺨﻤﻮﺩ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ ‪ّ .‬‬

‫ﺣﻖ ﻭ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﺎﻯ ﺍﻭ‬ ‫ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺮﻉ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﻕ ﻣﻰ ﮔﺬﺭﺩ ‪ ....‬ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺭﺑﺢ ﺑﺎ ّ‬ ‫ﮐﻔﺮﻭﺍ ﺑﺎ‪. ‬‬ ‫ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻫﺴﺖ َﺭﻏﻤﴼ ِﻟ ّﻠﺬﻳﻦ َ َ‬ ‫ﺹ ‪٣٩٧‬‬ ‫ﻧﻮﺯﺩﻫﻢ ﺷﻬﺮﺍﻟﻌﻼء‬

‫‪ ٢٠‬ﻣﺎﺭﺱ‬

‫‪------------------------------------------------------------------------------‬‬

‫ﺍﻳﺎﻡ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻭ ﺷﺒﻪ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ‪ .‬ﻫﺮ ﻧﻔﺴﻰ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻮﻗﻦ ﺑﺎ‪ ‬ﺷﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻔﺤﮥ‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ّ‬

‫ﻋﻠﺖ ﺣﻴﻮﺓ ﻋﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻗﻠﻮﺏ ﻣﺮﺩﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺣﻴﺎ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬ ‫ﺭﺣﻤﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﮐﻪ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻪ ﺻﻮﺭ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﻭ ّ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﮐﻞ‬ ‫ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺎﻃﻰ ﺑﺤﺮ ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻥ ﮐﺸﺎﻧﺪ ‪ .‬ﻧﺎﻇﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﻭ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻭﺳﺖ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﻴﺪ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ ﮐﻪ ّ‬

‫ﻓﺎﻧﻰ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ ‪ .‬ﺟﻬﺪ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺍﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺍﻣﻮﺭﻯ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻗﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺪﺱ ﺍﻟﻬﻰ ﻧﺎﺯﻝ ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬ ‫ﺍﺯ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻋﺮﺻﮥ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺟﻠﻮﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ‪ .‬ﮐﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻗﺪﺱ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻠﮑﻮﺕ ّ‬

‫ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻭ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ‬ ‫ﮐّﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﻗﺴﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺮّﺑﻰ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺤﺮ َ َ‬

‫ﺗﻤﺴﮏ‬ ‫ﺗﺸﺒﺚ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ﻧﻔﺤﮥ ﺭﺣﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺒﻮﺏ ‪ ،‬ﻧﻴﮑﻮﺳﺖ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻧﻔﻮﺳﻰ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ّ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻬﻴﻪ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺫﮐﺮ ﻭ ﺛﻨﺎﻳﺶ ﮐﻪ‬ ‫ﺟﺴﺘﻨﺪ ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﮐﻤﺎﻝ ﻓﺮﺡ ﻭ ﺍﺑﺘﻬﺎﺝ ﺑﺮ ﮐﻠﻤﮥ ّ‬

‫ﻣﻔﺮﺡ ﻗﻠﻮﺏ ﻭ ﻣﺤﻴﻰ ﺍﺑﺪﺍﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻧﺎﻃﻖ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﮐﻤﺎﻝ ﺣﮑﻤﺖ ﻣﺸﻰ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ ﮐﻪ ﻓﺴﺎﺩ ﻭ‬ ‫ّ‬

‫ﺟﺪﺍﻝ ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺏ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ‪.‬‬